1

GIFT JANE KoSATHER

i

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON
OF THE

NEW TESTAMENT

A

MANUAL
GREEK LEXICON
OF THE

NEW TESTAMENT
BY

G.

ABBOTT-SMITH,

D.D., D.C.L.

PROFESSOR OF

NEW TESTAMENT LITERATURE IN THE MONTREAL DIOCESAN THEOLOGICAL COLLEGE AND ASSISTANT PROFESSOR IN THE ORIENTAL DEPARTMENT IN MCGILL UNIVERSITY

NEW YORK CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
1922

- •
• •

• • *•
»
«

* .

.

Printed in the United States of America

A "32^
^^

TO MY WIFE

49Gl)t)3

PREFACE
The need
Testament
of

a

new Greek-English Lexicon

of

the

New

be questioned. Thayer's monumental work, deservedly the standard for more than thirty years past, and, supplemented by later literature, still likely to remain a standard of reference for some time to come, was rather too bulky to serve as a table companion to the New Testament for the average man. A smaller book, which would lend itself more readily to constant reference, has been a real and growing want for the student. This want has been enhanced by the progress of lexical study during the last quarter century. The study of vernacular texts, which in recent years received a new impetus through the discovery of vast numbers of non-literary papyri, chiefly in Egypt, has removed all doubt as to tbe category to which the language of the New Testament belongs. It is now abundantly clear that the diction of the apostolic writers is not a peculiar isolated idiom, characteristic of Jewish Hellenists, but simply the common speech of the Greek-speaking world at the time when the New Testament books were
will hardly

written.

While the statement just made has come to be a commonplace, it has not been so for long. There has arisen, therefore, the need not only of the collection and arrangement in convenient form (a need which is now being supplied for the advanced scholar in Moulton and Milligan's Vocabulary of the Greek Testament) of the results of pioneer
study in the papyri, but also of a systematic revision, in the light of recent research, of many of the views regarding the diction and vocabulary of the New Testament which were commonly accepted thirty or even twenty years ago. The considerations therefore so well set forth by Dr. Moulton in his Prolegomena \\ hich call for an entirely new grammar of the New Testament, apply also to the work of the Lexicographer. And the materials for his work still

vii

Vlll

PREFACE
accumulating

steadily

special studies of

have been liberally furnished by the Deissmann and Thumb in Germany and Moulton and Milligan in Great Britain and have also found their way into the more recent commentaries.

The new impulse given

to the study of the Septuagint

by the publication of the Oxford Concordance by Hatch and Eedpath, the Cambridge Manual Edition of the Septuagint and its accompanying Introduction by Dr. Swete, together with the Grammar of Mr. Thackeray, has also had its influence on New Testament studies. While Dr. Abbott's caution as
^

to the possibility of exaggerating the influence of the Septuagint still holds good, the evidence of the papyri has brought about a growing sense of its value to the student of the NewTestament. More reference therefore has been made, it is believed, in this Lexicon to the usage of the Septuagint than in any previous work of the same kind, so that even where there may not appear to be any special significance in the Old Testament usage with respect to a particular word, the

student will always have an idea of the extent and character of the use which was made of it in that version which was the most familiar form of the Old Testament to the writers of the New. The books mentioned in the Hst which follows are, out of a larger number to which I would register here a general acknowledgement of indebtedness, those which appeared to be, on the whole, the more accessible and useful to the average reader. Among the Lexicons, an almost equal debt The classificais owed to Liddell and Scott and to Thayer. tion of meanings in the latter, a characteristic excellence, often defies improvement, while Preuschen, though on the whole adding little to the work of his predecessors, is often Not a few suggestions of helpful in this same particular. fresh treatment have come from Fr. Zorell, S.J., whose scholarly work is quite modern and remarkably free from the ecclesiastical bias which one might have expected to find in it. Of the commentaries, besides those available to Thayer, the most helpful for lexical purposes have been those of Hort,

Swete and Mayor in Macmillan's Series, also the International Critical Commentaries, especially the more recent issues. Some of Bishop Lightfoot's best lexical work is to be found in his posthumous Notes on Epistles of St. Paul, while Dr. Field's Notes on the Translation of the New Testament, contain a wealth of learning and sound judgment
^Essays, 67
£f.

PKBFAOB

IX

such as would be hard to parallel within the limits of a single volume. On points of grammar, references are mainly made to Dr. Moulton's Prolegomena and the English Translation of Blass, as the most recent and convenient of first-rate
authorities.

A brief treatment is given of the more important synonyms, in the belief that while classical distinctions cannot always be pressed in late and colloquial usage, it is an advantage to know something of the distinctive features of synonymous words as traceable in their etymology and
Testament the standard adopted that of Moulton and Geden's Concordance,'^ which, as the latest and best work of its kind, is likely to remain the recognised authority for many years to come. The Greek text followed therefore is that of Westcott and Hort, with which are compared the texts of the Eighth Edition of Tischendorf and of the English Revisers, the marginal readings of each From the Textus Beceptus as such, no being included. reading which modern editors have rejected is as a rule recorded, except in cases where a word would otherwise be dropped from the vocabulary of the New Testament. Sometimes, also, reference is made to a reading of the Beceptus to which some particular interest is attached. The asterisks and daggers in the margin follow, with the kind permission of the publishers and Mr. Geden, the notation There is, however, the one difference, of the Concordance. that whereas in Moulton and Geden the time limit marked by the dagger is the beginning of the Christian era, it seemed better for the purpose of the Lexicon to include in the category of " late Greek " all words found only in Greek writers after the time of Aristotle.^ It remains to express in general terms my grateful acknowledgement to colleagues and friends in McGill University with its affiliated Theological Colleges and in my own Alma Mater, the University of Bishop's College, Lennoxville, as well as to many English friends, in Cambridge and elsewhere, who have given me valued advice and encouragement. All these will pardon me if I single out for special mention the one name of Dr. J. H. Moulton, the genial master-craftsis
^

literary history. For the text of the

New

A

D.D„ and
'

Concordance to the Oreek Testament, by Rev. W. F. Moulton, M.A., Rev. A. S. Geden, M.A. Second Edition. T. & T. Clark, 1899. See below, p. rvi.

X

PREFACE

man

of that science to which I have sought in a humble way underto contribute what I could. At the beginning of

my

taking he took me in, a stranger, and gave me ungrudgingly of his counsel and direction, and also my first introduction to the publishers through whom the appearance of the work under the best possible auspices was assured. To the manifold assistance I have had from fellow- workers, both by word of mouth and through the printed page I would fain attribute most of the value which this modest effort may possess. For its deficiencies I am alone responsible, and I can only hope that in spite of them this book may sustain the note sounded in the last word in the alphabetical order ax^eXi/Ao? and may of the New Testament Vocabulary serve in a small way to the more faithful and intelligent study of the Book of the New Covenant of our Lord and Saviour in the language in which it was written.

foregoing paragraphs were written early in 1917, when, with the last sheets of the Lexicon, they were sent The manuscript has thus been inoverseas for publication. accessible for revision, whence the absence of any reference to much valuable material that has appeared, both in books and in periodicals, during the last four years, including the second volume of the Grammar of Dr. Moulton, whose tragic death as a victim of the ruthless warfare of the submarines was reported a few days after the earlier part of this Preface was written. The student is recommended to supplement the grammatical references in the body of the Lexicon by consulting the Index to Vol. II. of Dr. Moulton's Grammar. I take this opportunity of adding to the acknowledgements already made my thanks to Professors A. R. Gordon and S. B. Slack of McGill University and to the Rev. R. K. Naylor, sometime classical tutor at McGill, for their kindness in proof-reading, to the publishers for their generous enterprise at a time of unprecedented difficulty in the production of books, and to the compositors and readers of the Aberdeen University Press for their painstaking and accurate performance of a difficult task.

The

G.
MONTRHAT,,
September, 1921.

ABBOTT-SMITH.

LIST

OF ABBREVIATIONS
I.

GENEEAL.
impv.
in
1.

absol. ace. act.

ad

fin.

adj.

adv.
al.

= absolute. = accusative. = active. = ad finem. = adjective. = adverb.
alibi (elsewhere).

indie.
inf.

infr.

Ion.
I.e.

aor.

Apocr.

= = = =
;

aorist.

m.
metaph, meton.

App.

Aram.
Att.
bibl.

Apocrypha. Appendix. Aramaic.
Attic. biblical.

MGr.
n.

neg.

bis
c.
of.

= twice. = cum (ivith).
confer [compare).
classics, classical.

nom. om.
opp.
optat. pass.
pers.
pf.

cl.

cogn.

compar.
contr. dat.
e.g.

= = = = = = = =

cognate.

comparative.
contracted.
dative.

plpf.

exempli

gratia

(for

in-

stance).
eccl.

esp. ex. exc.
f.

ecclesiastical. especially.

prep. prop. ptcp.
q.v.
rei
s.

example.
except. and following (verse).

s.v.

ff.


figurative.

(verses).

se.

fig-

freq.
fut.

frequent.
future. genitive.

seq. subjc. subst.

gen.

Gk. Heb.
i.e.
:

Greek.

Hebrew.
id est.

superl. supr. syu.

Targ.
V.

Jb.

id;

impei's.

impf.

;

in the same place. the same. impersonal. imperfect.

vb.
v.l.

v.s.

= imperative. = in loco. = indicative. = infinitive. = infra. = Ionic. = loco citato. = masculine, = metaphorically. = metonymj'. = Modern Greek. = note, neuter. = negative. = nominative. = omit, omits. = opposed to. = optative. = passive. = person. = perfect. = pluperfect. = preposition. = properly. = participle. = quod vide. = of the thing. = sub. = sub voce. = scilicet (that is). = sequente (followed — subjunctive. = substantive. = superlative. = supra. = synonym. = Targum. = vide. = verb. = variant reading. = vide sub.

by),

Equivalent

to, equals,

<^ Derived from or related to.
XI

zu

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
11.

BIBLICAL.

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
III.
(i/, ill,

Xlll

ANCIENT WEITEES.
etc.

=

1st,

2nd century,

etc.)

Ael.

Msoh.
.ffischin.

Anth. Antonin.
Apoll.

= Aelian, ii/A.D. = iEschylus, v/B.C. = ^schines, iv/B.C. = Anthology. = M. Aurel. Antoninus,
ii/A.D.

Herm.
Has.

=

Hermas, ii/A.D. =Hesiod, ix/B.C?

Hipp. Horn.
Inscr.

Luc.
Lys.

= = = = =

Apollonius Khodius,
ii/B.C. Aristotle, iv/B.C.

Rhod.
Arist.

Menand.
IT.

Aristoph.

Ath.

Aristophanes, v/B.C. Athanasius, iv/A.D.

Pans. Phalar.
Philo.

GIG
Dio Cass.
Diod. Diog.
Laert.

= = = =
= = = = =

Corpus Inscriptionum Grsecarum. Dio Cassius, ii/A.D. Diodorus Siculus, i/B.C. Diogenes Laertius,
ii/A.D.

Pind.
Plat. Plut.

Polyb.

= Hippocrates, v/B.C. = Homer, ix/B.C. ? = Inscriptions. = Lucian, ii/A.D. = Lysias, v/B.C. = Menander, iv/B.G. = Papyri. = Pausanias, ii/A.D. = Phalaris, Spurius Epp. ? = Philo Judseus, i/A.D. = Pindar, v/B.C. = Plato, v-iv/B.C. = Plutarch, ii/A.D. = Polybius, ii/B.C.
Socrates, Hist. Eccl.,

SocT.,nE=
Halicar-

Dion. H.
Diosc.

Dionysius of

Eur. Eustath. FIJ Greg. Naz. Hdt.
Heliod.

nassus, i/B.C. Dioscorides, i-ii/A.D. Euripides, v/B.C. Eustathius, xii/A.D. Flavius Josephus, i/A.D.

Soph.

=

= Strab. Test. Zeb.=
Theogn. Theophr. Thuc. Xen.

v/A.D. Sophocles, v/B.O. Strabo, i/B.C.

Testimony

of

Zebedee,

Gregory of Nazianzus,
iv/A.D.

= =

Herodotus, v/B.C.
Heliodorus, iv/A.D.

= = = =

ii/A.D. Theognis, vi/B.C. Theophrastus, iv/B.C.

Thucydides, v/B.C.

Xenophon,

v-iv/B.G.

IV.
Abbott, Essays
Abbott, Abbott,

MODEEN WEITEES.

JO

JV

AB

Blass, Gosp.

Essays chiefly on the Original Texts of the Old and New Testaments, by T. K. Abbott. Longmans, 1891. = Johannine Grammar, by E. A. Abbott. London, 1906. = Johannine Vocabulary, by the same. London, 1905. = St. Paul's Epistle to the Ephesians, by J. Armitage Robinson. Second Edition. Macmillan, 1909. = A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, by Brown, Driver, and Briggs. Oxford, 1906. = Philology of the Gospels, by F. Blass. Macmillan,
1898.

=

Blass, Or,

= Grammar of =

Boisacq

N.T. Greek, by F. Blass, tr. by H. St. J. Thackeray.^ Macmillan, 1898. Dictionnaire Etymologique de la langue Grecque, par

Burton

CQT
Charles,

APOT

CR
Cremer

Emile Boisacq. Paris, 1907-1914. Testament Moods and Tenses, by E. de W. Burton. Third Edition. Univ. Chicago, 1898. = Cambridge Greek Testament for Schools and Colleges. = Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha of the Old Testament, by R. H. Charles. Oxford, 1913. = Classical Review. London, 1887 fi. = Biblico-Theological Lexicon of N.T. Greek, by H. Cremer. Third English Edition, with Supplement.

= New

T.

&

T. Clark, 1886.

Dalman, Gt.

» Gramm&tiy

des judish-palastinischen Aramaish, by G. Dalman. Leipzig, 189^

XIV
Dal man, Words

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
English Edition. of Jesus, by G. Dalman. T. Clark, 1902. Dictionary of the Apostolic Church, edited by J.
T.

The Words

&

DAG

DB

DB 1-vol. DCQ
Deiss.,

Hastings. Vol. I. Scribners, 1915. Dictionary of the Bible, edited by J, Hastings. 5 vols. (i-iv, e^:t. = extra vol.). Scribners, 1898-1904. Dictionary of the Bible (in one volume), by J. Hastings.
Poribiu'i-s,

1909.

BS

Dictionary of Christ and the Gospels, edited by J, Hastings. 2 vols. Scribnere, 1907-08. Bible Studies, by G. A. Deissmann. Second English Edition, including Bibelstudien and Neue Bibelstudien, tr. by A. Grieve. T. & T. Clark, 1909. Light from the Ancient East, by A. Deissmann, tr. by L. R. M. Strachau. Second Edition. Hodder, 1908. Encyclopaedia Biblica. 4 vols. London, 1899-1903. An English-Greek Lexicon, by G. M. Edwards.

Deiss.,

LAE

EB
Edwards, Lex.

Camb., 1912.

EOT
Ellic.

Expositor's Greek Testament. Commentary on St. Paul's Epistles, by 0. J. Ellicott.

Enc. Brit.

Exp. Times
Field, Notes
Gifford, Inc.

Andover, 1860-65. Camb. Encyclopaedia Britannica. Eleventh Edition. Univ. Press, 1910. The Expository Times, edited by J. Hastings. T. & T. Clark, 1890 ff. Notes on the Translation of the N.T., by F. Field,

Camb., 1899.

The Incarnation, by E.

Grimm-Thayer
Hatch, Essays

Gifford. Hodder, 1897. Greek-English Lexicon of the N.T., being Grimm's Wilkes Clavis Novi Testamenti, tr. by J. H. Thayer. New York, 1897. Essays in Biblical Greek, by Edwin Hatch. Oxford.

A

1889.

Hort

Commentaries on the Greek Text of the Epistle of St. James (1^-4") The First Epistle of St. Peter (li-2''); and the Apocalypse of St. John (1-3), by F. J. A.
;

ICG
Interp.

Gomm.

Jannaris

Hort. Macmilian, 1898-1909. International Critical Commentary. Scribnei-s. Interpreter's Commentary. N.Y., Barnes & Co. A Historical Greek Grammar, by A. N. Jannaris.

JThS
Kennedy, Sources
Kiihner*

Macmilian, 1897. Journal of Theological Studies. London, 1899 ff. T. Sources of N.T. Greek, by H. A. A. Kennedy.
T. Clark, 1895. Ausfiihrliche Grammatik der griechischen Sprache,

&
by

Lft.

R. Kiihner. Third Edition, by F. Blass and B. Gerth, 4 vols., 1890-1904. Commentaries on St. Paul's Epistles to the Galatians (1892) Philippians (Third Edition, 1873) and Colossians and Philemon (1892), by J. B. Lightfoot. Macmilian. Also Apostolic Fathers, by the same.
;

;

Lft., Notes

LS
Mayor

Macmilian, 1890. 5 vols. Notes on Epistles of St. Paul, by J. B. Lightfoot. Macmilian, 1895. A Greek-English Lexicon, by H. G. Liddell and R. Scott. Seventh Edition. Harper, 1889. Commentaries on the Epistle of St. James (Third Edition, 1910), and the Epistle of St. Jude and tha Second Epistle of St. Peter. Macmilian, 1907.

LIST OF ABBEEVIATIONS
Mayser
M'Neile

XV

Meyer
Milligan, Selections

MM (xi-xxv)
MM
(s.v.)

:

:

M.Pr.
M, Th.
Moffatt

:

:

:

Mozley, Ps.

gr. Papyri aus der Ptolemaerzeit, by E. Mayser. Leipzig, 1906. The Gospel according to St. Matthew, by A. H. M'Neile. Macmillan, 1915. Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the N.T., by H. A. W. Meyer. Eng. tr., T. & T. Clark, 1883. Selections from the Greek Papyri, by G. Milligan. Cambridge, 1910. Lexical Notes from the Papyri, by J. H. Moulton and and G. Milligan. Expositor VII, vi, 567 fi. VIII, iv, 561 ff. The Vocabulary of the Greek Testament, by J. H. Moulton and G. Milligan. Part I (a) Part II (j8-5). Hodder, 1914-15 (remaining parts in preparation). A Grammar of N.T. Greek. Vol. I, Prolegomena, by J. H. Moulton. Third Edition. Scribners, 1908. St. Paul's Epistles to the Thessalonians, by G. Milligan. Macmillan, 1908. James Moffatt, An Introduction to the Literature of the N.T. Scribners, 1911. The Psalter of the Church, by P. W. Mozley, Cambridge,
;

Grammatik der

1905.

NTD
Page

:

The New Testament Documents, by G.
Macmillan, 1913.

Milligan.

:

The Acts
1903.

of the Apostles,
of

by T. E. Page.
by R.
B.

Macmillan,

Backham
Ramsay,
Kendall
Rutherford, NPhr.
St.

:

The
St.

Acts

the

Apostles,

Rackham.

Methuen, 1901.

Paul
:

Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen, by Hodder, 1895. The Epistle to the Hebrews, by F. Rendall. Mac-

W. M. Ramsay.
millan, 1911.

:

The New Phrynichus, by W. G. Rutherford.
millan, 1881.
J.

Mac-

Schmidt
Simcox
Soph., Lex.

:

H. Heinrich Schmidt, Synonymik der Griechischen
Sprache. 4 vols. Leips., 1876-1886. Simcox, the Language of the New Testament.

=

W. H.

Swete

Thackeray, Or.

Thayer

Thumb, Handh.

Second Edition. Hodder, 1892. Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine Periods, by E. A. Sophocles. Scribners, 1900. = Commentaries on the Gospel according to St. Mark (Third Edition, 1909) and the Apocalypse of St. John, by H. B. Swete. Macmillan, 1906. A Grammar of the O.T. in Greek I, by H. St. J. Thackeray. Cambridge, 1909. Grimm-Thayer, q.v. Handbook of the Modern Greek Vernacular, by A. Thumb. Tr. from the Second German Edition by
=
:

Thumb,

Hellen.
=

T. & T. Clark, 1912. S. Angus. Die Griechische Sprache im Zeitalter des Hellenismus, von A. Thumb. Strassburg, 1901.

Tdf., Pr.

Tr„ Syn.
Vau.
Veitch

:

Graece, C. Tischendorf. Editio octava critica maior. Vol III, Prolegomena, by Leipzig, 1894. C. R. Gregory. Synonyms of the N. T. by R. C. Trench. Ninth Edition.
,

Novum Testamentum

Macmillan, 1880.
:

:

Paul's Epistle to the Romans, by C. F. Vaughan. Sixth Edition. Macmillan, 1885. Greek Verbs, Irregular and Defective, by W. Veitch, Oxford, 1887.
St.

XVI
Viteau

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

=
=

6tude sur
Verbe:

le

grec du N,T., by J. Viteau. Vol. I, Le Syntaxe des Propositions, Paris, 1893;

VD, MOr.
Westo,

=

WH

=

Vol. II., Sujet: Complement et Attribut, 1896. E. Vincent and T. G. Dickson, A Handbook to Modern Greek. Second Edition. Macmillan, 1904. Commentaries on the Gospel according to St. John, by B. F. Westcott, 2 Vols., Murray, 1908 the Epistle to the Ephesians, Macmiilan, 1906; the Epistles of St. John, Third Edition, Macmillan, 1892. The N.T. in the original Greek, by B. F. Westcott and F. J. A. Hort. Vol. II, Introduction and Appendix.
;

WM
ws
Zorell

= A Grammar of =
=

Macmillan, 1881. N.T. Greek, tr. from G. B. Winer's 7th Edition, with large additions, by W. P. Moulton. Third Edition. T. & T. Clark, 1882. Grammatik des neutestamentlichen Sprachidioms, von G. B. Winer, 8te Aufl. von P. W. Schmiedel.
Gottingen, 1894.

Novi Testamenti Lexicon Graecum (Cursus Scripturae
Sacrae
I, vii),

auctore Fr, Zorell, S.J.

Paris, 1911.

single asterisk at the beginning of an article denotes (as in Moulton to which it is attached is not found or other Greek Versions of the O.T. and Apocrypha. in the ** A double asterisk similarly afifixed denotes that the word occurs either in the Apocrypha or in the later Greek Versions of the O.T., but not in the Version of the Hebrew Canonical books, and therefore either has, as a rule, no (known) Hebrew equivalent, or else was used in a translation not kiiown to the N.T. writers. The later Greek versions (Aq., etc.) are cited, as a rule, only when a word is not found in LXX. * A single asterisk placed after a list of passages from the signifies tnat the word occurs nowhere else in that Version. t A dagger at the beginning of an article denotes that the word is not found in Greek writers of the classical period. t A dagger at the close of an article signifies that all the instances of the

*

A

And Geden's Concordance) that the word

LXX

LXX

LXX

word's occurrence in the N.T. have been cited.

An
number

inferior numeral after a biblical book (e.g. of times a word occurs in that book.

in Macg) indicates the

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
A, a, SiK^a (q.v.), to, indecl., aljyha,

alphabet.
to

have

at

the first letter of the Greek As a numeral, a = 1, a^ = 1000. As a prefix, it appears least two and perhaps three distinct senses 1. d- (before
:

a vowel, dv-) negative, as in a-yvwo-Tos, d-Sixos. 2. d-, d- copulative, indicating community and fellowship, as in d-TrAoCs, a-KoXovOeu), a-SiXcf)6s. 3. An intensive force (LS, s. a), as in a.-T€pit,o} is sometimes assumed (but v. Boisacq, s.v.). 'AapolK (Heb. ]niN), indecl. (in FIJ, -wvos), Aaron (Ex 4", al.)

Lk

15,

Ac

7*»,

He

5* 7^1 9*.+

'APaSSwv

(Heb.

]niN

,

destruction

;

LXX,
:

dTrwXcia,

only

in

Wisdom
Pr

1511*), indecl.

2822 3112^ pg 8812, the place of the ruined dead Jb in NT, Abaddon, the angel of the Abyss Ee 9^\f «;8dpos), without weight; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.) *dpapiis, -€s
Lit., of
26'''
;
:

not burdensome : 11 Co ll^.t *t'Aj3pd (T, -a), indecl. (Aram,
21<
,

xnx, emphatic form

of n^t
(v.

= Heb.

father),
I.e.)
:

used in the phrase
1436,

'A. 6 irarrjp,

Abba, Father

Swete on

Mk,

Mk

Eo

8^5,

Ga

d^.t
Tj

'APeiXtjn]

(T,
:

Eec.

'AySt-), -^s,

(sc. x^^po), Abilene,

a district in
:

the Anti-Lebanon Lk 3^t "ApeX (WH, "A-), 6, indecl. (Heb. ^3^1), Abel (Ge
1224; af/.a-'A.,

42-10)

He

11*

Mt
of
(i

2335,

Lk
,

lisi.t

'Apid (Heb. njns?

in;n>?), 6,

indecl. (in FIJ, 'A^Stas, -a), Abia,
:

Abijah.
line of

1.

Son

Eleazar

Eehoboam (iii Ki 14^) Ch 24^. lO) Lk l^.t
;

Mt

1^.

2.

A

priest of the

'A(3id0ap, 6, indecl.

(Heb. in^^5N), Abiathar

(i

Ki
:

21^)

:

Mk

226.t

'APiXt]!/!!, V.8. 'A^eLXrjvrj.

'ApiouS,

6,

indecl. (Heb. inn-^nN), Abiicd,
6,

Abihud

Mt

l".t

'Appadfi (Heb. Dn^^X),

indecl. (in FIJ, 'A/Spafio's, -ov;
:

MM,

VGT,

S.V.),

Abraham (Ge

17^

al.)

Mt
1

l^- 2 al.

*3

MANUAL

'i.REEK

LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
/3v(ra-6<i

a-Poaaos, -ov (<[Ion.

=
,

^vdoi), 1. in
2.

cl.,

boundless, bottom(for

less (e.g. 5. TTcXayos, a. ttXoStos,
al.
;

^sch.).

[In
,

LXX

Dinp

,

Ge

l^,

exc. Is 4427,

Jb 41^2

for

n^lS

nbisp

Jb 36i6 for

nm)

and] NT,

as subst.
;

s.v.), ^ a. (sc. x<^P«). ^^^ a&^ss; (a) of the sea underworld, as the abode of the dead Eo 10'^ (Ge 1^) as the abode of demons, Lk 8*^, (a paraphrase of De 30^^ LXX) 9i« 2, 11 117 178 201. 3 (Cremer, 2).t Re

(MM, VGT,

(b) of the

:

;

'AYapos, -ov, 6, Agabus : Ac ll^s *t dyaeoepY^w, -w, to do Qood, show kindness : 1 Ti 6^^ (Cremer, 8).t Nu 10^^, d,Ya0o-Troi^(i», -w ( = cl. ayadbv ttoulv, evepyeTetv) [in 171=^ A, Ze 112 (^j2i hi.), To 12i»B, i Mac lp3, n Mac 1^*;] to do Jg Jo ^i (b) for another's benefit good ; (a) univ. i Pe 2i*' 20 36, 17^
,

21io.+

LXX

:

:

m

;

Mk

(Cremer, 8).+ *t dYaOoTToua, -as, 17 (< ayadoiroio?), well-doing : I Pe 4i9.t **t dYaOoTTOios, -01', = cl. ayaOovpyo^, [in LXX, of a woman who deals pleasantly in order to corrupt, Si 42^'^ * ;] doing well, acting rightly MM, VGT, s.v.).t I Pe 21* (Cremer, 8 (Plut.) chiefly for niia ;] in general, good, in dYaeos, ->?, -ov, [in physical and in moral sense, used of persons, things, acts, conditions, " perfect in its kind, so as to etc., applied to that which is regarded as that which, in itself good, is also produce pleasure and satisfaction, once for the good and the advantage of him who comes in contact at with it" (Cremer, 3): yi?, Lk 8^; 8ey8pov, Mt 7^^; /capSta, Lk 8^^; 117 ^pyor (freq. in PL), Phi 1^ ; eXms, 11 Th 2i« Sdo-is, Ja ^^p^^^ Lk 10*2 as subst., t6 d., that fxvda, I Th 3« (cf. II Mac P^) er^<javp6<i, Mt 1235 which is morally good, beneficial, acceptable to God, Eo 122 ^py<{^£o-. 8lwk€lv, I Th S^^; Oai TO a., Eo 210, Eph 428; Trpdaa-eiv, Eo 9^, II Co 5^^ KoWaa-Oai. T(Z d., Eo 12^ ipoirav Trepl tov a., Mt IQl^ III Jo ^ IXLfjLeia-OaL, TO d. crov, thy favour, benefit, Phm 1* Slolkovo's CIS TO a., Eo 13* pi., Ta a., of goods, possessions, Lk 12^^; of spiritual benefits, Eo IQi*, He 9" IQi. d. is opp. to n-ovr]p6s, Mt 5** 20^5 ; xa/cos, Eo 7^^ ; (f^aiXo?,
3* (T, S.ya06v
TTOL^o-ai),

Lk

69

;

(c)

ace. pers.,

Lk

6^3. 35

:

;

LXX

.

.

.

.

;

;

;

.

;

;

;

;

Eo

911, II

Co
:

510 (cf.

MM, VGT,
K.

s.v.).

properly refers to goodliness as manid. to inner excellence (cf. the cl. KaX6<s Kaya66<5 and fested in form In Eo 6^, where it is contrasted with 8., ev KapBta k. kol d., Lk 81^). d. implies a kindliness and attractiveness not necessarily possessed by the SiKaios, who merely measures up to a high standard of rectitude

Syn.

KttXo's,
:

8tKaios.

(cf.

dyadwcrvvr]).

*f 6.yaQoupyi<o, -5, Contracted form (rare, v. ayaOoep- (q.v.), to do good : Ac 14i''.t t ayaQiocTuvr] (on the termination, v.s. dytoTi;?,

WH,
and

App., 145) of
cf .
,

152

;

MM, VGT,

s.v.), -77s,

v

«

WH,
niM
,

App.,

dya^o's), [in

LXX for

nnil3

MM

only in Heb. bks. ;] goodness (representing " the kindlier, as St/<aiocrw7;, the sterner element in the ideal character," AE, Eph., 5^ on its relation to ^prjaroT-q^, v. Tr., Syn., §lxiii) Eo 151*, q^ 522^ „ Th in.t
;
:

tdyaXXiaffis, -cws,

rj

{<^dyaXXia.ia), [in

LXX (most freq.

in Pss.

and

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
often coupled with
tion, exuberant joy (Cremer, 592).
€icf>poa-vvrj,
:

3
exulta-

as

Ps 44
2^",

(45)^^) chiefly for b'^S

;]

Lk

1*^

Ac

He

1^ Ju

"*;

x^pa

xal a.,

Lk

1^*

t dyaXXido), -w, Hellenistic
to

form

of cl.

aydWw,
;

to glorify,
,

mid.

-o/tai,

(most freq. in Pss.) chiefly for b^3 ]:i pi. ;] to exult, rejoice greatly : seq. i-n-L, c. dat., Lk 1*' c. dat. mod., i Pe 1^, Ee 19". Mid., with same sense Mt 5^2, Lk lO-^, Ac 2^'« 16^4, i Pe 4^3 seq. 'va, Jo 8^" e'v, Jo 5^^ (1 aor. pass. perh. as mid. but v. Mozley, Psalter, 5), i Pe 1« (Cremer, 590).t
exult in
;

[in

LXX

:

;

;

;

** a-yajios, -ov, [in IV Mac 16^ * ;] unmarried : i Co 7^' ^^ fem. (= cl. avaiSpos), ib. i^'^^.t ** dyai'aKTcw, -w (<] ayav, vmch, axpfxai, to grieve), [in Wi 5^2 1227, Da TH Bel ^s, iv Mac 4^1 * ;] to be indignant : Mt 2V^ 26^ 10^* 144 seq. TTcpi', Mt 2024, Mk lO^i seq. 6tl, Lk 13i4 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t ** dYakdKTTjo-is, -eojs, rj (<^ dyavaKTew), [in Es 18^ N^ * indig:

LXX

LXX

:

Mk
;]

.

;

LXX

:

nation

:

II

Co

711 (v.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t
;]

dyaTTdoj, -w, [in

LXX chiefly for ilX
:

to love, to feel

and exhibit

esteem and goodwill to a person, to prize and delight in a thing.
1.

to Christ,

Of human Jo
525, II

affection, to men t. TrXrjalov, Mt 5^^ 842; to God, Mt 223"; ^ ^cc. rei,
48' 10,

;

t.

Lk
i

Eph
2.

Tim

He
men,

1^, i

Pe
:

2i' 310, 11

Pe 2l^

exOpovs, ib. 4* 1143, Jq i^iz^ Jo 2^\ Ee 12ii.

Of divine love;
Christ's love
172«,
:

(a)

God's love

(&)

to

Mk

to men, Eo 8^"; to Christ, Jo S^S; 102^ ; to God, Jo 14^1 ; c. cogn. ace,

Jo
V.

Eph
:

24.
(jitXeo).

Syn.

also Boisacq)

d.

is

From its supposed etymology (Thayer, LS commonly understood properly to denote

;

but
love

based on esteem (diligo), as distinct from that expressed by ^lAc'w (amo), spontaneous natural affection, emotional and unreasoning. If this distinction holds, d. is fitly used in NT of Christian love to God

and man, the spiritual affection which follows the direction of the and which, therefore, unlike that feeling which is instinctive and unreasoned, can be commanded as a duty. (Cf. dydin}, and v. Tr., Syn.,%^n Cremer, 9, 592 and esp. MM, "VGT, s.v.) + dydTrT), -775, t}, [in LXX for na,nN* which is also rendered by dya.Tnf]crL<; and ^tXta ;] love, goodwill, esteem. Outside of bibl. and eccl. books, there is no clear instance (with Deiss., LAE, 18^ 7O2, cf. the same writer in Constr. Quar., ii, 4; and with MM, VGT, s.v., cf. Dr. Moulton in Exp. Times, xxvi, 3, 139). In NT, like dyaTrdw, 1. Of men's love (a) to one another, Jo 13^5 (6) to God, i Jo 2^. 2. Of divine love; {a) God's love to men, Eo 5^; to Christ, Jo 172"; {b) Christ's love to men Eo S^^. 3. In pi., love feasts Ju 12 (2)£,
will,
;

;

,

:

;

:

:

:

iii,

157).

chooses

(v.s. dyairdix)) love which from LXX, where its connotation is more general, into NT, and there used exclusively to express that spiritual bond of love between God and man and between man and man, in Christ, which is characteristic of Christianity. It is thus
cfiiXia.

Syn.:
its

a.,

signifying properly

object, is taken over

4

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
from
<^i\ta,

distinct

friendship (Ja 4^ only), a-ropyq, natural affection v.s. acrropyos) and epws, sexual love, which (in (Cf. iya-waui ; is not used in NT, its place being taken by eVi^v/xta. DB, vol. i., 555; Cremer, 13, 593; and V. Abbott, Essays, 70 f

NT

only in

compounds,

.

;

MM, VGT,

s.v.)
-rj,

dyairTiTos,

-6v (<< dyaTraw),
;
:

[in

LXX chiefly for
;

TH^

,

TTI;]

of Christ, Mt 3^" of men, Ko 1^ (a) by God beloved (v. M, Pr., 221) 4^* freq. as form of address, i Co {h) by Christians, of one another ib. IQi* opp. to lx^p6';, Eo ll^s (v. AE, Eph., 229 ; Cremer, 17 MM,
:

;

;

;

VGT,

s.v.).

"Ayap (Kec. "A-),

rj,

indecl. (in FIJ, 'Ayapa, -qs',

Heb.

"IJn),

Hagar

(Ge 16)

:

Ga

424. 25_t
;

niaX; on the

* dyYapeu'w (from the Persian cf. Vg. angiare, orthogr., v. Bl., §6, 1; M, Pr., 46),

and the Heb,
to

impress into

public service, employ a courier; hence, to compel to perform a service (prob. common in the vernac. cf. Deiss., BS, 86 f., MM, Exp.,
;

iv

;

VGT,

s.v.)

:

Mt
:

5*^ 27^2,

dyYcioi',
(v.

-ov, TO
s.v.)
rj

MM, VGT,
I

dyYcXi'a, -as,

« Mt «
[in

Mk

152i.t
[in

ayyos),

LXX
LXX

chiefly for 1^3

;]

a

vessel

25*.t

ayycXos), [in

chiefly for nriaijr
s.v.).t
hi.
;]

;]

a mes-

sage:

Jo 15 311 (Cremer, 18; MM, VGT, dyyeXXw (ayycXos), [in LXX for IM

to

announce, report
1<*

Jo

451

(WHR

omit), 2018
6,

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).t
;]

dyycXos, -ov,
:

LXX

chiefly for "SJk!?©

messenger, one

sent Mt ll^*^, Ja 22^. 2. As in LXX, in the special sense of angel, a spiritual, heavenly being, attendant upon God and employed as his messenger to men, to make known his purposes, as Lk l^^, or to execute them, as Mt 4^. The a. in Ee l^" 2\ al., is variously understood as (1) a messenger or delegate, (2) a bishop or ruler, (3) a guardian angel, (4) the prevailing spirit of each church, i.e. the

Church

itself.
;

(Cf.

Swete,
s.v.)

A2).,

in

1.;

DB,
;]

iv,

991; Thayer,
:

s.v.;

Cremer, 18

MM, VGT,

ayyos, -«os, to, [in

LXX for 1^3 mb?
,

a

vessel

Mt

13*^t

aye, prop, imperat.

of ayw,

like

</)epe,

to

one or more persons
-7

dye'XTi, -7?9,

«

aya>), [in

come ! used as adv. and addressed, Ja 41^ 5^.t LXX chiefly for -17?;] a herd: Mt S^o-^z,
:

Mk5ii.i3^ Lk832.33.t
*t dyck'caXoyrjTos, -ov {<C yeveoAoyco)), without genealogy,
i.e.

vathout
s.v.).

recorded pedigree
*dyet'Tis,
-e's

(cf.

Ne

1^^)
1.

:

He V

(Cremer, 152
(Plat.); 2. of
:

;

MM, VGT,

{^^y^vo-i),

unhorn

no family, ignoble,

base (opp. to dya^o's. Soph., Fr., 105) opp. to euyevijs, I Co 1^^ (for VGT, s.v.).t exx. from v., v. dyid^u), Hellenistic form of dyt^w (<^ dytos), to make holy, consechiefly for xoip pi., hi. ;] 1. to dedicate, separate^ crate, sanctify ; [in

MM,

LXX

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
set
:

5

apart for God ; of things Mt 23i''« ", ii Ti 22i of persons Christ, Jo 10^' 17^^ 2. to purify, make conformable in character to such dedication forensically, to free from guilt, i Co 6^^, Eph b^^, He 2^^ IQio, 14, 29 1312 internally, by actual sanctification of life, Jo 17^^' ", 2032 2618, Eo 15i«, i Co I2 7^*, i Th 523, Ee 22ii; of a nonAc 3. In the believer influenced by marriage with a Christian, i Co 7^*. intermediate sense of ceremonial or levitical purification (a) of things, 4. to treat as holy : Mt 6^, Lk II2, II Ti 221 (6) of persons. He 9^3. 316 (Cremer, 53, 602; MM, VGT, s.v.).t I Pe t dyiaafi^s, -ov, 6 dyia^o)), [in Bz 45^ (W7i7P), Si 7",
;
:
:

;

:

;

«

LXX

:

as an active verbal noun in -fios, it signifies properly the process TO ayid^eiv, rather than the resultant state, dyiaxruvr/, hence, 1. consecration; 2. sanctification: so strictly in Eo 6^^' 22 (but v. Meyer),
etc.
;]

I

Co

130, I
;

Th

43.7, II

Th

2^3,

He

12^*,

i

Pe

1«.

Elsewhere

it

perhaps

but v. Milligan, Th., 48) inclines to the resultant state I Th 4*, I Ti 215 (Cremer, 55, 602).t ayios, -a, -ov (<Cto ay&s, religious awe ; a^w, to venerate), [in chiefly for Vj^p ;] primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt. ; rare
(Ellic.

LXX

in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use dyvos), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration. 1. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and

glory

:

Lk
;

1*^,

Jo

I711,

Ee

4^.

Hence

(a) of

things and places which
:
:

have a claim

He

91

to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple (b) of persons employed by him, as angels i

Mt Th

24i*,
S^^
;

prophets, Lk V^; apostles, Eph 3^. 2. Applied to persons as separated to God's service (a) of Christ, Mk 12^ Jo 6«9, Ac 430 ; (6) of Christians, Ac 9^3, Eo 1^, He 6^\ Ee 58. 3. In the moral sense of 620, Jo I711, Ac 31*, Ee 3^ sharing God's purity 4. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings i Co 71*, Eph 1*. Stn. : dyvos, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense i£/)os (sacer), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; oo-ios {sanctus as opp. to nefas), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf Tr., Syn., § Ixxxviii DB, ii,
:

:

Mk

:

.

;

399

f.

;

Cremer, 34, 594-601
-rfTo^,
rj

**t

dynJTTjs,

MM, VGT, s.v.) (•<dyios), [in LXX: n Mac
;

holiness,
cf. lift..

regarded, properly, as an abstract quality
Notes, 49;
(cf.

(v.

152*;] sanctity, next word, and
:

MM, VGT,
dyaew<rvvr]),
(ijr),

s.v.)
-rj^,

:

n Co

t

dYiuffu'Ktj

rj

«

1^2,

He

12io.t

aytos), [in

LXX
1*,

Ps 29 (30)*

96(97)12

(nrij?),

95(96)«

144 (145)^

(Tin),
:

n Mac
Ro

312*;] holiness,

the state in man resulting from (Cremer, 52 ; MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
dyKciXtj,
-T/s,

dyiaa-fio^, q.v.

n Co 7^, i Th 31^
,

V

«

ayKos,

a

bend), [in

LXX for b^^^

p-'O;] the

bent

arm : Lk
hook
:

228 (cf. ^ayKa\t^o/«u).t

oyKiorpoi', -ov, to (-< dyjcos,

a bend),

[in

LXX for n^D

»

etc.;]

a fish-

Mt

17",t

6

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

Je 52^8*;] an anchor ayKo?, a bend), [in Sm, **aYKupa, -a?, rj *« fig. (MM, VGT, s.v.), He G^^.t Ac 2V^' *t aYka<})OS, -01' (= dyi'aTrTOS, 'C^yvdirrw, late form of KvaTrrco, to card Mt 92«, Mk 22i.t wool), uncarded, undressed, i.e. new (MM, VGT, s.v.) for nnnw TT3 "113 etc.;] purity : dyfcia (WH, dyvia), [in
:

«

=^<^'

;

:

LXX

,

,

,

(Cremer, 58. I Ti 4^Exf., iv).t
5'-'

For exx.

of

ceremonial use in

tt.,

v.

MM,
l&lp;]

a^vit^ui

«

ayvos), [in

LXX always ceremonially, chiefly for
:

(a) ceremonially to purify, cleanse from defile^nent ; 2124, 26 2418 4^, i Pe V-, i Jo S^.t Ja (b) morally
;
:

Jo

11^^,

Ac

SVN.
etc.

:

Ka6apit,w, q.v.

(and

v.s. dyvo's).

f&yyi<Tlu6s, -or, 6 «(£yvtCa)), [in
;]

LXX Nu G^
:

(-173)

8^ IQi^ (riNian),

purification

:

in

ceremonial sense, Ac 212"
,

(Lxx)_f
;]

dyi'oeu, -w, [in

LXX for n^tZT
i

ZZtlf
5'-^
;

,

DtZTX

,

etc.

1. to be

ignorant,

not
II
{i/i,as

to

Co

TTcpt,

ace, Ac Eo 10», 2* 6^ 7^, i Co 1438; ^^ ^,';^^ dyvoeti/, a Pauline phrase: c. ace, Eo 11^^; seq. vwep, 11 Co 18; I Co 121, J rpi^ 413 2ti, Eo 113, I Co IQi (for similar usage in tt.,

know

:

absol.,
II

Ti

l^^,
;

He

c.

IS^^ 1723,

211; ^v

ol?,

Pe

212

seq. on,

Eo

.

V.

MM, VGT,
:

S.V.).

Pass.:

i

Co

14^8, 11

Co 6\ Ga
:

1^2.

2.

not

to

understand
Jth
520, Si

c.

ace,

Mk
I

+ dyi-oTifia, -Tos, t6

«

9^2,

Lk

9*^.+

dyi'oea.), [in

LXX

Ge

4312 (n|r?rD),
tt.
;

To

33,

232 5119,
:

Mac

IS^^*;] a sin of ignorance (so in

v.

MM,
;]

VGT,

s.v.)

He

9" .t
r)

dyk'oia, -a;,

{<^ayvoeoi), [in

LXX

chiefly for DCTN

,

n^Jt!;
;

ig-

norance

:

Ac

31" lY^o,

Eph

418 (with

sense of wilful blindness

cf.

MM,

VGT,

s.v.), I

Pe

li^.t

dyi'os,

-•>?,

-oV

«
11

ayo9, V.S. dyios), [in
138, iv

LXX
;]

chiefly for "linM (Pss,
1.

and Pr.

only), also

Mac

Mac

18'', al.

defilement, in a condition

prepared for worship

free from ceremonial (for exx. of pagan

usage, V.

As in II Co 711 I Pe 32.
3.
first

MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. holy, sacred, veiierable (11 Mac, I.e.). OT (cl.), pure, chaste, undefiled, guiltless; (a) of persons:
1112,
I

Ti

522, Tit 25, I

Jo 33;

(b) of

things: Phi

48,

Ja 31^

Syjv.

:

dXiKpivrj'i

{q.v.),jmre, primarily as
in

found in ethical sense
(q.v.),

NT
ii,

and Ka^apds

v.

DCG,
7)

winnowed, purged, the equivalence of d. 459'\ though Westc. {Epp. Jo., 101)
(sificere).

On

notes a distinction between them.
^tdycoTYis, 66 113.t
-TrjTO<;,

{<^ayv6<i), 2^urity, chastity (cf. dyio'Tiys)

:

II

Co

*dY»'ws

«dyvds),
f]

adv., piirely, with

dy^waia, -a?,
III

«ya'wcrKO)), [in

pure motives Phi li'^.t LXX Jb 35l« (n^T^b^), Wi
:
: :

131,

Mac
1.
;

527*;] igno7-ance (opp. to yvwo-i?)
s.v.).t

i

Co

153^,

i

Pe

21^ (v.

Hort
li^ 2'

in

MM, VGT,
ayyio<TTos,

**

-ov

«yiv«o-K(o), [in

LXX Wi
:

1118 183,

„ Mac

(Cremer, 157)*;] unknown: Ac

1723

(cf.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Ayopd, -as,
r)

7
p-lltf;]

(<:^ dyeipo), to

bring together), [in
2.

LXX for ]nTy,
:

1. an assembly (Horn., Xen., al.). or forum, a market-place (Horn.,

a place of assembly, a public place
al.;

Thuc,

LXX)

Mk

6^6 (cf

.

MM, VGT,

s.v., ayvi£) 7^ (Bl., §

1619 17^7 (Cremer, 69; chiefly for "QtZT T\2p ;] 1. to frequent dyopd^u «[ dyopa), [in the dyo/od (Hdt., al.). 2. to buy in the market, purchase (Xen., al.; in tt. very common in deeds of sale, v. VGT, s.v.) absol., 11^5; c. ace. rei, Mt 13*4- 4", al.; seq. irapa, c. gen. pers., Mt 21^2,

1143 2046,

Ac

MM,

46, 7) 1238, FGT, s.v.).+
,

Mt U}^ 20^ ^k 7^2 (Bl.,

237,
I.e.)

LXX

LXX

;

MM,

:

Mk

Ee 318 (LXX, Polyb.) Ik, Mt 27^ I Co 620 723, II Pe 21, Ee 5^ 143' *.
;
:

;

c.

gen. pret.,

Mk

6^7, al.

;

metaph.,

*dYopatos, -ov (<^dyopd), 1. frequenting the ayopd, a loxmger in the dyopd (Xen., al.) Ac 17^. 2. In late writers (Strab., al.), proper to the dyopd dyopaiot (sc. i^fiepai) ayovrat (cf. Lat. conventus agere), courtdays are kept, Ac 193^ (for exx. of both usages, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t ^dypa, -as, 17 (<]dyw), 1. the chase, a hunting or catching : Lk 5*.
:

2.

that which

is

*

dypd/jifiaTos,
TT.

taken, a catch : of fish, Lk 5^.f -ov (<^ypd(^co), without leamitig

(ypafj-fxara),

un-

lettered (in

freq. in
:

MM, VGT,

s.v.)

formula used by one who signs for an Ac 4^3 (but cf. Thayer, 8.v.).t
:

illiterate

* aypavXio), -w (<^dypavXos, dwelling in the field; ^dyp6<i,
to live in the fields

avXrj),

Lk
[in

28.t

dypeu'o, (dypa),

LXX:

Jb

lO^*,

Pr

522 625,26^

Ho

52

tDniZT,

etc.)*;]

to

catch or

take

by hunting or

fishing;

(np^ ni., metaph.,

Mk

12i3.t

* dypi- A.aio9, -ov,

wild olive

:

Eo
:

ll^^. 24

dypios, -a,
fields,

1. of the wild olive (Anth.). 2. As subst., the (^qGT, in 1. MM, VGT, s.v.).t -ov (<^uyp6s), [in for HT^ etc.;] 1. living in
;

LXX

,

wild
of a

fxiXi.

Mt

3^,

Mk
;

1".

2. savage, fierce

:

Ju ".

(Cf.

usage

in

TT.

malignant wound

MM, VGT,
6,

s.v.)t

'Aypiinras, -a (Bl., §7, 2),
261,
2, 19, 27, 28. 32,

Agrippa

(II):

Ac

25i3. 22,

23, 24, 2«

(For Agrippa
6,

I, v.s. 'UpwSrj^, 3.)t
;

dypos, -oS,
2. the

[in

LXX
;

chiefly for nitr]
pi.,

1.

afield:
:

Mt

628, al.
56^

country

:

Mk
=

I521, al.
CL

country places, farms

Mk

5^* 636>

Lk

83* 912.

3.

x'^P^oV'

piece of

ground

:

Mk

1029,

Ac

427, al.

(On

the occurrence of this

word as compared with
seeking sleep;

x^P'^f X'^P'^"' ^-

M^.
[in

VGT,

s.v.)

dypuircew, -w

(•<^ dypu7ri/os,
;]

<^dyp€v(o,

vTrvo<;),

LXX
Lk

chiefly for

metaph.
2136,

ipw to be sleejjless, wakeful (Theogn., Xen., al.) Mk 1333, (LXX) = cl. iyprjyopa, to be watchful, vigilant 618, He 13i7.t Eph
:
;

SVN. : yp-qyopioi, q.v. vrj(f)<i>, associated with y. in i Pe 5^, expressing a wariness which results from self-control, a condition of moral, not merely mental alertness (v. M, Th., I, 5®). ** dypuiri'ia, -as, r/ (v. supr.), [in LXX: Si 9, II Mac 22« *; ] sleeplessness, watching : u Co 6^ 1127. for exx. in tt., v. MM, (Plat., Hdt.
;

VGT,

s.v.)t

8

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
dyuid, v.s. dyop({, [in for NIS hi., ayw, [in

LXX

:

in
,

Mac
,

l^o 4^ *].
etc.

3n: ;] 1. to lead, bring, carry simple dat. metaph,, to lead, guide, c. ace, seq. tVi, ets, 2ws, xpos and 2. to spend or keep a day impel Jo 10^^ Eo 2*, He Q^o, ii Ti 3^, al. Lk 2P^, Ac 19^8 3. Intrans., to go : subjunc, ayoyfuv, Mt 26*«, al.
; :

LXX

Upb

(Cramer, 61
III

;

MM, VGT,
^

dyajYVi, -^s,

* ;] 1. a carrying away. 2. a leading, guiding ; metaph., training ; hence, from the expression d. tov /3iov, absol., conduct, way 3io (Cremer, 61 MM, VGT, s.v.).t of life : II Ti 42 10^2, dyci.', -wos, 6 «dya>), [in LXX: Is T^^ (nxb), Es 4^7, Wi 2. a place of II Macg, IV Mac 5*;] 1. a gathering, esp. for games. 3. a contest, striiggle, trial; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.), assembly. Phi l^o, i Th 22, (a) of the Christian life as a contest and struggle (b) solicitude, anxiety : Col 2^.f I Ti 612^ II Ti 4^ He 12^ i« 151^ ** dywKia, -as, rj «dywv), [in II Mac 3^*' *;] 1. a contest,

«

s.v.).

dya,), [in

LXX

:

Es

220 103, II

Mac

4i6 B^ 112*,

Mac

4^**

;

:

;

LXX

:

2. Of the mind, great fear, agony, anguish wrestling (Eur., Xen.). Lk 22*^ (cf Field, Notes, 77 f Abbott, Essays, 101 f Arist.) (Dem.,
:

.

.

;

.

MM, VGT,
I,

8.v.).t

dycji/iSofiai
II,

«dywv),
1.

[in

LXX: Da TH
i

6^*

(bs
92^,

DW),
2.

Si 428,

IV

Mac
612, II
6,

5*;]

to

contend for a prize:
;

Co

to fight,

striiggle,
I

strive:

Jo IS^"

metaph. (MM, VGT,
(Field, Notes, 66),

Ti 410
2^3,

Ti 47;

c. inf.

Lk
338,

Col 129 412^ 132* (Cremer, 609).t
s.v.).

'A8d^,
I

indecl. (Heb. DIX),

Adam
'A., i

Ti

u^

ju

u

.

Christ 6 ^crxaros
-ov
(<^8a7rdvi7),

Lk Rq Co 15*5.t
:

514^ i

Co

1522.«,

I

Co

*d8dTTa»'os, 9i8.t

2vithout

expense,

free

of

charge:

'aSSci (Eec. 'A881),
d8eX(|)Vi, -^s,
^7

«

6,

indecl.,

Addei

:

Lk

328.t
:

d8£A</)os), [in

LXX for

ninx ;] a sister

Mt

192»,

metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.), of a member of the Christian community Eo 16^, I Co 7l^ Ja 21^, al. d8e\4»6s, -ov, 6 (<!d- copul., SeXcfim, womb), i,n cl., a brother, born [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for n^ ;] of the same parent or parents.
al.;
:

a brother (Ge 42, al.). 2. Of a neighbour (Le 191^). 3. Of a member of the same nation (Ex 2^*, De 15^). In NT in each of these 2. Mt 3. Eo 9^) and also, 4. of a fellowsenses (1. Mt I2, al. Christian: I Co 1\ Ac 930. This usage finds illustration in tt., where d. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1* MM, VGT, S.V.). The d86\<^ol r. Kvptov (Mt 12*6-49 1355 2310, Mk 331-34,
1. lit. of
;

V

;

Jo 212 73' 5, 10 2017, Ac li*, 1 Co 9^) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. vi ff. DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal, 252 ff. DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes d. equivalent to dvei/^tds, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)

Lk

819-21,

;

;

**t

d8eX<t.<5TTis, -r?Tos,

^

2. Concrete, the 1. abstract, brotherhood, brotherly affection (LXX). 21^ 5^ (MM, VGT, s.v.).t brotherhood, the Christian community i Pe
:

«

d8eX<^o's), [in

LXX Mac 12i0'i7, iv Mac 5*;]
:

i

MANUAL GEBEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
a-8T)Xos, -ov

9
unseen,

«

S^Aos), [in

LXX
:

:

Ps 50
11**.

(51)6 (ninij^)
2.

;]

1.

unobserved, 7wt manifest (Ps,
I

I.e.)

Lk
,

uncertain, indistinct

Co

148.t

*t d8TiX(5nis, -r]Tos, rj {<^ a.8r]Xo<;) uncertainty : i Ti 6^''.t *d8ii\ws {<CaSriXos:), adv., uncertainly : of direction, i Co 9^^ _+ ** dSTjfioi/cw, -to (on the derivation, v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in Aq. Jb 1820; Sm. Ps 60(61)3 1152(116^1), Ec l^-^m^ Bz S^^*;] to he
:

trotibled, distressed

(MM,

I.e.)

:

Mt

263",

-^j;^
,

1433^ -p^A 226.t

aSTjs, -ov, 6, [in

LXX ehiefly for blNljr

also for nipTT

,

niCi

,

etc.

;]

of Hades, the underivorld

Horn., Hades (Pluto), the god of the underworld. 2. the abode in NT, the abode of departed spirits, ; Hades: iv t. a., Lk 1623; ^k a., Ac 22^.31; TrvXat dSov, Mt le^S; kXcU Tov a., Ee 118;' metaph., Iws a.', Mt 1123, Lk lO^^;' personified, Ee 6^
1. in

20i3.'i4

(Cremer, 67, 610;

MM, VGT,
[in

8.v.).t

d-8id-KpiTos, -ov «8taK/3tVw),

LXX:
I.e.,
1.,

parted, mixed, undistinguishable (cf. Pr, 2. without uncertainty (Hort, in §3).

Pr 25i*;] and v. Lft.,
v.

1. not to be Ignat. Eph.,

but

MM, VGT,

s.v.):

Ja 3i^t
*t dSidXeiTTTos, -ov (<[ SiaXetTToj), unremitting, incessant: Eo 92, Ti 13. (For exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)t **t dSiaXeiTTTus (v. supr.), adv., [in LXX: i Mac 12^1, 11 Mae 4, III Mac 633 * -J unremittingly, incessantly : Eo 1^, i Th 13 2^3 51^.+ dSiKe'w, -w (<^a6iKo?), [in for ptSV TWS etc.;] 1. intrans., to be iSiKos, do wrong, act wichedly or criminally : Ac 25^^, i Co 6^, 9i9. II Co 712, Col 325, Ee 2211 ^^ ^^ J^^^J.t, Ee 2. Trans, (a) to do some wrong : o rjSLKrjcrev, Col 3"-^ to lorong some one, Mt 20i3, Ac 72*''2'' 251**, is, 2i3 11 Pe II Co 72, Ga 412, Phm pass., Ac 72*, 11 Co 712 mid., to be ivronged ; I Co 6' {supr but v. Bl., §54, 5; § 38, 3 and cf. dTToo-Tcpeo)) {b) to injiire, hurt: Lk 10l^ Ee 2ii 6« 72' 3 9*' 10 ll^.t for pjT nj?g etc.;] a wrong, dSiKKifia, -Tos, TO (<^ dSi/ceoj), [in
II

LXX

,

,

.

;

;

;

.

.

.

WM,

;

;

LXX

,

,

injury, misdeed
dSiKia,
1. injustice

(MM, VGT,
T]

-as,

«

s.v.)

:

Ac

I81* 2420,

Ee
,

IS^.t

aSt/cos),

[in

LXX

for Jir

yip^

,

b}V

,

etc.

;]

18", Eo 91*. 2. unricihteousness, iniquity : Jo 7^^, : 823, Ro 118' 29 28 613, II Ti 210, I Jo 1^ 51^ opp. to aX^Seia, 1 Co 136, Ac to hiKaiocTvvr], Eo 3^ ; a-rraTTq Tri<; a., II Th 21* ; /itcr^os aSt/ci'as, II Th 212 Ac 118, II Pe 213.15; cpydrai t^s a., Lk 1327; ^^a/xovSs T^S d., Lk 16^;
; ;

Lk

Koo'/xos T^s d., Ja 36; oiKovdyLios T^s d., Lk 168. righteous act : ironically, a favour, 11 Co 12i3

3.
;

=

ahiK-qfjia,

pi.,

He
etc.

812

an un(Cremer,
unjust
;

261

;

MM, VGT, s.v.).t
dSiKos, -ov (•< SUr]),
[in

LXX

for ipcr

,

b^y

,

;]

1.

Eo 35, He 610. 2. unrighteous, wicked: Lk opp. to StKaios, Mt 5*^ to I Co 61' 9, I Pe 318 irio-Tos, Lk 1610 (Cremer, 200).
;

I611

I811,

;

cuo-c/?»;s, II

Ac 24i5, Pe 2^ to

dSiKtos,

adv. «a8tKos), [in
:

LXX

for IptS', b'W

,

etc.;] unjustly,

undeservedly
'ASjiei./

1

Pe

2i9.t

(WH,

mg.,

'A8d/x), 6, indecl.,

Admin.

:

Lk

3'3.+

10

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
a-86Kifxos, -ov, [in

LXX

:

Pr 25\

Is I22 (rp)*

;]

1.

of things (prop.

of metals
2.

c), not standing the test, rejected : yrj, He 6^. after testing, reprobate : Eo 1^^, i Co 9^'^, 11 Co 135-7, II Ti 3% Tit li« (Cremer, 212). 2. Of liquids (^sch., *a-8oXos, -ov, 1. guileless (Find., Thuc). Eur., and late prose writers), genuine, jnire (in tt. and in MGr. of wine,
:

LXX,

11.

Of persons,

rejected

also of corn
I

:

MM, VGT, s.v.
oiKepaioi (q.V.),

;

Milligan,

NTD,

77)

:

of milk, metaph.,

Pe

22.t
/SJ'^V.
.

a/<aKOS, airXov's.

'A8pa/jiui/TT)f6s (T,
:

Rec.
272.t

'ABpa/xvTrrjvos),

-rj,

-ov,

of Adramyttium,

a seaport of Mysia Ac 'ASptas (T, Eec. 'ASpias), -ov, 6, the Adriatic sea, in later Greek usage extended to take in all the waters between Greece and Italy

Ac

272'.t

*d8p6TY]s, -TO?,

rj
:

(<^d8pd9, thick, well-grown),

1. thickness,

vigour.

11 Co S^^^.t 2. abundance, bounty d8umTe'w, -i «d8i-m-ros), [in LXX: De 17^ Za 8^ (sbsni.), Jb 422 (-|2jri ni.), al. ;] to be miable (cl., Philo tt., v. MM, VGT, s.v.). and NT (Kennedy, Sources, 124; Hatch, Essays, 4; 2. In
;

LXX

Field, Notes, 46

f.),

to be

impossible

:

Mt 1V\ Lk
,

l^^.t
1.

d-SuVaros, -ov, [in

LXX for
Rq
15^
1027,

'Jl'^^N'

bl

,

etc.

;]

of persons, unable,
2.

jmverless:
possible:

Ac

148;

fig_^

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).

Of things, imchiefly for praise to God

Mt

192«,

Mk

Lk
c.

1827, j^o g^,

He

6*'i8 10* ll^.t
[in

a8w (Attic form of Ion. and poet.

deiSo)),

LXX

"VU

;]

to sing, (a)

intrans.,

dat.

(MM, VGT,
:

s.v.), of

Eph
ever
6^**,

519,

Col

316
;

(b) trans., c.

de{, adv., [in
;

LXX
i

:

cogn. ace. w8^v, Re 5^ 14^ IS^.t Is 42^* (Qbisrn) 511^ (Tpn), Ps 94 (95)io, al.
7^-^,

;]

2 Co 1. of continuous time, unceasingly, perpetually : Ac Tit 1^2^ jje 310^ 2. Of successive occurrences, on every occasion
4^^
s.v.)
:

(MM, VGT,
12^*.

Pe

S^^,

n Pe

li2.t
;]

dcTos, -ov,

6, [in

LXX for
is

11273

an eagle
a.
is

:

Ee

4^ 8^^ (Eec. ayyeXov)
(cf.

Where
Pr
d^ufj,09,

carrion
:

referred

to,

probably a vulture
s.v.).t
d.
;

Jb

3930,

3017)

Mt

2428,

Lk

17^7

(MM, VGT,
for riS'Q
d.

-ov (<Ctvixri), [in
17

LXX
twv
22^;

rd

(sc Xayava, cakes)
the jmschal feast
26i7,

=
Lk

DiSiQn;]

unleavened:
d.,

kopTr]

(ni-SDSn an),

(also called rd

Mk
12^

14^),
20*'.

Lk

r^fxipa

twv

d.,

Mt

Mk

14^2,

Fig-, of Christians, free from corr^iption : I Co 57 exhorted to keep festival, e'v d^u/xois (sc. apToi<;, XdyavoLs, or, indefinitely, "unleavened elements"), ib. 8 (Cremer, 724),

227

r;/x,e/3at,

Ac

;

'A^aip, 6, indecl.,

Azor

:

Mt

l^^.i^.t

"AI^cjTos, -ov,

-f)

(Heb., lilJS'K), Azotus, a PhiHstine city:
d- neg., -^Sos, pleasure), [in

Ac 8*^t
(niiz;)*;]

dT)8ia, -as,
1.

yj

«

LXX
:

:

Pr 2329

2. dislike (Plat.),

of things or persons, unpleasantru^ss, odiousncss (Hipp., Dem., al.); disagreement (MM, VGT, s.v.) Lk 23^2 D.+

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
di^p,

11

d€>s,

5,

[in

LXX:
9'-

ii

in Horn., Hes., the lower air the purer aWrjp of the higher regions

Ki 22^2 (= Ps 17 {18y\ pnm), Wig;] which surrounds the earth, as opp. to
;

generally, air

(MM, VGT,

s.v.)

Ac 22^^

Eph

22

;

speaking
:

of the air as the realm of demons, d. Sepetv, of striving to no purpose, i Co Q^" ; cis d. XaXetr, of without effect, not being understood, i Co 14®.
I

Th

4^^

Ee

IG^^

;

**d0acao-ia, -as,

r]

LXX Wi 3* 4^ S^^. ^ 153^ ^y Mac 14^ 16^3 *
iTi6i«

«

d-^avaT09,

undying;
;]

V.

MM, VGT,
:

S.V.), [in

immortality

i

Co

IS^^,

5*^

(cf. Cremer, 285f.).+ VGT, s.v.), -ov **d-0€>iTos (late form of dOefjua-To?, LS, Mac 520*;] «^e>ts, custom, right), [in LXX: 11 Mac 6^ 7^ 10^4, (a) of persons, laxvless (iii Mac, I.e.) ih) of things, laivless, unlawful

MM,

m

;

Ac

1028,

Pe 43. SYN. : V.S.
I

d^€o-/xos.
1.
;

*a-6eos, -ov,

in

cl. (a)

slighting or denyiyig the gods (Plat.; cf.

abandoned by the gods (Soph.) 2. In the NT (cf. Lft. on Ign. ad Trail, § 3), of the heathen, without God, not knowing God (Cremer, 281) Eph 2^2_t **t a-0ecT/ios, -ov iii Mac 5^2 62^ * ;] ^€o-/xos, lata, mstom), [in LXX lawless, esp. of those who violate the law of nature and conscience
s.v.)
{h) godless,

MM, VGT,

ungodly (Pind.)

;

(c)

«
:

:

:

(cf.

MM, VGT,

s.v.)

11

Pe

2" 3i7.t

Sl'N. : d^€/i.tTos, avofxos, KaKos, irovr)p6<;, ^avA.os (v. Tr., Syn., §lxxiv; DCG,u, 821b). for seventeen different words, td0€Tcw, -tu {<^TL6r]fxL), [in etc., often meaning, as i Ki 13^ (Heb., al.), to rtZTD Tia 133 bra revolt; properly, to viaJce dOerov, or do away with wJmt has been laid down (v. DCG, i, 453 f.)]. 1. to set aside, disregard (in Gramm., to reject as spurious) hiaO-qKTqv, Ga 3^^; €VtoA.7;v, Mk 7®; vop-ov. He 102^; TTio-Tiv, I Ti 512. 2. to nullify, make void : Lk V^ (v. Field, Notes, 59),

LXX

,

,

,

,

:

I

Co

119,

Jo

12*8,

Ga 221. 3. I Th 48, Ju 8
i

to reject

:

Mk
tt.,

62" (Field, op. cit., 30),
v.

Lk

lO^^,

(for exx. in
yj

MM, VGT,

8.v.).t

t dQcTTjats, -€w?,

rebellious action:
II

{<^ dOeTew), [in LXX, usually of unfaithful, Ki 24^2 (y^rg), Je 12^ (135), Da th 9" (bra),

a disannulling, setting asid^ : He 7^8 926^ (^qj. similar usage in tt., v. Deiss., BS, 228 f. MM, VGT, s.v.)t 'AflriKai, -wv, al (plural because consisting of several parts), Athens: Ac W^'^^ 18S i Th S\f 'ASrimios, -a, -ov, Athenian: Ac 172i'22,t * 6.6X4(1), -w (in cl. also dOXevw, <^d6Xo<;, a contest, in war or in sport), to contend in games, wrestle, combat : 11 Ti 2^.t *t aSXriais, -€ws, 17 (<! d^Xeco), a contest, combat, esp. of athletes fig., a struggle : He 10^2 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t
1428*
;]
;

Mac

a

7ioise,

dOpoi^w (<^ d6p6o<;, assembled in croivds, MM, VGT, s.v. ; <C dp6o<;, tumult), [in chiefly for V^p ;] to gather, assemble

LXX

Lk

2433.t
dGufieu, -w (d-^v/xos, witlvout heart), [in : Col 32i.t

LXX

for

mn

,

etc.

;]

to

&fi

disheartened

12

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
; ;

a

d6wos (Rec. wrongly, -wos LS, s.v. Mayser, 131), -ov (<^^cot^ penalty), [in chiefly for np2 ni., pi., "^j"?! ;] 1. unpunished (MM,

LXX

VGT,
j?oai
;

atycios

2. innocejit Mt 27^ (WH, R, mg., BCKmoiA (WH, -ytos), -a, -ov (<[ ai^, a goat), [in LXX He 11^7 (MM, VOT, 8.v.).+
S.V.).
:

27^\f
for 7?
;]

o/ a

aiyiaXds, -ov, 6 (on the derivation, v. Boisacq, s.v.), [in

LXX
;

Jg
i,

51" (p)in), Si 241* *

;J

the sea-shore, beach
:

(cf.

Field, Notes,

146

DCG,

175 f.; MM, VGT, s.v.) Mt 132.« Jo 21*, Ac 2P 27^9. 40.t AiYUTTTios, -a, -ov, Egyptian: Ac 722.24,28 2138^ He il29,t
Aiyu^Tos, -ov,
T},

Egypt: Mt 2i3-i5. i9, Ac 2i" yi} A?., Ac 7*» 131^ He 89, Ju ^ (cf. Ex 5^2, al.) of Jerusalem as hostile to God, Re 11^.
**dt8ios, -ov {<a€i), [in (freq. in Inscr. VGT, s.v.)
;

7^-39,
;

He

S^e 1126,27.

rj

M.,

Ac

1^^;

fig.,

LXX: Wi
:

72^, iv
I20,

Mac
^.t

IQi^*;] everlasting

MM,

Ro

Ju

BS, 363 J. The etymological distinction between the meanings of the two words seems not to be retained in late Greek (v. Thayer, s.v,, aiwvios cf. Cremer,
:

STN.

atwvios, also freq. in Inscr. (Deiss.,

;

79, 611).

** aiScSs

(-o'os), -ovs,

r),

[in

LXX

:

iii

Mac

1^9 4^

*

;]

a sense of shame,
f.;

modesty

:

i

Ti 29 (for exx., v.
ala-x^vt} (v.
I.e.).

MM, VGT,
hum,
wt/',

s.v.).t

Syn.:

Thayer, 14;

Tr., Syn.,

§xix; Cremer, 611
i.e.

CGToniTi,
for iris
;]

Ai0io\|», -oTTos, 6

{<CaWi>i, to
:

face

;

swarthy), [in

LXX

Ethiopian

Ac

S'-^.t

AiXa|xiTT)S, V.S. 'EAaju.etTr/s.
at|ia, -Tos, TO, [in

LXX for Dl
:

;]

blood.

1.

In the ordinary sense

Mk525, Lk
191^.
2.

8^3, 44 22*4,

Jo 19^^ Ac
(a) of (b)

I520.29 2125,

Ee

8^.8

ne

i63,4,6
(cl.)

In special senses
S.V.);

generation, origin, kinship

Jo 1^3 (v. MM, VGT, phrase adp^ koL at. (at.

k. a.),

as in OT (AR on Eph, I.e.), in the to indicate human nature as opp. to God
i

and created
(c)

spirits:

Mt

161^,

Co

15^0,
:

Ga
Ac

of things in colour resembling blood
of bloodshed, a bloody death (cl.) 51 131^ Ac 119 528 186 2026 2220,
:

l^^, 2i9> 20^

Eph

6^2,

He

2^^;

jje 6^2
s,

1418-20

(d)

1150,
al.

€Vx«tv (Deiss., LAE, 428; 9'^' 12, 13, 18-22, 25 iQi ]^228 of sacrificial blood, as an expiation 1311 of the blood of Christ, Mt 2628, I42*, Lk 222o, Jo 6^3, 54, 56^ 912. 1* 2028, Eo 325 59, I Co 1016 1125. 27^ Eph 1^ 21^, Col 120, Ac
(e)
:

Mt 233o. 35 274. 6. 24, 25^ l^ He 12*, Re 6io 17^ 182* I92 MM, VGT, s.v., at), Ro 3^5, Re 16^;

He

;

Mk

He

1019,29 1224 1320^

I

pe
-as,

12.19^

i

Jq

17 (cf. S^'

«),

Re

15 59 71*

1211.

(Cremer, 69

f.,

612

f.)t
17

*t alfiarcKXUCTta,

{"Calfxa, Ik, x^'w), shedding of blood (Eccl.;
[in

Cremer, 71)
suffer from

:

He

922.t
pc'co),

alfioppoe'w, {<Cialfia,

LXX
:

:

Le

15^3 (n.n)*;] to lose bloody

a flow of blood (Hipp.) 9^3, Aii'^as, -OV, 6, jEneas : Ac

Mt
34 +

92o.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
+ aiKco-is,
-cojs,
:

13

^7

(< alveo)),

[in

LXX
and
,

chiefly for

rryiri

,

n^np ;]
s.v.)

praise (Eccl.)
aiK^u,

Ova-ta atveVcws

(Le

7^^,

n^lH n5|),
to

He

IS^^.t

-o)

(<^aLvo'i), poet., Ion.

late prose
;]

(MM, FGT,
:

for

cl. eTraivco), [in

LXX chiefly for bbn nT
Ac
2*7 S^'^,

praise

c.

ace,

t.

^ew,
for

Lk
!?

2^3,20 1937 2463,
;

b^n

V. Field, Notes, 245),
:

Eo IS^^ Ee IQ^.t

;

c. dat., t. ^e<3

(Je 20i3,

al.

DCG, 211). aii/iyfia, -T09, to (<^ alvLcra-ofjiaL, to speak ill riddles; <^ atvos = Seivos, dread, strange), [in LXX for nTn Nu 12^ and always exc. De 28^''
SYJV.
i^ofxoXoyeui, evXoyeo), ev^apicTTSw, /xaKapL^o) (v.
i,
,

in^W)
a

;]

a dark saying, riddle
[in
2.

:

i

Co

13^2
TJT

(cf_

^^^

l.c.).t

ati'os, -ov, 6,

LXX for bbn pi,
=
(cf.

;]

poet,

and

Ion., 1.
:

=

fiv6o<;,

tale (Horn., al.).

Att. cTraivos, ^jraise (Horn., al.)

Mt

21i«'^^^',

Lk

1843.

3,

In

,r.,

a decree

(MM, VGT,
]^r, a

s.v.).t

AiciJi',

17,

indecl.
-cws,
17

Heb.

sjyring),

Aenon

:

Jo

S^^.t
,]

aipeais,
2. choosing,

{<^aipew,

-ofxai), [in

LXX for
3.
^/jai

H^IJ

1.
is

capture.
chosen,

choice

(v.

MM, FGT,

s.v.).

which

hence, opinio7i; esp. a peculiar opinion, heresy: i Co Ga S^", II Pe 2\ E, txt. 4. In late writers (MM, VGT), of a set of persons professing particular principles or opinions, a school, sect, party, faction: Ac 6^^ 15^ 245.i* 26^ 2822, i Co, Ga, 11 Pe, I.e., E, mg. (Cremer, 614). chiefly for in2 (v. Cremer, 615) ;] = alpeofxat aiperi^w, [in (Hipp., Inscr.), to choose : Mt 12^^ (LXX, a.vTi\r]fxtf/ofx,ai).f *alpeTiK6s, -ij, -ot/ (<^ alpeofiaL), 1. capable of choosing (Plat.). 2. causing division, heretical, factious (Cremer, 614) as subst., Tit 3^*'.t [in for HiDN hi., inn etc. ;] to take ; Mid., -ofxai (M, atpc'w, MM, VGT, s.v.), to choose : Phi I22, n Th 2^3^ He IP^. Pr., 158 f.
11^^,

LXX

:

LXX

,

;

(Cf. av-,

a.<f>-,

OL-, i^-,

KaO-, Trepi-, Trpo-aiplo}.)f

aipw, [in

LXX chiefly
draw up
3. to
:

take up, lift or Mt 4" 162*, al.

Jo

for NiZTJ also for npb etc. ;] 1. to raise, 8^9 11*\ Ac 27^'^, al. 2, to bear, carry
,

,

bear or take aicay, carry
;

off,

remove

:

Mt

212\
sin

Jo Co by Christ, Jo exx. from tt.,
1931, I
(Bl., § 36,

512 6^5 (y, Lft., Notes, 216), al.
l^^,
I

of the taking

away

Jo

3^.

(Cf. d7r-, e^-,

l-n--,

fier-, <rvv-, virep-aipu).

For

v.

MM, VGT, s.v.)

aiaOdi/ofjiai, [in

LXX
17

for j^n

,

TDPI

5

;

MM, VGT,
s.v.)

aio-0T|CTis, -ews,

«
:

s.v.),

Lk 9«

alo-BdvofjLaL),

JTT ;] to perceive: c.acc. rei (Cremer, 619 f.).t chiefly for T)^ ;] per[in
,

LXX

ception

(MM, VGT,
:

Phi

VA
LXX
:

Syn.
IV

cTriyvcDo-ts,

q.v. (cf.

aio-6T)Tiqpio»',

-ov,

to

Cremer, 620). (<^ ala-6avop.ai), [in
:

Je 4^® ^P)'
8.v.).t
:

Mac

222 *

.-]

sense,

organ of perception
(<C aio-xpos,

He

5^*

(MM, VGT,

* aioxpoKcpSiis,
Tit l^.t

-es

K€p8o<;),

greedy of base gains

i

Ti

3',

14

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

*t alaxpoKepSws, adv., from eagerness for base gain : i Pe 5^ (here only).t * aiaxpoXoyia, -as, r/ (<^at(TXpos, Aeyw), ahusive language, abuse
(Lft.,

ICG,

in

1.

;

MM, VGT,
;]

s.v.)

:

Col S^.t

aiaxpos> -»> -oy (<Catcrxos, shame, disgrace), [in

LXX
Eph

:

Ge 4P*
Tit

(yi

,

jn), Jth 1212, al.
s.v.).+

fease,

shameful

:

i

Co
:

ll^ Id^s^

5^2,

1"

(MM, VGT,
*

aio-xpoTTjs, -y^ros,
aio-x">''n»
-'>/?.
I/

'^

(<[

ato-xpo's)

,

basetiess

Eph
Lk

5*.t

(<Ca-rcrxos, shavie, disgrace),
s.v.)
;
:

[in

LXX
ii

chiefly for

n^rn

;]

shame (MM, FGT,

subjectively,

14^9^

Co
of,

4^

;

ob3^^

jectively,

Phi
;

3^^,

He

12'^

as something to be
^^.t

ashamed

Ee

pi. (Bl., § 32, 6),

shameful deeds, Ju
shame), [in

Sl^V.

aiook, q.V.

aio-xuco) (<^aTo-xos,

LXX

chiefly for IS'n;]

1.

to dis-

figure

3. to make ashamed (Horn.). dishonozor (Pr 29^^). 2. to (Si 13'^). Pass., to be put to shame, be ashamed: ii Co 10^; Phi l^**, 4l«, I Jo 228; c inf (M, Pr., I Pe 205), Lk IS^ (cf. iir- {-ofMai), Kar.

ato^x wco) t
aiTEtj,
-u),

[in
c.

LXX
ia.

chiefly for

bnw
Lk
3^,

;]

to

ask, request
c.

:

absol.,
a-rro,

Mt Mt

7",

Ja
I

I*';

ace. pers.,
.

Mt

5^-,

6^'*;

ace. rei, seq.

2020,
622,

Jo

516

seq. irapd,

Ac

Ja
.

1^

;

c.

dupl. ace,

Mt

T^,

Jo Mid. (on the distinction bet. 62*, 15^, Jo 1626, j^ 43 ^ ^cc. rei, Mt 14^, Pr., 160) absol., al.; c. ace. pers., Mt 272^, Lk 232^; c. ace. rei, seq. Trapd, Ac 92; ^ i^f ^ Ac 7^^, Eph 3^3 (cf. d^r-, i$-, ctt-. Trap-, c. ace. et inf., Lk 2323
1622.
act., v.
:

Mk

mid. and

M,

Mk

Mk

.

Trpoa-aLTew)

Syjv.

:

epwraw,

q.V.,

TrvvOdvofiai.

between these words, v. Tr., Syn., % xl, however, al. and e. seem to have become practically synonymous (cf. Ac 32.3; V. Field, Notes, 101 f.; M, Tii., I, 4^ M, Pr., m^; MM,
;

the proper distinction In late Gk., Thayer, s.v. ai.

On

VGT,

s.v.).
aiTT))xa, -To<;,

to (•<

alreo)), [in

has been asked

for,

a

petition,

LXX chiefly for nbxia' reqtiest Lk 232*, py 46^
:

;]

that which

j

Jq

5i5_f

Syn.
Wi,
II, III

:

v.s. 8e>?o-is.

alTia, -as, V, [^^

LXX

:

Ge

413 (|iy),

Pr

28^' (ptzrV),
:

and

freq. in

Mac

;]

1.

2224 2820,

Lat. si ita II Ti y 19^0. 2. In forensic sense, res se habet, and v. MM. VGT, s.v.), Mt (b) cause for ptmishment, crime : Mt 273'', (a) accusation : Ac 25^^' 2''
1"' 12^
;

cause, reason, occasion, case Tit 1^3, He 2^ d o^tw<;

Mt

193, l]^ 347^
ai. (cf.

^c

102^

ia-riv

;

Mk

1526,

Jo 1838
:

19*'

6,

Ac

1328 2328 28i8.t
judicial,

Syn. been proven,
*

eXtyxos, a charge,
dt. is

whether moral or an accusation simply, false or

which has

true.

aiTiafJia, -to<;, to, V.S. atrtw/xa.

aiTioc, -ov, TO, V.S. atVios.

amos,

-a, -ov
53, II

TH ib.

*2,

Su

Mac

«

airt'a), [in
4*'^

LXX
Mac

:

I

Ki
*
;]

13*, iv

1^^

2222 (-^^q)^ Da Bel «, 1. causative of, responsible

LXX

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
for
2.
;

15

as subst., 6

a?.,

tM

cause, author

:

He 5^
6
a*.,

;

blameworthy, culpable;
;

as

subst.,

to ai., the cause, Ac 19**'. the culprit, the accused

to ai. (= atTia, 3), the crime, Lk 23^''^*''^'^.+ (Lat. reus) *+aiTiw|xa (Eec. oLTLa^a, the usual form; v. VGT, s.v.), -to?, TO (<| aiTtrio/x,ai, aiTLa), a charge, accusation : Ac 25'.

MM,

**

ai<t>v'i8ios

(in

Lk,
i

I.e., ^<^v:

a<^vws, suddenlji), [in unexjjected : Lk 21^*,
t
aixH'Oi^'»*o'i<*>

LXX Wi IT^^^
Th
1?

WH

;

v.

M,

ii

Mac

14^^
[in

Pr., 35), -ov {<ial^i'r]^ = Mac 32* * ;] sudden,

m

5^.t

"Ci?)

(-<^ ai;^;u.aAa)Tos),
:

LXX

chiefly for

"'lit??,

nbia

;]

captivity (Diod., al.)

Ee

IS^*'

;

pi., abstr.

for concr.,

=

at'x/Aa-

AcItoi,

Eph48(I'XX)_t

t aixfAaXwTeud) (<^ alxfj.dX(DTOs), [in
XcoTt^w, q.v., to lead caijtive
:

LXX chiefly for rOtS

;]

=

a-'x^a-

Eph

48(LXX)_f

t aix|AoiXwTtl^a> (<^ atxAiciA.wTos), [in chiefly for nsiS';] in late writers = cl. at^ptAtoTov ttoiw (ayw), to take or Zeaf? caj)tive : seq. eis, Lk 2124 (cf. To li«) metaph., Eo 723, n Co 10^, ii Ti 3^t
;

LXX

(<] alxp.^, a Spear, oAtV/co^ai, to be taken), [in chiefly for nnc;, nblS;] cajjtive : Lk 4i8(Lxx)_t
aixfAtxXojTos, -ov
alui', -coves", 6, [in

LXX

LXX chiefly

for

abw IV
,

;]

1.

in

cl.,

like Lat.

aevum (LS,

MM, VGT,
an

period of history,
:

s.v.), a space of time, as, a lifetime, generation, indefinitely long period in of an indefinitely
;

NT

long period, an age, eternity, usually c. prep. (MM, VGT) past Sltt' al (cf. Heb. 0^127^), Lk I'O; (b) of the future eh
;
:

(a) of
r.

the

al. (cf. ets

Db)V^), forever,
Tov al Tou al,
Is 4517,

Mt

21^^;

id., c.

neg., never,

Jo
gl3

4^'*;
.

more
^^^^

strongly,
^j

He

18(LXX).

^[^

^^^^ ^^^

jyf^

^i^

^j^ ^j^j,

^gf_

ny
2.

^a!?iy-iy),
01 ai., tJie

Eo

16",

LT;

cf.

also

Ee

14^^.

worlds, the universe,

Eph 321, 11 Pe 3^^ Ju25, "the sum of the periods of
:

time, including all that is manifested in them " He I2 ll^ (cf. i Ti 1^'^, where twv at. are prob. "the ages or world-periods which when summed up make eternity ". 3. tlie present age (Heb. niH D^iirn)

al ovtos, Mt 12^2 6 vvv aL, 1 Ti G^^ 6 €V€0-Ta)S al, Ga 1* similarly, of the time after Christ's second coming (N2n Dbiyn),6at.
6 al,

Mt

1322

;

6

;

;

;

aL /xe'XXw, Mt 12^2 6 al 6 ipxofJievo^, Mk lO^O. ordered tcniverse, the scheme of material things the inhabited earth ; in contrast with both of which at. is the olKovfxevT], world under aspects of time (cf Westc. on He I2 Tr., Syn., § lix Thayer, s.v., at.; Cremer, 74, 620; MM, VGT). a\(!ivio<i, -ov (as usual in Attic), also -a, -ov. 11 Th 2^®, He 9^2.
€Kcrvos,

Lk

20^5
.-

;

6

;

STiV.

Ko'o-/Ao?, i/ie

.

;

(< atwi'),
is

[in

LXX chiefly for cbir
:

;]

age-long, eternal, (a) of that
:

which

which
is

without either beginning or end Eo 162^, He Eo 162^, 11 Ti 1^, Tit I2 is without beginning without end (MM, VGT, s.v.) o-K7?vat', Lk 169
;
:

9^*
(c)

;

(b)

of that

of that

^i^^^^


;

which Co 5^

BtaOyKT],

He

132**

;

evayye'Xtov,

Ee

14*'

;

7ra/oa*cXr;o-is, II

Th

2^®

Xw/acoo-ts,

16

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
9^2.
329
;

He

K\r)povofjiia,

ib. ^^;

KoXao-ts,
irdp,

Mt
;

25*«;
freq. c.

Kpifj.a,
^0)77,

He

6^;

Kpurts,

Mk

^XiBpov,
:

II

Th
q.v.
rj

;

Mt

IS^

q.v.

Syn.

di'Stos,

dKaOapaia,

-as,

«

aKu^apros), [in

LXX chiefly for HNDtf
s.v.)
:

,

XD^
;

l]

uncleanmss, impurity,

(a)

physical
:

(MM, VGT,

moral

:

Bo

V^^ 6'^, 11

Co 122\ Ga
17,

5i9,

Eph
Ee

4^9 5^,

Col

3^,
t.

Mt 23-^ (b) i Th 2^ 47.t
dKu6'apTa).t

*t dKa0dpTTjs, -Tos, dKdOapTos, -ov
cZea?i,

«

uncleanness

17*, Rec. (for

d- neg., Kadatpw), [in

LXX
Mk

chiefly for
;

NQ^

;]

mw-

impure

;

(a)
1

physically (LS,
714, II

MM, VGT,
;

s.v.)

(&)
:

ceremonially

18^ Eph 5^ Re 17* (c) morally 123,26,27 311,30 52,8,13 10^ 12*^, as always in Gosp., c. TTv^ifxa, 67 725 925^ Lk 433,36 618 829 942 ii24_ Ac 516 8^ Re 16^3 (cf. Cremer, 320). *t dKaip€'o(i,ai, -ovfj.ai (<^ aKatpo?, unseasonable), to have no oppor-

Ac

IQi'*' ^8

118,

Co

Co

617,

Re Mt

Phi A^'^.f tunity (opp. to evKaLpiOi) ** dKaipus, adv. (<;dKatpos, iiuseasouable) [in out of season, unseasonably : opp. to evKaLp(D<; (q.v.),
: ,

LXX
11

:

Si 35 (32)**;]
(cf.

Ti 42

Cremer,

740;

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

d-KttKos, -ov, [in

LXX

for iJig

,

Dri
:

,

etc.

;]

(a)

as in

cl. (-S^sch.,

Plat., al.), of persons,

simple, guileless
(?

Ro

16^^,

He

72" (cf.

Cremer,
,

327)

;

(&) of

things,
r)

undamaged
(-<|d/c77,

MM, VGT,
[in

s.v.).t

aKttt'Ga, -T/s,

a point),
jtlc^nt,

LXX
Jo

TD
Mt

,

n^l27

,

etc.

;]

a prickly

thorn, brier

chiefly for |^ip also for in always pi. ;

NT

716 137, 22 2729,

Mk

4^' 18,

Lk

6** 8"' ^\

I92,

He

&

(v.

MM, VGT,
of thorns
9.v.).t
:

s.v.).t
dKd^'0i»'os, -ov

Mk

151^ Jo 195.

Is 34^3 (td) * tt. ap. 2. of acantha-wood (Hdt.
dKav^a), [in
:
;

«

LXX
Mk

;]

I.

MM, VGT,
15*, iv

d-KapTTos, -ov, [in

LXX:
Mt

Je 26 (Dip^S),
4^9,
i

Wi

Mac

16'*;]
3^*,

unfruitful, barren
II

:

fig.,

I322,

Co

14^*,

Eph

5^\ Tit

Pe

18,

Ju

i2.t
,

**t d-KaTd-YkwoTTOs, -ov (<^ KarayiVwo-kw) [in II Mac 4*''*;] not open to just rebtike, irrejyrehensible : Tit 2* (v. Cremer, 676 and for other exx., MM, VGT, s.v.).t t d-KaTa-KdXuTTTOs, -ov (<^ KaTa/caAvrrTw), [in LXX: Le 13** A 11^' ^^.t lynp) *;] uncovered, unveiled: i Co
:

LXX

;

2225.

*t d-Kard-KpiTos, -ov (<| KaTaKpcvw), 1. imcondemned (EV) Ac 16*^ 2. = cl. aKpiTo<;, without trial, not yet tried (MM, VGT, s.v.)
:

Ac, 11. cc.t **td-KaTd-\uTos, -ov (<;»caTaXi;w),
soluble
:

[in

LXX:

IV

Mac

10^1*;]

iiidis-

He

l^^.f

*t dKaTdirao-Tos (v. Mayor, 11 Pe, cxcvii; App., 170; MM. S.V.), -ov, a form otherwise unknown, prob. colloq. for -irava-ros (q.v.) II Pe 2^*, L., Tr. mg., WH.t *t dKardTraoo-Tos, -ov (<^ /caraTrai'w) that cannot cease, not to be restrained : c. gen. rei, 11 Pe 2^*, T, Tr. txt.t

WH.

VGT,

:

,

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
t dKaraoracTia, -as,
17

17

(<^ d/caTacrTaTos)
s.v.)

,

[in

LXX

:

Pr

26^^ (nniQ),

To
I

4^^ *

;]

Co

1433,

instability (MM, VGT, Ja 316 pi. (Bl., § 32, 6),
;

;

Lk

21^,

hence, confusion, tumult 11 Co 6^ I220 (Polyb, al.
Is 54^^ (rnvb);] un31ii,

V.

Cremer, 739).
d-KaT<i-(rraTos, -ov

«
:

Ka^t'cTTT/zAi),

[in

LXX:
Jb

settled, unstable

:

Ja

1^ 3^.t

t dKaT(i(7X€Tos, -OV «/caT€x<^), [in

LXX:
:

iiiMacGi^*;]

that cannot be restrained

Ja

3^ Eec. (for -o-Taros, q.v.).t

'AKeXSafxd, -ha^d-x, V.S. 'A;)(€A8a/Aax.

** dKcpaios, hence, metaph. Phi, 2i5.t

-ov (<[ KepdvvvfjLi), [in
(cf.

LXX
(cf.

Es

8^^ *
:

;]

unmixed,
10^",

jnire,

MM, VGT,

s.v.), guileless,

simple

Mt

Eo

1&^^,

SVN.
§lvi).

:

aSoXos, a/<a/cos, (iTrXovs

Ellic.

on

Phi.,

I.e.

;

Tr., Syn.,

«Kktvoy), [in LXX: iv Mac 6^ 173*;] wibending, metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.). He l(fi^A firm: ** dKfjid^u (•< axixri), [in LXX IV Mac 2^ * ;] to be at the prime ; of produce of the ground, to be ripe (Thuc.) Ee 14^8 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t * dKfiriK, acc. of aKfxrj, a point, used as adv., at the present point of
**dKXi.'iis, -es
:
:

time, even now, even yet
dKori, -^s,
17

:

Mt

15^*.

«dK:ovco), [in

LXX Ex
:

152*, al. for ratZT, its parts

and
I

derivatives, exc.

De

ll^^ (^j^^T)

;]

1.

Co 12^^ II Pe 28; "Hebraic dative," 13i*, Ac 2826. V. M, Pr., 14, 75), Mt MM, VGT, s.v.) 11 Ti 4"(Arist., al.
'^

hearing, the sense of hearing : dxofi h.Kovuv (freq. in 2. organ of hearing, the ear

LXX;

;

:

;

pi.,

Mk V\ Lk
:

He
Eo

5^^

3.

a thing heard,

i.e.,

(a)
;

a message, teaching
dKoij^,
i

1\ Ac VI'^^ Jo 12^^ and
4^; (b)

lOie.iULXx)^

Ga
c.

32.5 E,

mg.

Aoyos
4"'*

Th

2i3,

He

a

report,

rumour

:

gen, pers.,

Mt

14^ 24",

Mk

1-^ 13'^

(Cremer, 82,

623;

MM, FGT,
[in

s.v.).t
;

dKoXouGe'w, -w {<^dK6Kov6o<;, following

<Cd.- cop., KeX€v6o<;, poet.,

away),

accomjiany, follow : Mt 4^^, al. ;] 9^8, Jo 12^6, al. 9^, Absol. Mt 8^^ Metaph., of discipleship Mt more freq., c. dat. (cl.), Mt 8^, al. seq. fierd, c. gen, (cl. Eutherford, KPhr., 458 f.), Lk 9*^ ^ttiVw, c. gen. (Heb. i-iqK Tibn), Mt 10^8
chiefly for
:

LXX

"ijbn

to

Mk
;

:

;

;

;

(cf. i$-, €7r-, KttT-, Trap-,

crw-d/coXov^ew).

SVN.

:

(cl.) €7ro;Ltai,

not in

NT

(v.
;]

Cremer, 80;
to 1.
:

MM, VGT,

s.v.).

dKou'o), [in

LXX

chiefly for

yac;
c.

by hearing, comprehend by hearing.

hear, listen, attend, perceive 4^ 7^^, Ja 2^, Intrans.

Mk

Ee2',

Mt

W\
423,

al.;

t.

wmv, Mt

IS^^CLxx);

cogn. dat.,
SlKOV^LV,

d/cof)

d.

(v.s.

dKor,),

Mk

Ac 2826 (LXX). 5 1^^^ 5^a Ee 2^, al. 2. Trans., prop.
s.V.)
c.
:

(0^5)

d/COVO-dTO),

Mt

lll^

c. acc.

rei, of
c.

thing heard, gen.

from whom heard (LS, (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22^, al.; rei, Jo 74« (Abbott, JV, 116)
pers.,
;

Ac

1*;

acc. rei,
1

Mt
,

12^^,
c.

Jo 38
gen.
18^9),
v.

dupl. acc, Jo 12^^,

Co

11^8;

t. <^a)vijs (cf.

Heb. bip? yg)^
;

Ex
*,

Jo

52^' 28^
;

Ac

9^^

Pr., 66

Field, Notes, 117

(on the distinction bet. this and Abbott, Essays, 93 f .)
;

d. <f>o)vqv, ib.

M,

of

God answering

2

18

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
;

prayer, Jo 9", i Jo 5^<« i* c. ace. rei, seq. vapd, Jo 82«. ^o^ Ac 10^2, n Ti 2- id. seq. airo, i Jo 1* c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14^^^ Lk 183«, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., § 36, 5 Cremer, 82.) ** dKpaaia, -as, 17 (<^ dxpaTT^s, q.v.), [in I Mac 6^" * ;] in Arist. and later writers = d/cparcia (Lft., Notes, 222 f.), want of power, hence want of self-control, incontinence : Mt 23^^, i Co 7*.+ dKpaTTJs, -e's (<C[ tpdros), [in LXX: Pr 27^"*;] (a) powerless, impotent; (b) in moral sense, lacking self-control, incontinent : ii Ti 3^.t Kepduvv/xi), [in Ps 74 (75)8 (-iQp,)^ je 321 fiKparos, -ov
; ; ;

LXX

:

(25^5) (nan),

m Mac

«

LXX

:

5^ *]

dKpipeia, -as, v

«
.j

;

unmixed, pure
[in

:

o'vos,
:

Ee

lA^^.f

^xp^/3v^),

LXX Da LXX
(n^yi.) 42^,

th

71« (n^^^.),
s.v.)

Wi
Ac

1221, Si 1625

42* *;] exactness, precision (for exx., v.

MM, VGT,
Es

223.t
dKpiPiis, -€s, [in

LXX Da LXX 2« 6^2
: :

4^, Si 182»

192* 34 (31)2* 35 (32)3 *
superl.,

exact, precise, careful, of things

and persons

Ac 26^t

Is 30^ 49^'*;] to enquire with **dKpiP6a), -w (<^ oKptySi/s), [in Aq. exactness, learn carefully : Mt 2''' ^^ (for similar ex., v. VGT,

MM,

s.v.).t

dKpiPois, adv. 391*, (n3fl),

Ez

« Wi
rj,

19^8 (ntt^), Da I918, Si 1829*;] with exactness, carefully:
aKptpr,^),

[in

LXX

:

De

th 7"

Mt

2«,

Lk

13,

Ac

1825,

(Milligan,

Eph 515, I Th 52 (M, Th., in 1.). Compar., d/cpiySco-Tcpov NTD, 111; MM, VGT, s.v.), Ac 1826 231^.20 2422.t
[in
1«,

dKpi9, -iSos,

LXX
Ee

chiefly for

n3")fct

,

also for

230

,

etc.

;]

a

locust

:

Mt 3^ Mk

93. 7.t

Ac

*+ dKpoaTTJpioc, -ov, TO (<^ aLKpodo/xaL, to listen), a place of audience 2523 (Plut.).t Is 33 (Ufub), Si 329*;] a hearer dKpoa-rijs, ov, 6 (v. supr.), [in

LXX

:

Eo213, Ja
cf.

122,23,25,t
rj

t dKpoj3u(TTia, -as,

(perh.

an Alexandrian form of
for nb")y
;]

cl. aKpoTroa-OCa',

MM, VGT,
abstr.,

s.v.), [in

LXX

the prepuce, foreskin

(LXX),
718, 19^

hence

Ga

5" 6^*,

uncircumcision : Ac 113, jjq 22^-27 330 4.10-12^ j Qq Col 2^3 311^ gy meton., the uncircumcised : Eo 49,

Ga

2^,

Eph2ii.t
Is 2816 (n|Q)*;]
t aKpo-ycoi'taios, -ata, -aiov (•<[ axpos, ytavia, Attic ywvLalos (freq. in Inscr.

an
;

angle),

[in

LXX:

=

MM, VGT,

s.v. d.), at

the extreme angle

:

6 d., the corner

*

dKpoOit'ioK, -ov,
pi.,

TO (<^ dxpos,
viii,

hence, in

1. first-fruits
(cf.

choicest spoils

Hdt.,

foundation stone, Eph 22'*, i Pe 26,t a heap), prop., the top of a heap, (Xen. MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. In war, the 121 f.) He 7*.t
^ts,
;
:

aKpoc, -ov, TO, V.S. aKpos.

aKpo5, -a, -ov, [in
subst., T^
d.,
^/ifi

LXX for
extremity

nS(5
:

,

jni

,

etc.

;]

highest,

extreme
II21
;

;

as

toj9,

Mk

1327,

l^

1524^

He

pi. (cf.

MM, VGT,

S.V.),

Mt

2431.+

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Ac
to

19

-ov (and -a; 'AKu'Xas, VGT, 182.18.26^ Ro 163^ I Co 1619, II Ti 4i9.t

MM,

s.v.),

6

(Lat.),
6^^^

Aquila:

**tdKup6«, -w

revoke, invalidate

« (MM, VGT,
Kvpo<i,

authority), [in
s.v.)
:

LXX
15^,
:

:

i

Es

jy

MaCg*;]

Mt
:

Mk

1'^^,

Ga

S^^ (Plut.).t

** dKuXoTws, adv. (<; KwXvcj),
(so freq. in legal
[in

[in

documents

;

MM,
-os, 6,

Sm. Jb 34^^ * ;] without hindrance VGT, s.v.) Ac 283i.t

aKwc (Attic contr. for

LXX LXX

:

Jb
iv

14^7, iv
-ot>,

Mac

-ov (<^ d- neg., l/cwv, willing), 11^2*;] unwilling : i Co Q^^.t
de'/cwv), -ovcra,
17
;

dXdPaorpoK,

to (also

colloq.

and

koivij

for dXdySao-Tos),

[m

:

Ki

21^3

(nn^)* ;] a box

of alabaster

(dXa/3ao-TtTr;s) for

ointment Mt 26^ Mk 14^, Lk 7^7 {y.DCG, i, 41b; MM, VGT, s.v.).t ** dXaj^ofia (Eec. -€ia, the earlier form), -as, rj (< dAa^wv), [in LXX Wi 5^ 17'', u, IV Mac 5 * ;] the character of an aXa^wv, boastfulness, vainglory, vaunting Ja 4^^ (Mayor, in 1.), i Jo 2i*'.t
:

:

:

dXaJcSi',

-wos,

6,

rj

(<;

dX?/,

wandering), [in

LXX

:

Jb 28^

(rDQ?),

Hb

2* (Tnj),
:

Pr

212* ^pi,,j*.j prop,

a vagabond, hence, an impostor,
xxix
;

a boaster

Eo
:

l^o, 11

Ti 32.+
Tr., Syn., §
Lft., Notes, 256).

Syn.

vl3pL(TTrj<;, vTr€pyj(f>avo? (v.

dXaXd^w (onomat. from the battle-cry dXaXd), [in chiefly for 3n*l hi., bb'' ;] prop, to raise a war-cry, shout with triumph or joy ; rarely of grief, to wail : Mk 5^^ (cf. Je 4^) of a cymbal, dXaXd^oi' 13^ (cf. 6\o\vCw).f (EV. clanging), i Co
;

LXX

*t d-XdXT)Tos, -ov
a-XaXos, -ov

(< XaXiw), inexpressible, not to be uttered Eo 82«.t (< XdXos, talkative), [in LXX Ps 30 (31)^8 (D^K ni.)
:
:

37

(38)13 (D^x) *

;]

dumb,

speechless
to, late

:

Mk

7^7 Q^^. 25,t
dXs, -o?, 6
:

aXas (T, dXa), -aTo%,
[in
cl.

LXX

chiefly for nblj

;]

salt,

form of cl. lit. and fig.
in speech
;

(MM, FGT,

s.v.),
;

Mt
:

5^3 9^0,

Lk

143*

like

aXes, wit, of

wisdom and grace

Col 4".+

«dXs,

dXccus (Eec. dXicus, the older form for Jl, a;i;] the sea), [in

WH,

Ajyp.,

LXX

151), -cw?, 6

a fisherman:
40i5,

Mt

4^8' is,

Mk
Ez
c.

li«.i^
1310
ff-

Lk

52.+
XiVos, oil), [in

dX€i<t)w (cf.

LXX

:

Ge 31", Ex
Ki
16^
;

Nu

33 (ni2?a)

(mM),
103

Eu

33, II

Ki

1220 142^ jy

42, 11

Ch

281^,

LXX TH

("JJID),

ace. rei or Ja 51* ; fx^pi^,

Es 212, Jth 168*;] i^ pers., Mt 6^^ Jo 123, Mk Lk 738. «, Jo ll^.t

anoint, festally or in

Mi 6^5, Da homage
:

seq. dat., ^Amw,

Mk

6^3,

Syn.

:

xP^<a, fivpi^o)

(against the distinction

made

bet. d.

and

y.

in Tr., Syn., § xxxviii, v.

MM, VGT,
:

s.v., d.).

*t dX€KTopo<|>cj>'ia, -as, •^ (<^ dXexTwp, (ftwvrj), cock-crowing, i.e. the 1335.t third watch in the night dX^KTwp, -opos, 6 (poet, form of dkcKTpvwv v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in Pr 24«« (303i) (T7-|7 BDB, Lex., 267)* ;] a cock : Mt 263*' ^*' 7^,

Mk
;

;

LXX

:

Mk

1430,68,72^

Lk

2234.

«0, 61^

'AXc^ai/Speus, -e'ws, 6,

Jo 1338 i827.t an Alexandrian

:

Ac

6^ 182*.t

20

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
'AXe^acSpikos (Rec. -Bpivos] V. Kiihner : Ac 27« 28ii.t
'AXe'laj'Spos,
3,

II, 296),

-rj,

-oV,

Alexan-

drian

Mk
Jew

15-1.
:

2.

A
ii

Ac

IQ^^.

on iTi,
al.

I.e.):

Alexander. 1. Son of Simon of Gyrene: kinsman of the High Priest Ac 4". 3. A certain 5. Perh. = 4 (v. Ellic. 1 Ti l^o. 4. A coppersmith 4i*.t Ti
-OV,
6,
:
:

aXeupoc, -OV, to (•< dXevw, to grind), [in
;]

LXX

for

riDj?.

,

Nu

5^^,

meal

:

Mt

1S^\
rj

Lk

IS'-'i.t

dXriOeia, -a?,

(< aXr]6^<s),

[in

LXX
DB,

chiefly for
iv,

nOS
1.

(on which,

V.

Cremer, 627

f.),

njlD^;] trnth

(v.

818

f.).

Objectively,

" the reality lying at the basis of an appearance the manifested, veritable essence of a matter" (Cremer, 86) Eo 9^, al. of religious truth, Ro 1^^, al. esp. of Christian doctrine, Ga 2'^, al. ; d. Oeov, Ro 15^. 2. Subjectively, truthfulness, truth, not merely verbal (cl.), but sincerity and integrity of character: Jo 8'**, iii Jo^. 3. In phrases (MM,
;
:

;

;

VGT, S.V.) ctt' dAT^^etas, Mk 121*, al. d. Xeyav (ctTTtu', XaXilv), Ro 9\ II Go 126, Eph 4-25^ ai_ ^_ ^oielv, Jo 3^1, i Jo 1« (cf. DB, iv, 818 b, ff.). Ge 20^6 {UD'^) 42i« (n©^), Pr 21^ dXriGeJa) d\7?^7?s), [in LXX
: ;

«
-es

.

:

(iD^iyp), Is 4426 (Qijar), Si

31 (34)"*;]
:

to sjyeak the

truth (R, mg., deal

truly; Field, Notes, 192)
dXT)6iis,

Ga

41^,

Eph

4i5.t

(<C At/^w

=
:

Xavddvii),

hence primarily, unconcealed,
for nSiX, etc.;] (a) of things,

manijest

;

hence, actual, real),

[in

LXX
Mk

i'' <rwe, conforming to reality aX-q$iv6<i, q.v.) S^^* ^"» Jo 4^^ 5^^' ^^ 6^^ ( 10*1 19^5 2124, Ac 129, Phi 48^ Tit l^^, i Pe 5^2, n Pe 2^2, i Jo 2^, iii Jo 12 12i*, Jo 3^3 7^8 8^6, {h) of persons, truthful : Mt 221^, Eo 3*,

=

II

Go

68.t

Syn. : aXrfOLvo^, real, genuine, ideal, as opp. to spurious or imperfect. aXr}$i]<;, true to fact, as opp. to false, lying, denotes the actuality of a thing dXrjdivo^, its relation to the corresponding conception. (Gf. Tr., Syn., § viii Cremer, 84 f., 631 ; Abbott, JV, 234 f.
:

;

DB,

iv,

818

f.

;

MM, VGT,
-rj,

s.vv.)
[in

dXtjOiKos,

-6v (<^
:

a.Xr]6ri<;),

LXX for

JilpX

;]

true, in the

sense

of real, ideal, genuine 82 92* 1022, I Th 19,

Lk
I

16^1,

Jo

1^ 423. 37 532 728 gie
3^. '^ 6i»

He

Jo

28 520,

Re

151 173 1935^ 15^ 16^ I92 ; = AXr,6ijs,

Re

199 215 226 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t SVmY. : aXrjer)';, q.V. + dXriflu (K01V17 form of the Attic dAew), [in
2441,

LXX for

7ni3

;]

to

grind

:

Mt

Lk

1735.t

dXr]0is, adv. «dX7;()»?s), [in

LXX

(Je 35(28)6,

Ps 57

(58)^, al.)

chiefly for |/^X

and cogn. forms;]

trzily,

surely:

Mt

1433 26''3 27^",

Mk
I

1470 1539,
213,
I

Lk
25.t

927 12** 213,

Jo

i48 442

qh

726, 4o gsi 178^

Ac U^\

Th

Jo

dXicus, V.S. dXecus.
t dXie.5(o

«

dAieus), [in

LXX

:

Je 16^6

pi)*

;]

to

fish

:

Jo 213 (^M,

VGT,

s.v.).t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
dXi^u

21
:

6",

Mk

«; aAs),

[in

LXX
TO,

for

nba

;]

to salt,

season with salt
pollute),

Mt

9«.t
-Tos,

*t dXioYTj/xa,

(<^ late

dXto-yew,

to

pollution

Ac

152«.t

dXXd (dXA.' usually bef. a and v, often bef. e and rj, rarely bef. o never bef. i; Tdf., Pr., 93 f. WH, ^j;)^., 146), adversative particle, stronger than 8e; prop, neuter pi. of aAAos, used adverbially, with changed accent hence prop, othenuise, on the other hand (cf. Eo 3^^); 1. opposing a previous negation, hiit : oi {/xr]) d., Mt 515, 17^ ]y[]j 539^ Jq 716^ q\ rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing vrhat precedes, ov d., not so much as, Mk Q^*", 11^-^ Ac 19^, 1020, Jo 1244^ al. Mt with ellipse of the negation, Mt I Co S" 6^^ 7'^, II Co 7^^, Ga 2^, al. in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, d. oi, Mt 24«, i Co lO'^s oi fxovov d. Kai, Jo 51^, Eo 1^2,

and

to,

;

;

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

;

;

;

.

.

.

= el /Mrj a negation, d. Iva, Mk 14*^, Jo 1^ 9^, al. iii, 10), Mt 20^3, Mk 4^2. (Bl., § 77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. § 2. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, before commands or retransition, etc., but : Jo 16'^^ 122^^, Ga 2^* to introduce an accessory quests, Ac 102*^ 26^", Mt 9^*, Mk 922, al. idea, 11 Co 7^^ in the apodosis after a condition or concession with
al.
;

elliptically, after

;

WM,
;

;

;

Col 2^, al. giving emphasis to the following after fxiv, Ac Eo Co clause, d\X' epx^Tai wpa, yea, etc., Jo 162; so with neg., dXA' oiBe, nay, nor yet, Lk 23^^. 3. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers Simcox, LNT, 166), d. ye, yet at least, Lk 242^, d. fj.h ovv. Phi 3^ (on I Co 92 d. ^, save only, except, Lk 12^^ 11 Co 1^^
ei,

idv, ctVcp, yet, still, at least,
4^",
142*^, i

Mk

1429,
;

i

Co

92, 11

Co

4i«,

14^^"

;

;

;

this usage, v.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).

dXXdaaw «dXAo?),
change : Ac 6^*, Ga 42*^. exchange : c. ace, seq. eV
(Bl., § 36, 8),

[in
2.

LXX chiefly
to

for p)bn
:

,

lia

hi., etc.

;]

1. to

(=

^\ He 1^2. 3. to transform 5, Ps 105 (106)2") instead of simple gen.
1

Co 15"-

Eo

123 ^gf ^^.^ gj.^ /car-, airo-Kar-, /xct-, crvv-aWdcrarw

;

V.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t
:

«dXXo9), [in LXX iv Mac 1^*;] = dXXo^cv (v. MM, VGT, s.y.), from another place Jo lO^.t *dXXaxou, adv. «dXAos), = dXXoo-e (MM, VGT, S.V.), elsewhere:
**dXXaxo06»', adv.
:

Mk
96

138.+

*t dXXTjyope'd),
ff.)
:

-Oi

(< dXXos,

dyopcvw), to speak allegorically (Cremer,

Ga

424.t
;

t dXXT]Xouid (Eec. dXXrjXovia

Heb. iTlbbn

,

p>fO''^^^

^^

Lord), [in

LXX

in the titles of certain Pss (104 (105), al.), and at the end of Ps also To 131^, Mac 1^^;] fiallelujah, alleluia: Ee 19i. 3, 4, sf 150; dXXTJXcoi' (gen. pi.), dat. -015, -ais, ace. -ovs, -as, -a (no nom.), 4*^, recipr. pron. (•< dXXos), of one another, mtctually : Mt 25^2,

m

Mk

Jo

1322, al.
t dXXoyenis,

-« «dXAo9,
(

yevos), [in

LXX chiefly for
Cremer, 150;

"IT,

133

;]

of

another race, a foreigner

=

dXXo<^iiXos;

MM, VGT,

s.v.):

Lk

17i8.t

22

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
aXXofiai, [in

LXX
(cf.

water,

to

spring up, Jo
-t],

for ubs 4^* (MM,

,

3^1

pi., etc.

;]

to leaj)

:

Ac

3^

W^
,

;

of

VGT,

8.v.).t
else), [in

aXXos,

-o,

Lat. alius, Bng.

LXX
Jo

for TTIl^

irn<,

20^, al. ; a. 84, i Co etc.;] other, another: absol., 2^2 421, al. 61* c. art., 6 a., attached to a noun,
;

Mt

3i« 12«; pi.,
tJie

Mk
S^a,

Mt

;

other,
i

Mt
1429

Jo

19^-^

(Bl., §

47, 8)

;

ol a., the others, the rest,

202*,
;

Trpos

SXKov
!<

=

TTpos dAXr/Xows

(BL,

§

(Bl,
I

77, 13),

Lk

12*1

.

geq. ^Xi?v,
a.

Mk

48, 10), Ac 2^2 12^2 ^1^-^, Jo 622
;

dW
;

Co
(i.e.

5^
rf

dXko)

7rap({ c.

ace,

Co

3".

denotes numerical, 1. qualitative difference (Cremer, 89). a. generally " denotes simply distinction of individuals, " (v. Lft., Meyer, I. involves the secondary idea of difference in kind

SVN.

:

erepos, q.v.

Ramsay, on Ga

1«' ^

;

Tr., Syn., §

MM, VGT,
I

s.vv.).
v.

As

to

Co

12«'

10,

ICC,

in L,

xcv BL, §51,6; M, Pr., 79 f., 246 whether the distinction can be maintained in and on He lP*f-, v. Westc, in 1.
;
,

* dXXoTpi-€iTi<TKoiTos (Eec. dXXoTpiocTT-)
thiiigs alien to his calling
:

-ov, 6,

Ofie
1.
;

i

Pe

4^* (v.
[in

ICC,

in

who meddles in Deiss., BS, 224^
,

MM. VGT,
longing
to

s.v.).t

dXXoTpios, -a, -ov

«aAXos),

LXX
:

f or -||
:

another, not one's own (opp. to (Field, Notes, 165 f.), ii Co lO^*' i«, i Ti 522, alien (opp. to oiKcro?; v. MM, VGT, s.v.)

iStos)

nnx Lk 16^2^ Eo
,

ip:

;]

1.

be152*>

14*

He

92*.

2.

foreign, strange,

Mt

1725.26^

Jq

iqs,

Ac

7«,

He

119' 34
dXX6(|)uXos, -ov (aXAos, <^i;Aov,

a

tribe), [in
s.v.)
;

LXX

chiefly for

TW^^

;]

foreign, of another race Ac 1028.+

(MM, VGT,

as opp. to a Jew, a Gentile

aXXws, adv. dXodu, -w
chiefly for
;]

« crn
:i7,

otherwise : i Ti 52*.t and cf. MM, aXws, v.s. aXwv 9"^' i«, i Ti 5^8. t to thresh : 1 Co
;

«aXXos),

VGT,

s.v.),

[in

LXX
11^2,

d-XoYos, -ov, [in

LXX Ex 6^2 (Qinst^
:

bljr),

Nu

6^2 (ba:),

Jb

"Wi 111**!", IV Mac 3*;] 1. without reason, irrational: ^<2a, 11 Pe 2^2^ Ju^o. 2. contrary to reason: Ac 2527 (y, MM, VGT, s.v.).t t dXoTj, -7?s, [in Ca 4^* N (DibilN) * ;] the aloe, aloes (the

LXX

:

powder
mg.t

of a fragrant
o,

wood)

:

Jo 19^^
(q.v.)
:

aXs, dAos,

variant for aXas

Mk
nb©
,

9*9,

Eec.

WH,
salt
:

mg., E,

dXuK^s, -7, -ov

«

aXs), [in

LXX

for

n^-m ;]
228.t

Ja

3^2.+

*dXuiro9, -o^ {<CXvTTrj), free from grief :

Phi

**aXucns,

Lk

17^7*;] a clmin, bond: S^. *, 20i.+ 829, Ac 12«' 7 2133 2820, ^ph 620, 11 Ti l^^, Re * d-XuCTiTtXris, -e's (cf. Xvo-ireXcw), improfitable : He 13^71 ''AX<|>a, rcJ, indecl. (v.s. A), AlpJm : Ee 1^ 21« 22^3 (v. Swete, in 11.).+
-£(1)5,
-Jy,

[in

LXX: Wi

Mk

'AX<|)aIos

(WH,
2.

'AX-), -ov, 6

(Aram.
:

""e^D), Aljihceus.

1.

Father of

Levi

:

Mk
aXwj',

21*.

Father

of

James

Mt
v.

-wvos (for Attic aXws,

-o),

103, Mk 318, Lk 6^*, Ac l^s.t MM, VGT, s.v.), [in LXX
•i^,

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
chiefly for
]lil
;]

23

a

threshing-floor

:

Mt

3^^^

l^

317 (here prob.

by meton.

=

the grain on the threshing-floor).
dXtiTTTjl,

-€Kos,

i
Lk
T]

[in

LXX

for bv^\S;]

a fox:

Mt

S^o,

Lk

9^8;

metaph., of Herod,
aX«(Tis, -cojs,

a

taking, capture

:

11

« Pe

13^2 f
aAio-Ko/Aat), [in

LXX
24^6
22
;

:

Je 27 (50)4"
27*'',

(izrsn ni.)*

;]

2^^ f
:

Sjia, adv., at

once (Lat. simul)
43, I
:

Ac

Eo
i

3^^

(^^ ^^^
4^7 51"
c.
;

^^^

=

ITH^.

,

Ps

143),

Col

Ti

513,

Phm

geq.

o-i;V,

Th
;

as

prep.

c. dat.,

together with
-cs

Mt

1329 (v.

MM, VGT,
:
:

s.v.)

also,

adv.,

a. Trpwi (cL, a. lo), etc.),

**d|jiaeT)s,

ignorant
s.v.).t

:

11

Pe

Ps 48 (49)^1 *;] fiav^avw), [in Sm. 3^* (on the rareness of this word, v.

«

early in the morning

Mt 20^t
unlearned,

MM, VGT,
;

*t dfAapdrriKos, -ov (<[ d/AapavTos), 0/ amaranth (Inscr.) hence unfading I Pe 5*.+ **t dfidpai'TOS, -ov (<^ /AapatVo/xat), [in LXX: Wi 6^2 (o-o^t'a)* ;] n7lfading (whence 6 d., the amaranth, an unfading flower) i Pe 1* (cf.
: :

MM, VGT,

8.v.).t

also for DCrX

aor. afj.apTelv), [in for SlOU, miss the mark (Horn., -^sch., al.), ;] hence metaph. (Hom,, al.), to err, do wrong. 2. In and NT, to violate God's law, to sin (for non-Christian exx., v. MM, VGT,
dfiaprdfo) (pres.
,

^1

formed from
etc,
1.

LXX

,

to

LXX

8.V.): absol., Mt 1825 27*, 615, I Co 728.36 1534,
II

Lk
9

173,

Jo

5'*

8""

92.3,

Eo

2^2 323 5^2,14,16
i
.

Eph
8'

426, I

Ti
c.

520,

Pe

2*, I

Jo
i

110 21 3««

518

;

Tit S^\ He 3^7 102^, cogn. ace, d. a/xapriav (cf
I821,

Pe

22*,

Ex

323o,

nXMO

Niarj),
I

Jo 5i«;

seq.

cis,

Mt

Lk

15i8'2i

17*,

Ac 25^

(Kaiaapa),

Co

6I8 8^2 (Field, Notes,
1822, rnajj N«3n),
I

^dvarov

(cf.

Nu

173); cVwTriov, Lk 15i8«2i; ^rp^ Jo 5i« (Cremer, 98, 633).t

dfAdpTrip,a, -tos,

to (-< d/xaprciv, V. supr.), [in

LXX
WH,

for

DNlSn

,

]'\V

,

etc.;] act of disobedience to divine law (Lft., Notes, 273), a sinful 32^- 29, Eo 32^, i Co 6^», 11 Pe 1^, deed, a sin : mg. al^viov d, 329 (for exx. from tt., v. {DOG, i, 788»), VGT, s.v.).t

an

Mk

;

Mk

MM,
;

SVN.
iv,

:

ayvorjfxa,

a/xapria,

dvofiia,

d(re/3iia,

TjTTrjfia,

irapd/Sacri^,
;

TrapaKorj, Trapavo/xi'a, TrapaTTTw/xa (v.

532

;

DCG,

I.e.

;

Cremer, 100 Westc, Eph., 165 f.).
afiaprdvoi, q.v.),
,

Tr., Syn., § Ixvi

DB,

dfxapTia, -as,

^ (<C

[in
;]

LXX

chiefly for riNipn

and cogn. forms,
in
al.)
cl. (v. reff.
;

also for ]iy

yw^

,

etc.
s.v.)

prop, a missing the

mark;

to

CB

in

MM, VGT,
;

;

(a) guilt, sin (Plat., Arist.,

from ^Esch. down, a fault, failure. In NT (as LXX) always in ethical sense 1. as a principle and quality of action, = to d/xapTdveiv, a sinning, sin: Eo 5i2>'3, 20. {,^' dfiapnav cTvat,
(b)

more

freq.,

Eo
T^i'

39

;

iinp.€V€iV TrJ d.,

Eo
;

6^

;

dTroOvrjCTKiiv,
d.,

(Tw/xa t^s d. -yivwo-KCtv, Eo personified as a ruling principle,

77

d.

veKpov eivat t^ d., Eo 62» ^^ 6®; dirdrq t^s d.. He 3^3 j Eo ftaa-iXemt, Kvpuvei, etc., Eo 521

24

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
.

612, 14 717, 20
7'-^^

v<5/aos t^9 d., Ro 82; Sv'mMis T^s a., i Co 2. As a generic term (cf. Ge i'^). (disting. fr. the specific terms d/xapTyfia, q.v., etc.) for concrete wrongdoing, violation of the divine law, sin : Jo 8*'', Ja 1^*, al. ; Troietv (tV) (£., Jo 8^4, II Co 117, I Jo 38. ,-^,,^ ^.^ Jo 941 1522,24 1911^ I Jo 18;

8ov\€veLv

rfi 5..,

Ro

6« 15**

;

^ovXo<; tTj^ d., ib. ^^

;

in pi, ajxapTLai, sin in the aggregate,
dfxapTia<;,

i

Th

2^" (v. Milligan, in
I

1.)

;

ttokIv

Ja

5^*

;

TrXrjdo?

afxapTiwv,
iv
1'^^
;

Ja

5'-",

Pe
I

4^

;

n<fieai<;

ayxaprtwv,

Mt

26'^^

Mk
:

1*,

al.;

d/xapTlai^

etvai,

Co 151^
Jo
8^^. 5^^.

collectively,
3.

atpetv Tr]v a. t. koct/xov,
TTj/xa,

Jo

aTroOvyjcrKeLV iv rrj d,,

=

dfjidp-

a sinfid deed, a sin

:

Mt

12^\

A.c T*", i

Jo

SYN.

V.S. dfjidpT-q^a.

*dfidpTupos, -ov {<^fxdpTv<;), without witness : Ac 14^''. djxapTwXos, -dv (<[ afxapTavw), [in chiefly for yizri ;] sinful, a sinner : of all men, i Ti 1^*; of those especially wicked, i Ti 1^, i Pe 418 pi., Mt 91"' 11' 13 1119 26*5, al. (y. VGT, s.v. ; Cremer, 102,

LXX

;

MM,

634).
1. invincible (freq. in cl.). *a/xaxos, -ov (<^ />ia;(r)) from fighting, non-comhatant (Xen.). Metaph. (cf. not contentious : i Ti 3^, Tit 32.+
;

2.

abstaining
s.v.),

MM, VGT,

chiefly poet.), to reap: Ja 5*.+ (ace. to Plut., <[ d- fjieOvw, being regarded as an antidote against drunkenness), [in Ex 28i9 361^ (39i2) (n^bm),

*dfidw, -w (in

cl.

d)jie'0uoTos, -ov,

17

LXX
:

:

2813*;] amethyst, a purple quartz Ee 21-**.t Je 41^ (ma) 38 (31)^2 (byn), Wi dfxeX^w, -w fi^ei), [in 31", II Mac 41**;] (a) absol., to he careless, not to care : Mt 22*; (b) c. gen., to be careless of, to neglect : i Ti 4l^ He 2^ 8^ (v. MM, VGT,

Ez

«

LXX

:

8.V.).t
a-ficfATTTos, -OV

(<^
tt.

/u.€/A<^o/xat),

[in

LXX

chiefly for DPi
;

;]

blameless,
;

free

from fault
s.v.)
:

(in
1^,

of a marriage-contract
21^*

M,

Th.,

I, 31^

cf.

MM,

VGT,

Lk
:

Phi

3*,

i

Th

31^

(WH,

mg., -ws)
:

He

87.t

SYN.

dfjuo/xo^, dv€yK\r]TO<;, dviTv[\r][XTrTo<;,

d-|jie|XTrTws,

adv. (<^

d/me/xTrTos:),

[in
:

LXX
i

q.V. (Tr., Syn., § ciil). Es 31^ * ;] blamelessly

WH, mg., 523.t ** d)i€pi/xk'os, -ov {<^fi€ptp.va), [in LXX: Wi 61* 72^*;] free from anxiety or care : Mt 28l^ i Co 7^2 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t **t d-|ieTcl0eTos, -ov {<^ ixeTariOrj/uLL), [in LXX: ill Mac 5i'i2*;] immutable: He &^; as subst., to d., ivimutability ib.i^ (v. MM, VGT,
(Lft., Notes, 28,

89

;

MM, VGT,

s.v. -os)

Th

21" 31^,

,

8.v.).t
*d-p,€Ta-KiVif]Tos, -ov

* d-|X€TafxeXT)Tos, -ov (<[ /Aera/xeAo/xat) woi relented
,

«

/x.€Ta/<tv€to),

immovable, firm

:

i

Co

15*8

of,

unregretted

Eo

1129,

„ Co

7i".t

impenitent: Eo 2*. 2. fiiXrjTos (tt., Philo, al.; v. Deiss., BS, 257; MM, VGT, s.v.).t * otfxeTpos, -ov pirpov), without measure : adverbially,
*t
dficrai'OTjTos, -ov

(<] /xcTavoew),

1.

=

dfiera-

excessively,
t
dfiT]!/,

11

Co

IQi^'i^.t

«

eis

rd

d.,

indecl. (Heb.
i

]aK

,

verbal adj.

fr.

^QN

,

to

prop,

ni.,
iii

&e

fi'i'm),

[in

LXX

:

Ch

16^6,

i

Bs

9*6,

Ne

51^ 8«,

To

8^ 14l^

Mac

723,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
;

25

IV Mac 182* (elsewhere "N is rendered d\r;^ivos, Is 65^" a\r)6w<;, Je 35 (28)« yeVoiro, Nu 5^2, De 27^5 „i Ki 1^\ Ps 40 (41)i3 71 (72)i» 105 (106)*8, Je 115)* ] 1, As adj. (cf. Is, I.e.), 6 d., Ee S^\ 2. As adv., (a) in solemn assent to the statements or prayers of another (Nu, Ne,
ff.^
;

TO d., I Co 14^" (b) similarly, at the end of one's own prayer or ascription of praise Eo 1^^ 15^^, Ga 1*, i Ti 1^'^ (c) in the Gospels, exclusively, introducing solemn statements of our Lord, trtily, S^s (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 4^*, al. verily : Mt 5^8.26^ d. d., always in 1*2 33 519^ al. ; TO vai, Kai ... to d., 11 Co l^'' (on usage in tt., Jo
etc.,
11.

c.)

:

;

:

;

Mk

;

v.

MM, VGT,
*djjii^Tup,

S.V.).
-0/30S,

6,
:

rj

{<CfiriTr]p),
a.,

writers of the gods)

airdTwp
s.v.).

of

without a mother (freq. in Gk. one without recorded genealogy,
:

He

73

(cf.

MM, VGT,
72« 13*, i
:

**d-,iiavTos, -ov «/xtaiVa)),

[in

LXX Wi

313 42 820,
tt.,

„ Mac

1438

153**;] undefiled, free from contamination (in
8.V.)
:

of alOrjp;

MM, VGT,
1*,

He

Pe

1*,

Ja l^\i
:

Syn.

a.fx<jiixo<i,

'AfitfaSdp, 6,

do-TTtAos (Cremer, 784). indecl. (Heb. ni3''ay), Amminadah

Mt

Lk

33'

(WH om.).t
a/ifios,

-ov,

17,

[in

LXX
Ee

Mt

72«,

Eo
ii,

927,

He

11^2,

chiefly for bin;] 121^ 208.t chiefly for 12^35
8^2 (Lxx),
i
;]

sand, sandy ground:

djiK^s, -ov,

b, [in

LXX

a lamb :
.

fig.,
;

of Christ

{DCG,
**
8.v.).t

620b),

Jo
rj

129, se^

Ac

Pe
;

l^e (cf

dpvi'ov

Cremer,
12^*, al.
;]

102, 635).t
d|xoiPii, -^s,

«; dyutt'/^o/Aai,
:

to

repay)

[in Aq.,

Sm.
tt.,

:

Pr

requital, recompense

1

Ti 5* (for illustration

from

v.

MM, VGT,
Lk 22^8,

dliTTcXos, -ov, y, [in

LXX for ]p3
14i8.i».t
yj,

;]

vine

:

Mt 2629, Mk

142*,

Ja
v.

3^2; fig^ of Christ,

Jo 15^'*'*; of his enemies (on the usage here,

MM, VGT,
d|xir€Xo5i',

s.v.)

:

Ee

d/iircXoupYos, -ov, 6,

-wvos, 6

LXX for ma a vine dresser Lk IS'^.f a vineyard: {<C a/xir€\o<;) [in LXX for D13
[in
;]
:
,

;]

Mt
V.

201

ff-

2128

ff-,

Lk
;

136 209

ff-,

i

Co

9^.

(^schin., 49, 13
]

;

Diod.,

al.

MM, VGT,
:

s.v.

LS,

s.v. aixir^XovpyEiov.)
;

'AfiirXiaTOS

(T, -taros

EeC.
:

'AfJiTrXia'S

V.

MM, VGT,
Mid.

S.V.), -ov, o,

Ampliatus
Is 591"

Eo l&^A

djxuVo), [in

LXX (mid.)
Wi

Jos lO^^ (op:), Ps 117
;]

(118)i'»-i2

(bin
to

hi.),

(rt:;^ hi.),

11^, al.

to

ward

off, etc.

(a)

defend

oneself against; (b) to requite; (c) = act., to defend, assist (Is, I.e.): c. ace. pers., Ac 72* (MM, VGT, s.v.).t v. M, Pr., 100), Hellenistic for dfji<|>idi^(«» (<[ d/A0i, on both sides :
&fx(f>ievvvfii (cf.

MM, VGT,
:

S.V.), [in

LXX
:

for

irrnb

,

etc.

;]

to clothe

Lk

1228 (T, .e'^«).t
dfi<|>i-pdXXa) (v. supr.), [in

LXX Hb 1^^ * =
;]

Trcpt/JdXXo), to

around, as a garment

absol.

(MM, VGT,

s.v.),

throw of casting a net

Mk

1^8 (liec. Pa.\kovra<i djx(j)Ll3\r]crTpov)A

26

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Sni<^i^\r]arpov, -ov, to

(<^ dfKfufSdXXu)), [in
;

LXX chiefly

tor

D^n

;]

something throum around, as a garment spec, a casting-net : Mt Sy^. Blktvov, a-ayrjvi]. a. is a casting-net, o". a drag-net, the more general term a net of any kind (Tr., Syn., § Ixiv).
:

4^*.+
8. is

d^<)>i6)^(u,

V.S. d/x^ta^w.

a\i^iivv»y.i
(cf. dfji<f)Ld^(i))A
'Ap.<|>iTroXis,

{<^tvvvixi,
-ew?,

to

clothe),

to

clothe

:

Mt

G^o ll^,

Lk 7"

rj,

AmphipoUs,
:

in

Macedonia, so called because

the river Strymon flowed around it a|i<t>o8o»', -ov, t6 «d/x<Ai, 6So?),
30^* (492''))*;] prop.,

Ac 17^t
[in

LXX

for ni:»"lX

(Je

IV

Mk

114,

Ac

19-8,

a road around anything (EV, WH, mg.t
-a (replaces
n/xcfxi}

the open street)

dfi<|)6T€pot, -at,

in

Koivrj, v.

M,
:

Pr.,

57

;

used of
al.

more than two,
ol'iV.
;

ib.

80;

MM, VGT,

*d-ji(ij(XY)Tos,

-OV {<^fi<j)/xdo/jiaL),

both of two Mt d^\ blameless: ii Pe 3^*.t
s.v.),

d/x€fi.irTO^ (q.V.), dv€yK\rjTo<;, dveTriXrjfjiirTO^.

*

afiuiiiov, -ov, TO,

amonnim, a fragrant plant
q.V.), [in

of India

(EV,
;

spice)

:

Ee

18i3.t
a-fiw/jios,

-ov

(< /xw/ios,

LXX

chiefly for CDll]

of sacri-

ficial victims, without blemish: of Christ, unblemished, faultless: Eph 1* 5-^, Phi (Cremer, 425, 788 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
;

He
2^^,

9^*, i

Pe
1^2,

1^^; ethically,

Col

Ju2*,

Ee

14^

Syn.
'Afiwi',

:

ajj.iavTO';, do-7rtA.os.

6,

indecl. (Heb. |iax),

Amon, King
;
,

of

Judah

:

Mt
,

l^"

(Eec.).t
'AftcSs, 6,

indecl. (Heb.
ijj

2118

ff.

^y
:

I

a^g

jy

g;i^
:

pON Is 1^ DiDJr Am 1^ jins iv Ki ]g B ^^ 'A/i/Aciv; Jos., 'A/x/iwv, "A/xwo-os),
,

;

Amon

Mt

l^o.

2.

Amos

Lk

S^^.t

ac, conditional particle, which cannot usually be separately translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which

LS, s.v. WM, § xlii M, Pr., 165 ff. MM, In apodosis, (i) c. indie, impf. or aor., expressing what would be or would have been if (el c. impf., aor. or plpf.) some conLk 7^9 17«, Jo 5*\ Ga l^o, Mt 12' dition were or had been fulfilled 24*^, I Co 2^, Ac 18^*, I Jo 2^^, al. The protasis is sometimes undei'stood (as also in cl.) Mt 25^'', Lk 19^3. In hypothetical sentences,
contain
it

(see further,
1.

;

;

;

VGT,

s.v.).

:

:

expressing unreality, dv (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is omitted Jo 8^9 15^^ 1911, Eo 7^ Ga 41^ (ii) c. opt., inf., ptcp. (cl. M, Int., § 275 M, Pr., I674). 2. In combination with V. LS, s.v. conditional, relative, temporal, and final words (i) as in cl., c. subj., (b) in conditional, (a) in protasis with el, in Attic contr. idv, q.v. relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ore, liru, etc. v.s. orav,
:

;

;

;

;

;

;

eirdv,

etc.),

ever,

soever;
00-01

(a)

c.

pres.,

rfyUa

dv,

11

Co

3^*;

os dv,

Eo

915 (LXX) 162, al.;
aor., 8s dv,

dv,
.

Lk
1^5
ll^",

9^; i? dv,
s.v,

Eo

152" (M, Pr., 167);

(/3) c.

Mt

521. 22, 31
i

until,
223.

Mt

2i3,

as soon as (M, Pr., 167),

Co

Phi

Qn

is dv, the freq. use of idv
;

Mk

e^o, al.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
for av with the foregoing words, v.s. idv;
(ii)
;

27

in late Gk.,
ottov av,

when some
6^* (M, Pr.,

actual fact

is

spoken

of, c. indie.
.

:

orav (q.v.)

Mk

tion,

Ac j,^ ^^^ j Co 122. 3, jn iterative construcimpf. and aor. indie. (M, Pr., 167) Ac 2*^ 435^ j Qq 122. Ac 8^^ 4. c. optat., giving a potential sense to a question or wish 2629. cJ firj n av (M, Pr., 169), i Co 7* 5. Elliptical constructions o)s av, c. inf., as it were (op. cit. 167), 11 Co 10^.
168)
;

KaOoTL av,

2^5 435

c.

:

:

:

contr. from eav, q.v. prep, (the rarest in NT; prop., upwards, up, always c. ace. 7", i between, c. gen., Mt 132^, for Ijins] d. /Ae'pos, in t^irn, i
Slv,
d»'(i,

M,
1.

Pr., 98; In phrases
14^'
:

MM, VGT,
:

s.v.),

d. /xecrov,

among,

Mk

LXX
ib. 1*

;

Co Co

6^ (M, Pr., 99),

Ee
9^

7^^ [so in

(both found in Polyb.
20910,

cf.

MGr.

dvd/x€cra).

2.

Distrib., apiece, by
3.
eis
:

Mt

Lk

(WH om.),
§ 51,

cf.

(a)

10\ Jo 26, Ee 48. Deiss., BS, 139 f.), d. up ava^aiveiv (b) to
:
]

Adverbially (" a vulgarism," Bl.,
cKaa-ro^,

5

;

Ee
;

2121.
(c)

Ag
:

prefix, d. signifies
]

avayyiXXuv

anew

avayewav
:

(d)

back
20,

avaKa/xTTTeiv. t

dKa-paOfids, -ov, 6

«
a

dva^ouvo)), [in

LXX for H^^D

III

Ki

lO^^'

IV

Ki

913 209

ff,

II
;]

Ch
1.

918.19, Is 388,

Ez 406.«;
an

wSr, tJ>v d.,

iiY.

Pss 119

(120)-133 (134) *

goiyig up,
:

(LXX);
v.

-pi.,

a

flight of stairs
s.v.)t

2. a step ascent (Pss, 11. c. ?). Ac213^'**. (On the formation -Ofj-os,

MM, VGT,
:

dra-PaiVu, [in

persons

irrl

chiefly for nbv ]] to go up, ascend, (a) of 6^1 crvKO/jLwpeav, Lk 19^ €ts 'lepocroXvfia, cts T. TrXotov,
;

LXX
c.

Mk

;

Mt 201^

CIS T.

[fpdv,

inf.

(M, Pr., 205),
;

Lk

I810; with

mention of

place of departure, Mt 3"^^ {a-n-o), Ac 8^9 (^^^ (5^ of things, to rise, spring up, come uj) : a fish, Mt 17'"^ smoke, Ee 8* plants growing, Mt 13"; metaph., of things coming up in one's mind (as Heb. n^ rhv; IV Ki 12*, al.), Lk 2438, i Co 2^; of prayers, Ac 10*;
;

%

messages, Ac 21^1 (for late exx.,
dm-pdXXo), [in

v.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).

LXX:
;]

Ps 103 (104)2 Ac 2422.t
for

(niar)

to

Ps 77 (78)2i 88(89)38 (-,3^)^ i Ki 28^*, mid., defer, put off (MM, VGT, s.v.)
:

di'a-PiPdj^w (causal of dva/3atvw), [in

2D1
13*8

hi., etc.

Mt
al.
;

make go up, draw (metaph., MM, VGT, s.v.).t
;]

to

chiefly for rhv up, as a ship (Xen.)
:

LXX

hi.,

also

(rayrjviqv,

dm-pX^TTu, [in
seq. ek,
;

LXX
^1.
ri

Mt

14^^^

82*, chiefly for KCSr:;] 1. to look up: (Xen., Plat.). 2. to recover sight (Plat.,
s.v.)
:

Mk

Aristoph.

cf.

MM, VGT,

dvd-pXciJ/is, -cws,

«
v.

Mt

11^,

Jo 9'\

al.
:

Avafikeirw), [in

LXX
,

Is 61^ (nip-nj^Q)*

;]

recovery of sight : Lk dm-'podw, -w, [in

4^8 (Lxx)_t

LXX

for

prx

,

pjH

Nip,

etc.;]

to

cry out:

Mt
Ac

27*f'

(WH,

i/36r]a€v;
-^?,
17

MM, VGT,

8.v.).+
,

dfapoXii],
25^'' (for

exx. of other

*di'dYaioi'

(<Cd aiaXXw), [in LXX for P]33 etc.;] delay: meanings, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t (Eec. dvwyeov; on the form, v, Bntherford, NPhr.,

28
357
f.
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

MM, VGT,
:

s.v.), -ov,

to

Lk

«
5^5

dva,

yrj),

an upper room

:

Mk

Id^*,

22i2.t

SYN.

VTTtpWOV.

&v-ayy{K\ii}, [in

LXX
:

chiefly for 133 hi.

;]

1.

to

bring back word,

„ Co V. (WH, cTttcv), Ac report (^sch., Thuc, al.) Jo 2. Later, = dn-ayyeAXw (MM, VGT, s.v.), to announce, declare (LXX; Cremer, 24) Mt 28ii (WH, dTr-), Jo 425 16i3-i5, Ac IQ^^ 2020. 27, Eo I521,
1427 154^
:

I

Pe

112, I

Jo

l*.t

**i &.va-yivv6.w, -w, [in

LXX:

Si prol.i^
i

K* (ABN«
1^' 2^ (cf.

Trapa-)*;]

to
;

beget

again

:

metaph., of spiritual birth,
s.v.).t

Pe

Cremer, 147
;]

MM,
know
read:
12io,

VGT,

di'tt-yu'waKw (Attic dvayiyv-), [in

LXX chiefly for X"Tp
3^
;

1. to

certainly, Mt 2415,

know

again, recognize.

2.

Of written characters,
c.

to

Mk
Ac

13l^

Lk Lk
II
II

63,

Jo
;

1920,

Ac 1531 Ac 83«. 32,

2334,
II

Eph
l^^,

ace. rei,
;

Mt

223i,

Mk
;

Co

Ee

l^

c.

Trpo4>-qr7]v,

828.30;

seq. iv,

Mt
;

12^ 21*2,
rt

Mk
Mt

ace. pers., 'Ho-aiW t. 122^ (sc. Iv t. vo/xw),
123,

1026

seq. 5ti,

Mt

19* 21i«

eVot7,o-€,

Mk
Ac

22^

pass.
1521,

Co 32 of reading aloud (MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk Co 3l^ Col 4i«, I Th 527 (M, Th., in l.).t
;

4^«,

132^

Pr 67 (itatzr), i Es 32*, i Mac 225, dmyKdiu, «dvd7K7?), [in al. ;] to necessitate, compel by force or persuasion, constrain : c. ace, 26ii (on the impf. II Co 1211 id. c. inf., Mt 1422, Mk 6**, Lk 1423, Ac here, v. Field, Notes, 141; M, Pr., 128 f., 247), Ga 2i* 6^2; pass., c.
: .

LXX

inf.,

Ac

2819,

Ga

23 (for exx., v.
-ala, -alov

** dmvKalos,
prol.22, II
II

Mac

423 921^ i^

« Mac

MM, VGT,
[in

s.v.j.t

dvdyKT)),

1^*;]
;

1.

Es 813, ^i 153^ Si necessary: Ac 13*6, i Co I222,
:

LXX

Phi 225, Tit 314, He 83 comp. -atdrepov, Phi 12*. 2. Of persons connected by bonds of nature or friendship, near, intimate (Field, Notes, 118 MM, VGT, s.v.) d. <t>iXoL, Ac 102''.t

Co

95,

;

:

* dt-ayKaoTais, adv., necessarily or by constraint: opp. to
1

e/covo-iws,

Pe
0.

52 (rare).t
di'dyKT],
-r]<;, r],

[in

LXX
1

chiefly for piSCJ

,

"IS

;]

1. necessity
i

:

ex^tv

d.,

inf.,

to

He
Eo
I

727;
135,
;

^^

be compelled, Lk ^^ ^„^' ^.^ of necessity,
is laid

141^ 23i7 (Eec, R, mg.),
11

Co

97,

He

712,

Co 737, Phmi*;

j^z^
d.

fioL eViKciT-at,

71.

on me,
;

Co

91*

;

c. inf.

(^avayKOLov
:

Io-tl),

Mt
Co
:

18^,
72^,

He
V.
;

91"' 23.
TJi.,

2. force, violence,

hence pain,
;

distress (Diod., al.

LXX
Th

M,

41

MM, VGT,
;

s.v.

cf. ^A/i/^is)

Lk

2123,

j

3"

pi. (V. Bl., § 32, 6

Swete, Mk., 153),

cV d., 11
;]

Co

6* 12io.t

dm-yfwpil^w, [in

LXX
^,

:

Ge

45i (JTT hith.)*

to

recognize
i

Ac
9*^,

7i3

(WH,
prol.

txt., eyvw/Dt 0-^17).

d»'d-y^wais,
^» 13

-co)s,

[in

LXX: Ne

8^ (xnpp),

Es

Si

* ;] 1. recognition (Hdt.). of the public 2. reading (Plat., al.) reading of Scripture (Milligan, NTD, 173„, 210 f.) Ac 131^, 11 Co 31*, MM, VGT, s.v.).t I Ti 413 (Cremer, 158 chiefly for nbjT hi.;] to lead or bring up: seq. cis, o. di'-dyw, [in
: :

;

LXX

ace. loc,

Mt

41,

Lk

222 45

(WH
Eo

om.

d<i,

k.t.X.),

Ac

939 163*; of raising
set before,

the dead

(cl.),

tK veKplhv,

10'^,

He

I32'';

to

produce and

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
T.

29
to

Aa(5,

Ac

12*

(MM, VGT,
7*^
8^2,

s.v.);

in sacrificial sense

(MM,

I.e.),

offer, Ova-lav,
to

Ac

Mid., in nautical sense (Horn., Hdt., Thuc,

al.),

put

to

sea:

Lk

Ac

13i3 IG^i

im

203.

i3

211.2 272.4.12,21 2810.11

(cf. £7r-avayw).t

dm-SeiK^u^i, [in
I
II

LXX Hb 32 (rT), Da LXX
:

Es g,
**t

II, III

Mac 9*

;]

1.

to lift

i" (n:a), 120 (xsa), up and show, show forth, declare (cf.

Mac

2^,

V.

MM, VGT,
:

s.v.)

:

Ac

I2*.

2.

to consecrate,

set

apart,

(Strab., Plut., Anth.)
di't£-86i|is, -€w?,

Lk lO^t Lk

^
:

«

draSet/cvv/xt), [in
l^*'.t
:

LXX
;]
:

:

Si

iS**

*

;]

a shewing

forth,
(in
2.
TT.

announcement
freq.

** dKa-Se'xofiai,

[in

LXX LXX
: :

ii

Mac

6^^ S^^ *

1. to

assume, undertake

as legal term

:

=

cl. vTToSixofjiaL, to

receive
al.).

:

MM, VGT, s.v.) of guests, Ac 28''.
11

iirayyeXia^,
1. to give

He

11^^.

**di'a-8i8(ufiii, [in

Si I22,
2.

Mac

IS^^ *

;]

forth, send

up, as of plants (Hdt.,

to

give up, yield,

hand over (MM,

VGT,

s.v.)

:

Ac

2333.

**t &ya-ld(a, -w, [in Al. Ge 45^^ *'^ to live again, regain life (cf. cl. ava^Low; Cremer, 722; and tor other exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.): metaph. of moral revival, Lk IS^* (WH, mg., e^rjatv) of sin, Eo 7^.t Jb 3* (tzr-n), 10« (tsrpa pi.), 11 Mac I321 * ;] dm-£T)Te'u, -S, [in
;

LXX

:

to look fur or seek careftilly (" specially of searching for human beings, with an imphcation of difficulty": MM, VGT, s.v.): Lk 2**.*^,

Ac

1125.t

t
fig., T.

diva-t,I>vyviii,

[in

LXX

:

Jg

oo-^uas

T.

Stavotas, I

Pe

IS^^, 1^3 f

Pr

2935 (3117) (^^U)*

;]

to

gird
to

up

** di'a-^uTTupY^w, -w (< ^coos, nip), [in afresh: metaph., 11 Ti 1^ (for vernac. exx., v. dm-0dXXu> edXX<o, to flourish), [in

LXX

:

I

Mac
:

13^ *

;]

kindle

Ez VGT,

172* (n-IQ hi.).
s.v.j.t

«Ho

MM, VGT,

8.v.).t

LXX

89,

Wi 4^

Si 5*;] to

Ps 27 (28)" {nbv), revive: Phi d^" (cf. MM,
dvd6r]fx.a (Bl.,

t dvd9£p.a, -Tos, TO
;

(< avaTi6r]fii),

Hellenistic for Attic

1. prop. = t6 dvaTi^e/xtVov, tJiat whicJi is laid by to be kept, § 27, 2) read where votive offering (as dvdOrjfxa in 11 Mac 2^3^ l^ 21^ a for Wyri ,] devoted, a thing 2. [As equiv. in -defia, V. M, Pr., 46).

LXX


;

LT

devoted to God (v. Driver, De., 98 f., and cf. Le 272^.29), hence; (a) of the sentence pronounced (De 13^5), a curse : Ac 23^* (b) of the object on which the curse is laid, accursed (De 72'') Eo 93, i Co 123 I622, Ga 18' 9 (v. ICG on Bo. ; Lft., Ga., 11. c. Cremer, 547 Tr., Syn., § v
:

;

;

MM, VGT,
I

8.v.).t

t dm-eejittTiiw

Ki

153, al.),
14, 2i_

I

Mac

«
f.
;

avdOefxa), [in
;]

5^

to

chiefly for WTi hi. (Nu 212, devote to destruction, declare or invoke anato

LXX

thema: absol,
2312,

bind oneself under a curse: (Qf naTavadeixaTild), and on the occurrence of the word in
14''^;

Mk
92

kavTov,

Ac
tt.,

V. Deiss.,

LAE,

MM, VGT,
(cf.

s.v.).t

*t dca-Oewpe'w,
(Diod., al.).t

-w, to observe carefully,

consider well
V.

:

Ac

1723,

He

13'

di/derjfia, -TOS, TO

AvdOefia,

and

MM, VGT,

S.V.), [in

LXX

30

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
v.l.

often as
in
III

for avddefia (D^n),
al.
;]

and

in

Nu 21',

Jg

1^''

for

Mac

3^^^,

a

gift set tip in

a tenaple, a votive

mpHn but prop, Lk 21^ offering
,

:

(LT, -e€fia).f ** dmiSia (Eec. -eta, as in slmmelessness, importunity :
8.v.).t

cl.), -as,

^

Lk

«

aiSws), [in

LXX
tt.,

:

Si 25^^ *

.]

11^ (for exx. from

v.

MM, VGT,
Jg
:

dk-aipeais, -€ws,
(riDl),

rj

Jth 15*,

II

Mac

«

dmipeco), [in
1.

LXX: Nu
;

ll^^ (jin),

15^7

5^^*;]
for

destroying, slaying,

murder
2.
to

(Field,

a takmg up or away (Thuc). 2. a Notes, 116 MM, VGT, s.v.) Ac 8^t
hi.,

av-aif>i(a, -w, [in

LXX

2in

HP hi.,
;

nD2

hi., etc.

;]

1.

to take

up

destroy (for late exx. of various senses, v. MM, VGT, s.v.) (a) of things (as freq. in cl. of laws, etc.) He 10^ (b) of persons, to kill : Mt 2i«, Lk 22^ 23^2, 533,36 728 923, 24, -29 IQ39 l^'i 13'^8 1627 2220 2315,21,27 25' 26^^ Ac 2-3
:

mid.,

Ac 7-^
:

take away,

make an end

of,

;

II

Th

28,

WH,

txt.,

E, txt.t

dk'-amos, -ov (<atTi'a), [in

LXX

:

De

IQi"' 13 216, s.v.)*;]

9 (,-,3)^

Da

LXX
sit

TH Su®2^ always

of aiyua

(cf.

MM, VGT,
;

guiltless,

innocent:

Mt
:

125. 7,t

* 6.va-KaQ-ilu)

(v.s. Ka6t^io)

1. trans., to

set

up.

2.

Intrans., to
:

up Lk 7^5 (WH, mg., VGT, s.v.).t
(104)30,

iKaOicrev),

Ac

9'^^

(freq. in

medical writings
158,

MM,
to

dm-Kai^'iV «/caivos),

[in

LXX:
(cf.

II

Ch

pg 102
i

(103)^ 103

La

5^1

{mm
-ui

pi., hith).,

Ps 38

(39)^ (-|Dy ni.),

Mac
to

6^*;]

renetv

:

He

6^ (Isocr., Plut.).t

*t
II

di'a-Kaii'oa),

=

avaKaivi^w

MM, VGT,
:

S.V.),

make new
(Cremer,

Co
;

416,

Col

310 (v.

Cremer, 323).+
r]

*+ dcaKaivwo-is, -ews,

{<C avaKaivow), renewal

Eo

12^, Tit 3*

324

MM, VGT,
Syn.
:

s.v.).+

iraXivyevcaia, in

NT, new

birth, of

which

d. is

quent renewal or renovation, in which
(v. Tr.,

man

as well as
;]

God

the consetakes part
:

Syn.,

§ xviii).

dm-KaXuirra), [in

LXX chiefly for nbn ni,, pi.

to

unveil
11

metaph.
3^*' ^^.f

of
1.

removing hindrance
dm-KdH-Trro), [in

to perception of spiritual things,

Co

trans., to

He

1116

;

LXX: I Ch 19^, Je 3^, al. (mtT), Je 15^ (-no);] bend or turn back. 2. Intrans., to return : Mt 2^^, Ac IB'^^^, metaph. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 10^.+
[in

**

d.v6.-Kei\>.ai,

LXX:

i
:

Es

4^0,

To

avaTiOrjfii, to be laid tip, laid

Mk

5*o Eec.
to

N*;] 1. in cL, as pass, of 2. In late writers (cf. MM,

KilaOaL, KaraKelaOai, iyaK€i/x(yos, Mt 9i« 2210' ^ 26",
s.v.)

VGT,

=

Mk

recline at table : 62« 1418 16fi«, Lk

Mt

26-o
;

part,

22^^ Jo e" 12^

x323' 28.+

Syn. avaKXipw, avaTriTTTw, the latter denoting an act rather than a state and thus in Jo 13^* differing from dvaKeifiai (v.^*) by indicating a change Of position. ** d»'a-K€<t>a\ai<5a), G> (v.S. Kecj>aXaL6w), [in Th., Al. Ps 71 (72)20*;] to sum up, gather up, present as a whole mid., Eo 13^, Eph l^o (on wh, AE, in 1. Cremer, 354, 748),+ v. Lft., Notes, 321 f.
: : : ;

;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
** dca-K\iVw, [in hence, (a) to lay doxvn : mg., Lk 1237. Pass., to

31

LXX
LXX

:

iii

Mac
;

5^^ *

;]

to

lay u-pon, lean against,
:

Lk
lie

T

{h) to

make
:

to recline

Mk
:

6^^,

WH,

hack, recline

Mt
to

S^i

U^\ Lk

IS^^.t

SYN.

:

dva.K€LjxaL (q.V.), aVaTTLTTTU).

Lk
TH

di/o-Kpdi^w, [in 433 828 23i8.t
d^'a-Kp^Va), [in
*8» ^^

for
I

Sip
Ki

,

etc.

;]

cry out, shout

Mk
^3, ib.

l^s 6^9,

LXX:

20^2 (npn),
.

Da

LXX

Su

LXX,
:

*

n^\ I Co

to examine, investigate, question (Lft., Notes, ;] 2^4. 15 43, 4 93 1025. 27 1424 in forensic sense

181

f.)

Ac

esp. of examination 12^9 248 28i8.t

by torture;

v. Field,

Notes, 120

f.),

(MM, VGT, s.v. Lk 23^*, Ac 4^

SyN.

:

V.S. iicrdCoi.
-eo)?,
17,

** dfd-Kpi<Tis,

[in

LXX

:

iii

Mac
252^

7* *
(v.

of legal preliminary investigation,

Ac

an examination MM, VGT, s.v.).t
;]

:

spec,

*

di/a-KoXioj, (a) to roll

dm-Ku'iTTw [in

LXX
;

:

up ; (b) to roll back : Mk 16* (Eec, dn-o*c-).t Jb lO^^ (crxn s^2), Da LXX, Su 35* ;] to lift
Jo
8^7, 10]
.

Lk 13^^ oneself up ; (a) bodily VGT, s.v.).t Lk 2128 (cf.

^j^

mentally,

to be elated

MM,

chiefly for KOJZ also for T\pb etc. ;] 1. to dKa-XafAJBdew, [in 16"9i, Ac I2. 11. 22 iqi^, i Ti 3i«. 2. to take up, take to take up, raise : 6i3. le, 11 Ti 411 (for late exx., v. oneself: Ac 7" 2013.1* 233i,
,

LXX

,

Mk

Eph

MM,
f.),

FGT,
*

s.v.).t
di'd-\T]|ji,\|/is,
:

-€w?,

17,

{kolvti

form

of avd\r]il/Ls

;

V. Th., Gr,,

108

a

taking up

Lk

9^1

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).+

Rec. for avaXrjfMif/is, qv. chiefly dk'-aXiCTKw (on the etymology, v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in etc. ;] 1. to expend. 2. to consume, destroy : Lk for b^a also for rh3 95*, Ga 515, II Th 28, Rec. WH, mg.t **dcaXoYia, -as, rj (<[ Aoyos), [in Al. Le 2718*;] proportion (MM, VGT, s.v.) Ro 12« (cf. Cremer, 397).t ** dm-XoYiiofiai, [in Wi 17i3 N, n Mac 12" A, iii Mac 7^ * ;] to consider : He 123 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t ** dmXos, -ov aXs), [in Aq. Ez 13i«» H' i^ 2228 * ;] saltless, insipid
di'd-X'»]»|/is, -((OS, r),

LXX

,

,

:

:

LXX

:

Mk

«

:

95o.t

^d^d-Xuais, -cws, r) (<; dvaXvw), a loosing, e.g. of a vessel from its moorings, hence, departure : from life, 11 Ti 4^.t **dm-X.5w, [in LXX: i Es 33, To 29, Jth I31, Si 3i5, Wig, II, III Mac 10 * ;] 1. to unloose. 2. to unloose for departure, depart (MM,

VGT,

s.v.)

:

from
I,

life.

(SDS), II Mac without missing, unerring (Xen.). 2. In moral sense, MM, VGT, faultless (Plat.), without sin : Jo 8^7] (v. Cremer, 102, 634
di'afxdpTTiTos, -ov

«

Phi

123.

3^ ^q

return,

Lk
Dt

1236.t
29i«<i8)

afxaprdv), [in

LXX

:

8* 12*2*;]
s.v.).t

;

await " one v^ho33 coming is expected, perhaps with the added idea of patience and confidence " c. ace, I Th 110 (v. M, Th., in 1. MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
&va-\Liv(a, [in

LXX

for

mp

pi.

;]

to

;

32

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
diva-fimvriaKb),

[in

LXX
i

for IDT hi.
4^'^;

;]

to

remind,
1*.

call

to

one's

remembrance
ber, call to

:

c.
:

ace. rei,

Co

c. inf., ii

Ti

Pass., to

remem-

mind

Mk
r]

ll^^ 14^2,

n Co

7l^

He

1032.t
:

di'(ifii'T|ais, -ecus,

tit.
fi's

(nST

hi.),

Le 24^

{<C (ni^TX),

avanifj-vrja-Ku)), [in

LXX

Nu

W^
i
ii,

(fil?!),

Wi 16" *;]

Ps 37 (38), 69 (70) remembrance
d^apnwv,

T. ifx^v d.,

Lk

2219

(WH
ff.
;

om.),

Co

(v.

Abbott, Essays, 122

DCG,

1124,25. ^^ 74*).t

He

10^

SvN.
to

:

vTr6fjLvr](Tis (v.

&ya-y€6i^,

-w

renew:

pass.,

« Eph

I'c'os),

Tr., Syn., § cvii). [in Jb 332*,

42^ (v.
to

Es 313, Cremer, 428; MM, VGT,
11

LXX:

I,

IV

Mac 8*;]
of Jerusa-

s.v.).t
(cf. e/<v77<^(o).+

* &va-vr]^u,
'Ami-ias

to

return

soberness: metaph.,

Ti 2^^

(WH,

'Avav-), -a, 6
:

(Heb.

11^330),

Ananias;

1.

lem

Ac

Ac 51- 3. 5. 2. Of Damascus Ac Q^*' 12, 13, 17 2212. 3. High Priest 232 24i.t **t dc-arrt'-pTiTos (T, -pprjro^), -ov {<^p7)r6<;, spoken), [in Sm. Jb IP 3313 * ;] not to be contradicted, undeniable : Ac 19^6 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
:

:

*

df-at'Ti-priTws (T, -pprp-ta'i), adv.,
dk'-dCtos,

-ov (d- neg., d^io?), [in
c.

without contradiction: Ac 1029.t LXX: Je 15^9x2 (b^T), Es Bi^,
:

Si 258*;]

unworthy:
i

gen.,

i

Co

** dca^iu?

(v. supr.),

adv., [in

(MM, VGT, s.v.).t LXX 11 Mac 14*2 * in an unworthy
62
;]
,

manner

:

Co

112''.t
rj

dcd-Trauo-is, -cws,

{avairavu))

[in

LXX
;]

chiefly for rn3

and

its

derivatives,

n2tS and

its

cognates (Ex, Le)

cessation, rest, refresh-

ment: Mt 1129 1243^ Lk 1124, Ee 48 14ii.t Syn. : dv€o-i5 (lit. the relaxation of the strings of a lyre), prop. signifies the rest or ease which comes from the relaxation of unfavourable conditions, as, e.g. affliction avdir., the rest which comes from the temporary cessation of labour (v. Tr., Syn., § xl Cremer, 827
:

;

MM, VGT,
, ,

S.V.).

di'tt-irauw, [in

LXX

for fourteen different words, chiefly rn3

,

also

Yy\ ]512^ etc. ;] to give intermission from labour, to give rest, refresh Mt 1128, I Co 1618, Phm2o pass., Phm \ 11 Co V^. Mid., to take rest, enjoy rest Mt 2Q^\ Mk 6^1 14*i, Lk 12i9, Ee 611 14^3 as in Heb. of
;

:

;

^ijy Is 112

^[^2),

TO 7rv€v/xa €^' v/iSs d.,

I

Pe
v.

41*.

(In

IT.

this
s.v.
;

word
and
to

is cf.

used as a technical agricultural term Le263*'-; Cremer, 826. )t dm-irciOo), [in LXX: Je 36 (29)^
suade, incite:

;

MM, VGT,

(NIZy3 hi.), i

Mac 1"*;]

per-

Ac

IS^^ (cf.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

* dk'direipos, V.S. avdTrr]po<;. * dca-TT^Ixiru, 1. to send up, (a) to a higher place (^sch., Plat., al.) (b) to a higher authority (Deiss., BS, 229; MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. also Field, Notes, 140) Lk 23^. i^ Ac 252i. 2. to send back (Pind.)
:

Lk
Es

2311,

Phm

ii.t

dm--irri8dw, -w
51,

To 4*;]

to

leap

«up

TTTySdo), to leap),
:

[in

LXX:

i

Ki 20^4 (Dip)

25i«,

Mk

10^« (Eec. dvao-Tds).t

MANUAL QBEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
** di/d-TTTjpos
[in

33

(WH,
x
,

LXX
(32)2,

:

To

14^

ii

-ctpos; V. Field, Notes, 67), -ov (irr;pos, maimed), 14i3. 2i.t S^* * maimed, crippled :

d.'a-iriTrru, [in

LXX
*
;]

Mac Ge
:

;]

Lk

49^ (iHS)

To

2^ 78,

Jth 12^\ Si 25i8

KXivofjiaL,

l. (d.) to fall back. 2. In late writers = avaa repast (MM, VGT, s.v.) at table, Lk 11^^ 1410 177 221*, Jo 1312 2120 on the ground, Mt IS^^, Mk 6*« 8«, Jo 6i«

35

Da th Su

^7

to recline for

:

.

to

lean back, Jo 13^^ (T, eTrnrea-wv; V.S.

dva/cct//ai,

ad

fin.).t

SYN.
(Ge

:

avaKei/xai (q.V.), avaKXivofiai.

chiefly for K^D dca-iTXT)pow, -u), [in 15i«, III Ki 7*1, Is 6O20), etc. 1. to fill up, ;]
;

LXX

pleting contracts
take one's

and making up rent cf. place (cf. Heb. DipQ N^P), i Co 14}^;
2^^
;

Le 12^, al. also obizr make full (in tt. of comMM, VGT, s.v.) tottov,
,

;

:

dfiapria^,

complete the

number,
fulfilled,

i

Th Mt

t. vo/hov,

observe perfectly,

Ga

6^
I

;

131*.

2.

to

SWppZ^; to
,

va-reprjfia,

pass., Trpn(f>r]Tua, Co 1617, Phi 2^0

(Cremer, 838). t
*t dvairoXoyiiTos, -ov (<^ aTroXoyeo/xai) without excuse, inexcusable (in Polyb., al., as a forensic term v. Lft., Notes, 252) Eo l^o 2i.+ for t&IB etc. ;] to unroll : t. ^t(3\ioy, Lk 41^ dm-TTToaaw, [in
;
:

LXX

,

(WH,

E, ivoifas).t
d^-dTTTw, [in

LXX
:

chiefly for nS"";] to kindle:

Lk

12*^,

Ja 3*

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).t
.•

[Jb 312s,al.], wmwieraJZe He lli^.t Ki 26io, Jb 23; Aq., Sm. Is 36i8*;] 1. to 2. In late writers s/jaA;e ow^, s/wiA;e 6acA;, move to and fro (Thuc, al.). v. MM, VGT, s.v.), to stir up; metaph., to excite : t. o^Xov, (Diod., al. Mk 1511 T. AaoV, Lk 23^t * dm-aKcodiu (<^o-kc{)os, a vessel), prop, to ^jac^ w^ baggage,
d»'-api0p.ir)Tos, -ov, {<^api6/ji€(x)),
I

**dva-(T€i«, [in Aq.

:

;

;

hence,

to

dismantle, ravage, destroy;
s.v.)
:

metaph.,
nbjT hi.

to

unsettle,

subvert

(MM, FGT,
Ac
1110 (in

V'vxas,

Ac

152*.t

dm-CTirdw, -w, [in
TT.

LXX
17

for

npb
;

,

;]

to

rfraw ?tp

;

Lk 14^

of pulling
-ews,
tit.,

6.vd-<rra<ji<i,

(nn^(7),

Ps 65

(66)

MM, VGT, s.v.).t LXX: Ze 3^ (Dip), La 3*^^ Da LXX II20, n Mac 71* 12*^*;] 1. a raisitig
up barley
{<!^ dvLo-Trjfu) , [in

MM,

up, awakening, rising (in Inscr. of the erection of a monument, v. 2. a rising from the dead (v. DCG, ii, VGT, s.v.) Lk 2=**.
:

605b)

;

(a) of

Christ
:

:

Ac
1.)
;

I22 2^1 433,

j^
13

55^
;

p^i
{b)

310^

i

Pe
:

321

.

v^Kpwv,
(e.g. Ill

Eo
Ki

1*

[ICC, in

U vcKpw,

^^ ^^

i

Pe

of persons in

OT hist.
;

17i''^)

He
Ac

1135
42 62

(g)

of the general resurrection
1124^

Mt 2223. 28, 30^

Mk
I

1218.

23,

Lk
2035,

2027.

33, 36^
;

Jo

Ac

v€Kpwv,

Lk

tSv v«pwv,
;

Mt

I718 238 2415, II Ti 218 d. 223i, Ac 1732 23«, 2421 2623,

U

Co

1512.

13. 21, 42^

He
d.
T.

d.

d.

€15 ^utTQv)

and

KpLcreoi^,

^w^s, resurrection to life (cf. 11 Mac 71*, r. to judgment, Jo 52^ d. t. Stfcaiwi/,
; ;

1.,

^, v. Swete, in Westc. on Jo 5, but v. also Thayer, s.v. by meton, of Christ as Author of d., Jo 1125 (y, DB, iv, 231 Cremer, 307).t
;

Lk

141*

KpcLTTOiv d.,

He

113*

on

17

d.

17

irpwrr],
;

Ee

205.

;

t dva-OTaT<5(i),

w (<^ avdo-Taros, driven from home; 3

<C.avLaTrjfiL), [in

34

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
n.
c.

LXX: Da V^ {mn;* also in Aq., and in MM, VGT, 8.V.),] to stir up, excite, unsettle
sedition:

(v.

Deiss.,
;

LAE,

:

ace.

(a) to

80 f.; tumult and
Milligan,

Ac
f.).t

17*'

2P8.
;

(j)

by false teaching:

Ga

5^2

(v.

NTD,

73

* dm-oraupoo) 2. to raise on a cross, crucify 1. to impale (Hdt.). (Polyb., al.). 3. to crucify again: He 6® (v. Waste, in l.).t La 1* (mx ni.), Si 25^8 d?)^ Da th Su22, dm-aT€vdta,, [in

LXX:

II

Mac

630 *

.]

tQ

sigh deeply

:

Mk

S^^.t

1. to overturn: Jo 2^^. turn hither and thither; 2. to turn back, return : Ac 3. metaph. pass., to t^irn oneself about, sojo^irn, divell : Mt 17^" Eec.
d»'a-(rrpe(|)u, [in

LXX

chiefly for mis^;]
5^^ 15^^.
to

;

Heb. "^ybn in Koivr] writers and in tt. v. Deiss., 88, 194 MM, VGT, s.v.), to conduct oneself, behave, Eph 2\ I Ti 3l^ He lO^^ 1318, i Pe l^", 11 Pe 2^\f SVN. TrepiTTaTtw (Hellenistic), TroAtTcJw.
(like
,

;

LAE,
live
:

315
ii

;

BS,

;

Co 1^^

:

** di'a-cnrpo(t>ri, -77s, r/ {<^ava(TTpi(f>ofjLai), [in LXX: To 4^*, II Mac 5^ 6-^* ;] 1. a turning doivn or back, a wheeling about (Soph., Thuc, al.). 2. In late writers (Polyb., al. v.s. dvaa-Tpeffxa, and cf. Hort on Ja 3^^ MM, VGT, 8.V.), manner of life, belmviour, conduct : Ga 1^^, Eph 4^^^ li^.is 212 31.2,16^ „ Pe 2^ 3ii.t I Ti 412, He 137, Ja 3^3, i Pe *t dca-rdaaofiai, [in only as v.l. (Aid.) in Ec 2'-'*' ;] to arrange in MM, order, bring together from memory (Blass., Phil. Gosp., 14 ff.
;

LXX

;

VGT,
to rise

s.v.)

:

Lk
5^^.

l^.t

di'a-Te'XXu, [in
:

LXX

for riDS

,

UIB
:

,

UH

,

etc.

;]

1. trans., to
;

cause

Mt

2.

Intrans., to rise
;

Mt
6

13«,

Mk

4« 162, Ja 111

v£<^£'X7;,

^ws, Mt 4i« ( = Is 9^) Lk 12^*; ^w(r<f>6po^, 11
star.

6 ^Xios,

Pe T^;
7^*
(cf.

Kvptos, prob. e^-avaT£AXw).+
set up, etc.

with

ref.

to

metaph. of sun or

He
to

ava-TiQi]iLi, [in

LXX chiefly for

D^n (Cremer, 546)
;

;]

lay upon,

Mid.

-e/xat,

in late writers (Plut., al.
:

v.

also

MM, VGT,
,

S.V.), to set forth,

declare
17

di/aroXii, -ijs,

«
;

Ac

25^*,

Ga

22,

dvaTeAAo)), [in
1'^.
d.

LXX

chiefly for

mip

D"""!!? ;]

1.

a rising
s.v.)
:

:

2427,

Mt Lk 1329.t
22.

of light, Lk 9, Ee 21^3
[in

2.

^XtW,
for

the sun-rising, the east (MM, VGT, Re 72 I612 (WH, pi.) ; pi., Mt 2^ S^^

di/a-xpcTTw,

LXX
:

nm
to

,

p)Tn

,

etc.

;]

to

overturn, destroy
s.v.): 11

Jo

215

WH,

txt.;

metaph.,

subvert
iv

(MM, VGT,
IO2 ll^s

Ti

2^8,

Tit lii.t ** dm-Tp€'<t>u, [in nourish, educate, bring
di'a-<|>ai»'o)jiai,

LXX Wi 7^ B,
up: Lk
4^^,

Mac

x*

;]

to

nurse up,

WH,
Lk
Tlhv

mg.,
;]

Ac
to

720' 21,

223.t

[in

LXX for
Kvirpov,

pT£
i.e.
:

hi., "Ojh^

bring
:

to light,

make

to

appear

:

dva<^dvavT€s

t.

having sighted C.
19^^.
hi.,

Ac 21^

WH
;]

pass., to appear, be
dm-<|>6'pw, [in

made
c.
;

manifest

LXX chiefly for
ace. pers.,

also for 113p
92
;

hi., etc.

1.

carry or lead up : reject, R, mg. omits)
to

Mt 17\ Mk

pass.,

Lk 24^^ (WH,
BS, 88
f.

d. t. d/xapTias iirl t.

ivXov

(v. Deiss.,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
ICG,
to

35

in 1. ; and NT, to bring VGT, s.v.) i Pe 22*. 2. In 7^7 IS^^, ^uo-ia?, etc., the altar, to offer (v. Hort on i Pe, I.e.) I Pe 2^ ; eVi T. Bva-iaa-TTjpiov, Ja 2^1 (v. Mayor, in 1.). 3. to bear, sustain 1433, Is 5312): 928. (cf.
:

MM,

LXX

:

He

Nu

He

dm-<|>wi'€'w,

-oi,

[in

LXX for racrhi., LXX

"IDT hi.

;]

to

cry out, exclaim:

Lk

1*2 (Arist., al.).t

*t dcd-xuo-is, -€0)5, 1? (<^dvax€to, to poiir 02it), a pouring out, overflowing, excess: metaph., i Pe 4* (MM, VGT, s.v.).t for n"12 , D13 etc. ;] 1. to go back. 2. to dca-x^pew, -w, [in 92* ; freq. in sense of avoiding danger (MM, VGT, s.v.), withdraw : Mt Mt 212 (but V. Thayer), i3, u, 22 412 1215 1413 1521 27*, 3^ Jo 6^5^ Ac 2319 263i.t
,

Mk

d>'<£-<|/u^s,

-tm

rj

«aVa./ri;xw),

[in

LXX: Ex
,

S^^^ii)

(nrj]"))*;]

a refreshing

:

Ac
;]

S^^.t

dca-tj/uxw, [in

LXX

refresh oneself) Cremer, 588).t

to

refresh

for B7D3 ni., n^n etc. (freq. in sense of revive, : c. ace. pers., 11 Ti 1^* (MM, VGT, s.v.

* dt'SpairoSiCTTT^s, -ov, 6 (<^ dv8pdiro8ov, slave-dealer, kidnapper: i Ti l^" (v. 133,

a
:

slave,

captured in war), a

MM, VGT,
Mt
i i

8.v.).t

Lk

'A^Spe'as, -ov, 6, Andrew, 61*, Jo 1*1' *5 68 1222,

the Apostle
li3.t

41^ IO2,

Mk
to

li«. 29 318

Ac
,

di'SptV, [in

LXX for pm
man
[in
(cf.

faX

(Jos

l^''-,

Ch
Co,
:

22^^, al; in 11
I.e.)
;]

Ps
of.

271* 312^,

combined with
flay the

KpaTLovaOai, as in

Ki IO12, make a man

Mid.,

to

MM, VGT,
:
:

s.v.)

i

Co

16i3.t

'Ac8p6>'iKos, -ov, 6,

Andronicus

**

d»'8po-<}>6.'os, -ov, 6,

LXX
:

11

Eo 16''.t Mac 928 *

;]

a man-slayer
III

:

i

Ti

I**

(cf. 0ov€i;s,

and

v.

MM, VGT,

** dk-eYK\r]TOS, -ov
called to account,

«

s.v.).t

a-,

iyxakew), [in
i

LXX
Col

:

Mac 531 *
Ti
310,
;

.j

^^^

^q jg

unreprovabU

Co

1^,

I22, i

Tit

1«' ^.t

Syn.

:

dfieixTTTo^, av€irL\r]fjiTrTos (v. Tr.,

Syn., §

ciii

Cremer, 742;
11

MM, VGT,
*t

S.V.).

dj'-cKSiriYTjTos, -ov

(< a-, cVStT/ye'o/iai), inexpressible

:

Co

91*

(MM,
FGT,

VGT,

s.v.).t

*t dK-cK-XdXTjTos, -OV «!»-, c/cXaXew), unspeakable: i Pe 18.tj * di/c'KXenrros, -ov (< a-, eKXeiVw), unfailing : Lk 1233 (MM,
8.V.).t

compar.,

*dc-€KT6s, -OV (also in late Gk. -^, -ov; -^aVexoAiai), tolerable: -drepos, Mt IQi^ II22, 24^ Lk IO12. i*.t for df-eXeii}i(DK, -ov (< a-, cXcij/xwv), [in ;] without mercy

LXX
;

ipx

Eo
Ja Ja
437,

li3.t

*t

di'-cXeos, -ov (Attic avr;Xe^9, aVcXtiy/Awv

MM, VGT,

8.V.),

merciUss

2i3.t

*t dfefii^w
l«.t

=

Attic dve/j.6w (<[ avc/xos)
[in

;

pass., to &e driven by the
-w^i^d

wind

fii'e^os, -ov, 6,
39. 41

LXX

for

nn

;]

;

Mt
Ja

11^ I42*.
3*,

so, 32^

Mk
pi.,

648, 51^

Lk

724^ 823. 24^

Jq

518,

Ac

27^'

1*' 1*,

Ee

6i3 71

;

36

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THB NEW TESTAMENT
;

Mt 725. 27 826. 27^ Lk 825, Ac 27S Ju 12

oJ TcVo-ape? &. r^s y^s,
;

Ee 7^

;

hence
8.V.),

the four quarters of the heavens (v. Deiss., BS, 248 Mt 2431, Mjj 1327. metaph., of variable teaching, Bph 4i*.t SYN. : TTPevfjia, TTvor] (and cf. OviWa, XalXaij/).

MM, VGT,

*tdf-eV86KTos, -ov {<C.d- neg., evScKTos; <!^ivS€xoiJ^a.t), impossible, inadmissible : Lk 17^t ** dce^cpauVtjTos (Eec. -cvvt/to?, as in Attic; M, Pr., 46), -ov (•< Pr., 25^*;] unsearcJiable : Eo IP^.t ii-€p€vvd(o), [in Sm. {-ev-) *t di'€^i-KaKos, -ov (^fut., aVc^o/Aat, KaK6<;), patiently forbearing (cf.
:

dve^tKa/cta,

Wi

2i»
;

and

v.

MM, VGT,

s.v.)

:

11

Ti 224.t

t di'€^iX>'iao-Tos, -ov

LXX
Eph
2i6.t

:

Jb

(<Ca- neg., €^t;i(via^w, to track out; <^ixvos), [in 59 910 3424 (ipxj ]">^)* ;] i/iai canwoi be traced out : Eo ll^a,

38

(MM,

F(9r,

s.v.).t

*+

di'-eir-aiaxui'Tos, -ov

(<^

£7rato-;(wo/i,ai),

no^ to &e ^wi

to

shame

:

II

Ti

(Eec. -Ar^Trros; Bl., § 6,8), -ov (-^a-, iiriXa/JL^avw), without reproach : i Ti 32 5'^ S^^.t It is stronger than these, for it Syn. : a/xe/xTTTos, dveyKXrjTo^. implies not only that the man is of good report, but that he is deservedly so (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.j. iii Ki 13^2 (^bn)* ;] to go up : Jo 6^, Ga d./-6'pxofiai, [in
di'-eTTi-XT]fnrTos

*

LXX

:

117, 18 (gf

iTravipx-;

and on

its

use of "going
\}^
;]
;

up"
Es

to the capital,
422 (,t,2^)^

MM,
2316,

VGT,
I

s.v.).t
ct^cais, -€0)9,

^

«aviVO.

LXX:
Th

II

„ Ch

Es

4«2,

Wi
:

1313, Si 1520 2610 *

indulgence ; cf. MM, VGT, s.v.) understood, relief: 11 Co 2^2 7^ Q^\

a loosenhig, relaxation : Ac 242^ (EV, by St. Paul, opp. to ^A-i'i/^is, expressed or
11

l^.t

SyN.
Jg

ctvaTravo-is (q.V.).

t df-erdj^w (<; dvd, ird^w, to 629 (taf-]i), Es 223 (tZTj-^n),

examine ; V. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in LXX Da th Su^^*;] to examine judicially: Ac
:

dceu, prep. c. gen. (rarer

than
1029,
^

MM, VGT,
*t
27i2.t

x'^P'?. Q-v.

;

cf.

Ellic.

on

Eph
fit
:

2^2;

42), without -ov (v.

:

Mt

Pe

31 49

diz-eu'-ecTos,

MM, VGT,

S.V.),

no^ weZi placed, not

Ac

** di'-€upiaKw
search, discover
di'-e'xw, [in

{dvd, evpiarKU}), [in
(v.

LXX

IV Mac 3^* * ;] to find out by Field, Notes, 47 f.) Lk 2'^, Ac 214.t chiefly for pDN hithp. ;] to hold up ; in always
:
:

LXX

&ear ivith, e^id^ire : in cl. most freq. c. ace, but in c. gen. pers., Mt 171^ Mk 9^9, Lk 9*i, 11 Co ll^' ^\ Eph 42, Col 3^3 seq. p.LKp6v Tt, c. gen. pers. and c. gen. rei, 11 Co ll^ c. dat. rei, 11 Th 1* (v M, absol., i Co 4^2, n Co 11* Th., in 1.) seq. d rt?, 11 Co II20 to bear ivith = to listen to, c. gen. pers., Ac 18^* c. gen. rei, 11 Ti 4^, He I322
mid.,
to
;

NT NT
;

;

;

;

;

(cf. Trpoo-ave'xto

and
6

MM, VGT,
(cf.

s.v.).t

dv6v|»i6s, -oC,

Lat. nepos), [in
410

LXX Nu Se^i
:

(Tn

]5),

To

7=*

9"

X*;] a cousin: Col

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
*S.vr]Qov, -ov, TO,

37

anise
[in

:

Mt

2323.t
:

d^-ilKw
I,

(wa,

7^Ku>),

LXX

Jos 231^ (xia),
to ;

i

Ki

278, Si. prol.i",
it is

II

Mac 6 *
it is

;]

prop., to have
:

come up

in later writers, impers.
s.v.),

due, befitting 8.t TO dvrJKov, * ay-riii.epos, -ov

in ethical sense
(a-,
rjixcpoi),

(MM, VGT,

Eph

5*,

Col S^^;
s.v.)

Phm

not tame, savage
for VTii

(MM, VGT,
lZ;^3^^
,

II

Ti 33.t
dfiip, aVSpo's, 0, [in

LXX chiefly

,

freq.

also n"lX
;

a man, Lat. vir. 1. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8^'\ i Ti 2^- as a husband, Mt l^^, Jo 4i«, Eo 7^, Tit 1«. 2. As opp. to a boy or infant, 3. In appos. with a noun or adj., as I Co 13^\ Eph 4}^, Ja 3^. a. d/i,apTwXos, Lk 6^; a. Trpocfyrj-nj^, 24^^; freq. in terms of address, as a. a'SeX^oi, Ac 1^" and esp. with gentilic names, as a. 'lovSatos, Ac 22^ a. 'E^eVtoi, 19^^. 4. In general, a man, a male person
etc.
;]
; ;

=

Tis,

Lk

8^1,
:

Ac 6^\

Syn.

dv6p(oTTos, q.v. (cf.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).
,

di'e-iaTT||xi (avTt, LarrjfjLi), [in

LXX for IQJT

13?^

,

etc.

;]

1. in pres.,

impf., fut. and 1 aor. act., causal, to set against. 2. In mid. and pass., also pf. and 2 aor. act., to withstand, resist, opjjose : c. dat., Mt 5^^ Lk 2115, Ac 610 138, j^q 919 132^ Ga 2ii, Eph 6^\ 11 Ti 3^ 4l^ Ja 47,
1

Pe

59.t
d»'0-ofio\oYcop.ai,

(nT),

Da

LXX

{avri, ofioXoyeofj-ai), [in 8»i, 6^3 *;] 434 (nnn?), i Si 202, III
-oi)/i,at

LXX

:

Ps 78
1. to

(79)

^

Es

Mac

make a
praises,
I.e.)

mutual agreement (Dem., Polyb.).

2.

to

acknowledge fully, confess

(Diod., Polyb., cf. i Es, I.e.). 3. C. dat. pers., to declare speak fully in prayer or thanksgiving, give thanks to

ones
(cf.

Ps,

Lk
I

238

(Cremer, 771
-COS,

;

MM, VGT,
[in

s.v.).t

ac9os,

TO,

LXX

for

-p^

,

etc.

;]

a flower

:

Ja

li".

i\

Pe

1'^ (Lxx).t

**d..epaKi(l, -as,

^ {<:ivOpa^), [in
:

LXX:
for

Si 11^2, iv

Mac

920*;]

a

heap) of

burning coals
-a/cos,

Jo
[in

I8I8 21^.t

avQpai,
a. TTvpos,

6,

LXX
1220.t

chiefly

n^na;]

coal,

charcoal:

a burning

coal,

Eo

+ d>'0pwn--tip€CTKos, -ov (dv^pwTTos, apea-Ko?, pleasing), [in 5 * 6^, Col 3^2 (Cremer, studying to please men : (53) ;] VGT, s.v.).t

LXX
;]

:

Ps 52
;

Eph

642

MM,

di-OpcJirivos, -17,

ov (•< avOpiOTTos), [in
:

LXX for UIH
1

,

^2ij{
;

human,

belonging to
KTio-15,
I

man

x*^P^'» -^^

1"^^*
;

»

cro(f)ia,

Co

2i3

^uVis,

(MM, VGT, s.v.) i f^y^ipa, opp. Judgment-Day), human judgme7it, 1 Co 43 (v.
Pe
213
;

to ^
Lft.,

w-

Ja 3^^ (3^^ God's

Notes, 198) Tretpacr/xos a., temptation such as man can bear (AV, S'Mc/i as is common 10i3 av^pwTrtvov Xcyw, I speak in to man, v. Field, Notes, 175), i Co human fashion, with words not properly weighed, Eo 61® (v. Field,

Notes, 156). t

38
*
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
&y6p(3)TroKT6vo(;,

-ov

(< ktciVo),
:

to

kill),

a murderer, manslayer
Ixxxiii).
,

(Eur. V. MM, VGT, s.v.) Jo 8", i Jo 3".t Stn. : <f>ov€vs, dvSpo4>6vo<; (v. Tr., Syn. §
acOpwiros, -ov,
etc.
6,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

DIX

IZTN

,

also for Vh2il{

man : 1. generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. ;] homo): Jo IG^i; c. art., Mt 4^ 1235, Mk 2^', Jo 225, Rq 7\ al; from animals, etc., disting. from God, Mt 19", Jo 10=^^ Col 3^3, al. 4^^, Lk 5^", Ee 9*, al. human frailty and imperfection, implying Mt
;

;

I

Co

3*

;

cro0ia dvOpoiTTtDV,
I

I

Co
;

2^

;

avOpuiirtav eVi^D/xiai,
a.

I

Pe

4^

;

Kara
9^

avOpiDTTov -TrepiiraTeLv,

Co
(cf.

3^
I

Kara

Xeyeiv (XaXeiv),

Ro

3^, I

Co

Kara a- Ae'yetv, Ga 3^* nature or condition, 6
I

Co
(e^o))

15^2,
a.,

Ga

1^^)

;

by meton., of man's

eo-w

Pe

3*)

;

6 -n-aXatos,

/caivo?,

joined with another subst.,
txt.

Ro 7^\ Eph S^\ ii Co 4i« (cf. veos a., Ro 6^, Eph 2^5 422. 24, Col 3^' 10 a. e/ATropos, a merclmnt, Mt 13*^ (WH,
13^2
;

om.

a.)

;

oi*co8eo-7roTr;s,

Mt

ftacTLXevs,

182^

;

^a'yos, 11^^

;

with
ov8ek

name
Ac

of 16^7;

nation,
pi.
ot

Kvprjvalo<;,
a.,

Mt
:

27^2;

'lovSalos,

Ac
82*,

21^9;

'Fw/xatos,

men,

jJeople

Mt

5">i«,
a.

Mk
;

Jo

428;

2. Indef., dvOpdiTTOiv, Mk 112, I Ti 6^". Mt 18^2, Jo Mt 171*, Mk 12\ al.; rts a.,

= tis,

some

one,

a man:

Ro
Jo
6
II

328,

Ga
;

2l^
3^

al.

;

opp.

to

722, 23_

Definitely,

c. art.,

women, of some
5.

indef. one (Fr. on), servants, etc., Mt lO^" 1910^
5^, al.

particular person;

Mk
a.

35, al.
T.

oIto% 6 a.,'Lk 1430; 6
II
;

ovto?, cKeTvos,
(of

Mk

14^1,

Mt Mt
I

12^3^

12*^;

dvo^ta^,
II

Th
6

23

;

d.

t.

deov

Heb. Q-^nb^

tZPX),

Ti 6^\

Ti

Si'^,

Pe
:

121

vi6<s

tov

d., v.s. vlos.

SVN.

dvrjp,

*t dkO-uiraTeu'u
(v.s. ai'^iJTraTos).'^"

q.v. (and cf. MM, (see next word),

VGT, 44
to

Cremer, 103, 635). be proconsul: Ac 18^2 ^qq
;

* dk'0-uiraTos, -ov, 6 (avn', vTraro?, alter n. for viripraToi), supreme, a consul, one acting in place of a consul, a proconsul, the administrator VGT, 44) Ac 13^' ^> ^^ of a senatorial province (cf. rj-ye/xiav, and v. 1812 1938.t

MM,

:

&v-ir\\i.i

produce,
(cf.

De
f.)
:

124

for HDI, XtZTS, etc. ;] 1. to send up, {dvd, Irjixi), [in send hack. 2. to let go, leave without support He 13^ 31" Horn., II., ii, 71). 3. to relax, loosen (v. Field, Notes, Ac 162" 27*0 hence, metaph., to give up, desist from : Eph 6^.f
to
: ;

LXX

;

dK-iXews, -wv, V.S. av€A.€09.
*ak'nrTos, -ov (a. neg., vLirTui),
d>'-i<TTT]juii

unwashed
up: Ac
;

:

Mt
9*^
;

I520,
;]

Mk
1.

72(5Rec.) t

{dvd,

la-TTqfxi),

[in

LXX chiefly for Dip
:

causal, in fut.
63^,

and

Ac

232

1 aor. act., c. ace, ; to raise up, cause to he horn or ajypear
to

raise

from death, Jo

Mt

222*,

Ac

3221 2«.

mid. and 2 aor act. (a) to rise : from lying, Mk 135 from sitting, Lk 4^" to leave a place, Mt 9^ pleonastically, as Heb, before verbs of going, Mk 10^, al. (v. Dalman, Words, 23 Dip Pr., 14); of the dead, Mt 1723, Mk 83i; seq. M, v€Kpwv, Mt 179, Mk 9^ (h) to arise, appear : Ac 53", Ro 15^2 (cf. ctt-, ef- dvia-Trjfu, and
2. Intrans., in
;
; ,

«

;

V.

Cremer, 306, 738

;

MM, VGT,

s.v.).

Syn.

:

iyetpo).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
"Akm,
-as,
fj

39

(Heb. n0), Anna, a prophetess

:

Lk

23«.t

"Ai'ms, -a (FIJ, 'Avavos, -ov), 6

(Heb.

jari),

^wwas, the high priest:

Lk

32,

Jo

1813. 2*,

Ac

4«.t

d-f^TjTos, -OV (a- neg., vorjTo^; <^voetj}), [in

LXX:

Pr

l?^^

(b^lj?),

Si 42^, al. ;] 1. not thought on, not understood (Horn., Plat.). understanding, foolish (Hdt., al., LXX) Lk 2425, jjo ju^ q^ S^' 6», Tit 33 (Gremer, 438, 790 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
:

2.
3,

not
i

Ti

;

Syn.

:

dcrvvcTO's (v. Tr.,
rj

Syn., § Ixxv).

ai/ota, -as,

(<

a-voos, without understanding), [in
al.
;]

LXX

:

Pr 14^

22^5 (n^-iN),
violent rage
1. trans.,
c.

Wi

15^8,

folly, foolishness
:

:

11

Ti 3^ ; expressed in

(cf. Plat.,

Tim., 86b)

Lk

S^^.t

dc-oiyo) (ava', otyto

=

oiyw/it), [in

LXX chiefly for
Ac

nns
;

;]

to

open;
12^"
32";

]^g26,27.

pass., a door or gate, Ac 5^^ 12^*, Ee 4^ metaph. of opportunity or welcome, Ac 142'', Col 4^,

ace.

;

Ac Ee

pass., I
pers.,

Co

169, II

Co

212,

Ee

38; absol. (sc. dvpav),
T^'^ 25^\

523 1216. c. dat.

Lk

123«,

Jo 103; metaph., Mt
43^^),

Lk

ll^. 10 1325,
^a'0os,

e-qcravpo^^
T.

(Si

.^pcap,

o-<^/DayZ8a,
T. (TT6fia,

Ee 92; of Ee 5^ 6^ «•

Mt heaven, Mt 31^, Lk 321, Ac 8^ fBifikiov, fti/3\ap[8iov, Lk Mt
;

2^1;

T.

fiv-nixCia,

27^2.
lO^i,
417,

Re 3^; Eo 313.
19^1;

Ee ll^^ 155 Ee 52-5 102.8
31^

20^2;

Mt 172^

id.

Hebraistically
52,

(Nu

2228,

jb

ig sqs^ al), of

beginning to speak,

Mt

Ac

832. 36

Ee
1"*
;

13"

(Ps 77 of the earth opening, Ee
;

^ irapa/SoXah

(78)2),
12^**
;

Mt

io34 IS^* ; seq. eis y8Xao-</)77/it'as, 1335 of recovering speech, Lk
;

t. 6<fi6a\fjLov^,

Ac

98.

*<>

;

id. c.

gen.

metaph., Ac 26^8. hearing, Mk 735. 2. Intrans. in 2 pf., a/coa's, c. gen. pers., of restoring aVewya (M, Pr., 154) heaven, Jo 15^ t. a-TOfxa, seq. Trpos, of speaking
pers., of restoring sight,

Mt

93« 2033,

Jq

910

ir.

2021 1137

;

;

freely,

n Co

6^^ (cf. St-avoiyo) [in

and

v.

MM, VGT,
,

45).t
to build^-again,

diz-oiKo-Soii^u, -w,

LXX for nS2,
LXX

"MSi

;]

rebuild

(MM, VGT,
iv a.,

8. v.)

:

Ac
17

15i«.t

*ai'oi^is,

-cws,

as often as
di'0|jLia,

I
17

(<; dvotyw), open, Eph Q^^.f

an opening

(in

MGr., springtime):
jTBTp
,

-as,

(< avoyxos),
:

[in

for jiy

,

niiyin
6^9,

,

yori
6^*,

etc.
II

;]

lawlessness, iniquity
23.

Mt

723 13*1 2328 24^2,
;

Ro

n Co
;

Th

§ 32,

He 1^, i Jo 3* in pi. (as LXX, Ps 31\ al. v. Bl., 7, Tit 6; Swete, MJc., 153), of acts or manifestations of lawlessness:
21*,

Eo47(Lxx)^Hel0i7.t Syn. : V.S. afidpTrj/xOy
lawless,

avofio^.

a-vofios, -ov (a. neg., vo/ios), [in

LXX for "py
223, i

,

ytp^

,

VXS^

,

etc.

;]

1.

wicked
6
21*)
;
:

:

Mk
I

1528,

l^

2237,
ib.

Ac
23),

28

(

=

a.vdp(j)7ro<i

T^s dvo/xtas,
921

2.

t^ 19^ „ pe 28; 6 5., 11 Th without law ( = ol /x^ VTTO

.'Vov,

Eo

Co

(MM, VGT,
11
:

s.v.).t

>SriV^.

V.S.

a.dia-p.o<i.

^^di/oiius, adv., [in
2. aa x*"P''5 vo/Mov,

LXX:

without law

Mac 8^7*;] Eo 2^2.

1.

lawlessly

(11

Mac,

I.e.).

df-opdou,

-to

(avd, opOoio, to set straight, set up), [in

LXX chiefly for

40
713 hi.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
;]
.

to set

wpright or straight again, restore
(TKy^v-qv,

:

of persons,
;

Lk

13^^,

He
II

121-

of things,

Ac

15i«

(MM,

diz-ddios,

-ov (d- neg., oo-io?), [in

LXX
;]

VGT, s.v. Cremer, 807).t Ez 229 (-^,^7)^ ^i 12",
:

Mac
:

7^* 8^^ III
I

Mac

2- 5P, iv

Mac

12^^ *

unholy, profane (Cremer,
i

464) **
1.

Ti

19, II

Ti 3^
y]

6.V0X-1],

-^?,

in

cl,,

a holding hack, delaying (MM, VGT,
:

«

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

ave'xw, -o/iai), [in

LXX

:

Mac 12^5
s.v.).

(RV, respite)*
2.

;]

forbearance,

delay of punishment

Eo

2^ S^^.t
vTToixopT].
a.,

Syn.

:

jMiKpoOvixia,
yu..,

forbearance,

is

the result

and

expression of

which involves the idea

of tolerance, long-suffering, as

v. expresses patience with respect to things, as /a. sinners, with persons; it is active as well as passive, denotes not merely endurance but p'erseverance (v. Tr., Syn., § liii Lft., Notes, 259, 273 DB, ii, 47). IV Mac 17^**;] to struggle ** dcT-aywciioixai, depon., [in
;

God with

;

LXX:
;

against

:

seq. Trpds, c. ace.

He

12*.
,

di/T-dlXXaYfJia, -T05,

for TinOj]
article of
I.e.;

*^

chiefly to (dvTt, dWay/xa <^ aWaa-aoi) [in exchange, the price received as an equivalent for an
:

LXX

commerce
90).

Mt

162«,

Mk

B^^ (of. Si 26^*;

and

v.

Swete, Mk.,
:

Cremer,
1.
;

* dn--am-irXY]p6u, -w
(v. Lft., in

{avri, avaTrXrjpooy), to fill

Up in turn

Col 1^*

MM, VGT,

s.v.j.t

drr-aTTo-8i8wfii (dvTi, dTroSiSw/xi), [in
etc.
to give

LXX for DbtZT pi., boS
;

,

miT
;

hi.,

back as an equivalent, recompense, requital (the avri ex;] pressing the idea of full, complete return v. Lft., Notes, 46) (a) in favourable sense: Lk 1^^\ Ro 11=^^^ i Th 39; {b) in unfavourable 11 Th 1^, He lO^o.t sense Ro chiefly for bllQil ;] t di'T-aTTO-Sop.a, -tos, to (<^ dvraTToScSw/Ai), [in
:

W\

LXX

requital; (a) in favourable sense: Lk 14^^; (6) in unfavourable sense Ro 11^.+ chiefly for bna3, Dll^tt;;] arr-airo-Soo-is, -€ws, 17 (v. supr.), [in
(

=

cl.

-Soo-is, q.v.),

:

LXX

recompense
(nay)*
e.
;]

:

Col 3^*

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

t dn-aTTo-Kpi^ofiai
to

(dvn', ArroKpi'vw), [in
:

LXX

:^

Jg
c.

529,

Jb

169(8) 3212

answer again, reply against

seq. Trpds,

ace. rei,
pi.,

Lk
etc.

14*

dat. pers.,

Ro

92».t

^LVT-ii-nov {avTL, ciTTov), [in

LXX

aor.,

without present in use,
dfT-^X*^ {avTL, e^w), [in

to

for mizr hi., speak against, gainsay
;]

im
:

nay
21^^,

;]

2

Lk

Ac
2.

4^*.t

LXX for pTfl hi., etc.

1. trans., to Jiold against.
(cf.

2. Intrans., to

MM, VGT,
52*,

withstand. Mid. 1. in el., to hold out against. s.v.), to hold firmly to, cleave to : e. gen. (v. Bl., § 36,
I

2),

Mt

M, Th., in 1.), elided only in avff wv), prep. c. gen. (cf. MM, VGT, 2. instead 1. prop, in local sense, over against, opposite, hence 8 V.) Mt 5^8 172^, Lk lli\ i Co ll^*. in place of, for (Horn., etc.) of, He 12^; c. artic. inf. (cl.), Ja 4^^ of succession, Mt 2^2; -^^apiv d. Xvrpov d. of price in exchange. He 12^* vdptros, Jo 1^" (M, Pr., 100)

Lk
;

1613,

Th
t

514 (v.

Tit l^.t

6.vtI

(the

is

;

:

;

;

;

iroWCiv,

Mt

20"-«,

Mk

10^5 (M, Pr., 105)

;

of requital,

Ro

121^, 1

Th

5^*,

MANUAL GEBEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
I

41

Pe

39

(cf.

Wi
for

1115)
-i«rh?

;

dvff

w,

because,

Lk

l^o 19**,

(cl.,

LXX

nnn);

id. therefore

(cl.,

^ tj^ gio LXX), Lk 12^; L tovtov
Ac
1223,

(LXX
ctv^'-),

for ]3"^y),

Eph
;

5^^.

As a

prefix, dvrt-

(before vowels dvr-,

over against, dvTLirepav; (b) co-operation, dvTijfidXXctv (d) opposition, dvTi'xpicrTo? (e) substitution, Compounds of d. usually govern dat. (Bl., § 37, 7).t dv^uTTttTos. ** din-i-pdXXci), [in 11 Mac ll^^ * jj ^^ throw in ttirn, excJmnge :
(a)
(c)

denotes

requital,

avTi^ia-Oia

;

LXX

:

metaph., \6yovs
II

(cf

.

Lat. conferre serviones

;

v. Field, A'b^es, 81),

Lk 24i'^.t

*t di'Ti-8ia-Ti0T]p,i, in mid. to j^^^^ce oneself in opposition, oppose: Ti 225 (EV; but v. Field, Notes, 215 f.; cf. MM, VGT, s.v.). di-TiSiKos, -ov {<^ 8tKT]), [in for i^T ;] as subst., an opponent

LXX
Lk

in a lawsuit, adversary

:

Mt

b^^,

12^8 IS^,

i

Pe

5^ (Cremer,

696

MM, VGT,
*
1.

s.v.).t
17

dKTi-Oeo-is, -ews,

(<^

Ti^r;/i.i),

dt'Ti-Kae-icTTTi^i, [in

LXX: De

opposition: I Ti 62**.t 31^1 (njr), Jos b\ Mi 2^ (mp)*;]
;

in pass,

causal in pres. impf. fut. and 1 aor. to replace, oppose. 2. Intrans. and 2 aor. act. (a) to supersede ; {b) to resist : He 12'*. *drTi-KaX€'w, -w, to invite in turn : Lk li^^.t
;

di-Ti-Kcifiai, [in
to.
I

LXX for n^N ms
,

,

pjzr

,

etc.

;]

1.

to lie opjMsite

2.

to

Ti 110;

II

Th

2*,

I

oppose, withstand, resist: c. dat., Lk as participial subst. (6) di/rtK€i>cvo?, i Ti 51* (Cremer, 746).t

13^''

21^5^

q^

517^ 128,

Co 16^ Phi

**d^TiKpus (Tr. -vs, Eec. ivTLKpv), adv. «dvTt'), [in LXX: Ne 128 (^3^!?), III Mac 51"*;] in cl., oiitrirjht ; in kolvyj (= cl. KaTavTtKpv),over

against:

MM,
(v.
1

Ac 20^5 VGT, s.v.).t

(v. Bl.,

§5, 4; 40, 7;

Eutherford, M'/ir., 500
,

f.;

drrt-XafiPdi'U), [freq. in

LXX for p7n hi., TjjQn
;

etc.

;]

to

take instead

of or in turn.

Mid.,
8.V.):

c.

MM, VGT,
Mac
1912,

Lk

gen., to take hold of ; (a) of persons, to help l^*, Ac 20^5; (b) of things, to partake of:
;

Ti 62 (v. Field, Notes, 210 Cremer, 386 and cf. avv-avTLXa/xjSdvJj.f Ho 4* (nn hi.), l8 505(aiD ni.) 2222 552^ gi 42*, dm-Xe'Y«, [in

LXX
4^"

:

III

228, ly ]\ja,c

82 *

;]

106;

MM, VGT,
Ac

s.v.); absol.

contradict, oppose, resist (v. Field, Notes, Ac 28i«, Eo IO21, Tit 1^ 2^; c. dat.,
:

Jo

13*5; c ace. et inf., Lk 202' (Eec. -Xr]il,L?; v. di-Ti-Xrifiil/is,
{<C, avTi\afx/3(ii ofxai) ,

T;

pass.,

Lk
,

23*,

MM, VGT
for
7 JT
,

s.v.;

Ac 2822.t M, Pr., 56),
freq. in

-ew;,

rj

[in
tt.

LXX
;

y'tlj

etc.,

Pss

and

II, III

Mac.

;

freq. also in

of (So^Oeia (v. Deiss.,
of, an exchange. i Co of deacons
;

in petitions to the Ptolemies in sense BS, 92, 223) ;J 1. cl. a laying hold 2. Hellenistic (LXX, tt.) help : pi. of ministrations 1228 (DB, ii, 347 f. ; Cremer, 386).t

LAE,

107

drri-Xtjij/is, V.S. dvTtXi^yLn^is.

dmXoYia,

-as,

17

(•< dvTtXeyw), [in

LXX

chiefly for 3^1
tt.
;

;]

gains.v.

saying, strife (the latter sense being found in He 6i« 7' 123, Ju ^^.t cf. Field, Notes, 106)
:

v.

MM, VGT

42

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

* dm-XoiSopeo), -w, to revile in turn : i Pe 2^^.+ **t d»'Ti-XuTpo^, -ov, TO, [in Al. Ps 48 (49)»*;] a ransom: i Ti 2« and cf. XvTpov)A (v. CGT, in 1. *t dkTi-ficTpe'w, -5), to measure in return: Lk 6^^ (WH, mg.,
:
;

/A«Tp€a)),+

*t
in

dk'T6fiia0ia, -as,
11

17

(<^
;

dvTLfjLL(TOo<;,

for a retvard), a reivard, requital
l^^
:

good sense,

Go

G^^

in

bad sense, Ro
:

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).+
27

Ac ll^^' 20. 22, 'AcTi^xeia, -as, ^, Antioch ; 1. in Syria c^ii 1522,23,30,36 1822^ ^ 2. In Pisidla Ac IS^* 1419.21,

26,

131 1426
6^,t
to

Q^

n
:

Ti S^^t

'AfTiox€us, -€0)s, 6,

a

citizen of Antioch,

an
*
;]

Antiocliian
to

Ae

**t

Lk
but

di'Ti-irap-^pxofiai, [in 1031. 32 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
'Ai/Tiiras (T, 'AvTeiVas),

LXX Wi
:

16^**

pass by opposite

-a (in

some MSS.
bet.

it

V.

M,

Pr., 12

;

it is
-t'Sos,

abbrev. from 'AvriTrarpos),
rj,

'AvTiiraTpts,

Antipatris,

appears to be indecl. 2^^ 6, Antipas : Ee Joppa and Caesarea

Ac

233i.t

*t

dt'Ti-ircpa

(MM, VGT,
Jb 23^3
*

(Rec. avTiirepav, LTr. avrnripa), adv., 49), on the opposite side : 0. gen., Lk S^'.t
[in

=

cl.

dvTiTrepas

dKri-iriTTTa),

LXX
1.

:

Ex
:

26^ (bnp), ib.i^

(nl^ur),

Nu 27i*

(nz^np),
2.
to

(2ni2r hi.)

*

;]

to fall

against or upon (Arist., Polyb.).

strive against, resist (Arist.)
dt'Ti-CTTpareuofiai, to

c. dat.,

Ac

7^^.t
:

make war

against

c. dat.,
hi.,

dn-i-Tcio-CTw (Att., -TTw), [in

LXX for ]«ib

Ro T^^.t ams etc. ;]
,

to

range
IS*'

in battle against
c. dat.,

;

mid.,

to set

Ro

132,

Ja 46

5^, i

Pe

oneself against, resist 5^ (MM, VGT, s.v.).t

:

absol.,

Ac

** dm-TUTTos, -ov (v.s. TUTTos), [in LXX: Bs 3^^ a*;] 1. act. striking back metaph., resisting, adverse. 2. Pass, struck back ; metaph., corresponding to (MM, VGT, s.v.) (a) as impression of a seal or copy of an archetype (rrVos) (RV, like in pattern). He 9^*; (&) as the reality (of which TUTTos is the copy or adumbration) (RV, after a true likeness), I Pe 321 (Cremer, 357) .t *t Qnnl-yupiaTo^, -ov, 6, Antichrist, " one who assuming the guise of Christ opposes Christ" (Westc, Epp. Jo., 70) i Jo 2^8.22 43^ n JqT;
;

;

:

pi. I

Jo

218 (cf. i/^£vSoxpi(TTos,

and

v.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

etc.

;]
;

41^

for aNB7, dcxXeu, -w (<^avTXos, bilge-water in a hold), [in 2. Generally, to draw water : absol., Jo 2^ 1. prop., to bale out. vSmp, Jo 2^ 4:"^ (on its use of the water made wine, v. DOG, ii,

LXX

815*

Field, Notes, 84 f.).t ai'TXT)fia, -Tos, TO (<[ avrXew), (a) prop., what is drawn (Diosc.) (b) a vessel to draw with, a bucket (Plut. ; v. Abbott, Essays, 88)
;

MM, VGT,

s.v.

;

*+

Jo 4}Kf
**f
I.e.,

d»n-o<t)0aX,jie'«,

-w

{dvTi, 6</)^aX/xos), [in

LXX Wi
:

12^* *

;]

to look

in

the face, look straight at (Polyb.).

Metaph.,
s.v.)

to face, to

withstand (Wi,
beat

Polyb.)

:

c. dat., d. t. dvefjuo,

as nautical term,
:

up

agai^ist

the

wind

(v.

DB,

ext.,

366

f.;

MM, VGT,
v8wp), [in

Ac

27^5.+
,

a^uSpos, -ov

«d- neg.,

LXX

for TVpl

^to^ar"! (yJj

a.),

MANUAL GBEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
etc.;] waterless: tottoi,

43

Mt

12*3, ljj 1124.

Trrjycu,

11

Pe
:

2^^; ve^e'Aai,

Ju

12

(MM, FGT,
:

s.v.).t

**

dj'-uiroKpiTos, -ov

unfeigned

380

;

Eo 129, 11 Co MM, VGT, s.v.).t

(<^ d- neg., vTroKpLvo/xai), [in 6«, i Ti 1^, 11 Ti 1^, Ja
VTrorda-a-o}) , [in

LXX Wi 51^ 18^"*;]
3^', i

Pe
Ki

I22

(Cremer,

**t dkuiroTaKTOS, -ov {<^ a- neg.,

Sm,

:

I

2^^ IQiT (for
;

LXX, A.ot/Aos, birbn ^32)* ;] of things, not subject to rule : He 2^ of persons, unruly : i Ti 1^, Tit l^^o (MM, VGT, s.v.).t avu, adv. (•< dva), (a) up, upwards : Jo 11*\ He 12^^ (j) afto-ye Ac 219 with art. ^, Ga 426, p^i 314 ^^^ Jq 82s, (opp. to Kdrw) Col 3I' 2 Icos ^. (wp to the brim), Jo 2^ (Cremer, 106 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
. :

;

.

;

;

6.vuyaiov, dvwyeoc, V.8. dvdyaiov.

dno &., Mt 27", Mk 15^8; from heaven Jo 3^1 Ja l^' S^^.H; ^K Twv a., whence (c) anew, (&) from the first, from the beginning : Lk 1^, Ac 26^ (so most, but v. Meyer, in 1. ; cf. Field, Notes, 86 f.) again : Jo 33»
&vuQet',

adv.

«

5va)), (a)

from above

:

Jo 1923; meaning,
'^,

:

W\

;

ird\Lv i.,

Ga

49

(MM, VGT,
--7,

8.v.).+

* dkuxepiKos,
di-tircpos,

-oV (<; dvwTcpo?),

w^er
(a) of

.'

Ac

I91.+

a, -ov, [in

LXX
He

:

Ne

32^ (p^^y),

Ez

41^ (bvQ),
:

To

8S*;]
141"

only in neut., as adv.
{b) of rest,
d>'-w<|.€Xiis,
-€'s

(cf. c^turtpos),
:

motion, higher
:

Lk

above, before

10^.+

(d- neg., o^eXos), [in

LXX

Is 4410 (b^iyin ""nb?),

Je 28

(b^jrin kb),

Pr

283,
:

subst., unprofitableness
dgi'n,
-'75,

Wi 111*. J He T^^.t
for
]).-ia
,

unprofitable: Tit 3^; neut. as

v> [in

LXX
11
:

Di-ip.

;]

aw

arre

;

Mt

3i«,

Lk
(De
c.

39.t

a|ios, -a, -ov

«
3^,

ayw, in sense, to weigh), [in

LXX for p
;

25^),

ab^
cf.

,

njCJ'

;

freq. in

Wi,
^rpo's

Pr
:

315 811), geq.
c.

Mac Eo 8I8

;]

(a)
(v.

of weight, worth (often
Field, Notes, 157)
262o, i

gen.,

[b) befitting,

meet

absol., II Mt IQio,
:

Ac Pr., 216) Lk Co gen., Mt (v. Th 1^ (c) of persons, worthy ; (a) in good sense c. gen. rei, Lk 7* 10', Ac 13*«, i Ti lis 49 518 61 c. aor. inf. (v. M, Pr., 15i9. 21, Ac 1325, j^ 411 52. ". 9. 12 seq. Iva Jo 127 ^9, Lk 7* 203) Lk what understood Mt lOH* i^ 228, Ee 3* c. gen. pers., absol., but of Mt 1037. 38^ He 1138 (^) in bad sense c. gen. rei, Lk 12*8 2315, Ac 2329 25ii'25 2631, Ro 132; absol., Ee 16« (MM, VGT, s.v.).t d^ios), [in LXX chiefly for K71 mp^ freq. in Wi, dCiow, -Ci c. ace. et inf. (v. MM, VGT, s.v., and (a) to deem worthy I, II Mac;] pass. c. gen. rei, i Ti id. et gen. rei, 11 Th 1" cf. Kar-afiow), Lk V
38 23",

16*

M,
:

;

;

;

:

;

:

;

;

;

«

,

;

:

)

;

33 1029; {b) to think fit : c. inf. (v. M, Pr., 205), Ac 1538 2822.+ 71^ I61, Si I411*;] worthily: Eo 162, **d|ia)s, adv., [in 127; c. gen. (freq. in Inscr. Deiss., BS, 248; VGT, Eph 41, Phi
517,

He

LXX: Wi
;

;

MM,
He

51), d.

T.

Kvpiov, Col

diSparos, -ov
II

«

li«

T. e^ov, I

Th

212, III
:

Jo«.t
(inh), Is 453

opdw), [in
:

LXX
Eo

Ge
Col

I2

pijga),

Mac

95*;] unseen, invisible

120,

li5'i«, i

Ti

li7,

IP^.t

44

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
dir-ayYeXXw, [in

LXX chiefly for 122 hi.
announce, declare:
; ;

;]

of a

messenger, speaker,

or writer,
pers.,

to report,
;

c.

ace. rei,
;

Ac
.

4'^^,

al.; c. dat.

Mt 28, al. seq. on, Lk IS^^ ttws, Lk 8=^« Trcpi', Lk V^ 13\ Ac 28-1, I Th 19 Ae'yojv, Ac 22-" c. ace. et inf., Ac 12^4 g^q. eJs, Mk S^*, 83-^ (MM, VGT, Lk Cremer, 25). s.v.
; ;

otTT

dyxw (<C
to

[in «7X*^> io press, strangle),
to

LXX
to

:

ii

Ki

17-^ (p3n),

To

31***;]
:

strangle; mid.,

hang oneself
,

(or, to

choke; v. M, Pr.,

155)

Mt 27^t
diT-dY«, [in

LXX

for

3113
;

Tjbn hi., etc.

;]

lead

away

:

Lk

13^*,

24" (E, mg.), i Co 12^ esp. of leading to trial (so as Ac in Attic), prison and death (MM, VGT, s.v.) Mt 26" 272. ^\ 1516, Lk 2112 22«6 23-6, Ac 12i9; of the direction of a way:
23^'''
:

law term
14**. 53
712. i4

Mk

Mt

(cf. OT;i/-a7r-ayw).t

d-iraiSeuTos, -ov

(< TratSevw),
:

[in
11

LXX
;]

for b'^D?

,

etc., chiefly

in

Wi.

lit. ;]

uninstructed, ignorant
91^,

Ti 2^3.1
to lift off,

dir-atpo), [in

LXX chiefly for yD3
Q^o,
:

hence,
20i5,

to

take

away ;

pass.
to

Lk b^K^ dTr-aiWa>, -Ji, [in LXX: De 152-3, al. (izr33), Si ask back, demand back Lk 6^0 I220 (MM, VGT,
:

Mt

Mk

Wi

15^, al.;]

s.v.).t

prop., to cease to feel pain for (Thuc, ii, 61). 2. In late Gk. (a) to desjjair (Polyb., i, 35, 5) (b) to become callous, reckless (Polyb., xvi, 12, 7 MM, VGT, s.v.) Eph 4i9.t dir-aXXdao-w, [in for TlD hi., etc. ;] to remove, release : He 2i* pass., to depart: Ac I912 in legal sense (MM, VGT, s.v.), seq. awo, c. gen. pers., to be quit of : Lk 12^^ (Cremer, 90, 632).+
-<o,

* diT-aXy^w,

1.

;

;

:

LXX
;

diT-aXXoTpiow, -w, [in

LXX for ^1T
;]

,

173

,

etc.

;]

to alieiiate,

estrange;
I328.+
2.
to

pass.:

Eph

2i-'

41^,

Col

l^i

(MM, VGT,

s.v.;

Ciemer, 95, 633).+
:

diraX<59, -V, -ov, [in

meet;
for

diracTda), -w, [in 14i3, dat.
c.
:

LXX for ^"1 LXX chiefly for
Lk
I712

tender

Mt
to
;

24^2,

Mk

yjQ

;]

1.

go

to

meet.

Mk

(WH,

mg., iw-

in Eec. freq. as v.l.

vTT-,

q.v.).+
17

dirdn-Tjats, -ecus,

(<^ dTravrdw), [in
d., c.

LXX chiefly for flNlpb
to

;]

usually

with

v.l., VTT-;

a meeting; ek

gen. or dat.,

meet:
1.
;

Mt

25^ 27^2

(WH,

txt.,

omits),
s.v.
;

Ac 28l^

i

Th

4i7 (v.

M,
;]

Th., in

M,

Pr., 14, 242;

MM, VGT,
Siirai,

Lft., Notes, 69).+

adv., [in
.

LXX for in^
He

,

DVB
;

(a)

once:

11

Co 1125, He 926, 27

1226. 27 5, ^. iycavTod, 9^ hi a.. koI a. k. S15, twice : Phi 416, 11 Th 6* 928 192, i pg 318, j^ 3, 5 (mM, VGT, s.v.).+ 218; (6) once for all: *+ d-irapd-Paros, -ov (<^ 7rapa/?atvw), inviolable, and SO unchangeable 724 (v. Westc, in 1. Cremer, 653 VGT, s.v.).+

He

He
;

He

;

MM,

* d-Trapa-CTKCuaoTOS, -ov (<^ irapaa-Kevdlw), unprepared : II Co 9*.+ dir-api/eofiai {-ovfjuai), depon., [in LXX: Is 31''' (DND)*;] to deny, i.e. to refuse to recognize, to ignore c. ace, of oneself {DCG, ii, 598 f.), Mt 1624, Mk 834 (mM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 923 (WH, mg., txt., ipv-) of Peter's denials of Christ, Mt 2634. 35, 75^ y^^ 1430, 31, 72^ Lk 223*. «i pass., Lk 12» (Cremer, 111).+
:

;

MANUAL GEBEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
*
dTTcipTi

45

(WH,

(xtt'

apTL

]

cl., oLTTapTL, V.

MM, VGT,
;]

8.V.)

)

adv., [not in

LXX, where
*t
(cf.

nijiy© is rendered
14i3.t
-ov, 6

by

diro tov vvv

from now,

henceforth

Jo 1319 14^ Ee

dirapTiCTfios,

(<^

d7ra/3Tt{o),

to finish),

completion

:

Lk

14^^

MM, VGT,
dir-apxii,

8.v.).t
{<^airdpxofJi.ai, to

->7s, 17

make a
,

beginning in sacrifice, o^er

first fruits), [in
sacrifice.
d.

LXX
:

chiefly for
:

n?pnp

TT^CTXT;] 1. the beginning of

a

2. first fruits

ToO 7rv€v>aTos
i

Eo

823

(WH,

mg., E, mg.,

txt.,

of Christ:

Co

IS^o. 23

Eo 11^*'. Metaph,, 16l^ 11 Th 21^ i Co oltt' dpxns v. Lft., Notes, 119 f .), Ja V-\ Ee 14* (Cremer, 117; MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
tov
;

cf)vpdfjiaTo<s (cf.
:

Nu

15^**),

of Christians
;

Eo

IG^,

fiiras, -ao-a, -av (strengthened form of ira?, v.s. a-), all, the whole, IGC^^J; altogether: bef. subst. with art., as Lk 3^^ or after, as absol., in masc, as Lk 5'^ in neut., as Ac 2** d. ovtoi, Ac 2^ (LT) d. ifjiu^, Ga 328 (TTr.). Most freq. in Lk, Ac (v. VGT, s.v.). **t dTT-aCTird^ofjiai, depon., [in To 10^^ x * ;] to take leave of: c.
;

Mk

;

;

MM,

LXX

:

ace: Ac 2P.t
diraTdw, -w (<^ dTrar?;), [in

LXX for riDD

,

HtSZ

hi., etc.

;]

to deceive

c. ace, Ja 12"; c. ace. pers., dat. rei, Eph 5''; pass., i Ti 2^* (on its infrequency in late writers, v. MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. iiairaTd(o)A dirdTT], -r??, ri, [in Ec 9« N (no Heb. equiv.), Jth G^. 10. is 168, IV Mac 188 * ;] deceit, deceitfulness : Col 2^ tov itXovtov, Mt I322, Mk

LXX

:

;

419

(MM, VGT,
T^s
d.,
:

s.v.)

;

t^s dSiKias,
PI.,

11

Th
(v.

2i«
;

i^iOvfjiiaL
I.e.)

II

Pe

2^3

Eph 422. (WH, mg.,

dWrai

M,
;

t^s dixapria^, He 3^3 Th., I.e. NTD, 75
; ;

;

al

MM,

E., txt., iv dyd7rats).t

*dTrdTup, -opo^, 6, rj (<C d- neg., Trarr^p) 1. fatherless. 2. witlwut fatlur (MM, FGT, s.v.), i.e., with no recorded genealogy He 73.t **t dTT-auyaCTfJia, -T09, to (<^ a^y'?, brightness, whence dTrairyd^w, to radiate or reflect), [in Wi 72" * ;] of light beaming from a luminous body, radiance, effulgence : He 13. diT-eiSok' (WH, d<^-, v. Bl., § 4, 3), 2 aor. without present in use (cf. etSov), serving as aor. to d</)opdw, q.v.
:

LXX

:

**dTTe{06ia (WH, -Bia, exc. He, 11. c.), -as, ^ dneiO^^), [in LXX: Mae 89. is 12^ * disobedience (MM, FGT, s.v.) Eo IP". 32^ He 4*'' 11 IV viot T^s d. (gen. of definition, v. M, Pr., 73 f.), Eph 22 5«, Col 3^ (T, WH,
;]
:

«
,

E, mg., omit).t
dirciOc'w,
-to

(<^
;

ttTrei^?;?),

[in

LXX
.

for

ma
:

IID

,

(MM, VGT,
31 417

s.v.)

to

disobey, be disobedient
I

absol,
336,

Ac

1021 1131 1531^

He

318 1131,

Pe

320

c, ^^t.,

Jo
,

Rq
,

as in cl. ;] I42 19^, Eo 28 113o, i Pe 28
etc.
',]

(Cremer, 475).
dTrei0Ti9, -es

(•< veiOofiai), [in
;

LXX for ma
Ac
:

^^D

^D

disobedient

absol.,

Lk

li^. Tit lie 33
17,

e. dat.,

26i9,

Eo

130 11 Ti 32.t

direiOia, -as,
direiXe'o),

V.S. direidcLa.

-w (dTrctXr^), [in al. ;] to threaten : 1 Pe 223 ^^^^ TrpocraTT €t Aew) t
.

LXX Na
^c

14 (-ira), Is 661* (Din), Si 19", 4i7 VGT, and
(v.

MM,

s.v.,

cf.

.

46

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
dTreiXri,

-^9,

rj,

[in

LXX
[in
i»,

for

H^yj

,

etc.;]

threatening, threat:

Ao

429

9\ Eph
53, II

69.t
(ci/At',

aiT-eifAi
I

swm),
11

LXX for
127,
:

ins

ni.,

ni2

ni.

;]

to be

absent:

Co

Co

IQi'

132.

Phi

Col 2^t

X aTr-€ ijxi (et/xi, i&o), to dejyart
dir-eiiroi',

Ac
(iii

17^'*.+

2 aor. without present in use, [in
2. to
;

LXX for DNQ
3. to

,

IQN
1 aor.

etc.

;]

1. to

tell oitt.

forbid

Ki

ll^),

renounce

:

(WH, App., 164 MM, VGT, s.v.), 11 Co 42.t *+ aircipaoTos, -ov (<^ rreipd^uj for cl. aTrcipT/Tos, <^ irctpato), untempted, untried, without experience : Ja 1^^ (v. Hort, in 1. MM, VGT, s.v.).+
mid.
',

;

aircipos, -ov
(^b''1J<),

(<[ d- neg., Treipa, iriaZ), [in 2" (nS'^y) * ;] without experience of Je
s.v.).t
to

LXX Nu
:

142^,
rei,

Za

11^*
5^^

:

c.

gen.

He

(MM, VGT,

*+ dTT-cK-Scxofiai, depon.,

await or expect eagerly (Lit, Notes, 149;
320
;

MM, VGT,
Ga

;

s.v.)

:

absol.,

i

Pe

c.

ace. rei,

Eo

8^^' 23. 25^

i

Co
Col

1^,

c.

ace. pers..
s.v.).t

Phi
Tj

320,

He

928.t

*+

dir-^K-Suo-is, -cws,

(dTTCKSuw),

a putting or stripping

off:

2^^

(MM, VGT,
*t

to strip off clothes or arms; mid., to strip off from oneself: Col 3*; to strip, despoil (mid. for act., ICC, in 1.; but cf. Lft.,

dir-cK-Suo),

EUic), Col

2i5.t
[in

dir-cXaui'u),

LXX

for b'S2

,

ubtS]]

to

drive aiuay

:

Ac

18^'

(MM,

s.v.).t

*t dir-eXeyixos, -ov, b (<^ aTrcXeyxw, to convict, refute), refutation, disrepute: iXOeiv €ts d., Ac 1927 (not elsewhere; v. MM, s.v.).t * dir-eX€o06pos, -ov, 6, r), a freedmau : t. Kvplov (MM, s.v.), i Co 722.t
'AttcXXtjs, -ov, ace. -riv

tdTT-eXTritto, [in
II

LXX

:

(MM, S.V.), 6, Apelles : Is 29i9 (jr^N), Jth 911,

Eo l&^^.f Es 41^, Si
;

22^1 2721,

9^8*;] 1. to give up in despair, despair of (Polyb., Diod., LXX). hope to receive from or in return (Field, Notes, 59 Cremer, 712 Soph., Lex., S.V.) c. ace. (M, Pr., 65 MM, s.v.), Lk e^^.t + dw-eVai'Ti, adv. c. gen. (Hellenistic, common in LXX); 1. over 2. before, in the against (MM, s.v.): Mt 27", Mk 12*i, WH, mg. presence of: Mt 272* (WH, mg.), Ac S^\ Eo 3^8. 3. against : Ac 177.t dire'pai'Tos, -ov (<[ TrcpatW, to complete, finish), [in LXX: Jb 362'
2. to
: ;

Mac

("jpO

]^|S), III

Mac

2^*;] endless, interminable:
Tr£pto-7rdo)
1
;

1

Ti l*.t

*t dircpwnrdtrTus, adv. (<^
Si 41^)
;

the adj. occurs in

Wi
;]

16^^

without distraction

:

Co

7^5.1

+ d-TTcpi-T/itjTos, -OV (<[

TrepiTe/xvo}) , [in

LXX chiefly for b"!;P
:

uncir-

Ac 7^^. {aarjfjLos, cumcised; metaph. (t.) KapSiais (cf. Je 92", al.) found in tt., appears to have been the word used by Greek-speaking Egyptians v. Deiss., BS, 153 cf also Cremer, 885 MM, s.v.)t d-n-^PXOfiai, [in LXX chiefly for "^bn ;] 1. togo away, depart (also,
:

;

.

;

in late writers, with "perfective" force, to arrive at a destination, the

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
thought being carried on to the goal
(a) absol.
:

47

;

M,

Mt

13^^, al.

;

ptcp., dTreX^wv,

verbs as in Heb. (Dalman, Words, 21), IttI, cts, Mt 14^5 of place or person
:

Pr., Ill f., 247 MM, s.v.) used pleonastically with other Mt 13^*, al. (6) with mention
; ;

;

Lk

Lk

138; {^^^ p^Q 415. ^^j-^

Mt

222.

2.

As

aird, ^p^^^ j^e 10^ LXX, seq. ottio-w, c. gen. in

242*

;

(Heb.

nns
Re

"^bn),

to

go

after, follow:

Mk

l^o,

Jo 12^^; metaph.,
hold bach, keep

Mk
off ;

1*2^

211.

dir-exw, [in

LXX

chiefly for

pm
ir.,

;]

1. trans., {a) to

(b) to Imve in full, to have received (on the "punctiliar" force of the compound, v. M, Pr., 109, 247): c. ace, Mt 62.5,i6, Lk 62*,

Phi

4^^^,

Phm^^

(for illustr.

from

where

it

is

used in receipts,

s.v.); impers., a7r€x« (I'ield, V. Deiss., BS, 229; LAE, 110 f.; 14*\ 2. Intrans., to be away, distant Notes, 39), it is enough : Mid., to 76^ Lk 7« 152« 24^3. absol., Lk 1520 ; seq. d7r6, Mt I42* 158, 2ii ; seq. d7r6, Ac I520, i Th 4» abstain : c. gen., Ac 1529, i Ti 4^, i Pe

MM,

Mk

j^

622.t

aTrto-ros), [in **dm«rr£'a), -S 8^3 * ;] to disbelieve, be faithless : II I Pe 27 ; so prob. also Eo 3^, 11 Ti 2^^

Mac

«

LXX: Wi 12 10^ IQi^ IS^s, Si 1", Mk W^' i«, Lk 24ii' *\ Ac 282*. MM, s.v.). {ICC, CGT, in
11.
;

dveiOew (Hdt. ; on this sense in Eo, 11 Ti, 11. c, v, Vaughan on Eo, I.e.; Lft., Notes, 265; Thayer, s.v.).t Wi 1425, IV Mac 12**;] ^ttio-tos), [in **dm<rTia, -as, -7 6« 92* 16^*, Eo 3^ (but v.s. airKxriw) 1358, want of faith, unbelief: Mt 420 1120,23^ I T- 5^13^ He 312,19 ^i,cG, n, 775^ Cremer, 492).t Pr 17" 282^, Is n^<^ * ;] a-maros, -ov (< d- neg., ttio-tos), [in
2.

=

«
:

LXX:

Mk

LXX
:

:

Qj^ qI persons, xvithout faith or trust, 17l^ 9^^, Lk 9*^ 12*«, Jo 202^, Tit l^*, Ee 218 unbeliemng : Mt 7^2-15 ^02'' 1422-24^ i Co 6" specif., of unbelievers as opp. to Christians 6i*»i5, 1 Ti 58 (cf. Lft., Notes, 265; Cremer, 491).t II Co 4* 11 Ki 15^^ (on), i Ch 29^7 aTXoCs), [in dTrX(5TTis, -TTTos,

(a) of things, incredible

Ac 268

Mk

V

«

LXX

:

(an^ lOr
sincerity
:

,

d.

r^s KapSias,

cf.

Col

322,

where v.

Lft.),

Wi 1^ al.

;]

simplicity,

Eo 128, 11 Co 11^, Eph 6^, Col. 322 ; as manifested in unselfish giving, liberality, graciousness : 11 Co 82 Q^^' i' generous, (v. ICC, Bo., 128; Hort, Ja., 1*, and v.s. d7rA.is).t
dirXoos, V.S. dTrXovs.

Pr

Mt

dirXoOs, -Tj, -ovv (contr. fr. -6o<i <^ d- cop., ttXoos), [in 1125 *;] simple, single : in a moral sense {DCG, ii, 628 f.), 6^^aX/xos, 622, Lk ii34_ s.v.).t (In 7r. of a marriage dowry, v.
;

LXX

MM,

SVN.
639).

:

dSoXos, dxa/cos, oKcpatos (Tr., Syn., § Ivi

;

Cremer, 107,

dirXdis,
II

adv. «d7rXoes),
;]

[in

LXX:

Pr 10^ (QPS),

Wi

1627,

(" Later writers simply, sincerely, graciously : Ja 1*. comprehend under the one word the whole magnanimous and honoursingleness of mind is the central able type of character in which Hort, Ja., l.c.)t feature " diro (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94,

Mac

6" *

.

.

.

48

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
App., 146), prep.
c.

WH,
Mt

gen.

(WM, 462
,

ff.;
;]

on

its

relation to Ik,

Tj-apa, vTTo, ib.

456

f.),

[in

LXX
;

for ]p

3

,

b

from

(i.e.

from the ex-

terior).

1. Of 52»' 30 723^

separation and cessation;
52 22'i\ al.

(1) of

Lk

(2) in partitive

motion from a place: sense (M, Pr., 72, 102,
21i«,

245;

MM,

s.v.; Bl.,

§40,
;

2),

Mt

Qi"

2721,

Jo

Ac

52,

al.;

also

after verbs of eating, etc. (3) of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as Xoi'w (Deiss., BS, 227), Xi'w, o-w^w, Trau'w, etc. avdO^ixa d., Ro 93 aTrodvrj(TKHV a., Col 22^; craAev^^vai, II Th 22, Ka6ap6<i, -i^eiv, d.
; ;

216), Ac 202", 11 Co 7\ He 91*; (4) of position, 24^^ al. after yaa/cpdv, Mt 8^** transposed before measures of distance, Jo lO^^ 21^, Ee I420 (Abbott, JG, 227) (5) of time, d7r6 t.
(Deiss., Mt 23^*
(Spas,

BS, 196,
;

;

;

^/Acpas, etc.,
;

Mt
;

922,

Jo

1927,

Ac

20^^,

Phi
dTro

1^,

al.

;

dn

alSyvo^,

Lk

17«, al.

^s, since,

dw dpx^?, etc., Mt 19^ Eo 12"; Lk 7*^ al. dTro r. vw, Lk 1*^ al.
11

dTro ^pe^ovs, 11
;

nripvai,

a year ago,

Co
2^^
;

8^" §2
aTro

;

dTro Trpwt,

Ac
1^'^
;

Ti S^^; d</>' dTro toVc, Mt 4^^ al. 282^ (6) of order or
; ;

rank,

dTro SieroOs,

Mt

'A/Spadp.,

Mt

;

€(38opo<;

diro 'ASd/x,

dm, Mt 20**, of birth, extraction, and hence, 8^, Ac 8^^, al. 2. Of origin (1) in late writers, (a) of local extraction (cl. i$; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 2111, Mk 15*3, Jo 145^ Ac 103«, al. ol dn6 'IraXias (WM, § 66, 6 M, Pr., 237 Westc, Eendall, in 1.), He 1324 (5) of membership in a community'or society (BL, §40, 2), Ac 12^, al. (c) of material (= cl. (d) after verbs of asking, gen.; Bl. I.e.; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3* 2721
Ju Jo
1"*
;

dTTo fiLKpov ecus /xeydAov,

Ac
;

8^",

He

8^^

dpxio-Oai

;

;

;

.

;

;

seeking,

etc.,

Lk

ll^o. ^\

i

Th

2"

(Milligan, in

instrument, means or occasion (freq.

=

iitto,

the cause, Trapd, and after verbs of
1.)
;

(2) of

learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., §40, 3),

Mt

71"

112^,

Lk 22*^

Ac Jo
3.

222 430 913

1214,

I

216,

Ac

2211);

^^v

Co
^_

1123,

Ga
:

32, al.;

dTro t.

oxXov,
(cf.

Lk

^^^^v,
c.
;

Mt

1426, al.
d-n-o

Mt

19^ (cf. 102^ 13*4).

Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases
(M, Pr.,
;

(fiofSuaOai

7rpoo-€X€iv dTTo

11.

Milligan,
II

ngga),

Ee

2113

dTr.^

Trpoo-WTrov («35P),
oSv

NTD, Th 19
§ 10,

(M, Pr., 102, 107) dTro voVoi; (Heb. 50)
;

(Bl.,

§40, 9);
Pr., 9),

dTro

T.

Kap8iCyv (nba),
4.

Mt

1835; dTr^ 6
dTro

(WM,

2;

M,

Ee

1*.

In composition,

denotes
;

(dn-oAuw, direpxop.ai, divoypd^iui)

it

separation, departure, origin, etc. also has a perfective force (M, Pr.,
etc.
to step off, disembark ;] turn out (Field, Notes, 74)
:

112, 247), as in dcjuKveLaSaL, dTToXoveaOat, q.V.
diro-paicw, [in
;

LXX

for iTH

,

:

Jo 21^ metaph., of events, Phi 119 (MM, s.v.).t
d-n-o-PdXXw,
[in

to issue,

Lk 5^, Lk 21i3,

LXX
Mk

:

Is

l^"

(bn:)

and elsew. without Heb.
let

equiv.

;]
;

to throiv off:

lO^^j metaph., to lose,

go (Field, Notes,

231

f.

MM,

s.v.)

:

He

1035.t
,

etc. ;] to look atvay from all else at for n3B diro-pX^iro), [in one object; hence, to look steadfastly : He 112^ (cf. d<^opdw).t dTro/?dXXw), [in Aq. Le 7l^ al.; Sm. Ho 9^ ** diro-pXriTos, -ov (xaiD) ;] to be throivn atvay, rejected : i Ti 4* (Hom., Plut.).t 1. a throwing away, rejection: * diro-poXri, -rj^, rj (<^ dTro/3dXXw)

LXX

«

:

:

;

opp. to

irpocrXrj/juj/ii,

Eo

lli^.

2.

a

losing, loss

:

Ac

2722.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
**
dTro-yii'Ofiai
(cl.

49
away,

-ytyv-)

[in

LXX Da
:

th

2^ *
s.v.)

;]
:

1.

to

be

removed from. with ref. to sins,
I

2.
i

to

Pe

depart life, to die (MM, 2^* (Cremer, 149, 668).+
(d7roypa<^(o),

t. d/xaprtais, i.e.

a.-no-ypa.^r\, -^s,

rj

[in

LXX

:

Da

LXX
:

10^^ (SDj),

Es

2.

830, AB, II Mac 2\ iii Mac 2^2 As law term, a deposition (Demos.).

enrolment, census
414 Q34, 38*.j

(MM,

s.v.
:

;

dTTo-Ypci<|)w, [in

LXX

* .j i_ ^ written copy. In late writers, a register, 3. Deiss., LAE, 160, 268 f.) Lk 2^, Ac b'^'.f Jg 8l^ Pr 222" (nns) i Es m, iii Mac 229
41^, i7 722
,

\

iq iDrit^ out, copy.
;

2. to

enrol; mid.,
^' ^
;

to

Lk

21

(M, Pr., 162
diro-SeiKi'u/ii,

but. v.

ICG,
:

in

1.), ib.

pass.,

He

enrol oneself: 12^3 (v. refif.,

s.v. d.Troypa(f)i]).f

2^ (HXl), al. forth, exhibit (Lit., Notes, 200; ICG, in 1.): i
[in

LXX

Es

;]

1. to

bring out, show
2.
to

Co

4^.

declare,

show

:

Ac

2^2.

3.

to
:

prove

:

Ac
11

25^.

proclaim to an **
319^

office

seq. on,

Th

in late Gk., to 2* (Milligan, in 1. MM, s.v.
4.

As

freq.

;

Lft., Notes. 113.)+
dTr6-8ei|is, -ecDS,
1.
rj

(<^ aTroSiLKyvfii), [in
off.
i

LXX

:

III

Mac

42", IV

Mac

1310*;]

a showing

demonstration, certain proof: Notes, 173).+

As used by Gk. philosophers, Co 2* (v. ICG, in 1.; MM, s.v.; Lft.,
2.

*+ diro-ScKaTcuo)

=

aTroSc/caTo'to, q.v., to tithe,

pay a

Ge Lk

pay a tenth of: Mt 2323, 11*2. 2. C. ace. pers., to exact tithes from He 7^. 3. to decimate (Socr., HE, 573 A; v. Kennedy, Sources, 117).+
c.

+ diro-ScKaTow, [in 2822 (2) I Ki 81^;] l.

LXX

tenth of:

Lk

18^^ f
(1)

for *li2?y,

in both senses

foil.,

e.g.

ace. rei, to tithe,

:

*+ diTo-ScKTos, -ov (•<] ** dTTo-Se'xofAai, [in
gladly, welcome, receive
rei,

d7ro8e;i(o/Aai),
:

acceptable:

I

Ti 23 5*.+

LXX
:

Lk
;

8**^

To 7^\ Jth 9^^ Ac 182""
[in

13^3, i-iv

MaCjo*;]

to

21^" 283**; metaph.,

c.

accept acc.

Ac

2*1 243

(mM,

s.v.

Cremer, 688).+

dTro-8T)|X€(o, -u)

(<[
2)
:

d7ro8r;/i,o?),

LXX
Mk
hi.,

:

Ez

abroad (M, Pr., 130
*
dir6-8T)p,os, -ov,

Mt

2133 25l^.l^

12^,

193 A*;] to be or go Lk 15^3 20^.+
:

gone abroad (RV, sojourning in another country)

Mk

133*.+
dTro-8i8u|ii, [in

LXX

for IDIQ

,

mCT

]n:

,

D^tT

pi., etc.

;]

to give

Lk ggp of wages, render what is due, to 'pay (Deiss., LAE, 334 f.) absol., Mt 1825.28^ Lk 7*2; c. acc, Mt 52« 1829-30,34 2O8 21*1 2221, Mk 12'", Lk 1035 1259 202^, Eo 13", He 12^, Ee 222; ^^^^^^^ Mt 533 (cf Nu 303, De 232i al.) of conjugal duty, t. oc^ciXt^v, i Co 73 d/u.oiy8ds, I Ti 5* /jLaprvpLov, to give (as in duty bound) testimony, Ac 433 Xoyov, to render account, Mt 123«, Lk 162, Ac 19*o, He I31", I Pe 45 hence of requital, recompense, both in good and bad sense, Mt 6*- 6' 18 1627, Eo 26, II Ti 48-1*, Ee 18« 2212 KaKov avrX kukov, Eo 121^^, I Th 515, I Pe 3^. Mid., to give up of one's own, hence to sell (fr. Hdt. on) c. acc. rei, Ac 5^, He 121^ c. acc. pers., Ac79 (cf. ovtup or
bach, restore, return:
27^^,

Mt
to

420 9*2 xgs.

debts, oaths, etc.
:

(MM,

s.v.),

.

;

;

;

;

;

:

;

a7ro8tSa)/Ai).+

*

diro-8i-opil^(i)

metaph.

to

make

(<] Siopt^o), <[ opo?, a limit), to separations : Ju i^ (Cremer, 806).+

ma/rk

off,

hence

4

50

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
AiTo-SoKifAclia),

[in

LXX:
;

Ps 117

(118)'''^ al.

(DXa)

;]

to

reject:

I

Mt Pe

21^-(i-^H
2*' 7 (LXX)

Mk
-r/s,

8^1

1210 (Lxx)^

Lk

9^^

1725

20^7 (Lxx)^

He

12^^

(Cremer, 701
17

MM,

s.v.).+

*diTo-8oxT),

(<^
17

d7roS€xo/.(at),

acceptance, approbation (Field,

Notes, 203)
II

:

i

Ti 1^^ 4» (Cremer, 686;
-ew5,

MM,

s.v.).t
i

* dir6-0eais,

(<^

d7roTi^?//At),

a putting away:

Pe
,

3^^,

Pe

li*.t
diro-eiiKT], -7]^,
ri

«
Mt

aTTOTiO-qixi), [in

LXX
;]

for ly'iK

,

N3S)

etc.

;]

a

storehouse, granary:
I

3^2 B^e IS^o,

Lk

S^' 12i«'24.t
to

**t d-n-o-Grjo-aopi^w, [in Ti 6i^t
dTTo-eXipo,, [in
6.TTo-Qvr]<TK<,),

LXX

:

Si 3* *

treasure up, store
to

away
8«.t

LXX for yrh Nu [in LXX chiefly for
,

22^5 *
TVID
',]

;]

press hard
:

:

Lu

to die

of natural death,

Mk
ref.,
I

5^^, al.

;

of violent
10'-^«,

death (pass, of
;

dTroKTetvw), esp. of Christ,

Mt 26^*,
;

Jo 12^^

He
62' 10

al.

Ko
I

U''»,
1137,

Ga

of spiritual death, Jo 2^9; ace, 6, Ko 610; seq. seq.

Co

15-2,

He

Ee U^^;

^Wp,

Trepi',
;

Eo Mt Jo ll^o- "
6^0,
iy,

8^3, al.

c.

dat.

8^2,

Jo

S'-^L

^\

18l^
;

Eo
;

S^-s
;

1415,
fig., I
i,

Co 153, II Co 515, I Th 5i«, 1 Pe 318 dTrd, Col 220 cV, Ee 8" Co 1531 (cf. (Tvu-aTToevrjcrKio, and V. Milligan, NTD, 258 f. DCG,
; ;

791b; Cremer, 286; MM, s.v. on the perfective force of this verb, M, Pr., 112, 114 and on the distinction bet. pres. and aor,, ib. 113 f.). dTTO-KaG-ioTdcu, aTTOKaOia-rdo}, see next MTOrd.
dTro-KaO-iCTTTjfii (aTTOKa^to-Taw,
1**;

Mk
Ac

9^^^

Eec,

-lo-rdvo),

LTTr.
;

;

cf.

Ac

-KUTLcrTdvw,

WH),
:

former condition
jjolitical

chiefly for miZT;] 1. to restore, i.e. to a 3^ 82^, Lk B^o of health, Mt 121^, of social or
[in

LXX

Mk
1^.

affairs,

Mt

17^^,

Mk

9^2,

2. to give back,

bring back

He

1319 (so in

rr.,

MM,

s.v.; cf. also

Cremer, 312).t
:

chiefly for 11^3;] 1. in general sense (cl.), Mt 102^, Lk 2^^ 12^, i Co to reveal, uncover, disclose, (a) of things 173o 313 Antichrist, 11 Th 23. «. 8. pass., Christ, Lk (b) of persons and NT, in special sense of divine revelation Mt 112* (on 2. In
d-iro-KaXuTTTw, [in
;
:

LXX

;

LXX

:

the tense, v.
I

M,

Pr., 136), ib.27 16i7,
116

Lk

1021.22^
i

Jq

1238_

Ro

P^.

is^

8'^,

Co

21" 143",

Ga

32^

Eph 3^ Phi

3l^

Pe

l^- 12

51

(Westc, Eph.,

178

f.;

M, Th., 149 f.).t SVN.: (ftavepou) (v. Thayer, 62; Cremer,
-ecos,

t diro-KdXuiJ/is,

^

«

342).

dTroKaXuVTw)

,

[in

LXX:
\ Ga

I

Ki

2030 (miy).

Si 1127 2222 421 *
ing, revelation
:

.j (-^^ imcovering, laying bare (Plut.). Metaph., a reveala disclosure of divine truth, or a manifestion from God
:

Lk 232, p,o 2^, II Th r, I Pe

819 1625,
17. 13 413,

I

Co

V

146'

2«,

n Co

12i'

I12. 22,

Eph
;

li7 3^,

Eeli.t
;

STN. : iTTicfxiveia, Tvanova-La, (f)av€p(D<TL<; (v. Tr., Syn., xciv Lft., Westc, Eph., 178 f. M, Th., 145 ff. Cremer, 343). Notes, 102, 178 *t dTTO-KapaSoKi'a, -a?, -q (<[ aTro/capaSo/cew, used by Aq. in Ps 36 (37)" for bbinnn <^a7r6, Kdpa, the head, SoKew, in Ion., to watch), to tvatch with outstretched head, tvatch anxiously (Polyb., n. v. Deiss., LAE, 3745, 819, Phi 120 (Lft., in 1.; Cremer, 177).t 377 f.), Eo
;

;

;

;

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
. :

51

*t airo-Kar-aXXdo-au (cf AcaraAAao-o-o) aTro here signifies completely, Ellic, Eph., I.e. but also May., Eph., I.e.), to reconcile completely : Eph 2i«, Col P^' ^^.t * diro-icaT(£-(rra<ns, -fcus, v (<^ aTroKadia-T-qfii), restoration : Ac 3^^ (in
V. Lft., Col., I.e.
; ;

TT.

of repairs

and restorations

of temples, v.

MM,

s.v.).t

diro-KaT-iordi'a), v. aTroKaOicrTrjfiL.
dTr(5-Kei|ioi, [in

LXX

:

Ge

IQ^o (nb''B7),

Jb 3823
:

(^j^n),
IQ^".
s.v.)
:

n Mac

12«,

IV
48,

Mae

8^^ *

;]

to

be laid up, in store, laid
;

away
v.

Lk

dat. pers., to be reserved (Dem., Plat.

and

MM,
:

Metaph., c. Col 1^, n Ti
',]

He

927.t

Mt

t d7ro-K€<|)aXi^w (<; diro, xec^aXT^), [in 1410, MkeiS'^s, Lk99.t
diro-KXeiu, [in
d-iro-K^TTTu,

LXX
,

Ps 151^ *

to

behead

]^3io, 26^

Ac

LXX chiefly for -13D;] to shut fast: Lk IS^^.t [in LXX for y^p ms etc. to cut off: Mk 9*^' *^ Jo
,

;]

11^^.

Mid.,
;

to

mutilate oneself, have oneself mutilated
v.

:

Ga

512 (cf.

De

231

LXX

and

Cremer, 751
;

;

MM,
:

s.v.).t

*t diro-Kpifia, -To^, to (<[ aTro/cptVco) 1. prop., a judicial sentence: II Co 1^, E, mg. 2. an answer (v. Thayer, s.v.) 11 Co, I.e., E, txt. (In FIJ, Ant., xiv, 10, 6, of a rescript of the Senate in Inscr. of an official decision, Deiss., BS, 257 a reply to a deputation, MM, s.v. ef also 375). Cremer, diro-Kpii'u, [in chiefly for njJT;] in el., 1. to separate, dis14«\ Lk 3i« 23^, tinguish. 2. to choose. Mid., to answer : Mt 27^2, 51"' 1**, Ac 312. In late Gk. the pass, also is used in this sense, and Jo (M, Pr., 39, 161 MM, s.v.) (a) pass, forms are the more freq. in 12^* in general sense absol., c. ace. rei, Mt 22*® c. dat. pers., Mt 12^8 seq. Trpos, Ac 251" (b) Hebraistically (i) like nay to begin Mt 112^^ to speak, take up the conversation (Kennedy, Sources, 124 f.)
;
;
:

.

LXX

Mk

NT
;

;

;

:

Mk
;

;

;

,

:

al., (ii)

redundant, as in the Heb. phrase IDX'l

JJPI

(Dalman, Words,
:

Pr., 14 Bl., § 58, 4 Cremer, 374) 74, 2 3^3 ; in Jo most freq. (Ittck. 88 Xc'yti, €>77, for HST dir<5-Kpioris, -ecDs, r] (<^ aTro/cptVo/Aat), [in answering, an answer : Lk 2*''' 20-'®, Jo I22 19^.t

24

f.,

38

;

M,
;

;

;

;

dTroKpieiis
1*».

cTttc,

Mt

4*

;

Mk

k. cTttc,
,

LXX

etc.;]

an

diro-KpoTTTu, [in
c. ace.,

LXX chiefly for
i

^JiD
2>\

;]

to hide, conceal,

keep secret

Lk Lk

IO21; pass.,

Co

2^,

Eph
1.
;

Col

F® (MM,

s.v.).t

dir6Kpu<|)os, -ov

(<^ dTTOKpwTTTO)), [lu
(v. Lft., in

LXX

chlefly for IfID;] hidden:

Mk

422,

817,

Col 23
[in
216,

MM,

8.v.).t

dTro-KT€ii'w (also in late

Mk
TO

125,

iv (q.v.),

WH), Eph

forms -Kreww, Mt 1028, al., LTTr., -ktcvvvw, LXX for ain ma ;] to kill Mt 14^, al. seq. instr. Ee 223, ^1. Metaph.: Eo 711 t. Ix^pav, Eph 2i«;
,

:

;

;

ypdfifjLa aTTOKTuvcL, II

Co

3® (on the perfective force of this verb, v.

M,

Pr., 114).

-w (<[ aTro, Kveo) OV kvw, to be pregnant), [in IV Mae prop., " the medical word for birth as the close ;] In kolvtj, "an ordinary syn. of of pregnancy" (Hort, Ja., 26 f.). perfectivised (M, Pr., lllff. MM, s.v.) by the TiKTw, but definitely
airo-Kuiut (Eec. -kvw),
I5I''

**

LXX

:

*

'

'

;

52
oLTTo,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
and so implying
safe delivery," to bring forth, give birth to
:

Ja
to

115, 18 t

tdiro-KoXio) (v.s. KvXcw), [in
roll

LXX
242.t

:

Ge293.8.io (bbs;, Jth 13^*;]
ii

away

:

Mt

28^,

Mk

IG^,

Lk
:

divo-Xafjipd^w, [in

LXX Nu U^^ (npb (De, 26^ A, Is b^\

Mac

4^«

6^^ 8', IV Mac 18'^*;] 1. to receive from another; absol,, to receive as one's due : Lk 162^ IS^o (v.l. XdjSrj) 2S^\ Eo P^, Ga 4^ Col 3^^ II Jo^. 3. to take apart or aside 2. to receive back : Lk G^'* 15'^''. 7^^ (cf. use in tt. of the recluses of the Serapeum MM, 8.v.).t Mk ** d-n-oXauo-is, -€ws, r} (<^ aTroXavo), to take of, enjoy a thing), [in
;

LXX

III

Mac 7^^ *
TT.

;]

enjoyment

:

i

Ti 6^^
,

He
ID"^

ll^^ (for late exx., v.
,

MM, s.v.).t
behind
*.t

airo-XeiTTw, [in

LXX for bin
:

etc.
:

;]

1. to leave, leave

(in

a term, techn. in wills; v.

MM,

s.v.)

ii

Ti

4^^'-*',

Tit 1*; pass.,
:

to be reserved,

remain

He

4^' ^ lO^".

2. to desert,

abandon
Eec.t

Ju

t diro-Xeixw (for cViX-, q.v.), to lick
dTT-6XXu|jit

up
for

:

and

airoXXvw, [in

LXX

Lk laX

16^^,
,

destroy utterly, destroy, kill : ^l/vxyjv, to lose utterly: Mt 10''2, al.; metaph., of failing to 2. Mid., (1) to perish; (a) of things Mt 529, Jq 612, save, Jo 6^9 18». He 111 (LXX)^ al. (b) of persons Mt 82^, al. Metaph., of loss of eternal In ol d-n-oXXvlife, Jo 315. 16, 1028 1712, Eo 212, I Co 8^ 15^^ 11 Pe 39.
1. Act., (1)
to
;

Mk

etc. (38 words in all)]. 1"* 9^^, al. ; t.

Mt

1028, al.

(2)

:

;

:

^tvoi, the perishing, contrasted in

with 01 o-w^o/xcvot, the "perfective" force of the verb, wh. "implies the completion of the process of destruction," is illustrated (v. M, Pr., 114 f. M, Th., ii, 1^^) Metaph., on the basis of the relation (2) to be lost : Lk 15* 21^8.
i

Co

1^8^ al.,

;

;

between shepherd and flock, of spiritual destitution and alienation from God Mt 10" 152", Lk 19i» (MM, s.v. DCG, i, 191 f., ii, 76, 554 Cremer, 451).
:

;

Destroyer

'AttoXXuui', -ovtos, 6 (pres. ptcp. of aTroXXvw), Ee 9^^ (cf. 'Af3dS8u>v). (Cremer, 453 ;
:

DB,
:

Apollyon, i.e. the i, 125, 172.) t

'AiroXXwk'ia, -as,
'AttoXXoSs,

17,

-w,

6

Ajwilonia, a city of (perh. contr. from

Macedonia

Apollos
II

:

Ac

18'-'4

19^, 1

Co

'AttoAXwj/ios, 1^2 34-«.22 4^ I612, Tit 3i3.+
oltto,

Ac 17i.t Ac 182*

j)^^

diroXoycofjiai, -ovfJLaL

(<[

Xoyos), [in

LXX

:

Mac

1326*;]

1.

to

defend:
;

c.

ace,

Eo
.

2^^

2. to

Je 12^ (S""!) 38 (31)", defend one's self:
;

absol.,

Lk

21i*,

Ac

26^

one's defence, Lk 12^^, c. gen. rei, and cVt, c.
II

seq. on, Ac 258 ^;_ tg adduce something in Ac 262* (ravra) 24^^ {to. irepl i/xavTov) irfpi,

gen. pers.,

Ac
[in
11

262

g

^at. pers.,
6^'*

Ac

19^^,

Co

12i9.t

** diroXoyia, -as, rj (•< aTroXoyiofjiai), defence : Ac 25l^ 11 Co 7^1, Phi 1". i«,
I

LXX Wi
:

*
',]

a speech in
i

Ti 4^6
;]

;

c.

dat. pers.,

Co

93,

Pe

315

;

seq.

Trpo's,

Ac

22i.t
:

diTo-Xouw, in

[LXX
ye
-ews,

Jb

9^''

(^m)

*

to

tuash

off,

wash away

mid., metaph.,

c.

ace. rei,

absol., aTreXowcrao-^e, 6ii.t I Co

loash off oneself: washed yourselves clean
to

d/xapnas,
(cf.

Ac

221";

Cremer, 406),

t diro-XvTpwCTis,

17

(<C d.TroXvTp6w,

to

release

on payment of

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
ransom,
cf.

53

* ;] release effected by payment of ransom, redemption, deliverance; metaph., He 11^*; of deliverance thr. Christ from evil and the consequences of sin Lk 2128, Ro 324 (Yau., in 1.) 8^\ i Co V\ Eph l^.i* 430^ Col l^^, He 9^\ (On the extent to w^h. the word retains the sense of ransom, v. ICC, Bo., 32*, Westc, He., 297 ff.; v. also ICC, Eph., 11; DCG, ii, 605; Cremer, 410; Deiss., LAE, 331; Lft., Notes, 271, 316; Tr., Syn.,
Xvrpov), [in
:

LXX Da (LXX)

4^*'*=

:

§ lxxvii,)t
a-TTo-Xu'w,

[in

LXX for yim
Jo
19^0, al.
;

,

etc., freq.

in i-iv

Mac;]
:

1. to set free,

release: ness, Lk
912,

Ac

a debtor, Mt 182^; metaph., of forgive6=^7, 2. to let go, dismiss (Field, Notes, 9 f.) Mt 1523, Lk 229 19*1, al.; of divorce, t. ywaiKa: Mt l^^ 531.32 193,8,9^ Mk
13^2,

Lk

lQ2,i,n^
T.

Lk

16^8; with ref. to
1012.

Gk. and Eom. (not Jev^ish) custom,

avSpa:

Mk

Mid.,

to

depart:
Att.
:

Ac

282^
to

(MM,

s.v.).

** dTro-fid<r<7w {<^

fxd(r(rw,

-ttw,

toucJi,

handle),

[in

LXX:

To

7^^*;] to wi])e
iivo-viiio}

off,

wipe

clea7i

mid.,
3^.

Lk
(In

lO^.t
:

(-<

ve/xo), to

distribute), [in
:

LXX
tt.
,

De

4^^ (pbu),

m Mac
mid.

27 316 *

.j

fQ

assign, aj)portion

1

Pe

of a Prefect
to

who renders
off:

to all their

dues

;

v.

MM,

s.v.)t

diro-i/iirTw,

[in

LXX

for niDtZT

,

Tm
,

nriD

;]

wash

(reflex.), t. xe^pas,

Mt

272^t
,

dTro-mTTTu, [in

,1123 ;] to cause to go astray ; metaph., of leading into error: Mk 1322; pass., to be led astray : i Ti e^o.t *dTro-Tr\e'a>, -w, to sail away: Ac 134 142(5 201^ 27^ (Burton, 159).t

diro-irXafdo), -w, [in

LXX for b^Q bs3 etc.;] to fall off: LXX for m3 hi., hi., miz; pil.
LXX
:

Ac

9i8.t

diro-irXucoj,

[in

chiefly for
2^2
(i3)

DS3

pi.

;]

to

wash

off:

v.l.

for

ttXvvw,

Lk

52,

Eec.t

dTTo-wiYo,, [in
13''',

LXX Na
a.iropo<;,

(pjn

pi.),

To

38*;]

to

choke

:

Mt
62"

Lk

8'';

pass., of

drowning (=

KaTa-rrovrL^o/xaL) ,

Lk

833.t

oirope'w, -5)

{<^

a- neg., ir6po<i,
loss,
:

for

"lis,

{i-TToiei,

^na, etc.;] to be at a E, mg.) mid., be in doubt
;

a way, resource), [in be perplexed: absol.,
11

LXX
252**;

Mk
i,

absol.,

Co
Jo

seq.

Trept,

Lk
:

24^

;

iv,

Ga

420

;

Trepl

tu os

Ae'yei,

4^; c. ace, 1322.t

Ac

SVN.

StaTTopeu}, SiaKpLVo/xaL, Sto-Ta^w, /tiCTcwpi^o/tai (v.

DCG,
;]

491).

diropia, -as,

^ {-^
;

airopcui), [in

LXX

for nbn|l

,

etc.

perplexity

Lk

2125

(MM,

s.v.

on the construction,
-ppC-wTiD,
cl.), [in

v. Field, Notes, 74f.).t

diro-piTTTa)

(Eec.
:

LXX

for IJ^OT

hi., etc.

;]

to

throw

away, cast forth
V.

reflexively,

Ac

27*3 (EV, cast themselves overboard

MM,
*

s.v.).t

Lft., Notes,

(<[ airo, 6p<^avos), to be bereaved (prop,, of a parent, metaph., i Th 21'' (where Field thinks it = vwpio-36) ^eWcs, Notes, 199).t diro-o-Keod^cj, [in Le 143^ (n32 pi.) * ;] to pack and carry off
dir-op4>ai'ii^w
;

LXX

:

mid., to pack and remove one's goods : Ac 2P^, Eec. (v. €Vio--).t *t diro-orKiao-fia, -tos, to (<^ airoaKid^w, to cast a shadow ; V.S.

ctkio),

a shadow

:

Ja

1^^

(MM,

s.v.l.t

54

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
diro-oTrdo), -w, [in

LXX
:

for pr\2
;

ni., hi., etc.

;]

to

draw

off or

away,

tear away (MM, s.v.) Ac 20^" ixaxaipav, draw a sword, Mt 26*^ pass., to be parted or withdraxvn (Field, Notes, 134; but v. Thayer, S.V.), Lk 22^', Ac 21i.t
t dTToarao-ia, -as,
v/

(-<[ a<fii(rTr]fj.i), [in

LXX for blT©
viii
;

,

etc.

;]

defection,
;

apostasy, revolt

;

in late Gk.
29^9,

(MM, Exp.,
and

Lft., Notes,

111

Cremer,
(e.g.

308) for

cl. dTTo'crracris,

freq. in sense of political revolt, in

LXX
Je
38,

Jos

22^2^ II 21-1,
ij

Ch

Je

21^)

NT
[in

always of religious apostasy

Ac

Tj^

2\f
l.

dTrotrrdaioK, -ov, to

«
in

icf>t(TTr),j.i),

LXX
19",

:

De

24i'

^,

Is 501

(nri'^n?

,

mrr'^S) *;]

cl.,

only in phrase

dTroo-Tao-tou BUrj,

an action
In

against a freedman for forsaking his
jSi^Xiop oLTToaTaaLov,
d.

Trpoo-TaTT^s

(Dem.).
10*
;

2.

LXX,

a

bill

of divorce

:

Mt

Mk
v.

in
I.e.

same sense
;

alone

(MM,

s.v.),

Mt

5»i (for

other late exx.,
[in

MM,

Kennedy,
f^

Sources, 121).

** airo-(neydloj

Mk
to

«

o-rey^;),

Sm.

:

Je 4910 (2911)*;]

unroof:
;]

2\f
dTTo-o-TcXXo), [in

LXX very freq., almost always for nblSr
;

prop.,

send with a commission, or (a) of persons on service Christ, Mt 10*" the apostles, IQi" Mk 12^; angels, 13'-^; {b) of things: o^o?, Mt 21^; to 8peservants, iravov, Mk 4^^ T. Xo'yov, Ac 10^^ t. cVayyeAtav (i.e. the promised Holy Spirit), Lk 24*9, Rec. seq. ds, Mt 20^, Lk 11*^, Jo 31^ ^ttio-o), Lk I91* tfiTTpoaOev, Jo 3'"^; TTpo TTpoaMTTov, Mt 111*^; TTpos, Mt 21^*; with ref. to sender or place of departure dTrd, Lk 1^^ (Eec. vTr6) Trapd, Jo 1*
to
1. to
; :

send away,

dispatch on service

;

;

;

;

;

:

;

€K, ib. 119

;

ivro,

Ac

1017 (Eec. dTrd)

;

seq. inf.,

Mk

31*, al.
:

;

Iva,

Mk

12^,

al.

;

eh (of purpose),

He

li*;

Xc'ywv,

Jo 113

.

.iTToo-retAas, c.
:

without direct obj. seq. tt/do's, Jo 5^^; indic, Mt 21^ Ac 7^\ Ee 11. 2. to send
12^
(cf. i$-, crvv-aTroa-TiXXu)).

aivay, dismiss

Lk

41^,

Mk

51** 8'^^

SVN.: Tre'/ATTw, the general term. tative sending" (v. Thayer, s.v. Tre/xTrw
125
;

d.
;

" suggests official or authori-

Westc,
:

Jo.,

298; Ejyp.

Jo.,

Cremer, 529

;

dTro-arcpe'w, -w

31 (SAf^' *;] to defraud, dep-ive of, despoil (in cl. chiefly of the misappropriation of trust funds. Field, Notes, 33 absol., Mk lOi^, i Co G^ cf. MM, s.v.) c. ace. pers., i Co 7^ Mid., endure deprivation : i Co 6" (WM, § 38, 3 but v. Bl., § 54, 5 M, Pr., 162); pass., d-n-ea-Teprjfjievoi, bereft of: I Ti 6^.t
(piry),
'-^
'

Ma

«

MM,

s.v.).

a-Tepew, to rob), [in

LXX Ex 211" (y-|a). De24i*

3^

Si 41 29"'

:

;

;

;

d-rro-aToXi^, -^s,

r]

Ps77(78)*9, Je 39 (32)36,

Ec 88, Ba 225,
;

« Ca

dTroo-TcAAo)), [in

LXX
its
1.

:

De
In

22^,

m Ki 4^*
i

9i«,

4i3 (for
21^, 11

nbc? and

cognates),
cl.,

Es

951.5*,

i

Mac

Mac

3^ *.]

a sending away

(MM, s.v.), as, an expedition (Hdt.). 2. In (a) discJiarge, dismissal (Ec 88) (b) a gift (iii Ki 91^, i Mac 2^^). 3. In NT, the office of an Apostle of Christ, apostleship : Ac 1^5, Eo 15, i Co 9'-, Ga 2* (Cremer, 530). III Ki 14^ A (jyhv) * dirdo-ToXos, -ov, 6 (< dTroo-TcXXw), [in

LXX

LXX

:

',]

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
1.

55

2. a messenger, one sent on a mission and tt. v. M, Pr., 37 f. MM, s.v. M, Th., i, T and refif.) Jo IS^^, ii Co 823, phi 225. 3_ j^ nt^ ^^ Apostle of Christ Mt 102, Mk 3l^ Lk 11*9, gph S^, (a) with special ref. to the Twelve Ee 182", al., equality with whom is claimed by St. Paul, Ga 1^' ^^^-j

a fleet, an expedition (Dem.).

(Hdt.,

LXX,
:

I.e.,

;

;

;

:

al. (&) in a wider sense of prominent Christian teachers, as Barnabas, Ac 14^*, apparently also Silvanus and Timothy, i Th 2^, and perhips Andronicus and Junias (Junia?), Eo 16'' (v. ICG, in 1.); of false teachers, claiming apostleship ii Co ll^'^^^ jje 22. (On the different uses of the term in NT, v. Lft., Gal., 92-101; Cremer, 530; DB, i, 126 DCG, i, 105 Enc. Br., ii, 196 ff.) * dTToaTOfjiaTt^w (•<; o-ro/xa), 1. In cl., to speak from memory, to dictate to a pupil (Plat.). 2. In late Gk., to catechize, question: Lk 11^^
I

Ti

2^^,

;

:

;

;

(MM,

s.v.).t
a.Tto-(npi^fi), [in

LXX
112",

away, remove

:

Eo

allegiance, pervert : Lk Mt 26^2. Pass., reflex., to turn oneself away II Ti 115, Tit 11*, He 1225 go act., absol., Ac 32" Cremer, 880).

chiefly for HtZT;] trans., c. ace, [a) to turn ipj 44 j^ metaph., to turn away from 23^* ; {h) to turn hack, return : fidxaipav,
.

from
(cf.

:

c.
;

ace,

Mt

5*^^

Si 8^

Bl., § 53, 1

* dTro-CTTuyew, -^ (<C a-rvyiw, to hate), to abhor : Eo 12^.+ *+ dTToaui/dYwyos, -ov {<Ci crvvayuiyrj) expelled from the congregation
,

(Field, Notes, 96), excommunicated : Jo 9^2 12*2 152 (Cremer, 64, 607).t dTTo-Tdaau, [in Ec 22o (^s'' pi.), i Es 62^, Je 202, i Mac 4 * ;]

LXX

:

Mid., in late Gk. (Bl., § 37, 1 Swete, Mk., 136 f. MM, 8.V.), c. dat., (a) to take leave of: Mk 6*^ Lk 9^1, Ac 18^^'^\ 11 Co 2^3; (b) to forsake : Lk 1433. **d-iro-T€Xe'w, -w, [in i Es-5"3, 11 Mac 1539*;] to bring to an end, complete, accomplish (cf. MM, s.v.) Lk 1332, Ja l^^.t
to set apart.
; ;

LXX

:

:

diro-Ti6if)fxi,

in

[LXX
put

chiefly for niD hi.

;]

to pu,t off or
:

aside

;

in

NT
7^^

always mid.,

metaph., Col 3^, He 12\ Ja P^,

t. IfxaTia, off from oneself as a garment in ethical sense, to ptit off, lay aside: Eo 13^2,

{a) to

Ac

Eph

422>25^

i

Pe
:

2^

;

(b) to

stoiu

away, put
ni.), i

:

cv t. <f>v\aKfj

(MM,

S.V.),

Mt
to

143.t

dTTo-Ttm<T(T(j, [in

LXX

Jg
9^,

162«

A

(ly:

Ki IO2
;]

(2^123),

La

2^

("IN3 pi.)

*

;]

slmke off:

Lk

Ac

285.t
to

diro-TiVo) (or -Ti'w), [in

LXX chiefly for D^tZT pi.

pay

off,

repay

Phm 19 (MM,

s.v.).t

* d-iro-ToXfxdcj, -w, to be quite bold, make a bold venture : Eo 102". **t diTOTOfiia, -a?, 17 (<^ d7roT€/xvco, to ciit off), [in Sm. Je 51 (28)35, Na 31*;] steepness, sharpness ; metaph., severity (MM, s.v.): Eo 1122.t ** dTTOTofiws, adv., [in LXX: Wi 522*;] abruptly, curtly, hence
:

sharply, severely

:

11

Co

**
to

diro-Tp^Trw, [in
;

LXX
(MM,

13i", Ti li3 (MM, s.v.).+ 123, ly Si 2029 48is, in
:

Mac

^ac

l^^ I612

*
;]

turn away

mid., to turn oneself a^cay from : c. ace, 11 Ti 3^.+ *diTou<ria, -as, 17 (<[ an-ct/Ai) 1. absence (-^sch., Thuc.) Phi 2i2.
;
:

2. deficiency,

waste

s.v).t

56

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
d-iTo-(j>6pu,

[in

LXX for "^bn
LXX
[in
:

,

etc.

;]

c.

ace, Mk 151, I Co 163, Ee IT^ 2V<^. ** dTro-<j>£UYo>, [in Si 22^2 * -j
II

away Ac Id^Ki to flee from, escape c, ace, 11 Pe
to

carry

off,

bear, or lead

Pass.,

Lk

I622,

:

218,20. c. gen.,

Pel*.t

t dTro-<J)0£YYOfAai,

LXX
ace,

for

Nn3

,

etc.;]

to

speak forth, give

utterance: Ac 24.14 26" (MM, s.v.).t *t diro-<|)opTL^o|jiai {<!^(f)opTi^w, to load),
Notes, 134), to *t dTTo-xpTjo-is,
misiise: Col 22^
to

to

discharge a cargo (Field,
213.t

unlade
-eo)s,

:

c.

t. yd/^ov,

Ac

7)

{<^aTroxpa-ofxai, to usc to the full, abuse), abusc,

(MM,

s.v.).t

dTro-x<op€'a>, -«, [in

LXX
:

:

Je 26 (46) ^
:

{y[U), 11

go aroay, depart, withdraw Lk 2020, Tr., mg.).t
diTo-xwpi^w, [in

seq. airo,

Mt

7"3,

Mac 433, „i Mac 233* Lk 9^^, Ac 13^3 (absol.,
;]

LXX
:

Ez 432i

(ij^sa)*

;]

to separate, part

asunder

:

pass.,

Ee
;

6^'^;

reflexively, to separate oneself:

Ac

15^^.t

iv Mac 15^^*;] 1. to breathe out life, expire dTro-»|/oxw, [in (Thuc. LXX, I.e.). 2. to leave off breathing, faint (Horn., Od., xxiv, 348) seq. dTrd, Lk 2126.t "Ainrios, -ov, 6, Appius ; 'Attttiov ^opov, Appii Forum (Market of Appius), a town in Italy Ac 28i^.t *t d-irpoa-iTos, -ov (<[ Trpdcrei/Ai, to go to), imapproacliable : ^ws, i Ti
:

**

LXX

:

6i«.t

**+
3^*;]

dTrp(5(TKOTros, -ov

(< Trpoo-KOTrro)),
to

[in

LXX

:

Si 35 (32)2i,

iii

Mac

1.
i

act., 7iot

causing
2.

into sin,

Co

1032.

stumble: metaph., of not leading others Pass., not stumbling, without offence, blameless

Ac

24i«,

Phi

110 (for exx., v.

MM,

s.v.).t
Trpoa-ui-

*t

dirpoaa)TroXi](nrTa)S

TroXr]piTTrrj<;),

cl.), adv. (<[«- neg., without respect of persons, impartially : i Pe V^^.i

(Eec.

-At/tttws,

stumbling, sure-footed

III Mac 6^^*;] without Ju24.t aiTTw, [in chiefly for r33 ;] prop., to fasten to ; hence, of fire, Mid., c. gen., to fasten oneself to kindle, light : Lk S^^ 1133 15^, Ac 282. MM, s.v.) Mt 83- 1^ Jo 20^^ al. to, cling to, lay hold of (so in ir. of carnal intercourse, i Co 7^ with reference to levitical and ceremonial prohibitions, 11 Co 6i^, Col 22^ of hostile action, i Jo 5^^ (cf. dv, KaO-,

**

d-irraioTos, -ov (-< Trratw),
:

[in

LXX:
s.v.),

metaph. (MM,

LXX

;

:

;

;

TV€pi- aiTTtai).

Syn.
Lft.,

:

diyyavia,
ij/.

tj/rjXaffidoi.

lighter term.

is to feel,

d. is the stronger, $., to touch, the as in search of something (Tr., Syn., § xvii;

Col, 201

f.).
ri,

'AiT^ia, -a?,

Apphia

:

Phm 2 (MM,
for n3T
,

s.v.).t

dir-wGe'w, -w, [in
to

LXX

DNQ

,

etc.
:

;]

to

thrust away.

Mid.,
s.v.),

thrust
727.39

Ac
etc.

away from oneself, refuse, 1346^ Ro 111.2, I Ti 11^+
17

reject

c.

ace. pers.

(MM,
,

dircSXcia, -as,
;]

«

aTroXXv/xi), [in
loss,

LXX (Cremer, 797) for mK
;

T^i

,

destruction, waste,

Mt

268,

Mk

144,

Ac

820,

^

perishing (in tt., of money, v. MM, s.v.) 922^ j Ti 6^, 11 Pe 2^ in special sense of

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
the loss of eternal
life,

57
7^^,

Jo
iii,

1712,

Phi

128 319, II

Th

perdition, the antithesis of a-iOT-qpia: 23, He 1039, 11 Pe 2^ 3^. ^e, Ee 178'

Mt
^^

(DB,

744).t
'Ap, indecl.,

Ee 16^", v.s., 'ApfiayeSwv. apa, illative particle, expressing a more subjective or informal inference than ovv, then : prop, (as in cl.), the second word in the sentence, Eo 7^^ 8\ Ga 3^; iml dpa, 1 Co 7^* (with another word between) 5^^; as the first word, Lk 11*8, Ac ll^^, Eo lO^^, i Co 15^\
so prop, in apodosis after protasis with el, Mt 1228^ He 128 {k€v6v dpa), i Co 15^^ often in interrogations, direct and indirect, t/s (ti) apa, Mt IS^ 1925.27 24*^ 4", 1113, Ac 822 Lk 166 825 1242 2223, Ac 1218 d dpa, s.pa, I Co ^i^^p 1515 ; ovK dpa, Ac 21^8 ; ^-qri dpa, II Co 1^'^ ; in strengthened forms,
II

Co

5^^ 7^^,

He

49

;

Lk

1120,

Ga

221 329

6^\

Mk

;

Mk

.

dpa

ye, dpaye,

so then,

Eo

720 1726, Ac 172^, 5^8 72. 25 312 9i«' ^s 14^2.
;
;

Mt

and more
i9,

freq. dpa ovv

(Epp. Paul.),
11

Ga

G^o,

Eph 2^9,

i

Th 56,

Th 21*

(Bl., § 77,

s.v.).+ 78, 5 Spa, interrog. particle, implying anxiety or impatience, " quite

2

MM,

rare
2).

Paul, therefore a literary word" (Bl., § 77, Lk 188; ^p^ y^^ ^.c 83*^. 2. {ergone) in apodosis, expecting an affirm, reply, Ga 2^'^ (Bl., I.e. Lft., Ga., in 1. MM, 8.v.).t

and only
1.

in

Luke and

{num

igitur) expecting a neg. reply,

;

dpd, -Ss,
(as in

rj,

[in

LXX

chiefly for
:

nbn]

;

1.

a prayer (MM,
+

s.v.).

2.

Homer) a

curse, malediction
:

Eo

3^*

(i-^xx)

'Apap^a, -as, 7^. Arabia dpa^cuc, V.S. dppa/3wv. apaye, V.S. apa.
S,pdye, V.S. dpa.
'Apdfi, indie.

Ga

l^^ 425.t

(Heb. Dn)
(Eec.

,

Aram: Mt
<^

l^.*,

Lk

S^' (E, txt.,

WH,

*ApveC).f

*

apa<|)os,

-ov

dppa<po<s,

pdiTTOi,

to

sew) without seam

Jo

1923.t
"Apatl*, -aySos, o,

dpye'w,

-Qy

Si 3036 (3327), II MGr. dpyd, late :

«Mac
513,
:

an Arabian: Ac

2ii.t
II

d/Dyo's), [in

LXX
to
11

:

Es

42*,

Ec

12^ (bian)
. .
.

,

i

Es

23o,
(cf.

52^*;]
s.v.)
:

be idle; to Kpt>a
23.t

d.,

lingers

MM,

Pe

dpyos, -ov (in late Gk., incl.

NT,

-7,

-ov;

<^d-

neg., epyov), [in

LXX:
Mt
203'

III
6,

Ki
I

67 (yoD?),

Ti

Tit

Wi 14^ 15^5, Si S7^^ 3828*;] inactive, idle: 1^2, n Pe is, Metaph., of things, inactive, inMt
1236
-ov?,
;

effective,

worthless
(v.

p^p.a,

Trto-rts,

Ja

229 (v.

Cremer, 259
[in

f.).t

Syn.:

/3pa8v?,

slow; vw^po?, sluggish
S.V.),
-a,

(Tr., Syn., §civ).

dpyupcos

MM,
192*

jripS;] of silver:

Ac

(WH,

br.), 11

Ti

-ovv (<^ dpyvpo?), 22o, Ee 92o.t

LXX

for

dpyu'pioK, -ov, TO (<; dpyvpos), [in

LXX
Co

for p]p3

(Ge

132, al.), exe.
;

La
(a)

41

(D)n3)

;]

prop.,
S*
7^6

a piece of
19^9
2033,
i

silver (Lft., Notes, 191)
3^2,
i

in

NT,

silver:

Ac

Pe

l^S;

(&)

money:

58

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

Mt25i8'27^

Mk

Mt
Ac
Je

2615 273.
19i9.t

5, 6.

93 1915.23 225, Ac 820 ; 1411, 2812. 15, where the value is 9
fivpidSes
irevre

Lk

(c)

a

silver coin: pi.,

that of a

shekel or

tetradrachm ; apyvpiov

(prob.

drachmas;

MM,
:

s.v.),

t dpYopoK^TTos, -ov, 6 (<[ apyvpo<;, kotttw, to heat), [in

LXX
;]

Jg

17*,

62» (f]li2)*;]

a silversmith: Ac I92* (Plut.;

tt.,

v.

MM,
5^,

s.v.).t

apyupos, -ov, o

«

upyo9, shining), [in
s.v.)
:

LXX for p|D3
Ac
6,

silver (on its

relation to apy{,piov, v.
"Apcios

MM,

Mt

10^,

1729,

Ja

Re

18i2.t

Areopagus; Athens: Ac
Areopagus
(tTI)
:

also, the 17i9.22.t

ndyos (T, "Apios 11.), -ov, Court of Areopa

us,

Hill of Ares or Mars, the highest tribunal of

'ApcoirayiTTjs (T, -etri/s), -ov, 6 (v. supr.),

a judge of

the

Court of
:

Ac

173*.t
r]

dpECTKia (Rec. -€ta), -as,

(<^ apeaKa)), [in
:

LXX

(-eta)

Pr

31"*"

*

;]

pleasing, desire to please

Col

l^**.

In Gk. writers

(Arist.,

bad sense, but in tt., Inscr., and in Philo, as above (v. Deiss., BS, 224 MM, s.v. Cremer, 642).t dp^CTKw, [in LXX chiefly for SiM ;] 1. to please (Horn., Hdt., al.)
Polyb.),

most

freq. in

;

;

c. dat.

pers.,
II

Mt

14^,

Mk

Gal

110,

Ti 2*;

seq.

Rq 8^ 152, evwTriov (= Heb.
622,
;

i

tj^ ^'^ 4^,

i

Co

732.33,3*^
7),

•'jrs, Bl.,

§37, 1; 40,

Ac

65.

2.

In

ICC,

I Co., 11.

late Gk., esp. in Inscr., to render service to (v. M, TJi., Cremer, 640 f.) Ro 15i'3, i Co lO^^, i Th 2\f

c;
-t;,

apeaKw), [in for ICT etc. ;] pleasing, dpeoTos, and later writers v. Cremer, 641 f. agreeable (Hdt., Xen., seq. iyw-n-iov, c. gen. (Bl., § 37, 1 c. dat. pers., Jo 82^, Ac 12^ 40, s.v.)
-ov
,

«
;

LXX
;

;

MM,
;

:

;

7),

I

Jo

322; ip^^rov

icTTtv, c.

'Ape'ras
II

(WH,

'Ap.

acc. et inf (Bl, §69, 5; 72, 5), Ac 62.t Intr., 313), -a, 6, Aretas, an Arabian king:
f.,

thinks the proper spelling 'Ap^das was changed, as Schiirer suggests, " by desire to Hellenise a barbaric

Co

1132 (Deiss.,

BS, 183

name by

assimilation to dp€TT;").t
r),

dpexT], -^s,

[in

LXX,
Es

in sing.
14i«,

:

Hb

33,

Za

6i3

("tin)

,

in pi.

Is 42«'i2 4321 637 (n^nri),

Wi

41 5i3 8^, ii-iv

Mac 22*;]

prop.,

whatever procures pre-eminent estimation for a person or thing, in Hom. any kind of conspicuous advantage. Later confined by philos. writers to intrinsic eminence moral goodness, virtue ; (a) of God Phi 4^, 11 Pe 15 pi. (Is, Es, 11. c), excellencies II Pe 13 ih) of men I Pe 2^ (the usage appears to be a survival of an early comprehensive sense in which the original idea is blended with the impression which Deiss., v. Hort, / Pe., 129. it makes on others, i.e. praise, renown BS, 95 f., thinks it means manifestations of divine power, as in current Gk. speech cf also MM, s.v.)t v. MM, dpi^f, dpvos, 6 (nom. not in use, exc. in early times 103.t etc. ;] a lamb : Lk s.v.), [in LXX for xnp 12^33
; :

;

;

;

.

:

,

,

dpiOfAe'w,

-w,

[in

LXX
s.v.)

for
:

IDD

pi.,

IpD
12^,

pi.,

etc.;]

to

number

(esp. for

payment,

MM,

Mt

103o,

Lk

Re 7Kf

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
dpiO|ui()$, -or,

59

o,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

Lk

223,

Jo

610,

Ac

4^ 5^6 6' ll^i IB^,
tt.,
rf,

1B5P Eo 92", Ee

;]

number, a number
IS^^-is 152

9i« b^^ 7*

20^ (for exx. of mystical use in
'ApifiaSeia
(D-jnp-l)
;]

v.

MM,
15«,

s.v.).t
:

(WH,
:

'Ap.),

-as,

[in

LXX
Lk
i-®*

'Apfj.a$difi, I

Ki

1^, al.

Arimathcsa

Mt

27",

Mk

2S^\ Jo

IQ^s.t

"Apios, V.S. "Apcios.

Ac

'Api'crrapxos, -ov, 6 (<^ apioTos, apxo*" 2*.+ 1929 20* 272, Col 410,
dpi<rr<£a),

J

best-ruling) Aristarchus
,

-w

«

Phm

^pio-rov), [in

LXX

:

Ge

4325 (Qo^ b^s),

I

Ki

I42*

(lyo). To 21*;] 1. prop., to breakfast: Jo21i2.i5. 2. In late Gk., to take a meal, dine : Lk ll^'^.t

(anb),

III

Ki 137

dpi(rrcp6s, -a,
II

-oV,

[in

LXX
6^
;

for bxDij?

;]

left,

on

the
left

left

:

oirka,
s.v.)

Co

6^

;

^

d.

(sc.

Mk

x"p),
-ov,
:

Mt
6

ii dpto-repwv,
^ovXrj,

on

^/le

(MM,

1037,

Lk

2333.t

'ApioT^PouXos,

(<^ apLo-Tos,
161".
:

i.e.

best-counselling),

Aristobulus, a Christian
apiCTTOK, -ou, TO, [in

Ko

LXX
=
;

in Ki

31 (DH^),

To
;]

2i'

*,

al.

;]

1.

prop.,

breakfast.

2.

In late Gk.
-rj,

**t
I

dpKCTiSs,

-ov

«

cl. SerTrvov,

dinner
:

:

Mt

22*,

Lk

ll^s 14i2.t
:

dp»<eo>), [in

Aq.

De

252 *

sufficient

Mt

G^*

(on the neut., v. BL, § 31, 2)

seq. tva (M, Pr., 210),

Mt 10-^ Mt
Ti

c. inf.,

Pe
to

43 (for exx., v. Deiss.,
dpKc'w, -w, [in

BS, 257;
,

MM,
;]

8.v.).t
to keej) off ;
c. dat., to assist.

LXX for |in
Jo

etc.
11

1.

2.

suffice:
8.V.).
III

c.

dat. pers,,

6'',
:

Co

12^; impers.,

25^,
6^,

Jo 14^
13^

(MM,
seq.

Pass., to be satisfied

c.

dat. rei,

Lk

31*, i

He

€7rt,

Jo

lo.t

for ni ;] -ov, 6, rj, a bear : Ee I32. dpKos (Eec. (cl.) apKTos), [in (This form is also found in late Inscr. MM, s.v.)+ for SDT;] a chariot: apfia, -Tos, TO (<[ dpapib-KO), to join), [in
;

LXX

LXX

Ac

828. 29, 38^

Re

99.t

'App.aycSwi'

(WH,
:

"Ap MaycSwv
II

;

Eec. 'Ap/xaycSSwv, prop.

= in

1130), cf.

LXX,
(-<

MaycSwi/,

Ch

3522,

MaycSw, Jg
1.,
,

127;

Har-Magedon
8.v.).t
2.

(AV, Armageddon)
dpfiol^w

Ee

16i^ (v. Swete, in

but also Thayer,
;]

dp/uo's), [in

LXX for
(a) to

]DX

etc.

1.

to fit, join.

of

marriage,
(b) to give

to betroth.

Mid.,
:

join

to oneself,

But

V.

M,

in marriage Pr., 160;

11

Co
:

II2 (for this

marry, take to wife; there is no direct parallel.
10^ *;] a joining, joint

MM,

s.v.).t

**

He

dpp.6s, -ov, 6, [in 4i2.t
dpi/as, V.S. api^v.

LXX

Si 272, iv

Mac

'Apvei (Eec. 'Apa/x), 6, indecl.,
dpi/€op.ai, -ovfjiat,

Arnei:
:

depon., [in
.j

LXX
g^y

Lk 333. Ge ISi^ (ts^ns pi.), Wi
^^^
^^
^^.^^-^
.

1227 1516

17^0^ IV

Mac 87

1015 *
I

Lk 8«
c.

;

seq. oTi,
to

Jo

i 222

i^ g^^^y^
;

^^^^

absol.,

Mt 2670,

c. inf.,

He

ace. pers.,

deny,

refuse

to

2. In late Gk. (MM, s.v.), acknowledge, disown : Ac 3^* 73*

112*.

60

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Mt
lO^^,

'Ir^croOr,

n

Ti

2^2, i

Jo

222,

Ju

*

;

iavrov,

Lk

923, II

T- 213 (^prove
i

3. C. ace. rei (in cl. to refiise), to deny, abjure: false to). 212, II Ti 35 (cf 6.Trapvioti.ai). Tit
i.pv'\.ov,

Ti

5^,

-ov,

TO (dimin. of dpi/v

;

v.

MM,

s.v.),

[in

LXX
a

:

Ps 113
lamb,

(114)4-6

(pi.,

]Ny ^35), Je 1119 (12^55)^ 27 (50)^^ (Tjr^)*;]
21^^,

little

a lamb
(lljr)
;]

:

Jo

Re 27.+
«5poTpov),
of ap6ui, to
[in

tdpoTpidco, -w

LXX: De

later

form

apoTpoK, -ov, TO

«

plough (MM,

22io, al. (izrin), Is V^^ s.v.) 17^ i Co 9^0.+
:

Lk

dpoo), to

plough), [in

LXX

chiefly for TIK;]

a

plough
etc.

:

Lk

g^^.t
r]

dpirayq, -^5,
;]

(<^ ctpTra^w), [in
:

LXX
1.

(as also apirayfia) for 773

,

pillage, plundering, robbery
ov,

Mt
;

232^,

Lk

11^9,

He

lO^^.t

prop., acc. to the rule of its dpir-ayfios, formation (Bl., § 27, 2), actively, the act of seizing, robbery (Plut., de (Waterland, Works, II, 108 Cremer, Puer. Educ, p. 12a), Phi 2«, s.v.). 649 f. Meyer, in 1. cf. also JThS, July, 1909, April, 1911
6
(•<[ dpTra^to)

*t

AV

;

;

;

;

MM,

2.

Passively

=
;

dp;rayyu,a

(Ez

2225, Qf

a,

lion's prey,

VQ^), a thing seized,

hence, a prize : Phi, I.e., EV (Lft., Ellic, ICC, in 1,; Donaldson, NCrat., 450 ff. and esp. Gilford, The Incarnation, 59-71, and reff. in DB, The lexical data favour the active meaning, but as they ii, 835 b). also admit the possibility of the alternative, most modern expositors have accepted the latter as seeming to suit the logic of the passage The lexical difficulty, however, remains (MM, s.v., esp. the better. As to the usage of St. Paul, he seems inclined to adopt the last ref.). i Co -/Aa form where it is appropriate (e.g. Eo 11^, where cf. 139, II Co 1^), and there is certainly a presumption in favour of the active meaning here from the fact that he does not use the Suggestions looking to a fresh exegesis are given in JThS, apirayp.a.

LXX

;

LXX

11.

c.t
dpirdj^w, [in

LXX
:

away, carry off by force
T. deov,
II

chiefly for ^73 5)113 ;] to seize, catch up, snatch 28, 29 c. acc. rei, Mt 122^ 13^9, Jo 1012^_ j^aa-ikiCav
,

Mt
.

1112
^i^^

.

c.

acc. pers.,

Jo
;

Co

122

ib. 12", I

Th

41T

Ac 8^9 23io, Ju23 pass., seq. Icus, Trpo's, Ee 12^^ (cf 81-, aw-apiral^w, and
61^,
;
.

V.

MM,

s.v.).t

-ayo9, 6, ^ rapacious : Mt 71^, Lk IBn s.v.), iCo5i«'ii6i*».t
dpTral,

«
;

dpTrdCo;),

[in

LXX: Ge
an
6,

492^

(pilta)

*

;]

as subst., a swindler,

extortioner

(MM,
is,

dppapci^ (T, dpa/?(7i2"T.y)

:

II

Co,

11.

c), -wvos,
in

[in

LXX

:

Ge

381^.

20

*

;]

an earnest, part payment

advance

for security, a first in-

stalment II Co 122 55^ gph 114. ^The word is found in cl. and was It is prob. brought to Greece by the Phoenicians (AE, Eph., I.e.). In MGr. found in tt. with both spellings (v. Milligan, NTD, 73).
:

appa(3u)va is

an engagement ring

;

v.

MM,

s.v.)+

dppa<()OS, V.S. dpac^os,
dppT]!', V.S. apa-rjv.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
**
II

61

appT)Tos, -ov
al.).

«a- neg.,

pr^ros, pew), [in

Sm. Le
:

1823 *

;]
;

1.

unspoken
s.v.)

(Horn.,

2. U7ispeakable

(Hdt., al.;

freq. in Inscr.

MM,
Co

Co

12*.t
appw(rro9, -ov (•< d- neg., pwwv/jLL), [in

LXX

:

iii

Ki 14*A,
j_

Ma

1*

(nbn), Si 735*;] feeble, sickly:

*t

dpo-et-oKotTT]?, -ov, 6

ap(rt\v {apprjv, T, in (old Attic for app-qv, V. supr,

« Eo

Mt U^\ Mk

G^.i^ letis]^

ll^o.t

apa-qv, KoiTrj), a sodomite : I Co 6^, I Ti 1^''.+ 1^^ ; Rec. in Re 12^' ^^), -evo?, 6, 17, apa-ev, to
;

both forms are found in
:

tt.

;

MM,
1^\

s.v.),

[in

LXX chiefly for -|37
'ApTcfias, -a, 6,
"ApTCfiis, -tSo?,

;]

male

Mt

19*,

Mk

10^ Lk

2^3,

Ro

Ga

S^s,

Rel25.i3.t

Artemas
17,

Tit 3^^^ Artemis, an Asiatic goddess, to be disting.
:
:

from

the Gk. goddess of the same name Ac 1924127,28,34, 35 f *t dpTc'fAw*', -tovos (Rec. -ovos), 6 (<^ttpTaw, to fasten to), a fore-sail or top-sail: Ac 27*o (v. i)jB, ea;i., 366b, 399a. MM, s.v.).t
fipri,

adv., [in

LXX Da LXX 922 W^ (nnr),
:

al.

;]

adv., of coinci-

just, just
1333,
I
I

dence, denoting strictly present time, as contrasted w^ith past or future, now, this moment : Mt 31* 9^^ 26^\ Jo 13^, Ga 420, i Th 3« (v. Lft., Notes, 44; Milligan, in 1.), Re 12i«; opp. to past time, Jo 9^^'^^

Pe Co

19. 10 Th 2^, I Co 16^ to future, Jo 133" 1512, 31^ j Co 13^2, 1«>8; SixP^ T^s a. (Upas, I Co 4^^ 11^2, Jo 2^^ S^^ 162*, a., Mt 413 87 15« I Jo 29; Aw 3.., v.s. dTraprt (v. Rutherford, NPhr., 70 f;

Ga

;

n

Im

MM,

s.v.).t
;

Syn. : vvv, now, " the objective, immediate present rjhiq, now, already, " the subjective present, w^ith a suggested reference to some other time or to some expectation ". (Thayer, 75.) *t dpTi-Y€Vt'T]Tos, -ov (<^ dprt, yevvdo)), new-born : i Pe 22 (Luc.).+
*apTios,
-a, -ov, fitted,
6,

complete

:

11

Ti 3^"

(MM,

s.v.).t

apTos, -ov,

[in

LXX
6^^

chiefly for DH^;] bread,

a loaf:

Mt

43»*,

Mk

320, al.;

dproi t. Trpo^eVews,

shewbread.

Metaph., 6

a. t. Oeov,

bread of the setting forth, i.e. the 35 t. ^wiJs, ref to Christ, Jo 633.
.

in general, food:
8.V.),

Mt
:

al.;

d.

^ayetv (Heb. DT]^ bDii),

to eat

(MM,

Lu

14^, al.

** dpTow, [in Sm, Ca 82 * ;] 1. to arrange, make ready (Hom.). 2. Of food (as in comic writers), to season (MM, s.v.) Mk 9'**, Lk 143*, Qq\ ^.ef
:

'Ap<j)a|d8, 6

(Heb. "mr^SIN), Arphaxad

:

Lk

33«.t

I

*t dpx-dyyeXos, -ov, 6 (-<[ dp;^i-, dyycXos), archangel, a chief angel: Th 4i«, Ju9 (Cremer, 24; MM, s.v.).t
dpxaios, -ata, -alov

«

oLpxy), [in

LXX

chiefly for Dlj?
21i6,
11

;]

original,
2^,

ancient: Mt 521.33, Re 129 202.t

Lk

9^>^^,

Ac

15^.21

Co

5^7,

n Pe

Syn.

:

TraXatd?, old,
d.

contained in

The
:

distinction
TraX.

antithesis to Kaivos

without the reference to beginning and origin is observed in tt. (MM, s.v.). d. is the to vcos (v. Westc, He., 223 Cremer, 116).
;

62

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
'Apxe'Xaos, -ov,
6,

Archelaus, son of
:

Herod
,

the Great,
etc.
1.

King

of

Judaea, Samaria

and Idumaea
[iJ^

Mt

2^^.t
,

dpx^,

-rjs, r),

LXX for Dl(7.

CTNl

IT'tZ^KI

,

;]

beginning,

origin; (a) absol., of the beginning of all things: of God as the Eternal, the First Cause, Ee 216 (gf. l^) similarly, of Christ, Ee 22^3; of Christ as the uncreated principle, the active cause of creation, Ee 3^*; in his relation to the Church, Col 1^^; iv d., Jo l^'^; dir' d. (and 10^ IS^^, Jo 8**, ii Th 2l^ ii Pe 3*, Air d. KTio-£(os), Mt 194'8 24^1,
;

Mk

I

Jo
;

11 213.

1*

38

;

Kar dpxas,
.

He
Jo

li«
;

(6)
t.

relatively

:

Mt
51-

248,

Mk

139

^, o-r?/i€tW,

211

;

wroo-rdo-cws,

He 7^ He 31*

;

d. <L8{vwv,
T.

;

A.oyiW,

6 T. apxq'i

T.

Xpia-Tov Xoyos, the account of the beginning,
;

the

elementary vievs^ of Christ, He 6^ apxw Aa/xySdveiv, to begin, He 2^ i^ d., Jo 6"* 164; ^^' ^.^ Lk 12, Jo 1527, I Jo 27.24 311^ II Jo 5, 6. i^ s.., Ac 1115 26*, Phi 415 Trjv apxrjv, adverbially, at all (Hdt., al. v. MM, s.v.) Jo 825. 2. an extremity, a corner : Ac 10^ 11^. 3. sovereignty, Lk 12^ 202o, Eo m, i Co I52*, principality, rule (cf. DB, i, 616 f.) 210' 15, Tit 31, Ju« (Cremer, 113).t Eph 121 310 612, Col 11"
; ;
: :

dpxiiYos, -ov, [in

LXX for IS'Sl
;

,

K^'CJZ

,

etc.

;]

beginning, originat;

ing

:

more
;

freq., as subst.
v. V.

1.

founder, author (Lat. auctor

so some-

times in
(E, txt.

TT.,

MM,

s.v.

;

Milligan,
1.,

NTD,
:

75)

:

Ac

3i5 (E, mg.).
2. prince,

He 2i«
2io (cf.

but
v.

in

MGr.,

Westc, Kennedy,
oipx"}),

in

and Page, Ac,
153)

I.e.).

leader (so

So^crces,

Ac

31^ (E, txt.) S^i,

He

E, mg.) 122 (Cremer, 117).t
apxifreq. in Alex,

« and
226

insep. prefix, denoting high office
-ov

and

dignity,

Byzant. Gk. (MM,
-rj,

*t dpx-iepariKos,
8.v).+

«

s.v.).

dpxiepti^'s),

high-priestly

:

Ac
'3

4*'

(MM,
highchief

dpx-icpcu's, -e'ws, 6, [in

LXX for ]n3
of Christ
:

,

bnan

"3

,

main
2.

;]

1.

priest

:

Mk
:

14*7, al.

;

He

21^ 31, al.

In
;

pi.,

priests,

and members of high-priestly families Mt 2\ Mk 8^1, al. (Cremer, 294 DCG, i, 297 f. MM, s.v.). iv Ki 3**;] found on an Egyptian **tdpxi-n-oifjiT]>', -evo5, 6, [in Sm. mummy label (Deiss., LAE, 97 ff. cf. MM, s.v.) used by modern Greeks of tribal chiefs chief shepherd of Christ, i Pe 5*.t
including
ex-high-priests
;
:

;

;

;

.

"ApxiTTTTos, -ov, 6,

Archippus
6

:

Col

41^,

Phm 2.t
ruler of a synagogue, an
(nD.33n
IZTN*!)
:

*t apxiffumywYoSj

-ov,

(•<^ crwaycoyi;),

administrative

officer,

supervising the worship

Mk

522,35,36,38^ L]j Qio 1314^

Ac

131^ IS^'

1^

(Inscr., v.

MM,

s.v.; cf. also

DB,
II

ext.,

101).t
-ovo<:,

dpxt-T£KTwv,

6

«

TeKTwv), [in
:

LXX
i

:

Is 3^ (mnn), Si 3827,
31" (in
tt.

Mac

2^^ *

;]

a master-builder, architect
s.v.).t

Co

of building

contractors,

MM,

*t dpxi-TeXwfTis, -ov, 6, a chief tax-collector, chief publican : Lk 192.t *t dpxt-TpiKXii'os, -ov, 6 (<^ Tpt-<cXii'os or -ov, a room with three couches) the superintendent of a banquet, whose duty it was to arrange tha tables and food {DB, ii, 253) Jo 2^. ^.t
:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
apxw, [in

63

LXX for bbu
:

,

bCHS

,

etc.

;]

1.

to begin.

2.

to

rule (v.
;

DCG, ii, 538 b.) Mt 1621 208, Lk
inf.,

an Aramaic Dalman, Words, 27
apxwj',
itZT
,

lO''^, Eo IS^^. Mid., to begin : seq. a-n-o, gen., 14^8 235 2427, i\ Jo 8\ Ac 122 8^5 lO^^, i Pe 4^7 c. 1** 223 517^ j^^ 38^ ^1. (v. M, Pr., 14 f pleonasm, .

c.

Mk

Mk

;

MM,

s.v.).

-ovros, 6 (pres. ptcp. of apx'»), [in

LXX

for Ni273

.,

BTX*!

etc.

;]

a ruler, chief : Jesus,
;

Ee

1*

;

rulers of nations,
;

Mt

202^,

Ac

magistrates, Ac 23^, Eo 13^ judges, Lk 12^8, Ac 72^' 35 1619 members of the Sanhedrin, Lk 14^ 23i3. 35 2420, Jo 3^ 726. ^^ 12*2, Ac 317 45' 8 132" 145 rulers of synagogues, Mt 9^^' 23, Lk 8*1 I8I8 oi of the devil a. twv Saifioviwv, Mt 93* 122*, d. T. aiwvos TcvTov, I Co 2^> 8 322, Lk 1115 6 Sl. toC K6cTfjiov, Jo 123i 143« I611 5. t. c^oWas t. depos, Eph 22 (MM, 8.V.; DB, iii, 838; Ext., 99 f; DCG, ii, 419;
42« 735
;

;

;

;

:

Mk

;

;

DCB,
Jo

s.v.

Archon).t

apwfia, -Tos, TO, [in

LXX

for Digrs

;]

spice

:

Mk

I6I,

Lk

235« 24i,

19*«.t
'A<T(i,

v.S. Acrdcf).

aaaivb), V.S. o-atVo).
d-(T(i\60Tos,

-ov

«

(TaXivw),

[ixi

LXX
27*i
;

!

Ex

13i«,

De

68

lli*

(niBMlM)*

;]

unmoved, immovable: Ac

metaph.,

He

1228.t

'Ao-d^, o, indecl.

(Heb. P)DN), Asajyh, an obvious error for 'Aad,

found in the best

texts,

and adopted by LTTr. and

WH,
,

E, mg.

Mt

l^' 8.t

a-apeoTos, -ov
(oLKavo-Tov,

(

<o-y3£Wv/it), [in

LXX

for

nD3 sb
:

Jb 202^ ^3
312,

A

a

2

B)* ;] unquenched, unquenchable
-as,
17

irvp,

Mt

Mk

9**,

Lk

3i7.t

da^Pcia,
godliness,

«1 do-€y8i?s),
Eo
lis

[in

LXX
Ti

for

VW^

,

JTBT), etc.;]

un-

impiety:
i^
;

1126,

n

2i«,

Tit 2i2;
s.v.).t

Ipya

do-f/Jcia?,

ungodly deeds, Ju or fiee^^s, Jui8 (DB,
do-ePe'u,

cTri^v/xtai t.

da-ffttiwv, desires

for ungodly things

[in for JTCTQ nzyi ;] to 6e ungodly, cogn. ace. (MM, s.v.), Jui^.t chiefly for JTt&l ;] wwdacPiis, -€s (o-cySo), to rewrence), [in 4^ 5^ i Ti 1^, i Pe 418, 11 Pe 25. « 3^, Ju''' i5.t godly, impious : Eo ** daeXyeia, -as, 17 do-cXyT/s, licentious ; V. MM, 8.V.), [in

-w

act profanely

:

11

« Pe

iv,

532; Cremer, 523;

MM,
,

do-cySj^s),

LXX

2*';

c.

LXX

Wi
Eo

142",

III

Mac
1221,

(<C 226*;] licentiousness, wantonness, excess:

LXX

Mk
;

722,

1313, II

Co
:

Ga

51^ (Lft., in

1.),

Eph

41^,

i

Pe

43, 11

Pe

22.7,i8^

Ju*.t

Syn.
iii,

do-toTta,

profligacy, prodigality (v. Tr., Syn., § xvi

DB,
42ii,

46).
a<7T],ios,

-ov

(< o-^/Aa,
s.v.).

a mark),

[in

LXX

:

Ge

30*2

(CjtDjr),

Jb

BS,

(in ir. of an uncircumcised boy: Deiss., Metaph. (MM, s.v.), unknown, obscure: 153; litotes, ovK d. (Eur., al.), ttoAis, Ac 2139.t *A<Tiip, 6, indecl. (Heb. -|«;n), Asher : Lk 236, j^e 76.t
III

Mac P*;]

witJiout

mark

MM,

64

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
&cr6ivei.a,

-a?,
:

17

{<C, aaOiv-qs)

,

[in

LXX

frailty, sickness

Lk

13"'

i'-^,

Jo ll^ Ac
;

28^,

Ga
pi.,

413

(MM, 9.V.), He 5^ 7^8 IP* iv d., Jo Mt 817, Lk 51s 82, II Co 125. 9, 10^ i Ti 523, He SVN. fxaXaKia, voaos (v. DB, iii, 323^).
:

for bt273 etc.;] weakness, Eo G^^ 8^6^ 11 Co Ipo 13*, 5^, i Co 2^ 15*3, „ Co 12^;
,

d^^.t

daGece'w,

-tu (<:^ a(rdevrj<;),

feeble

:

Ac

same implied, Eo I42.21, i Co 8ii'i2^ 11 Co ll^^; eU, 527), Eo II Co 133. Specif., of bodily debility, to be sick : Mt 2536- 39, Lk 4*o, 4*<5 53. 7, 13 111-3. 6^ Ac 937, Phi 22". 27, „ Ti 42», Ja 514 ; ol do-^cvowres, Jo 6*6, Lk 92, Ac 19i2.t i/ie sick : Mt 10^ (MM, s.v.j,
;

20^5, 419 141

Ro

83,

11

Co

[in chiefly for bu^3 ;] to &e weak, II21 12i« 13*- » c. dat., Trto-ret (Cremer,
;

LXX

Mk

*dCT0eVT]fia, -ros, to
a(TQevris, -€S

«
:

(<^ aa-Oevy?),

an

infirmity

(MM,

s.v.)

:

Eo
,

15i.t
etc.
;]

«" neg., cr^e'vos, strength), [in
:

LXX

for

""^y

m"^/io?ti strength,
I

weak, feeble

i

Co

12^

4}<>

W^\ u Co

lO^o,

Ga

49,

Ehetorically, t6 d. t. Oeoi, God's action of apparent weakness i Co 12*^ of bodily debility, sick, sickly : Mt 253^ (Eec.) *3,44^ Lk 92 (Eec.) 10^ Ac 4» 515- 1«. In moral and spiritual
51*,
718, 1

Th

He

Pe

3^.

;

sense

(MM,

s.v.

;

Cremer, 526),

Mt

26*S

Mk
:

1438,

Rq

50^

i

Qq

q7,

9,

10

922 113o.t

'Aaia, -as,

>;,

^sm, the Eoman province

(M, Pr., 73), ib.27 20*'i«>i8 2127 24i8 272, II Ti 115, I Pe 1\ Ee l*.t
^AiTiavos,
-7],

Ac 2^6^ 16^ 191,10,22,28 Eo IG^, i Co IG^^, 11 Co l^,
as subst., 6
(01)

-6v,

Asia7i, of Asia, Asiatic;

'A.:

Ac

20*.t

*t 'Ao-idpxris, -ov, 6, an Asiarch, one of ten officers elected by the various cities in the province of Asia whose duty it was to celebrate Ac 193i (Strab., at their own charges the public games and festivals
:

Inscr.

;

DB,

s.v.).t
-as,
rj

*d dCTiTia,

{<^a(TLTOi), fasting, abstinence

from food
(cf.

:

Ac

2721.

ut infr.) Syn. : *aaiTos, -ov (<^ d- neg., ctlto';) fasting withoiit eating
vr](TT(La
, ,

(MM,

MM,

s.v.)

Ac

2733.t
**do-Kecj, -w, [in

LXX:

11

Mac
3.

15**;]
to

practise, exercise

(Hdt., Xen.).
[in

1. to adorn (poet.). endeavour (Xen., al.) c.
:

2. to
inf.,

Ac

24i«.t daKos,
-ov, 6,

LXX for ri©ri

,

1N3

,

^33

;]

a leather

bottle, tuine-

skin
III

: Mt 9^^ Mk 222, Lk 53^. 38,t ** da^eVws, adv. 11 Mac 4^2 1033, riSofiai, to be glad), [in Mac 315 521*;] gladly : Ac 2V^A a-ao4)os, -ov, [in LXX: Pr 9^x2 A*;] unwise, foolish : Eph 5^\f

«

LXX

:

dcnrdtofjiai,
I

depon., [in
to

LXX Ex 18^ Jg 18^5 (Dibizrb
:

bsp), Es
5*'^,

52,

Mac

729, al.
,

;]

welcome, greet, salute

:

c.
i

ace. pers.,

Mt

Mk

9^^, 526,

Ac 21' al. iPe5i*; T.

;

id. seq. iv <f>i\-Q,jLaTt,

Eo

16i«,

iKKXrjcrlav

(Deiss.,

BS,

257),

Co I620, n Co 13^2, i Th Ac 1822; ^s term. tech.

for

conveying greetings at the end of a letter (MM, s.v.), used by an amanuensis (Milligan, NTD, 23), Eo I622 (on the aoristic pres., here

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
and elsewhere,
lx€voL
d;r-acr7ra^o/Liai) . t

65

v.

M,

Pr., 119

;

Bl., § 56, 4)
;

;

Ka-r^vrqa-av

.

.

.

dairaa-d-

(on this constr., v. Bl., § 58, 4
doTTacTfios, -ov, 6

M,

Pr., 132, 238),

Ac

251^

(cf.

*
1621,

(<; do-Trd^o/iat)

,

a salutation (so always in EV),
129,4i,44 ii43 20*«; written,
i

greeting: oral,

Col 4^8, II **t a-oTTiXos, -ov spotless, unstained
exx., V.

Mt Th

23",
3i7.t

Mk
1^^

12^8,

Lk

Co

« Pe
:

d- neg., o-TTiXos), [in
;

i

Sm.: Jb 15^^ metaph., 1 Ti 6^*, Ja

(LXX,
1'^^,

Kadapos)* ;]

ii

Pe

S^^^

(for

MM,
:

s.v.).t
dfjiiavTos, d/Mo>/tos.
rj,

SV-N.

d<nris, -i8os,

[in

LXX for ]31Q

,

etc.

;]

an asp
:

:

Eo

S^^.t

*aaTroi'8os, -ov (<[ o-TrovSiy, a libation); 1. without truce (Thuc). admitting of no truce, imjdacable (Dem., al.) ii Ti 3^.t *f dcradpiov, -ov, to (dim. of Lat. as), an assarion, a farthing, onetenth of a drachma Mt lO^^, Lk 12'' (MM, s.v. DB, iii, 428 DCG,
2.
:

;

;

200).t * daaov (Eec, after Vg., "Ao-o-ov), adv. (compar. of dy;^t, near), nearer : Ac 27^^ (EV, close in shore; v. Bl., § 11, 3; 44, 3; poets. Ion. and late prose). "Ao-o-os, -ov (also 'Ao-o-o'?, -ov), rj, Assos, a city on the E. coast of
ii,

Asia Minor: Ac 20^3,14 (y g ^a-(Tov)A **+ doTareoj, -w (-^ dcrTaros, unstable),
yos) *
;]

to be unsettled, be
:

[in Aq. Is homeless, lead a vagabond
:

58'' life

(LXX,

da-re-

(Cremer, 738

MM,
d.

s.v.)

I

Co

4ii.t

dcrrelos, -ov

«

dtrrv,

a

city), [in

LXX Ex
:

22 (nita),

Nu

2232 (^^^
1.

tST),

Jg
2.

31'

(Xnn), Jth

1123,

Da LXX,

Su^,

ii

Mac

623*;]

of the

town.

clothing,

MM,

(Like Lat. urbanus), (a) courteous, (b) elegant (in tt., of s.v.), comely, fair (as in Ex, l.c). He 1123, Ac 72o.t
6, [in

danip, -€>os,
2429,

LXX

chiefly for

nSiS

;]

a star

:

Mt

22.

7, 9,

lo

1325, I Co 1541, Re qis 8i«. 11.12 91 121,4; metaph., 6 d. 6 ^ TrXavrjrai, Ju 13 ; a. iirrd, symbolizing the angels TrpwiVds, Ee 22s 221*' ii, 674 f . of the seven churches, Ee li«. 20 21 31 (cf darpov, and v.
. .

Mk

DCG,

MM,
*t

s.v.).t
d-(TTT)piKTos, -OV {<:^(TTr]pLi^(i)),

uustabU, unsettUd : 11 Pe 2i* 31^. *do-TopYos, -ov {<C(TTopyr), family affection, love of kindred, v.s. 13i, 11 Ti 3^ (MM, s.v.).+ dyd-Trri), ivithout natural affection : Eo **tdaTox€w, -w (o-Toxos, a mark), [in LXX: Si 71^ 8^*;] to miss the mark, fail: c. gen., i Ti 1* (so in tt., MM, s.v.); seq, -n-epL, 1 Ti 621, II Ti 2i8.t for pia ;] lightning: Mt 242^283, Lk dcrrpaTTi^, -^s, V, [in

LXX

1018 172*;

pi.,

Ee

4* 8^

1119 1618;

of

a lamp, shining brightness,
flash forth
(a)
:

Lk

Ips.t'
dorpdTTTw, [in

LXX for pia;] LXX
5

to lighten,

Lk

172" 24*
pi. (as

(MM,

s.v.).t
d<rrpo»', -ov, to, [in

chiefly for

apiS

;]

mostly in

66
in
cl.),

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
the stars:

Lk

2p5, Ac
:

2720,

He

ll^^; (b) in sing. (Xen.,

al.),

only of some noted star
aa-T-^p,

the symbol or image of a star,

Ac

7*^ (of.

and

V.

MM,

s.v.).t

'AauyKpiTOS, V.S. 'Acrui/zcpiTov.

**

d-ai5^(t.wKos, -ov, [in
;

LXX Wi 181", Da, LXX, Bel 1**
:

;]

dissonant,

discordant

metaph., at variance
-ov [in

:

irpb^ aXX-^Xov<;,

Ac

28^5.
(bS3),

d-<ruV£Tos,
(b''p5),

LXX: De
1.),

32^1 (bns),

Jb I32

Ps 91

(92)«

Ps

75(76)'',

Wig, Sig*;]
s.v.).t

tvithout understanding or discernment:

Mt

I516,

Mk
3"'

718 (Swete, in
v.

Ro

l^L

3i

1019 (for

an

ex. of its

use in the
8.V.),

moral sense,

MM,
^^
:

d-auc-GeTOS, -ov

LXX

«

cruvri^€yu,ai
;]

;

V.

M,

Pr.,

222;

MM,
16^*.+
etc.;]
5^.

[in

:

Je

^' ^'^»

(133)*

false to

engagements, not keeping covenant, Asyncritus
:

faithless

(MM,

s.v.)

Eo

l^i.t
-ov, 6,

'Ao-u'cKpiTos

(Eec. 'Aa-vyKp.),
17

dCT<|)dX€ia, -as,

«

Ro
,

dcre/jaXT^s), [in

LXX
:

for T1X2^
5^^, i
;

1.

firmit

ness.

2. certainty

:

Lu

1*.

3.

security

Ac

Th

(In

tt.

is

s.v. M, TJi., l.c.)+ proof, secicrity ; v. for ItZTNpu., a- neg., o-(/)aAA.w, to trif lip), [in da<(>aXTJs, -e's 6i9 (MM, s.v.).t certain, secure, safe : Ac 213* 22^0 25^6, Phi S\ etc. ;] + d(T4)aXii;w Ne 31* (pm hi.), Is 41io (TJDn), d(7<^aAr?s), [in 417 1012 1315*;] to make firm, secure: mid., Mt 27''5•<'^ Ac 16^*;

used as a law-term,

« «

MM,

LXX

He

LXX
Ge
;

:

Wi

pass.,

Mt

27«*

(MM,

s.v.).t

d(7<|)aXa)s,
I

adv., [in

LXX

:

342^ (nt33),

To

6*,

Wi

IS^,

Ba 5\

Mac

6*0, III

Mac
-w
to

76*;] (a) sa/eZy

Mk

14**,

Ac
16^.

1623; (j) assuredly:
22,

Ac

236.+
dcrxTifiot/eo),

«

aa-xw^v),

[in

LXX

:

Ez

3923

29 (n,-|y)
:

.

De
13*;

253 (nbp ni.)*;]
seq. cm, ib.

act mibecomingly, beJiave dishonourably
s.v.).+

i

Co
;]

V^ (MM,

daxTjiiOCTuKT], -7s,

^

(<^dcrx^'yu,wv),
s.v.)
;

[in

LXX
for

chiefly for njlJT
rj

un-

seemliness

:

Ro

127

(MM,
:

euphemism

ala-xyvy],

as freq. in

LXX,
(nviir),

shame, nakedness
doxTiixojv, -ov

«

Re

16i*.+

d- neg., a-xvi^o), [in

LXX

:

Ge

34^ (nbn?),
2,

De

24^

Wi
:

22",
i

Da th
1223.

Su^s,

h Mac

92*;]

1, shajyeless.

uncomely,

unseemly

Co

d- neg., a^tu,), [in dawTia, -as, rj prodigality, ivastefulness, profligacy : Eph

«

LXX
5^^,

:

Pr 28^
1", i

(b^T),

II

Mac 6**;]

Tit

Pe

4*

(MM, s.v.).+

SYN. Pr
711 *
;]

:

dcreAyeta, q.V.

for mo, adv. (<^ do-toTos, prodigal, toasteful), [in wastefully : Lk 15^3 (EV, in riotous living ; but not necessarily dissolute; cf. MM, ut supr. Milligan, NTD, 79).+ *dTaKTe'w, -w (<[ draKTos), primarily, of soldiers marching, to be out of order, to quit the ranks ; hence, metaph., to be remiss, fail in the performance of duty (in tt., of truancy on the part of an apprentice) II Th 37 (on d. and its cognates, v. M, Tli., 152 fif. MM, 8.vv.).+
*do-oSTa>s,
; ;

LXX

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT

67

III Mac 1^^*;] out of order, **a-TaKTos, -ov (<< rao-crw), [in out of place (Lat. inordinattis), freq. of soldiers not keeping the ranks, or an army in disarray (cf iii Mac, I.e.) hence, metaph., irregular, disorderly (v. previous word) i Th 5^*.t
: .

LXX

;

:

**d-T<iKTus, adv.,
II

[in

Sm.

:

iv

Ki 9^°*;]

disorderly, irregularly:

Th

36. ii.t

SreKvos, -ov
4921,

«

tc/cvov), [in
.-j

LXX: Ge
(MM,

152,

Le

2020.21 (iT-jy), Is

childless : Lk 2028. 29,t Si 163 * **dTei'i^a> (-^dTcvT/s, strained, intent; -^reiVw), [in

Je 1821
226 *

(ij-jjj;)^

LXX:

i

Es

628,

III

Mac

.-1

f^Q

IqqJ^

fixedly, gaze

Lk

420 225«,

Ac
l^o

metaph., Ac

7"

312 10* 149 231 ; ll^, 11 Co 37.i3.t

dat. pers., gaze upon seq. €«, c. ace. pers., Ac 3* 6^^ 139;
s.v.)
:

c.

**aT€p, prep., [in without, apart from :
dTifxdl^a)

LXX:
c.

11

gen.,
[in

Mac 12^^*;] in cl. most freq. in poets; Lk 22^>^^ (for exx. from tt., v. MM, 8.v.).t

(<^

ari/xos),

LXX

for 71S

,

rop

,

etc.

;]

to dishono2ir,

insult

:

Mk
RO

12\ TTr., mg.,
124 (cf dri/ldw).t
-uj (-e^Ti/xT/),

WH, Lk
to

20^\ Jo 8«,

Eo
c.

223, jg, 2^;

pass.
12*,

Ac

541,

*d-Ti/xda>,

dishonour, despise:

ace. pers.,
etc.
;

Mk

LTr., txt.

(cf. drifjid^w)
17

dri/iia, -as,

{a.TLfj.o'i),

[in

LXX
cis d.,

for Hisbj

,

]ib(?

,

;]

dishonour,

disgrace : KUT a., II

1

Co

11^*, 11
.

Co

Q^

;

Ro

921, 11

Ti 220

^

a., i

Co 15"
Jb
30*.

Co

1121

7rd^i7 aTL/xias,

base passions,
:

Eo

126.t

dri^os, -ov {<Tifji^), [in

LXX
1223.t

Is 3^ (nbp ni.), 53^ (.173),
:

(DCr^b^), Wig, Si^*;] without honour, dishonoured, despised

Mt

13",

Mk

6*, I

Co

410

;

comp.,

i

Co

dTtjiou, -w (<; ttTi/i-os), [in dishonour, treat with indignity :
dT|xis, -tSos,
17,

LXX
Mk
Jjy
,

chiefly for n73;]

=

dri/ia^w, to

12*,

Eec.t
,

[in

LXX
:

for

H^a^II

etc.

;]

vapour

:

Ja

4^*

d.

Kanvov,

Ac

2i9(i'^^).t
-01'

**a-TO|xos,
a-TOTTos,

(•<

TtyMvo)), [in

of time, aTOfxov, a
-ov
1.

moment

iv

Sm. Is 54^ (MM, d., i Co 15^2 f
:

s.v.) *;] indivisible;

«Td7ros),

[in

LXX:
;

Jb 48

ll^i,
2.

Pr

302o

(24"),

al.,

for I^X
(of

,

etc.

;]

out of place, not
:

befitting.

marvellous, strange

symptoms, Hipp.)
3.

sense,
V.

Ac 28^ hence, in late Greek, with ethical improper, imrighteous (so in LXX, and for exx. from tt.
I.e.
;

M,

Th.,

MM,

s.v.)

:

Lk

23*i,
rj,

Ac 25^

11

Th

32.t

'ArraXia

(Eee. -dAeta),

-as,

Attalia,

a city of Pamphylia
1456
{a)

Ac

1425.t

aoydSo)

«

avyr;),

[in

LXX: Le
MM,
s.v.)
;

1324-28.28,38
2. Intrans.
{b)

(n^n^) 1339
to see

(nn3)*;]

1.

Trans,

(cl.),

to irradiate.
;

(poet.),
to

clearly (so perh. 11 Co, I.e. II Co 4* (cf. 8t-, KaT-avyd^a)).t
aflYn, -^s, ^, [in

as in

LXX,

shine forth

LXX

:

Is 59^ (nnj;),

11

Mac

12^*;]

1. brightness.

68
2.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Later (as in

MGr.

;

MM,

s.v.),

daylight,

dawn
;

:

Ac

20^^ (Cremer,
xlvi).

118).t

SVN.
(of.

:

<^£yyos (V.

AuyouCTTos, -ov, 6 (Lat.),
2€/5ao-Tds;
aOedSris,

Thayer, s. 4>. DB, iii, 44* Tr., Syn., § Augustus, the Roman Emperor:
;

Lk

2^

and
-ts

v.

MM,

8.v.).t

{<:avT6^, ^Sofxac), [in
:

LXX
11

:

Ge

493'

^ (75^)^

Pr

2124

(TH;)*

;]

self-pleasing, arrogant
:

Tit

I'',

Pe

2^**

(Cremer, 654).+

Syn.
clwsen.
2.

4>LkavTo<s (v. Tr.,

Syn.,
:

§ xciii).

** aO0aip€TOS,
*+ auOerre'w,
authority, in
freq.
I

-ov

(<avTos,

aipeofiai), [in
11

Sm.

:

Ex

35*»22*.] l

ggij-.

of one's oivn accord
-oi

Co

8^'

^'^.t

(<[

av9ivTrj<;, i.e.

in

cf. it., an autocrat; vernacular, MM, s.v.),

lvTiq<i, one who acts On his OWn 12^; cf. -la, iii Mac 2'^^; -ikos is Wi to govern, exercise authority over

ahro-

Ti 212.+ iii Ki l^o*;] avXo'9), [in Al. **auX€w, -w pipe: mid., Mt ll^^, Lk 7^2, i Co 14'.+

«
17,

:

to

play on a flute,
in

to

auXi],

-r}s,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

isn

;]

1.

Hom., an open

courtyard before a house, hence, an enclosure in the open, a sheepfold : Jo 10^'^^. 2. the court, courtyard, round which a house is built:

Mt
3.

Jo 1815 T. vaoC, Re II2. a dwelling, a palace (so, ace. to Grimm-Th., s.v.) Mt 26^' ^^, Mk 14^* 15i«, Lk 1121, Jo 1815 (but V. MM, s.v. cf. also DB, ii, 25, 287).+ -ov, 6 «ai;A.£a)), a flute-player : Mt 92^, Re I822 (MM, *auXT)Wi9,
263.
58, 69^

Mk

145-1. 66

1516^

Lk

1121 2255,

;

:

;

s.v.).+
auXij^ofiai

«auX77),
s.v.)
:

[in

LXX

lodge in a courtyard. lodge

2. to

(LXX; MM,
auXos, -ov, 6

Mt

lodge in the open. 21i', Lk 2137.t

chiefly for Jib, fb;] 1. prop., to 3. to pass the night,

(<[ aw, to blow), [in

LXX chiefly
Eph
22i,

for b'^bn

;]

a pipe:
s.v.),

I

Co

14'.+

aold^u (and the earlier form
[in
II
II

av^u>,

Col 2i»

;

MM,
i

LXX
91**.

chiefly for

ms

;]

1.

trans., to

make
;

to

grow

:

Co

3".

\

Co Co
In

Pass.,

to
;

10^5,

Col 1"
62«,

grow, increase, become greater : TTj l-myviliCTiL T. 6€ov, Col 11^ CIS
1227 131^
;

Mt

13^2^ '^•^ 48^

a-oiTTjpLav, I

Pe

22.

2.

later

Gk. (but nowhere in LXX),

plants,

Mt
;

Lk

of infants,
:

of the increase of the Gospel of Christian character Christ as a leader, Jo 3^* of

Ac V^

intrans., to groio, increase : of Lk l^o 24« of a multitude, 6 Xdyos rjviavi, Ac 6" 122* 192<'
;
:

;

ets

XpLarov,
Oeov,

Eph

415

;

els vaov,

Eph
r)

221

.

'^ xap^^t.

" P©

^i^
;

T^v

av^rja-LV t.

Col 21^

(cf. crvv-, vTr€p-av$di'u)) .f

**au^T]o-is,

-ews,
416,

(-< av^w),

[in

LXX:
Ac
^

II

Mac

51**;]

increase,

growth

:

Eph

Col 2i9.+
irveovar-i^

au^w, V.S. av^dvio. aupa, a breeze : t.

(sc. avpa),

27**'.+
:

aopio^ adv., [in

LXX
Lk

for

inn
33^

;]

to-morrow
;

Mt

6^\

Lk

1228,
s.v.),

Ac

2320 2522,

I

Co

1532,

1332.

ja

413

a{5.

(sc. ^fx^pa,

MM,

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Mt
Ja
634,

69
ai.,

Ac

43;

i^l rijv ai.,

Lk

1035,

Ac

i^;

rh

(WH
:

om.) t«?

4i*.t

** auarrjpos, -a, -ov (< auw, to dry up), [in II Mac 143" ;] prop., stringent, harsh to the taste. Metaph., in Inscr., of a rough country; of disposition and manners, strict, severe (as in tt., of an
inspector;

LXX

MM,
:

s.v.)

:

Lk

192i.22_t

SYN.

a-KXrjpo'S (Tr., § xiv).
:

*auTapKeia, -as, 17 {<^avTapKr)<;, q.V.), [o) sufficiency (Mil, S.V.) in subjective sense (v. Milligan, NTD, 57), 11 Co 9^; (6) contentment: I Ti 66.t
aOxcipKTjs, -€s

9^*;] as in cl., in philosophical sense, selfsufficient, independent; subjectively, contented: Phi 4^^ (in non-lit. tt., the word means simply enough, sufficient; MM, s.v.).t *t auTo-Kard-KpiTos, -ov (<^ avTO's, /cara/cptvo)) self-condemned : Tit 3^^
,

112* 34.(31)28 40^8, IV

«Mac
and

a^Tos,

(ipKc'o.)),

[in

LXX

:

Pr

243i

(308) (p^)^ gj 51

(Eccl.,

Cremer, 377;

MM,
-rj,

s.v.).t

auTofiaros, -ov,
s.v.), [in

-ov

(etym. doubtful

;

v.

Boisacq, Prellwitz,
242*,

LXX, Le

255-

11,

iv

Ki

1929 (n^DD), Jos

6^ Jb

Wi

17«*;]

1. of

persons, acting of one's

n'atural agencies, of itself, of its TTu'^r?, Ac 12i».t

own will. 2. Of inanimate things and own accord : yrj, Mk 42^ (MM, s.v.)
:

* auToimrjs,
auTos,
-rj,

-ov, 6,

an

eye-witness

Lk

12.t

freq.

-6, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more than in cl. (WM, 178 f. Jannaris, HGG, § 1399). 1. Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii) (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., av. iK)(y6-qa-€Tai, Lk 5^'' av. €ytv(uo-K€v, Jo 22^ av. vfJieL<;, Jo 32^ kol av. cyw, Eo 15^4; av. 'Irja-ovs, Jo 2^*; av. /cat ol /xer avTod, Mk 225; ^^^-^ au., Mk 631 ggp (as freq j^ ^^ ^^_ ^^ j^j. 34^ j^^ 61^, Jo 1627, I Th 311, al. in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ev airfj t. <5pa, in that hour, Lk IO21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., §48, 1, 2, 7), Mt I21 12^0, Lk 63^, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 82*, Mk 43^, al. av., koL av. = oOtos, 6 Se
;

;

;

;

;

.

;

;

(BL,
(cl.),

§ 48, 1),

Mt

142,

Mk

1415.44^

Lk

I22 228, al.

2.

In oblique cases

with

10^2 26**, al. for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9^8, 13^, al. (for irreg. constructions,

V

Mk

V. Bl., § 74, 5)

;

pleonastically after the relative
;

(cf.

Heb.

ib
;

ni?N;
in constr.
423,

WM,
II

184 ff. Bl., § 50, 4 MM, s.v.), Mk 72^, Ee 38 72, ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated,
;

al.

Co

213,

al.;

gen. airoi
:
;

3. 6,

Eo
al.;

rj, TO av., the same 1216 155, Phi 22, al.

Mt ^q 35^ = iKeivov, Eo lin, i Th 21^, Tit 35, He 2*. He I12 138 t6 av., Trotetv, Mt 5*^' *7, al. 4>povfiv,
;
;

t^
.

av.,

Ac

152^,

Eo

2i, al.

;

Karh rh (ra)

av.

(MM,

8.V.),

Ac

141,

Lk

623, al
I

iv K. TO av.,

Co

^Vi to ai., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 223*, Ac 1^\ 115 1211; c. dat. (cl.), i Co 115; ^itij ^ noun,

Xdyos,

Mk

1439; ^,Vpo9,

Phi

130; TrveO/xa,

I

Co

12*.

auToo, adv., prop. neut. gen. of avTo's, [in

LXX

for

nb, HT^;]

70

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

there : Mt 2636, 1819 21*.t

Mk

633,

^h,

mg.,

Lk

9^7,

Ac

153*,

WH,
:

tag.,

E, mg.,

**

a6ToO, -^s, -oi, auTd<j)wpos, -ov

with
after

ref.
(ttl,

=eavTov (q.v.), Mt 634, Lk 12^7, al. (MM, S.V.). «aiiTos, (f>wp, a thief), [in Sm. Jb 34^^*;] prop, to theft, then generally, in the very act : as freq., neut. dat. Jo 8* (Eec, €7ravTo0a)p(x)).t
-pos,
6,
17

*auT6-x€ip,

(-^auTo?,

x"p)'

^^^^

<^'^^'^

^^^ hand:
s.v.),

Ac

2719.+

* auxe'w, -w (< a^x^?, boasting), to boast : c. ace. av)(^el (Rec. yucyaXavx", q-V.), Ja 3^.+ * auxpipos, -a, -oi' (< aux/"o'?, drought) 1.
;

(MM,
drt/.

ficydXa

2. squalid,

dismal:
etc. (35

11

Pe

l^^

(MM,
all);]

s.v.).t
,

(Cremer, 615 f .) for 110 "QV DT) , take from, take aivay, take off: c. ace, to 14*- {fLrdpiov, WH), Lk 22^^^ (oSs) wctSos, Lk pS; wTiov, Mt 26^^!, pass., c. gen., Lk 10*'^ ; a. ajxapTLos, seq. ttTTo, Ee 22^^, Lk 163 (mid.) He 10*, Eo 1127 (mid.) (MM, s.v.j.t Ne 48<2), Jb 2420, Si 203o 41^*, H^vf]S, -65 «<^ruVo)), [in 33* * ;] unseen, hidden : He 4^3 f II Mac
d<j)-aipew, -w, [in
, ,

LXX
to

ms

words in

Mk

;

;

LXX:

d4)ai'ii;a),

(< a^av);?),
:

[in

LXX

for

CDCr

ni., "DQIZT hi., etc.

;]

1.

to

make
Ja

2. Later (MM, s.v.), (a) to iinseen, hide from sight (Xen., al.). Pass., to vanish: destroy: Mt 6i9'20; [b) to disfigure: Mt 6^^.

41*

;

to

perish

Ac
6

d4)ai'io-jji6s, -ov,

«
6

13*^ (i'XX).t
dcftavL^w), [in

LXX
and

chiefly for

nJSffl',

nipptZT;]

vanishing
invisible,

:

He

8i3_t
-ov
:

*a<|)aia-os,

(<:^ <^at'vo/xat),

poet,

late

prose

(MM, (MM,

s.v.),

hidden

Lk

243i.t
(cf
.

*t

d4)c8poJ.',

-wvos,

ajyrwy, drain:
2.

Mt

15^',

Mk

ae^cSpos, Le 125) =, ci_ 5<^o8os 7^^ (oxerdv, mg.).t

s.v.),

*d<f)ei8ia (L, -£ia), -a?,

rj

«

WH,

ctc^eiSrjs,

unsparing);

1.

extravagance.

tmsjyarmg treatment, severity
d^JCiSoc, V.S. aTreiSov.

:

Col

2'-3.t

Ac

*t d(})€X6TT)9, 2«.t

-t;tos,

17

=

cl.

dcjieXeia

(v.

MM,
,

S.V.),

simplicity:

d<j)€(ns, -ecos,

17

«
;

d<^i-qfxi),

[in

LXX for ^31'^
:

lilT

,

etc. (v. Deiss.,

BS, 98
of

1. dismissal, release Lk 41^. 2. Metaph., LXX), pardoji, remission of penalty dfiapnwv, Mt 2628, Mk 1*, Lk 1"' 33 24*' Ac 238 531 1043 1338 26I8, Col l^* TrapaTTTto/xarwv, Eph 1^ absol., Mk 329, He 922 1018 (cf. DB, ii, 56;
ff.
;

MM,

s.v.)

;]

sins

(never in

:

,

;

DCG,

i,

437,
:

ii,

605
(<^
:

Cremer, 297
(and
cf.

f.).t

Syn.
d<f>T),

Trapecris, q.v.
17

Tr., § xxxiii).
fit), [in

-^s,

ttTrro), to

fasten,

LXX for V22
2'',

,

freq. in

Le

;]

a joint (MM,
**t 1712 *
;]

s.v.)

Eph
r)

d<|.0apaia, -as,

«

4^6,

Col 2^^

(Lft., in l.).t

.Jc^^apTos), [in
:

LXX: Wi
Eo
AE,
i

incorruptibility, immortality
.

Co

223 510^ ly 15*2> 5o> 53,

Mac
54^

922

jj

fj

110; dyaTTiavTwv

.

.

iv a.,

Eph

62* (v.

in

l.).t

MANUAL GBBEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
**a-<})0apTos, -ov

71

(< i>9e{pw),
:

[in

LXX Wi
:

immortal ;

(a) of

things

i

Co
l^^, i

9^^, i

Pe

1*'

12i 18**;] imperishable, 23 34 of (p^ of persons
j
:

men,

i

Co

15^2; of God,

Eo

Ti l^^

(MM,

s.v.).t

td-4)eopia, -as, ^ «</.^€tpa)), [in

LXX: Hg
hi.,

2^8

<i7)

(|i,3^)*.-]

^„,

corruptness
1.
to

:

Tit

1''

d«|)-iVt.

[ill

LXX
Co
to

(Eec. d(f>6ap(TLa).f for m:

am,
let

]n:,

nbo

ni.,

STjr,

etc.;]

send forth, send away,
I l^^''^^
;
;

go

:

of divorce
t.

yvvalKa (Hdt.),

of death,

TrveS/xa
;

{DB, iii, 274*), t. (Ge 3518, Hdt., al.),

Mt

27*''
T.

(faaviqv,

utter a cry,
18^'^
;

Mk

15^'^

of debts, to remit, forgive
j

Mt 18^^ ggp_ of sins (Cremer 296 f.), T. dfiapTLa's, dfxapTrj/xaTa, dvoiJiLas, Mt 9^, Ro 4^(LXX)^ j Jo 19^ al. punctiliar and iterative pres. (M, Pr., 119), Mk 2*, Lk 11* Ion. pf., 2. to Zeave aZowe, leave, neglect d<t>€(i)VTai (M, Pr., 38), Lk 5^^. Mt 4^^
(cl.),

Savuov,

Mt

T.

6(p€iXi]v,

;

:

52* 151*,
T.

Mk

120.31,

Jo

43,28^ al.; r.

^vtoX^
t.

t- &^oi,

Mk

Xpio-Tou Aoyoi',

He
3.

6^

;

t.

dydTrrjv

TrptaTrjv,

Re

7^; t^v t. apx^s 2* ptcp., a<^€ts,
;

pleonastic (as in
2222,

Aram.; M,
to Zei,

Pr., 14;
suffer,

Dalman,

TTords, 21
3^5; c.

f.),

Mk
;

813,
c.

al.

permit:
5*o
;

Mt

ace,

Mt Mt
;

IS^'
3^5,

19^*, al.

ace. rei et dat. pers.,

Mt

c. inf.

pres.,

Mt

23^*, al.

aor.,

Mk

53', al.;

in late

Gk. (M, Pr., 175 f.),
64, 2),

subjunct. (M, Pr., further MM, s.v.).
d<}>-iKi'€'ofji,ai,

I.e.; Bl., §

Mt

seq. 'ua, 7* 27*^,

Mk ll^^, Jo 12^; c. Mk 15^6, Lk 6*2 (see
perfective of
iKveofiai, s.v.),

-ovp.ai, [in

LXX for

Ni2

,

etc.

;]

to

come (M, Pr., 247),
16i9.t

to

arrive at, come

to,

reach
:

:

metaph. (MM,

Eo
Gk.

*t

d-<t>tX-(lYa0os, -ov,

without love of good

11

Ti 3* (not elsewhere in

lit.,

but

V.

MM,

8.v.).t

*t d-4)i\-dpYwpos, -oy, without love of money, not avaricious ; i Ti 3', He 135. (For other instances, v. MM, s.v.)t **a<|>-i|is, -€cos, ^ «tt^i/cveVa'). [i'^ LXX: III Mac 7^^*;] in cl. usually, arrival; rarely, departure: Ac 202^ (so in tt., cf. MM, s.v.;

M,

Pr., 26, n.).t
d<j>-iaTt)p,i,

[in

LXX for 1TD
2.
:

,

b^D

,

etc. (41 V70rds in all)

;]

1.

trans,

in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to
to revolt
:

put aivay, lead away ; metaph.,
pf., plpf.,

to

move

Ac

5^".

Intrans. in
c.

2 aor.,
aSi/ct'as,

to

stand

off,

depart

from, withdraw from
1210, 1538 199 2229, II
(fall

gen.,

Lk

2^^

;

seq. diro,

Lk

Co

128; metaph.,

cItt^

4^3 1327^ ^.c 5^8 11 Ti 2^9; divh Otov,

away, apostatize), He 3^2^ Mid. (exc. 1 withdraw oneself from, absent oneself from away, apostatize : absol., Lk 8^^ q gen., i Ti
:

aor., wh. is trans.), to Lk 23" metaph., fall
;

4^

(MM,

s.v.

;

Cremer,

308).
fi4)»'w,

adv., [in

LXX for DXnQ;]
l^*, i
:

suddenly: Ac 22 162« 28^.+

d4)6pais,

adv. «.^o/3os), [in

LXX:
16^0,

Pr ps

(TriBp),

Wi

17**;]

without fear: Lk V\ Phi ** d(t)-ofioi(}a), -C>, [in
pass.,

Co

Jui2.t

LXX Wi
:

I31*,

Ep. Je *.
(eis

63, 71

*

jj

to

make

like

He

73.t

d<|)-opd<a, -w, [in

LXX

iv

Mac

17^°

6f6v)*

;]

(a) to look

away

72

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
all else at,
to see
(v.
:

from
Phi

fix one's gaze ufon: metaph,
d<fii8w

(MM,

s.v.),

He
;

12^; {h)
s.v.),

simply,
2'-^«

(v.s.

aTrctSoi',

and

Lft., Phi.,

in

1,

MM,
c.

Ellic, in
(a) to

l.).t
FJ13

d<j)-opiiw, [in

LXX

wn hi.,
Ac
19^,

etc.

;]

(Cremer, 805 £.) for blS hi., "130 hi., mark off by boundaries from, separate from

hi.,

:

ace,

Ga

212; id. seq. iK {diro),

Mt

13^3 25^2
;

(MM,

s.v.);

of

excom-

munication, Lk 6^2. Pass., absol., ii Co 6^^ (b) to set apart, devote to Mid., Ac IS^, Eo 1^ c. ace, Ga 1^*. a special purpose (seq. eis)
:

{DB,

iii,

588).t
^,

d<|,-op,iVi, -^s,

[in

LXX: Ez

5'

(pn?), Pr 9^

iii

Mac

32*;]

prop., a starting-point; in war, a base of operations; metaph., an ^f^^ ii Go 11^2^ Qg, 513 occasion, incentive, opportunity (MM, s.v.) 7^' ^^ ; a>. 8i86vai, 11 Co 5^2, i Ti S^^.t mg., Eo Xafji^dveiv, Lk 1124,

:

wH,
rj

*A<j)pi!;w
*d<|)p(5s,

«a^pds), to foam at the mouth: -ov, 6, foam: Lk Q^" (MM, s.v.).t
-17s,

Mk
for

9^^'^^.f

d<})poau»/T),

«

d^pwv),

[in

LXX

T\bpi,

nbnj.etc.;]

foolishness:

Mk

722, 11

Co

lli'i'.2i.t

a4>pwi', -ov,

gen. -ovo? (-< (^/or^v), [in

LXX for b""??

,

b^3

,

etc.

;]

with-

out reason, senseless, foolish, expressing " want of mental sanity and sobriety, a reckless and inconsiderate habit of mind " (Hort cf MM, Lk 11*0 1220^ Eo 220, i Co 15^'', 11 Co ll^^ 126-", i Pe 2^5 opp. s.v.)
; . :

;

to <^povi/xos,

II

Co

11^^

;

to (TWievTes,
2.

Eph

2i^.t
:

**t

d4>-uiri'6w,

-w «v7rvo<D, to put to sleep), [in Al.

Ge

28^^*;]

1.

to

awake from

sleep (Anth.).

=

cl. KaOvirvoay

(MM,

s.v.), to

fall asleep:

Lk

823.t

t d<|)-uaT€pew, -w, [in he late (Polyb., Si,
Ja.,
I.e.).

LXX: Ne
2.

920 (yaa), Si 14^**;]
to

1.
I.e.
;

as in
v.

cl., to

Trans.,
s.v.).t
:

keep hack (Ne,

Mayor,

157

f.)

:

pass.,

Ja 5* (MM,

Wi 41^, 11 Mac 32»*;] (MM, s.v.), i Co 122 Qf beasts, dumb, SO many kinds of voices and II Pe 2^^ Toa-avTa yhrj <^(dvcov koI ov8ev a. none voiceless, i.e. without signification, unintelligible 1 Co 14io_f Mt l^.t "Axai; (WH, "Axas), 5 (Heb. ms), Ahaz
a<j>a)^os,

-ov {i>wv^), [in speechless : Ac 8^2 (lxx)
;

LXX

Is 53^ (d^JX ni.),

of idols

.

:

:

'Axaia (T, 'A;^aia),

-as,

rj

(Bl.,

§
i

46,

11),

Achaia, the
11

Eoman
92
llio,

province:

Ac

18^2.27

1921

Rq
:

152^,

Co 1&^\

Co

1^

iTh

17. 8.+

'AxatKos, -ov,

6,

[in xapito/^at) **dxdpi(rros, -ov Mac 910*;] (^a) ungracious, ^mpleasing
,

«
:

Achaicus

1

Co

16^^.+

LXX: Wi
;

1629, Si 2917.25^

{h)

ungrateful,

IV thankless:

Lk

635,

Ti 32.t "Axas, v.s. "Axa^.
'Axeifi, 6,

Achim
;

Mt

l^^.t

*t
14'8,
s.v.).t

d-xcipo-iroiTjTos,
II

-ov

{<^xeipo7rQLr]Tos),
irtpLToixr]

not

Co

51

metaph.,

d.

(i.e.

spiritual),

made by hands: Mk Col 2^^ (MM,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
'AxcXSafidx (T, 'A^;

73
indecl.
l^^.t

Rec.

'A/ceX8a/Aa,

WH,
:

'

AKeXSa/xax)
:

,

(Aram. NJ^l

b^)T}, field of blood),
:

Akeldama (AV, Aceldama)

Ac

dimness
Jei7»;]

Ez 12^; Sm. Jb S^*;] **dxXu's, -ws, rj, [in Aq. of the eyes Ac 13^^ (v. Tr., Syn., § c).t
:

a mist, esp. a
(^^CT),

d-xpcios,

-ov

«; xpeios,

useful), [in
253o,

LXX

:

ii

Ki

6^2

Ep.

unprofitable: Mt (Eec. -eidw, Polyb., tdxpeoo)
^^sg^ess,

LXX

(-€iow) for

n^N
-ov,

ni., etc.

;]

to

Lk IT^" (MM, s.v.).t LXX), -(0 (<[ a;(pcos = a;(p€ros), [in make useless, unprofitable pass., Eo
:

312 (LXX),t
a-XPTi<rTos,

useless, tmserviceable

:

Sxpi (and

Epic

{^W T^), Wi 2^1, Si 16\ al. opp. to evxprja-ros, Phm ^^t axpis, bef. vowel (v. MM, s.v.), Eo ll^s T, Ga 3^^
[in
:

LXX Ho
1.

8^

;]

T,

until, unto, as far

adv., utterly (Horn.). 2. Prep. c. gen., of time: Ac 321 222^, Eo l^^ 5^3, i Co 411, II Co 31*, Ga 42, Phi 16; d. Kaipov, Lk 413, Ac 13^^; ^s ^/xe'pa?, Mt 2438, Lk 120 1727, Ac 12 (t^s n- V^), ib.22; 5. tuutt/s t. ^/xe>as (t. ^. TavTT}^), Ac 229 231 2622; i. ijixip^v TrevTf, Ac 20"; a. av-py?, Ac 201^; o[.
S^^);

WH,

mg.,

He

as;

(a)

L

ToC vOv, Eo 822, Phi 15; L rikovi. He G^i, Ee 226; (b) of space Ac 11* 13« 20* (E, txt., mg.) 28l^ 11 Co lO^^. i*. He 4^2, Ee I420 18^ a. davarov, Ac 22^, Ee 2^** 12^^ (c) of measure or degree 3. As conj., until; (a) axpi alone: c. subj. aor., Ga 3^^ ^5 ^j t, mg.) id. without 3iv (Bl., § 65, 10), Ee 7^ IS^ 203. 5 c. indie, fut., Ee (b) a. ov (i.e. a. Tovrov to) c. indic. aor., Ac 7^^; impf., 27^3; c. subj. aor. (Bl., ut supr.), Lk 212*, Eo 1125, i Co 112^ I525, Ga 3^9, T,
:

WH,

:

WH,

;

W^

;

:

WH,

mg.

;

id.

with

av,

Ee

225; q

in(jic. pres.,

while.
;]

He
7^'^

3^3 (gf

fi€xpt)A
3^2,

Six^poy, -ov, TO, [in

LXX

chiefly for p:^)
[in

chaff:

Mt

Lk

S^'^.f

**

d-i|/€u8iis,

-€9

Ki^evSo?),

LXX: Wi

*;] free

from
:

false-

hood, trtithful: Tit 12.t *t av|/ii'9os, -ov, T] (also dxpivdLov, to]

dif/LvOia,

rj),

wormwood

as a

proper name, Ee 8^^t
lifeless

**d4ruxos, -ov {<il/vxv), 1 Co 14^.+ :

[in

LXX: Wi

13^7 1429*;]

inanimate,

B
/r

=

B, P, pTJTa, TO, indecl., beta, b,

the second letter.

As a numeral,
lord),

2;

/?,

=

2000.
6,
17,

BdaX (Eec. BaaA),
114 (LXX)
i'}^g

indecl.

(Heb.

byn,

Baal: Eo
where,

iem. art. here agrees with the usage of

LXX,

following a similar
to

Hebrew

practice {TXDI for bv'2),

ala-^^yrq

appears

have been substituted in reading for the written BaaX (cf. iii Ki and to account for the freq. use of the fem. art. bef. B. The usage, however, is not general, and in the passage cited in Eo (iii Ki
18^9),
I918),

LXX

reads tw B.t

74

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
BaPuXwc, -wvos,
17

(^515,

Heb. form

of Assyr. Bab-ili,

Gate of

God), Babylon:

Mt

I".i2,i7^

Ac

7*3 (Lxx);
i

symbolically, of Borne:
S^^.t
to siep), [in

Ee

14s 1619 17* 182.10.21,
t

and prob. also

Pe

PaG^wS, V.S. /Sa^us. pa0jui(5s, -ov, 6, Ion. form of

/3ao-/>tos

(< ^atVw,
:

LXX
I.e.,

I

Ki

55 (]ri5P), IV
;

Ki

20^.10.11

(nbyo), Si 636*;] a step (iv Ki,
i

of

degrees of a dial)

metapb., a degree, standing

Ti S^^.t
etc.;]
;

Pa0os, -€os (-ous), TO, [in

LXX
;

for "innn
i/ie

,

nbisp,
:

depth:

Mt
(3.
I

135,

Mk
.
;

45,
. .

Ro

83'\

Eph
Ro
[in

S^^

t6
to.

yS., /3.

ttXovtov
210
17

®eov,
/3<j.0ov<;

11^3

;

t.

deep sea Lk 5* metapb., @eov (tbe Divine counsels),

Co

Kara
to

irTwxtia, deej) poverty, 11

Co

B^.t

M""" {<M^^),
30(49)30*;]
chiefly for

LXX
e-'s.t
;

for

pay: Ps 91

(92)*

Je 29 (49)8

deepen:
-£cos,
;]
;

Lk

PaStis (gen.

early

pay dawn, Lk 24i
ov,

vernac, Lk, I.e.; Bl., §8, 5), -tia, -v, [in LXX deep Jo 411 metapb., opOpov /SaOew; (v. supr.),
;

vttvos,

Ac

20^

;

ra

/?.

tou Sarava,

Ee

22*.

**tpatoi',

TO

(also

/?aioi',

another

form

of

fSaU,

from
tt.,

the

Egyptian), [in LXX: i Exp., x); a palm-branch
BaXad/i,
6,

Mae
:

Jo indecl. (Heb.
22-24)
:

IS^i * ;] (freq. in 12i3 {DB, i, 314).t
DJripn),
11

Egyptian

v.

MM,
6

as

in

LXX
.

(FIJ

has

BaXa/Aos)

;

Balaam (Nu
6,

Pe

2i5,

Ba\dK,

indecl. (Heb. p^a), J5aZaA;

Ju (Nu
[in

n,

Ee 2^\f
-^q gi^.t

222)

PaXXd.'Tio*'

(Eec.

/3aXd-),

-ov,

TO,

LXX:
.

Jb

141^

("lilV),

Pr

11* (D^3),

To

11* 82, Si 1833

^2*.^ ^
, ,

^^^^^^
,

l^

10* 1233 2235, 36,t

for bS3 etc. ;] prop., of a weapon or DltZ? missile then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metapb., to throw, cast, put, place : c. ace, seq. ek, Mt 41^, and freq. im, Mt 103*; koltu), 12**; SpeVavov, Ee 14i9; 4«; l^w, Mt 513; „v^^ Mt 5^9; Ik,
pdXXcj, [in
;

LXX

TT

Mt

Mk

fxdxaipav,

Mt

103*

.

^x^pov,
lie ill
:

pass., to be laid, to

Mt 2735 Mt 92
;

;

of fluids, to

pour

:

Mt

91^,

Jo 135

e(3\i]0r]

(timeless aor.,

M,

Pr., 134),

Jo 15«; intrans., to rush (Bl., §53, 1): Ac 2?!*. Metaph., yS. ets t. also of KapUav, Jo 132 (cf. usage in ir., without idea of violence liquids MM, Exp., x v. also Cremer, 120, 657 cf. d^f^i-, dva-,
;
; ; ;

dvTi-, diro-, 8ia-,
uvfi-, VTrep-,

€k-,

ifx-,

rrap-e/J.-,

iiri-,

Kara-, fxira-, irapa-,

irepi-,

Trpo-,

u7ro-/3aXXw)

Jth 12^, hnmerse, sink; 1. generally (in Polyb., iii, 72, of soldiers wading breast-deep; in i, 51, of tbe sinking of ships); metapb,, to overwhelm (Is, I.e. cf. MM, Exp., x) c. eogn. ace, Mid., 2. to perform ablutions, wash pdTTTKTtxa /?., Mk 1038.39, Lk 1250.
PaTTTi^o.

«y8ci7rTO)), [in
to dip,

LXX:
;

iv

Ki

51*

(bnta). Is 21*,

Si 31 (34)30*;]

;

7* ; aor. pass, in same sense, oneself, bathe (Ki, Jth, Si, 11. c.) 1138. Lk 3. Of ablution, immersion, as a religious rite, to baptize; 1*. Jo 125,2^,28 322,23,26 42 io4o_ i Co li^; 6 /SatrriCwv (a) absol.;
:

Mk

Mk

(=

6 fia-n-TLarrj^,

M,

Pr., 127),

Mk

61*. 2*;

c.

acc, Jo

41,

Ac

83*,

i

Co

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
114,16. Q
to
(r.

75
pass., 729

cogn. ace, to /3a.7rTiafji.a, Ac 19* i*. be baptized, receive baptism : Mt 3^3.
ySaTTTio-yLta) ib. 30,
;

(cf.
is,

Mk 10^^, supr.); Mk 16i«, Lk 3^'

^2. 21

mid., 2216 (M, iv, of the element, Mt 3''' ^^ Pr., 163) (b) with prepositions 126,31,33 323^ Ac 1^ 238 1048 iii6_ i Co 102; cJs, of the 1*.5.8^ Lk 316, Jo 1^, Ac element, purpose or result (Lft., Notes, 155), Mt 3" 28i9,
:

Ac

2*1 812.

13, 36

9I8 10*7 1615, 33 IgS

Mk
3i«,

Mk

816 193,

5^

Ro
;

63, I

Co

113. 15

1(^2

i2i3_

Qa
fulfil

32-

;

c.

dat.,

{ISan,

Lk
ii,

Ac I Co

1* 11^"

virip

Twv veKpwv, perh. to
1.;

the wish of a dead friend,

1529 (v. ICC, in Cremer, 126).t

cf.

DB,

i,

238
,

flf.;

DCG,

i,

169 ^

605 b;

*t

pdirriCTfjia,

-tos,

to

«; ySaTrri^o))
from
;

fiaTTTL^eLv,

as
1.

distinct

^aTTTtcr/ios,

prop., the result of the act, TO the act itself, immersion,

metaph., of affliction: Mk 103^.39, religious rite of baptism (a) of John's baptism baptism;

:

Lk Mt

125o.

2.

Of the
Ipo,
132*
q.v.),

3^ 212^,
1*,

Mk
Ac

Lk
19*;
I

729 20*,
(b) of

Ac

122 103' 1825 193

.

^
6*,
§
,

^eravot'as,

Mk

Lk

33,

Christian baptism;

Eo

Eph

4^,

Col 2i2

(Tr.,

-/x(3,

Pe

321 (cf.

Cremer, 130
;

;

Tr.,

Syn.

xcix).t

*t PaTmap.6s, -ov, 6 (•<[ ySaTTTt'^w) prop., the act of which ^dirTicTfx.a is the result 1. a dipping, washing, lustration : Mk 7* of Jewish ceremonial. He 91''; in He 62, ySaTTTtcr/Awv 8i8ax??v (-^s), "the pi. and the peculiar form seem to be used to include Christian baptism with other lustral rites" (Westc, in 1.). 2. baptism: FIJ, Ant., 18, 5, 2 (of John's baptism), and some Fathers (v. Soph., s.v.). Not so in NT, unless iv T. /SaTTTLo-fiS, in the act of baptism, Col 2^2, be read with Tr. (Rec, WH, E, -/xart).t *f ^aTm<TTr\s, -ov, 6 (<< ^aTrrt'^w) a baptizer : of John the Baptist,
;
,

Mt

31 1111-12 142.8

I6U

1713^

Mk

625 828^

Lk

72«.33 9i9,t

chiefly for bnifl ;] (a) to dip : Lk 162*, Jo 132« 19i3 (Eec. (c'/xyS-, L) (b) to dip in dye, to dye : Ee pepavTLo-fievov, vepipepa/x/j-evov, T; pepap.p.ivov, Swete, in 1., q.v.).t
pdiTTw,
;

[in

LXX
:

;

WH;

Pdp (Aram.
Rec. (L, T,

13

,

son), indecl.

:

fi.

'Icjva,

son of Jonah,

Mt

161'^,

WH,

BapiwvS, q.v.).t

BapaPPas,

-a, 6

(Aram. X1N"13

,

lit.,

son of a father,
21, 26^

i.e.

ace. to

Jerome,

Lk

2318,

filius magistri), Jo 18*0. (In

Barabbas
271^,

:

Mt

27i^'i^'2o.

M]j
B.
;

157,11,15^
v.

Mt

some MSS. read
Barak
(Jg 4«)
:
:

'Ir/o-oCv

WH,

App., 19f.)t

BapdK,

6,

indecl. (Heb. pia),
-ov, 6

He

1132.t

Bapaxias,
p(ip3apo9,

(Heb. iT313i), Barachiah
(prob.

Mt

233^, v.s. Zaxapia^.f

-ov 32* *

onomatop., descriptive

of

unintelligible

sounds), [in
425 10*, III

LXX:
:

Ps
;]

113 (114)i {ivb),

Ez

213i

(36)

(-,yri),

n Mac

22i

barbarous, barbarian, strange to Greek language and culture (and also, after the Persian war, with the added sense of brutal, rude) Ac 282. 4^ jj^ lu^ j Co I411, Col 311 (v. Lft., in 1., and
Notes, 249).

Mac

Pap^u, -w (later form of papvvw, q.v.), [in

LXX: Ex

71*

(133),

76

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
13^ *
;J

Mac Lk
II
93'-!

to depress,

weigh down.
Ti 5i«.t
:

In NT, in pass, only

:

Mt

26*^,

2134, 11

Co

3ap^a)9, adv.
/3.

dKov€iv, Is

61*^

«/3apvs), [in LXX /3. (^c'peiv, Ge Sl^^ (ijiyi nin) (123 hi.)*;] heavily, luith difficulty: Mt 13^*, Ac 28^7
;

V

5\

I

(LXX).t
BapGoXofxaios, -ov, 6

(Aram. "lobl^'^S son of Tolmai), Bartholomew,
,
:

the Apostle

(v.s.

Na^avar^X)

Mt

103,

Mk
,

318,

Lk

61*,

Ac

l^^.t
:

Bap-iT]aous, -ov, 6

(Aram. jnUT?"!!

son of Joshua), Bar- Jesus

Ac

136

(v.s. 'EA,;>as).t

Bapiwk'as, -a, 6

(Aram. nJ^'lS

,

so7i

of Jonah), Bar- Jonah, a sur-

name

of Peter

:

Mt W'.f
-a,

Bap-fdPas,

6

(Aram. 12

,

son, as prefix to

another word in-

terpreted in

Ac

43^, T^? 7rapa/cX7/o-€o)s,
TrpocftrjTeta

perh. nX123

,

wh., hov^ever, should

be rendered by

as in 11 Es 6^'*, LXX. Deiss., BS, 309 f., thinks B. may be a variant of the name Bapvefiovs, son of Nebo, found in a Syrian Inscr., altered with a view to disguising its origin v. also Dalman, Gr., 142), Barnabas: Ac 43« 9^^ II22.30 Milligan, NTD, iii 12^5 13.15^ I Co 96, Ga 21.9' 13, Col 4io.t
;
;

(123), Jth 7*, Si I32, 11 Mac 910, burden, lit. and metaph. Mt 201^, (a) a III Mac b"^"' ;] loeight ; aXAryAwv to, /3., one another's fa^dts, Ga 6^; Aci 15-^, II Co 4I'', Ee 2-* {b) in late Gk. (Soph., €v p., burdensome : 1 Th 2^, E, txt., but v. infr. v. Milligan, Lex., S.V.), dignity, authority : iv /3iipei, i Th 2^ (E, mg.
Pdpos,
-€o?, TO, [in
:

LXX
;

Jg

IS'-^i

*

iveight,

:

;

;

ICG,

in l.).t

SVN.

:

oy/cos,

an encumbrance

;

t^opriov,

a burden, that which

is

borne. BapcraPPds (Eec. -a/Ja?), -a (Aram., son of Sabba), Barsabbas: 1. the surname of one Joseph: Ac 1-3. 2. The surname of one Judas:

Ac

1522.t
Baprifiaios, -ov, o
{-pLolo';,

T

;

perh. Aram. ""NO^'IS

,

v.

DB,

iv,

p. 762),

Bartimmis

:

Mk

lO^'^.t

Paput'w, to iveigh

down =
Jo
53

^apetn (q.v.)

:

Lk

213^,

Eec.t

Papos,

-ela, v, [in
:

LXX chiefly for 12.^
;

;]

heavy:

Mt 23*.
:

Metaph.,

burdensome
IQi^
;

IvToXrj, i

severe (perh. impressive)

cTrio-ToXi;, 11

Co

weighty : ra ^apvrepa T. vofjbov, J cruel (EV, grievous) : Xv'kos, Ac 20''^'*. * PapuTifAos, -ov (-< ySapus, TLfxy), of great value, very costly
(T, TToXvTLpOv) .'\'
paaai'i^o,

Mt

23'^3

amw/xara,

Ac

25"

;

violent,

:

Mt

26^

Mac;] examine by
II,

«

^acravos), [in

LXX

:

I

Ki

53, Si

4^^ and freq. in Wi,
to the test.

IV

1.

prop., to

rub

on the touchstone,

put

2. to
:

Q6,-iQ

1424^

Mk

torture, hence, generally, to torture, torment, distress 57 6*8, Lk 828, II Pe 2^, Ee 9^ llio 12'-^ 14i« 20i".t

Mt

**pa(ra.'iafi6s, -ov, n {<^ fiaaavl^w), [in i"' ^Kf torture, torment : Ee 9^ 14^ 18^'

LXX:

IV

Mac

9^ 112*;]

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
* Pa<rafi<mis,
gaoler,
-ov,

77

o

(<^ fiaa-avL^w)

,

prop., a torturer;

used of a
,

Mt

18=**.t

fid<Tavo(i, -ov,

6 (of Oriental origin), [in
;]

LXX chiefly for D^?<

rn^bj

and

freq. in iv
2.

Mac

1.

metals.
1523, 28_t

examination by torture.
-as,
rj

prop., touchstone, a dark stone used in testing 3. torment, torture : Mt 4^*, Lk
[in

PaCTiXeia,

(< /SaariXevw),
l^, i

LXX

chiefly

for

rWD^O

npbpo;]
2229,

1.

prop, abstract, so'uemg'n^^/. royal power, dominion:

Lk

1^*

Jo

1836,

Ac

16,
;

He
|^«v

Co
2.

hovvcLi rr]v /?., ib. ^^

^^ /8., ib.

IS^^; \a/3uv p., Ip^^^^ai iv t.

Lk

1^^^^^\
/?.,

Ee

IT^^;
1628,

{els Trjv)

Mt

Lk
(a)

23*2

.

^
:

^ 0^^-^

Re

1210.

By

a kingdom, the
53, al.)

territory or people

meton., concrete (MM, Exp., x), over whom the king rules

(Es

Mt

4* 1225. 26 24^,

Mk

32* 623,

l^

4^,

He

1133, al.

;

(b) the

royal majesty

our phrase His Majesty), the king himself (t. a-rrip/xa IV Ki 111). T^s (3., 3. In LXX (Wi 6^ To 13^, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, 17 ^. t. Oeov, t. ovpavCyv (Heb.
(cf.

D^.O^ma^O, Aram. N^OBTl KniD^O; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God
phrases, v.
oupavwv,

v.

Dalman, Words, 91-147;
t. dtoi,

(on the equivalence of the two

Dalman,

op. cit., 93,
;

218 f.);

Mt
,

6^^ 1228, al.; t.

Mt 32 41^ al. T. Xpto-ToG (xn'^tZTpl nobn Targ. Jon. on Is 5310), Eph 55; T. Kvpi'ov, II Pe 1", Ee lli*; t. AavctS, Mk ll^O; absol., The kingdom is regarded as present /3., Mt 423, Ja 2\ al. 1112, Lk 1721, Eo I41", al. Mt as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mt 610, Mk 91, Jo 3^, 11 Pe in, al. Noteworthy phrases KXr/povo/xelv, Mt 253* are ^-qrelv tyjv /3., Mt 633 Six^a-daL, Mk IQis StSovai, Lk 1232 avTS)V {toiovt<dv) icrrlv irapaXafx/Sdveiv, He 1228 (3., Mt 53.10 191*, Mk IQi*. Lk ISiS; Sih t^v /3., Mt 19i2; "ey^K^ t^s /?., Lk 1829; €vayy€At^€(T^ai, K-qpvcrauv, StayycUctv -n^v p., Lk 4*3 92,60. li* ^yyiKcv kXcZs t^s /3., Mt I6IO; kX^ulv t'tjv fi., /S., Mt 32, Mk Mt 231*; vloX T^s p., Mt 812 1338 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658).
Tj
;
: .

;

;

rj

rj

;

PttCTiXcioj', -ov,

TO

«

jSaaiKiios, q.v.),

[in

LXX

for bs"*:!

(Na

2*,

Da
2.

618*),

ns^pn

(ill

Ki

31 148, IV
:

Ki

15i9*), etc.;] 1. a capital city.

Freq. in
310

pi., to. (3.,

a palace
-a,

Lk
;

725.t
<C. /SacriXevs),

PaaiXcios,

-ov

(also
2322,

-ov

[in

LXX; Ex

19",

De
I

(nabpn),

Ex

Wi

1815,

m

Mac

328,

jy

Mac

38*;] royal:
1« 2i

Pe

29 (LXX) (v. Hort, inl.).+
paaiXeu's,
-e'ws, 6,

[in

LXX

chiefly for "jj^p

;]

a king
i

:

Mt

used by courtesy of Herod the Tetrarch,

Mt
;

14^;
tov

of the
2i3. i^;

Eoman
of the
1532,

Emperor, as
;

freq. in Koivrj (Deiss.,

LAE,

p. 367),

Pe

Christ, in the phrase 6 /8. t. 'lovSmW, Mt Jo 1*0 1213 of God, Mt 535, I Ti li", Ee 153
191®
;

22, al.
.

'Io-pai7X,

Mk

^, ^ao-iXe'tov,

Ti 615 (on the associations of the Jewish Hellenists, v. CI. Bev., i, 7).t
)8. T.

/Sao-tXcuovTtov,

I

Ee I71* word to

78

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
PaaiXeo'w,

(< ySao-tXcvs)

,

[in

LXX

for

1jb)D

,

its

parts

and

deri-

vatives, exc. IV Ki 15* (SUT) ;] to be king, to reign, rule : i Ti 6^* ; c. gen. (cl.), Mt 22^; seq. eVt', c. ace. (= Heb. bv TJ^D; Bl., § 36, 8), Lk 133 1914,27^ Eo 514 of God, Ee lli*- ^^ 196; ^Vi T. y^?, on earth, Ee 5^0 of Christians, Ee 5^0 20* (conof Christ, Lk 1^3, i Co IS'-^*, Ee ll^* Metaph., Christians, Eo b^\ stative aor., M, Pr., 130), ib.« 22*. Ingressive aor. I Co 4^; 6avaTo<;, Eo 5^*'^^; d/Aapria, Eo 5^'^ 6^2. (M, Pr., 109), to begin to reign: i Co 48, Ee ll^^ 19« (Cremer, 137).t
.

;

;

PaaiXiKos,

-rj,

-ov

«

/Sao-iXcv's) , [in

LXX

for IJ^p
>

and

its
;

cog-

nates
j3.,

a

royal, belonging to a king : x*^P°-' ^^ -^2^*^ icrOrj^, sjqireme law, " a law which governs other laws
;]

specially regal character" (Hort), or p. 367 3), Ja 2^; ns, one in the service of

Ac 12^^ vo/x,os and so has a because made by a king {LAE,
a king, a
cotirtier,

Jo
:

4*^1 *»

(WH,

mg., ^acri\(0-KOs).t

t Pao-iXiaKos, -ov, 6 (dim. of /?ao-iX«vs), [in

LXX

a

basilisk

Ps 90

(91)13 (jj^g)^ ig 595 (-,y^j^)*.j pj-op^ a petty king:

Jo

4*6,49^

WH,

mg.

(v.s. /3ao-iXiKos).t

PaaiXiaaa,

-77s, r)
:

(in Attic, ySacrtXcia, /?acrtXis), [in

LXX

chiefly fof

n3!?D

;]

a queen

Mt
17

12*2,

l^

ll^i,
[in

Ac

82^,

Ee

18".t
for

pdais,

-ccos,

(•<;3atv(u),

LXX
;

chiefly
:

]1N;] 1.

a

si«p

(iEsch.,

al.).

2.

Hence, a /oof

PaaKaiVo), [in

LXX: De

13^8) (Plat. Ac S^.t 285*. ^^ (yy-,)_ gj 146,8*.] 1. ^0 slander

Wi

(Dem.).

2.

to

&%/ii by the

evil eye, to fascinate,

bewitch:
11

pa<rT<it(u, [in

LXX
Si 62*,

:

Jg 163o

(nw:),
^^

Eu
;]

2i«,

Ga 3^t Ki 23^ iv Ki 18^*
up with the hands,

and Jb 21^
to lift
:

(xiZTJ),

Da th
2.

Bel

*

1.

to

take

Xt'^ovs,

Jo lO^K
3^1 20^2,

to enrf;^re;

Mt

Mk

to bear, to carry, as a burden, and metaph., U^\ Lk 71* 10' 1127 1427 22io, Jo I612

2P5, Eo 1118 151, Ga S^o 62. ». i7, Re 22. 3 177. 3. In late writers (MM, Exp., ii, iii, x), (a) to to^'e awajr ; Mt Q^'' (Is 53*, Heb.) {b) to carry off, steal : Jo 12** 20i5.t Ex 32"*, PttTos, -OV, 6, 17, [in LXX (always masc, as in Attic)

19l^

Ac
;

32 915 1510

:

De
cTTi

3316 (n?q),

Jb 31*0 (ntzrya)*;] a bramble-bush: Lk
in the ])lace concerning the bush
:

6**,

Ac

730.35.

Tov (t^?)

y8.,

Mk

122^,
:

tpdros

-ov, 6

(Heb. na),

[in

LXX
=

(also ^aid, /3d8o^)
(q.v,),

Lk 2037. 11 Es 722*;]

bath, a Jewish liquid measure, Lk 166.t

/icrpT^TrJs

or about 8f gals.
(105)30

Pdrpaxos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Ex 8, Ps (yi-lSy), Wi 1910*;] a frog: Ee 16i3.t

77 (78)** 104

*t paTTaXoyeu,

-w

(Eec.
s.v.
;

fiarTok-,
ii,

onomatop.
idly
:

;

v.

MM,

DCG,

D, pXarr499 b, 790^);
[in
:

=
to

/SaTTapL^w,

prob. stammer, repeat

Mt
;]

6^ (Cremer, 765).

t pScXuyiJia, -Tos, TO (<^ ySScXvaa-o)),

LXX
Lk

chiefly for n^iyiDj

yp^

aw abomination, a

detestable thing

I61*,

Ee

17*.

•''

2127

;

to

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
U^\ cf I Mac 1^* p. T. iprjfxioaem (Da 131*. Mt 2415 (Cremer, 138).t 6 f.),
.

79
i,

LXX

;

DB,
:

i,

12

Mk

f.

;

DCG,

t p8e\uKT(5s, V, -oy
41*, II

«
,

ySStA-vVo-o)),

[in

LXX

Pr

IT^^ (nnrin), Si

Mac 127*;] abominable, detestable: Tit V^ (Cremer, 137).t pSeXuVau {<^/3Se(j), to stink), [in chiefly for mm, Vp^'] ^^ cl., mid. only (Attic, -TTOfxai); to mahe foul; pass., Ee 21^; mid., to turn away in disgust from to detest : Eo 2^^ (Cremer, 137).

LXX

III

**P£'3aios, -ov (also -a, -ov; <i^a&w), [in Mac 5^1 T^, IV Mac 17* * ;] firm, secure : ayKvpa,
; .

LXX: Es 3^3, Wi 723, He 6^^ metaph.,
; ;

sure (esp. "in the sense of legally guaranteed security," Deiss., BS, i-n-ayycKia, Eo 4^^ cXttis, ii Co 1® 109 cf two foil, words) \dyos.
:

;

He

22

;

irapprja-La,

He

3"

;

apxrj (t. viroa-rda-ewi)
',

,

He

3^*

;

hiadrfKT],

He
Pe

Q^^
;

KA^(ris K. eKkoyrj, II
Pcj3ai<5a.,

-w

(119)2^
(cl.)
I
:

(mp

pi.), Ill

«Mac
V

Pe

1^*^

COmp.

(-orepo-;), irpoffirjTiKos A.oyos, II

l^^.t

/?e7^aio9),

[in

5*2*;]

(41)12 (nsj hi.), 118 to confirm, establish, secure, of things

LXX:

Ps 40

X6yov,
18, II

Co

term,

to

title; V.

IS^ of persons (DCG, ii, 605): Col 2^, He 2^ 13^ (as an Attic legal Co guarantee the validity of a purchase, establish or confirm a next word, Cremer, 139; cf. 8ta-^.).t

Mk

16 [20];

cVayyeXt'a?,
I

Eo

;

121.

Pass.,

Co

16,

pepaiuffis,

-£0)5,

«

yScySatow, q.v.), [in

LXX

:

Le

2523 (nrT'ay),

Wi

61^*

;]

freq. in

tt.

confirmation : t. evayyeXtbv, Phi 1^; ets ft.. He 6i®, a phrase of guarantee in a business transaction (Deiss., BS, 104 fif.
{<C ySatVw,
to

Cremer, 140).t
Pe'3T)Xos, -ov

whence

/3rj\6^,

a

threshold), [in
(v.

LXX chiefly

for

ii, 422^); hence, 2. (opp. to lepo's) unhallowed, profane : of things, I Ti 4J &^^, 12i« (cf. II Ti 21"; of men, i Ti P, He Kotvos; Cremer, 140).t
;]

bh

1.

permitted

be trodden,

accessible

DCG,

t PePtjXow,
T. (rd/3(3aTov,

-to

Mt 12^

«

ySc'^T/Xos),
T.

[in

LXX

chiefly for

bbn ;]

io

profane

:

Upw, Ac 24« (Cremer, 141).t

SVN.
b:?3
,

:

Koivow, q.v.

Be^cpou'X
lord,

(WH, App., 159, Eec, y3«X^y8ov'X), 6, indecl. (Heb. and the Talmudic bl27 from ^3? dung (Dalman, O., 137n),
, , ,

or perh. by}

habitation, but, v.

DB,

iv,

409

f.

;

DCG,
1^,

i,

181).
,

The
lord

AV, EV, Beelzebub, comes through Vg. from
of
flies

iv

Ki

3117 bv2.

(LXX,
Satan:
o,

Bct'aX

p,ma,

Sm.,

fieeXleftov/S),

Beelzebul, Beelzebub, a

name

of

Mt

102^ 122*.27^

Mk

322,

Lk

Ili5,i8,i9_t

BeXiaX,
Belial, a

indecl. (Heb. bv^^b'^, worthlessness, but v.
of

DB,

i,

268),

name
6,

Satan

:

BeXiap,

indecl. (another

Syriac pronunciation,"
Beliar, a

See next word.t word, " due to harsh or else <C Heb. nr^ b^ lord of the forest),
11

Co

61^,

Eec.

form

of previous

,

name

of

Satan
r)

:

11

Co

61* (v.
1.

DB,

i,

269).
2.

*PcX6i'i(],

needle

:

Lk

(<; ySe'Aos), 182^ (Eec. pa</)is, q.v.).t
-rj<;,

a sharp point, as of a spear.

a

80

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
P^Xos, -€os, TO

«| fidWo)),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

yu

>]

o,

missile,

a dart

:

Eph

G^^.t

-ov (gen. -ovos), comp. of aya^os, [in neut. as adv., better, very well : ii Ti 1^^ (also a"llD ;] elative use in these passages, v. M, Pr., 78, 236.
PcXticjc,
BeKta/ieii',

LXX
Ac

chiefly for

lO^^ D).

On
13^^,

(Rec.

-/xtv), 6,

indecl. (Heb. ]''a^53),

Benjamin

:

Ac

Ro 11\ Phi
Ac

3*,

Re 7^t

(elsewhere BepevLKr), Macedonian form of ^epevLKt], cf. Veronica, Victoria), -r;?, 17, Bernice, Berenice, dau. of Herod Agrippa I
BepciKT)

2513. 23 263o.t
Be'poia, -as,
r],

Bero&a, a city of

Macedonia
20*.

:

Ac

17^°' ^'.t

Bepoialos, -a, -ov,
Becip,
6,

BeroRan

:

Ac
,

indecl. (Heb. 11^51)

Beor, father of

Balaam

:

11

Pe

2*'

(Rec. Boo-op).+
BT]Oapap(i, -as (Rec. -pa, indecl.
;

Heb. TTay
Rec.

11!^^,

place of crossing;

-apa/Sa, R, mg.),
BriBavia,

Bethabara
house of

:

Jo

l^s,

(WH,
19^*^

R,

Br]6avLa.).f

-as (also -ta, indecl.,
,

Lk

and

in B*,

Mk

11^),

r],

(Heb.
dates,

tV2S[ JT'Sl
cf.

affliction, ace. to

Jerome, or perh., house of

Bethphage), Bethany; 1. a village fifteen furlongs from Jerusalem, the modern El Azertyeh : Mt 211^ 26^, Mk S^'^ (WH, 2. A place on E. mg.) IV' 11' 12 143^ Lk 1929 2450, Jo 111' 18 121. bank of Jordan Jo 1^^ (R, mg., BrjOafSapd, q.v.).t BTjOeaSd, rj, indecl. (deriv. uncertain, v. Westc. on Jo 5^, and DB, i, 279), Bethesda, a pool in Jerusalem Jo 5^, Rec. (BT^e^a^a, WH, B77^o-ai8a, WH, mg.).t
:

:

BT]0ta0(£,

7},

indecl.

(perh.

Aram. SJV\

IT'S,

house of

olives)

Bethzatha

:

Jo

5^,
17,

WH (Rec.
:

Br/^eo-Sa, q.v.).t
,

BTjOXe^fi,

indecl. (Heb. DFI^ TT^.

house of bread), Bethlehem, a
i^

town 6 m.
(Syr.,

S. of

Jerusalem
(Rec.

Mt

2^'

^' «• s.

Lk

2*' ^^,

Jo
11.

7*2.t

BTj0(rai8(£

-craiSa),

and

-Sdv

(Mt,

Mk,

c),

17,

indecl.

hoiise of fish), Bethsaida, a town on NE. shore of the Sea of Galilee Lk 9^*^. It is generally supposed that a second B. on the 6** 822, Lk lO^^, Jo 1*^ 1221 {DB, i, shore is referred to in Mt ll^i,
:

W.

Mk

282

f.

;

but

v.

Swete on
(L,
-yrj),

IVIk 6**).
rj,

2.

v.l.

for B-qO^aed, BrjOca-Sd,
,

Jo

52.t

BT]0<l>aYT]

indecl.
:

(Aram.

'^SSITI^^

house of unripe figs;

Dalman,

Gr., 191), Bethphage

Mt
.]

21^,

Mk

11^,

Lk

1929.t

pTJfia, -Tos,
I

TO «y8atVa>), [in

LXX: De
i_

2^ (^nip),

Ne
:

8* (blJO),
7^.

Es

9*2, Si 193*> 459, II

Mac

1326 *

^
;

^^^^^ g^^i^g^

p^ce

Ac

2.

a

raised place, a platform reached by steps, originally that in the Pnyx at Athens from which orations were made freq. of the tribune or tribunal of a Roman magistrate or ruler: Mt ^V^, Jo 19^3, Ac 122\ 18i2,i«,i7 256,10, 17; y3. .rov Oeov, Ro 1410 r. XpLCTTov, II Co 5io.t
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

81
282»,

t
DiTJiS')*

pi^poXXos, -ov,
;]

6,

^,

[in

LXX: To
:

13^^

(-vAXiov

in

Ex

beryl,

a jewel of sea-green colour
17,

Be 2V^.f
:

fiia, -as,

[in

LXX

for

"SJISI

,

etc.;] strength, force, violence

Ac
to

526 2135 247 274i.t

^idlu (•<

ySia),

and depon.

-o/xai, [in

LXX for ^^IQ

,

lYQ

,

etc.

;]

force, constrain, rare in act. (poet, and late prose), but pass., and so perh. /Jia^erat, siiffereth violence, Mt 11^^,

found
or

in

cl.

in

EV (but v. infr.),
{h)

whether
139 258
ff.
; ;

(a) in good sense, of disciples (Thayer, sense, of the enemies of the kingdom (Meyer, in 1.

al.),
;

in

bad

Dalman, Words,

Cremer, 141 Banks, v. ref
.

force one's
/3id^oixaL

way
v.
-a,

Mid., advanceth violently, Mt, I.e. (Deiss., BS., in DCG, ii, 803 f .) seq. cis, to press violently, or into, Lk 16^^ (v. ICC, in 1., and in Mt, I.e. cf. irapaff.).
; ;

and

MM,
-ov

s.v.).t

pi'aios,

«y3ta),

[in

LXX

for

Brj^,

7;?,

ly

,

etc.;]

violent

:

Ac

2^.f

2. violent (Philo)

*tpia<mfis, -ov, 6 {<C/3i(iCio), late form of /Staras; 1. strong, forceful. Mt II12 (see /3ia^a)).t *t PipXapiSiow, -ov, TO (dim. of fii^Xdpiov, dim. of /JiySXos), a little book: Ee lO^-s (WH, ySiySXiW, T2.7 /3tJ3Ai8a/>iov)9. 10. Not hitherto
:

found elsewhere.
^i^XiStipioi', -ov, TO, V.S. /SifiXapihiOV.

PipXi'of,

-or,

TO (dim. of
chiefly for
letter,

ySiySXos,

q.v.),

[in

LXX

also

in

the

alternat.

form
1.

ftv/^-,

Igp and the most
document:
/3.

freq. of the

cognate

forms;]
divorce,

a paper,
19^,

writteyi

dwoa-Taariov, bill of

Mt

Mk
17

Ga
Ee

310, II Ti 413, He 138 178 2012 2127.t

10*. 2. a book, a roll : Lk 4I'. 20, Jo 20^0 2125, 9^9 10", Ee l^^ 5i-» 6^* lO^ 20^2 227-i»; p. t. ^u,^s.,

Pi'pXos,

-ov,

(variant form of ySu^Xos, the Egyptian papyrus,
fibrous coat), [in

paper made from

its

LXX for
Ac

ipQ

,

the form

/8v/8-

fii^Xiov,

being sometimes used;] a book, a roll, used much less freq. than and with a "connotation of sacredness and veneration"

(MM,
Phi
6i3.t

Exj)., x), Mt 43, Ee 3* 20i5.t

1\

Mk
and

122^,

Lk

3* 20*2

I20 7*2 igi^; p. r.

(;u>^s.

PiPpolaKu, poet,

late prose,

[in

LXX

for

bDH ;]
:

to eat

:

Jo

BiQuvia, -as, Bithynia, a
^ios, -ov, 6, [in
life
:

LXX chiefly for
Ti
2*, i
ii,

province in Asia Minor Ac 16^, i Pe 1^.+ D'^p^;] 1. period or course of life,

Lk
3i7.t

8^*, i

Ti

22, 11

Jo

2^^.

2.

living, livelihood,

means

(in

Pr
I

311* for Di^^;

v.

DCG,
life

39^):

Mk

12**,

Lk

8*3

I512.30 2I*,

Jo

"vita qu§, vivimus," the vital vivimus," (1) the period of Hence, in cl., ^., being life, (2) the means by which it is sustained. confined to the physical life common to men and animals, is the

SvN.

:

C'^-q,

is

intensive,

principle;

ySios, life

extensive, "vita

quam

6

82

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

inferior

ethical

word (cf. zoology, biography). In NT, ^wi^ is elevated into the and spiritual sphere (cf. Tr., Syn., § xxvii). pi6cu, -w «/86os), [in LXX: Pr 7^ 9^ (n^n), Jb 29^8, Wi 4* i<\ 1223, Si 40^8, IV Mac 5^2 n^«*;] to spend life, to live : r. xpovov fiiwa-at (cl., more freq. 2 aor,, -vat), i Pe 4^ (cf. Jb, l.c.).t Syn. ^(iw (q.v.).
:

**tpiWis,

-6W9,

17

(<y8idco), [in

LXX:

Siprol}^*-^ manner of

life:

Ac 26^t
* PiwTiKos, -1], -o'v (< /3ios), pertaining to life, hence, worldly (Field, Notes, 171) Lk 2P^ i Co G^.^.t 3\ap6p6s, -a, -dv «y8\a7rTO)), [in LXX: Pr 1026*;] hurtful: I Ti 69.t Pr 252o, To 122, wi lO^ IS^, 11 Mac I222, pXdTTTo,, [in 9^ * ;] to hurt, injure : c. ace, IG^^^]^ Lk 4^5. IV Mac
:

LXX
In

:

Mk

pXaordi/u,

[in
2.

LXX

for

HDS

,

etc.;]

1.

to

Mk
c.

42'',

He

9*.

late Gk., causal, to

make

to

sp-out: Mt 1326, grow, produce:
:

ace, Ja

5i8_f

BXciaTos, -ov, 6, Blastus,
p\aor<j)Tifji^w,

chamberlain of Agrippa

Ac

122<'.t
(HD"' hi.)

-w «/SAao-<^r;/>ios), [in

LXX:

IV

Ki

19*

ib.«'22 (p|ia pi.), Is

525

(|,j^3 hith.),
;]

Da

LXX
Mk
Ac

329<96) (-,brzr

nnx).

To

118,

Da TH
(in
cl.,

Bel

^, 11

Mac 2 *
:

opp. of
T.

€vcf)7]ixioi),

speak blasphemously
II

or profanely of sacred things esp. to speak impiously of God, to blaspheme, absol., Mt 9^ 26^5, 2\ Jo lO^", Ac 26^\ 1 Ti I20,
1. to spteak lightly

Pe

212;

e€6v,

Ac
210
;

1937,

Ee

I611.21; r^ Svofjia T. 6€oZ,
5ytov,

Ee
4*
:

IS" 16^;
2.
c.

86^a^,

Ju

8,

II

Pe

ek t6 nvei/xa to
:

Mk
Ju^o.

329,
i

Lk
Pe

12i».
;

to

revile, rail at, slander 328 1529, 2739,

absol.,

Lk
Pe

22*^*,

13*^5

18^,

ace,

Mt

Mk

Lk

2339, Tit 32,
11

Ja

2^,

Pass.

Eo

22* 38

I416,

I

Co
(96)

1030,

I

Ti

61,
-7

Tit 2^,

22

(Cremer, 570).t

p\a(T4)Ti|xia, -a?,

{<C/3Xd(T(f>rj,jLo<;), [in

LXX: Ez

3512 (nsKj),
;]

Da

TH

329

(nbizr)

,

To

118, J

Mac

26, II

Mk slander : Mt (b) spec, impious speech against
123i 15i9,

328 722,

Mac 8* 103^ 152* * (a) railing Eph 43i, Col 38, i Ti 6*, Ju9, Ee 29 God, blasphemy Mt 26^*, Mk 14^*
:

Lk Mt
ii,

521,

Jo

1033,
Trpds

Ee 13^
T.
6(01',

ovofxa y8Aaa</)7;^tas,

Ee

131 173;

c.

gen. obj.

1231;

Ee

13«

(Cremer, 570;
of
:

DB,

i,

305;
v.

DCG
Thayer,

423).t
p\da<j>T)|jios,

-ov

Boisacq
II II

;

+

<^7//Ar?,

(<^ /SAacr-, speech), [in

uncertain
Is 663

deriv.,
,

LXX

(|^j< '•[12.'0)

Wi 1^, Si 3i«
:

Mac

928 10*' 36 *

;]

(a) evil-speaking,
;

slanderous, blasphemous

Ac

611

(cf. Ju 9) {b) as subst. a blasphemer : i Ti li^ Ti 32, II Pe (Cremer, 570). * PXe'fjLp.a, -Tos, TO {<C /3Xe7r<ji) a look, a glance: /SXe/xfiarL koI aKofj, II Pe 28, sight and hearing, a sense not found for yS. in Gk. lit., but perh. recognized in the vernacular {ICC, in l.)t

211

,

pXe'tro),

[in

LXX
to see,

chiefly for
(b)

nXT

,

also

for

TOG,
ctvat)

etc.;]
:

1. of

bodily sight; (a)

have sight (opp. to Tv<^Xds
;

Mt
:

1222,

Jo 9^ Ac

99,

Eo

118, jje 318^ ^1.

to perceive, look (at), see

absol.,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
Ac
of

83
129;
8^**;

1»;

c.

ace,
528

Mt

7^,

Mk
Ee
c.

5^\
53. *
;

Lk

6*1,

Jo

129,

^j

.

^^^^^^
d^s.

Ac

yvvalKa,

Mt

^^|3\{ov,

t. /Skewo/xeva, II

Co

2.

Metaph.,

mental vision;

(a) to see, perceive,

discern: absol.,
;

Mt

13^^,

Lk

acc, He 2^ 1025; geq. 5„^ He 3^^, Ja 222; (jj heed : absol., Mk 132^' ^3 c. acc, i Co l^^, al. seq. TTtus, c. indie, Lk S^^, i Co 3^^ Eph 5^^ ggq. „', c. indie, Mk 42* seq. tis TT/joo-wTTov, of partiality, Mt 22l^ Mk 121*. Colloq. (for ex. from TT., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan,
Bi i(r67rTpov, 1

Co

1312;

to consider, look to, take

;

S^s 12*8; 13^; seq. Iva fi^, 11 Jo^; ft. AttS, indie, Col 2*, He 3^2- i,j_ q ^or. subj., 13*. Mt 24*, 3. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (seq. Trpd?, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 4023,24^. ggq na_Ta, C. aCC, Ac 27^2 (cf. dva-, ttTTO-, 8ta-, €/*-, CTTt-, TTCp-,

NTD,
seq.

50),

ft.

yu.17

(cl.

iavT6v opav fjirj),
:

Mk
c.

Mk

fut.

Mk

Trpo-ftKiww), V.

DCG,
-a, -ov

*tpXT]Teos,

i, 446; ii, 596. (gerundive of ySaAAw), (that which) one must put:

Lk

538.f

Bodl, v.s. Boos. Boa»'T)pY^s, indecl.

(on the derivation,
I.e.;

v.

Dalman,

Gr.,
3^7.+

144;

Words, 42; Swete, M;.,
podu, -w
to cry, call

out

«Mt
:

DCG,

ySoT;),

[in

LXX
Mk

216), Boanerges: chiefly for pyi pys Nip
i,
, ,

Mk
;]

1. absol.,
123,
,

3^, 27*^,

1^ 15=^*,

Lk

3* 9^8 IS^s,

Jo

Ac

8^

17« 252^
al.),

Ga

427.

2. C. dat., to call

on

for help (Heb.

by pyr

Ho

7^*,

Lk

187.t
Ka\i(i},

SVN.:

to call, invite,

summon;

Kpd^io, to cry,

harshly or
ftodta

inarticulately, as animals;
Bo^s,
6, v.s.
17,

Kpauya^w, intensive of Kpa^w.

ex-

presses emotion, whether joy, fear, etc.
Boos.
PoT], ^s,

[in

LXX for npVl
ri

,

etc.
[in

;]

a cry

:

Ja
for

5*.t

poi^ecia,

-as,

(v.s. ftorjOeoy),

LXX

1}^

,

etc.;] help:

He
x;

41*
;

pi., helps,

^'/rapping," a technical nautical

term (MM, Exp.,

DB,

ext.,

367): kcTI^''.^

PoTjO^w, -w {<^ftori

+

Bed),

to

run), [in
.

LXX
q ^^t.,

chiefly for 17^;] to

come

to aid, to help, siiccour

Ac

169, II

Co

62 (LXX),

He

absol., Ac 2128 : 2i8, Ee 12i«.t

Mt

152^,

Mk 922. 24

por]0os, -ov (v.s. ftorjOew), [in

LXX

chiefly for 17^;]

1.

(poet. -00s),

hasting to the war-cry (Hom.). a helper: He 136(i'XX).t
poOocos, -ov, 6

2. helping,

auxiliary
cl.),

;

as subst. (Hdt.),

(=

ftoOpos,

more

freq. in

[in

LXX

chiefly for

rne;] a pit:

DB, iii, 885; JDCG, ii, 367).t poXt^, -^s, «;8(£Ua>), [in LXX: Ge 21^6 (nnto), 11 Mac 5^, 52« *;]a throw ; XWov Mac (Thue, v, 65, 2), a stone's throw Lk 22".t ft.
12^1 15^\
639 (cf.
17

Mt

Lk

m

:

*tpoXi^w (^[ySoA/s, in sense of sounding -lead), soundings : Ac 2728.t
tpoXis,
iSos,
r)

to

heave the lead, take
n'T, etc.;] a dart,

{<CftaiXXw), [in

LXX

for yri

,

javelin

:

He

122°,

Eee (LXX).t

84

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
Boos

and

Boe's

(RV, Bod^
S^^f

Rec

Boot,), o, indecl.

(Heb. 7^3), Boaz

(Ru
222 +

21)

:

Mt

16,

Lk

P6pPopos,

-ov, 6, [in

LXX:

Je 45 (38)«

(la-^M)*;]

mud, filth:

ii

Pe
[in

Poppas, -a (Attic contr. of Bopc'as, the

North wind personified),
2.

LXX
Re

for ]iB^;]

1.

Boreas, the North wind.

the north:

Lk

IS^^,

21i3.t

^oaKw, [in

LXX

Mk

51*,

Lk

33* 15^5;

for nv^;] prop., of a herdsman, to feed: Mt 8^^, metaph., of Christian pastoral care, Jo 21^5, 17,

5^\ Lk B^'-^.t^ Pass., of cattle, to feed, graze : Mt B^o, SVN. : TToifiaiveiv, to tend, shepherd, a wider term, including oversight as well as feeding (v. Tr., Syn., § xxv). Boaop, V. Bcwp.

Mk

Poxdi^,
grass, fodder.

-r;s,

7]

«/?oV»ca)), [in

LXX

for

n^y,

Nizr^,

Txn;]

1.

2.

green herb:

He

6^.t

Syn.

:

Xaxavov, a garden herb, a vegetable.

Porpos, -uos, 6, [in
(of. a-Ta<^v\rj) .^

LXX
of a
[in

for bstjr^

;]

a cluster of grapes

:

Re

14^'

pooXcurVis, -ov, 6 {<:/3ov\€vw), [in

LXX:

councillor, 235o.t

a senator ;

member

of

Jb 3" 12i7 (|^y^)*;] a the Sanhedrin Mk 15*^, Lk
:

PouXcuw {<^PovXrj),
deliberate, resolve.

LXX

chiefly for |^jr;]

to

take counsel,

seq.

tl,

Lk

14^i.
II

273^

C.

ace,

In mid., 1. to take counsel with oneself, consider to determine with oneself, resolve : c. inf., Ac 5^" Co V' seq. cva, Jo IV^ 12^^ (cf. -rrapa-, <rv^-).f
2.
;

PouXii,

-rj^,

rj

(<^ y8ov\o/xai),

[in
:

LXX

freq.

for

nxy
t.

;]

counsel,

purpose
pi.,
I

(in

cl.,
;

Co

45

gods) Lk 23*1, of the Divine purpose, He 6^''
esp. of the
^.
.

Ac
;

428 538 191 2712, 42

t.

^ovXrjv

OiXrjfj.aTO';

airov,

Eph
Mac

111

^,

o^oC,

Lk

T^o,

Ac Ac

2^3 1336 2027.t
[in

pouXtjixa, -T05, TO «y8ovA.o/Aai),

LXX:
Ro
,

Pr
i

910 (nri), II
43.t

Mac

155, IV

818 *

;]

purpose, will

:

27*3^

d^^,

Pe

SVJV.:

BiX-qfia.

PouXo/iai, [in

LXX for |^Bn

,

niN

,

|^3r

etc.

;]

to will,

wish, desire,

purpose, be minded, implying more strongly than diXat (q.v.), the deliberate exercise of volition (v. Hort on Ja li^) c. inf. (M, Pr., 205 1515, Ac 528.33 12* 1537 1720 IB15.27 1930 2230 2328 27« Bl., § 69, 4),
:

Mk
I

2818, II
c.

Co

115,

Ti

69,
I12,

He
i

61^,

11

Jo

12,

m

Jo
11

ace. et inf..

Phi

Ti 28 51^, Tit 38,

ace, 11 Co l^^ Pe 3^; of the will making
10,

Ju

*

;

c.

choice between alternatives, Mt li9 1127, Lk IO22, Ac 2520, i Co 12ii, Ja 3* 4* d /SovXn (cl., a courteous phrase = 6iXei^, colloq. Bl., § 21, 8; LS, S.V.), Lk 22*2 q gubjc, adding force to a question of deliberapovXiqOii'i, of set purpose (v. Hort, in 1.), tion (Bl., § 64, 6), Jo 183'' 118 impf., efiovXofjirjv ( = cl. ^ovXc'/jL-qv av Bl., § 63, 5 Lft., Phm. ^^), Ja
;
;
• .

;

]

;

Ac

2522,

Phm 13

(v.

also Cremer, 143).t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
PoukcJs, -ov, 6 (a

85

Cyrenaic word, Hdt.,

iv,

199), [in

LXX chiefly for
:

nyaa;] a hill:
Pous,
146.
19^

Lk

35(lxx) 233o.t
-q,

(3o6<i, 6,

[in

LXX chiefly for ij?^
I

;]

an ox, a cow

Lk 13"

Jo
;

214. IS, I

Co

99 (^^^\

Ti 5i8.t

I

* PpaPciok, -ov, TO («< /SpayScvs, an Umpire), a prize in the games Co 924 metaph., of the Christian's reward. Phi 3i*.t ** ppaPco'u (<;3pa/?ev?, aw Umpire), [in Wi 10^2 * ;] (a) prop.,

LXX

:

to

act as umpire;
Lft.,

hence,

{b)

Dem.;
in
1.),

Col., I.e.;

MM,

generally, to arbitrate, decide (Isocr., s.v.) Col 3^*; (c) in some late writers,
:

to direct, rule, control (so in Col.,
(cf.

I.e.,

ace. to Thayer, s.v., Meyer,

Kara-/3pa 13 evo)).f

«;8pa8vs), [in LXX: Ge 43io (ma hith.), Is 46^3 (-inN pi.), Si 32 (35)i8*;] 1. trans., to retard (Soph.,
ppaSuVu
2.

De

T^",

Is, I.e.).

More

freq. intrans., to be slow, to tarry : i Ti 3", 11 Pe 3^.t *t ppaSuirXoc'u, -w {<C /3pa8v<:, ttAovs), to sail slowly : Ac 27''.t * ppaSus, -cia, -V, slow : €is to Xakija-ai, Ja 1^^ metaph., of the
;
:

understanding
fipaxiiav,

t. ft.

KapSia, assoc.
rj,

with
11
ft.

dvoT/ro?,

Lk

24^*.

*Ppa8oTiis,

-»}tos,

slowness
[in

:

Pe

3^.t
;]

-ovos,
ft.

6,

LXX,

KvpCov, freq. for njiT. y^lT

the
1*^,

arm ;
Jo

as in OT,

Kvpiov, metaph., for the Divine

power
;

:

Lk

1238 (LXX)^

Ac

13i7.t
[in

Ppaxus,
short, little:

-eta, -V,

LXX

chiefly for layp

;]

short

(a) of

time

He He
III

2'^. ^,

little,

ftpa-xy, Ac 5^*; /actci ft., Lk 22*®; ft. n, a short time, EV, mg. (6) of distance Ac 27^® (c) of quantity or value, few: Jo 6^, He 2''»^, EV, txt. pi., hia ftpaxeav, in few words.
;
:

;

;

1322.t

**Pp^4.os, -ovs, to, [in Mac 5*^, IV Mac 4^**;] 1.
11

LXX:

Si

19ii,

i
:

born child,
infancy,

an unborn child a babe: Lk 2^2, le igis^ Ac 7l^ i Pe

Mac le^, Lk l^i.
2^;

11

Mac
2.

6^0,

•**.

a new-

6.-Kh ftpe<f>ov<;,

from

Ti 3".t

2. In chiefly for 1130;] 1. <o wet: Lk pp^X«, [in late Gk. writers and vernac. = vctv, to send rain, to rain (Kennedy, Mt 5" trop., ft. Tzvp k. Bilov, Lk 17^^ ; impers., Sources, 39, 155) 5^"^ with vctos as subj., Ee ll^.t it rains : Ja ftp^X^i,
738.**.
:

LXX

;

;

PpofTT),

-^s, V,
"

[in

LXX

for

Dm;] thunder:

Mk
(68)»,

3^^ Jo 1229,

Ee

45 61 85 103.

1119 142 1618 19«.t

tppoxVi,
(DTS^a)*;] 1.

-^s,

V

«/8/)£»,
2.

[in

LXX:
(in
tt.,

Ps 67
of

=

ftpoxiT6<i,

a wetting
in

irrigation

104 (105)32 in Egypt;

Deiss.,

rain:

LAE, 77). Mt 725.27.t
-ov,

As
[in

MGr. (Kennedy,
Pr
6*

Sources, 153),
721

=

wcto's,

pp<5xos,
III

6,

LXX:
slip-knot,
i

(Tj
:

(p^D) 2225

(tzrpto),

a noose, a as AV, E, txt., a snare)
;]

Mac

48 *

a halter

metaph., a restraint (not,

:

Co

l^^.f

86

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
ppuYHiiJs, -ov, 6

KySpv'xo)), [in
:

LXX
so
:

:

Pr

19^2 (nnj), Si 51**;]

a

biting, a

111

Lk 1328.t Jb le^ow, Ps 34 (35)'^ 36 (37)^2 Pp6x<o (Attic, /SpvKco), [in (112)1", La 2^6 (pin)*;] 1. to bite or eat greedily. 2. to gnash,
gnashing of teeth
8^^ 13*2.

Mt

22i3 24^1 25^\

LXX

grind, with the teeth

:

Ac

7**.t
to be

*j3pua>, poet., late

prose and vernac,
2.
:

full

to

bursting;

1.

of

the earth producing vegetation. 3. Of springs, to gtish with water
Ppa)|jia, -Tos,

Of plants putting forth buds.

Ja 3i^t
[in

TO

(cf. /Sifipwa-Kw),

Ro
I

1415.20,
43,

I

Co

88.13

103;

pi.,

Mt
[in

1415,

LXX chiefly for b^X;] food: Mk Ti^, Lk 311 9i3, Co 6i3,
i

Ti

He

910 139; trop., of spiritual food, -ov

Jo

43*,

i

Co

32 (cf. /?pio-is).+
92^,

«^p«o-i?), (bDhfa)*;] eatable: Lk 24".t
PpoJai^ios,

LXX: Le
[in

1923,

Ne

Ez

4712

Ppwais, -ews,

rj

(cf.

jSi^pwaKU)),

LXX

chiefly for parts
I41",

and

derivatives of

bax

;]

1.

eating

:

ji.
;

koI

ir6a-i<;,

Ro
:

Col

2^*^

(v. Lft.,

ICC, in 1.); c. gen. obj., i Co 8* metaph., corrosion, rust: Mt 61^.20. 2. As also in cl. (Horn., al.) = /3pQyfxa, food Jo 62^^, n Co 910, Col 31^ (EV, but V. supr.). He 12i^ metaph., of spiritual nourishment, Jo 432 62'1" 55.t
;

**^ueil<^ «y8i'^o?), [in
sink,
to

LXX:
oXedpov,
:

11 i

Mac

sink: metaph.,
-ov,
6,

cis

12**;] trans., to cause to Ti 6^; pass., to sink, intrans.

Lk

5'.t

M^s,

[in

LXX Ex
1125.t
/Svpara,

15^,

Ne 9"

(nbiSO),
2.

Ps 67

(68)22

68 (69)2.15 106 (107)2* (n^isp)*;]
sea, the deep sea
:

1.

the bottom.

the depth of the

11

Co

*+

Pupo-eu's,
:

tanner

Ac

-e'oDs, 6 9*3 10"- 32.t
-T],

«

a

hide), late

form

for

ySvpo-oSei/^i^s,

a
;]

Puo-cricos,

-ov (<^ 0vcrcro<;), [in
:

LXX chiefly for Uhp
i**

,

yi3

,

etc.

made

of

/Jt'o-o-os,

fine linen
rj

Re

I812.

19*' 1*.+

Pu'acros,

-ov,

(cf.

Heb.

"J^Q),

[in

LXX

chiefly for
it
:

WW,
Lk
,

|^n;]

byssus, a fine species of flax, also the linen
Pwfios,
-oO,

made from

16i^.t

6

«/3aiVw),
1.

[in

LXX
place,
i,

(Hex.) for n^Tp

in Proph.,

chiefly

for
(cf.

nps;]

any raised

a platform.

2.

an

altar:

Ac

1723

BvaLaarrjpiov

and

V.

DB,

75).

literation of
7),

TappaGd (Rec. -^5), rj, indecl., Gabbatha, the Greek transan uncertain Aramaic word {DB, s.v. Dalman, Words, used as the equivalent of XlOoo-tpihtov, stone pavement Jo 19i3.t
;

:

raPpn^X,

6,

indecl. (Heb. bN*"'15a, hero of God), the archangel

Gabriel

:

Lk

li^. 26.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
*t ydyYpaiKa,
mortification
rdZ,
6,
:

87
to

•r}<;,

rj,

a gangrene, an eating

sore,

which leads
:

ii

Ti 2^^.t

indecl. (Heb. 13),
-^,

Gad (Ge

30^' 49^3, al.)

Ee

T^.t

TaSapd, Gadara, the capital of Peraea), Mk 5\ Eec. (Edd., Vepaa-qvwv), Lk 8^"' 3^, Rec. (Edd., T€paa-rjvuiv)A rdla -rjs, 7} (Heb. njy), Gaza, in OT, one of the five chief cities of
raSaptji'os,

-6v
:

{<C.

Gadarene, of Gadara

Mt

S^s (Rec. Ttpyea-rjvwv),

the Philistines
+
720, 21^
Y<i|;a,

:

Ac
rj

826.+

-i;s,

(a
,

Persian word),

[in
;]

LXX

for j^T^a, ii
:

Es

5^"^

6^

Es

47

;

1:^73

II

Es

721

;

Is 39^ *
y^t^ct,

treasure

Ac

S^^.t

+ Ya^o-(J)uXdKioi',

-ov,

to (<[

<f)vXaKrj),

[in

LXX
;

chiefly

for
of a

n3«?b

,

n3V2

(iv

Ki

2311, al.),

once for 0^33 (Es

3^)

t6

y.,

ra

y.,

temple treasury, Ne 10^^, 11 Mac 3^, al. ;] treasury : also, apparently, the trumpet-shaped chests into which the peoples' temple-offerings were thrown {DB, iv, 96 DCG, ii, 748) Mk 12". *\ Lk 21i, Jo 820.+ 1. of faios, -ov, 6 (Faios, Rec), Gains, the name of a Christian Macedonia Ac 1929. 2. Of Derbe Ac 20*. 3. Of Corinth Ro 1623, in Jo ^+ I Co 1^*. 4. The one to whom in Ep. Jo is addressed ydXa, -aKTos, to, [in LXX for Q^n ;] milk: i Co 9". Metaph., of elementary Christian teaching i Co 32, He 5^2, 13 ^^ AoyiKoi/ ahoXov y., the rational (spiritual) genuine milk (v. Hort, in 1.), i Pe 22 (in support of AV, milk of the word, v. ICC, in 1.).+ ra\dTT)s, -ov, 6 (originally syn. with cl. KcAt?;?; cf. i Mac 82, and V. next word), a Galatian : Ga 3^.t TaXaTia, -as, 17, Golatia ; 1. a gentilic region in Asia Minor, settled by Gauls (iii/B.c). 2. A Roman Province which included this region {DB, ii, 85 ff.) i Co 16^, Ga I2, 11 Ti 410 (T, Tr., mg., VaXXiav),
;
:

;

:

:

:

:

:

.

:

I

Pe

11.+
ra\aTiK<5s,
-ri>

"o'v

(v.

previous word), Galatian, belonging to
:

Galatia

:

Ac

16« 1823.+
-rjs,
17,

*ya\-l^vr\,

TaXiXaia, -as,

a calm rj (Heb.

Mt

826,
,

Mk

439,

Lk

82*.+

b''!?an

the circle, district), Galilee, the

times of the northern region of Palestine in 415 (LXX). O^Xaaaa t^s T., Mt 1529 (cf. Jo 6^).
raXiXatos, -am, -alov, Galilcean 236, Jo 4«, Ac 111 27 537.+
raXXi'a, -as,
rj,

NT

:

F.

name twv i6vwv, Mt

:

Mt

2669,

Mk
:

14"o,

Lk

W^

2

2259,

mg., for TaAaTta, II Ti 410.+ Ac I812. 1*. i7 f TaXXiwi', -tovos, 6, Gallic, proconsul of Achaia rafittXiiiX, o (Heb. ^^^b03), Gamaliel the elder, a Pharisee and
:

Gaul

T., Tr.,

Doctor of the
*Ya|Jiea),

Law Ac
:

53* 223.+ 103, 11

-w,

[in

LXX: Es
to

Mac
to
35^ I

1425, jy

Mac
:

169*;]
absol.,
:

^q

marry
199,

;

1.
30

of

the man,

marry, take
1727, 2034.
2.

wife (ducere)
;

Mt

1910 2225,

2438,

Mk
Lk

1225,

Lk

Mk

617 IQii,

1420 1618.

Co 728. 33 c. ace. Mt 532 Of the woman, (a) mid. (and in late

88

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT

writers, pass.), to give oneself in marriage, marry {nuhere) : i Co 7'®; (b) in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 159), act. (as of the man), to marry : absol., lO^^. ace, 1 Co 728.84, J Tj 511,14. c (3) Of both sexes: absol.,

Mk

iTi43, iCo79'iO'38.t
*t yafii^o) (<^
ya/Aos), to give
12''*,

Mt

2230 2438,

Mk
=
10.

Lk

17^7 20^^

in marriage, a daughter i Co 7^®. Pass., (WH, mg., ya/xLo-KovTu; cf. «:

yafXL^u)) .f
*YOfiiaKw,
yafi'i^uy,

q.v.

:

Lk
Ee

203*.
;]

35,

WH,
pi.
13''

mg.

(Arist.).+

ydfios, -ov, 6, [in

LXX for nporp
Jo
21-3,

1.

a wedding, esp. a wedding(Field,

feast:

Mt

228.

".12^

19^.9;
:

Notes, 16),

Mt

(Cremer, 666).t co-ordinating particle, contr. of ye apa, verily then, hence, in ydp, truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, 1. explifor, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.
2.

222-*. » 2510,

Lk

1236 148.

marriage

He

;

cative
I

and epexegetic
2.

:

Mt
Th

4^8 1912,

Mk
83i
3.

l^^ 512 154^

Lk

113o,

Ko
Co

71,

Co

16*, al.

Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations
925 2227,
i

Mt
Phi

9* 2723,

Lk
Lk

Jo
225,

930, 220,

Ac
al.

163^ 193*,

Ko

15^6,
I21

i

910,

Mk
Col

118 (Bllic, in 1.), 115' 18^ 122 96,

Causal:
19. 11,
I

Mt
Co

22.5.6,

323^

Jo

Ac

225,

Ro

115,

Re

13, al.

giving the reason for a
33,
I
;

command

or prohibition,

Mt

22'^ 3^,

Eo

13",

Th 43, al. where the cause is contained in an interrog. Kal ydp, for also, Mk 10**^ statement, Lk 222^, Eo 33 43, i Co 102^ = etenim, where the koi loses its 632, I Qq 57^ al i(j as in cl. Lk connective force (Bl., § 78, 6; Kuhner3, ii, 854 f.), Mk U^\ Lk l«c
;
.

2237, II

Co

13*.

clause, but in poets
II

Co

119.
it

The proper place of ydp is after the first word in a it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after
is

which

stands

the point to be noticed"
rj,

(v.
,

Thayer,
y.
£;^£tv

s.v.).

yao-Ti^p,

-Tpo9,

[in

LXX

for

]y5

iv

for i^in

,

iv y.

Xafiftdveiv for

mn
Ee

;]

1.

the belly

womb:
2123,
I

iv y.

Hx^iv, to be

: metaph., a glutton, Tit I12. 2. the with child, Mt 118,23(lxx) 2419, Mk 13i7, Lk

Th

53,

122

.

^v y. (7wX\a/x/3., to conceive,

Lk

isi.t

postpositive particle, rarer in kolvt) than in cl., giving to the word to which it is attached, distinguishing it as the least or the most important (Thayer, s.v.), indeed, at least, even Lk 118 185 1. used alone (but not always translatable into English) 242i, i Co 92 Eo 832. 2. More freq. with other particles aXkd yc, Lk Sipa y£, Mt 720 1726, Ac 1727; S.pd y€, Ac 830; ,;; y^ (Rec. ct'yc), II Co 53, Ga 3*, Eph 32 421, Col 123 (y. Meyer, Ellic, on Ga, Eph, 11. c. Lft., on Ga, Col, 11. c.) d 8e fx-qyi, following an affirmation, Mt 61, Lk 10' 139; a negation, Mt 91^, Lk 536.37 14^2^ „ Co III6; Kat' ye (Eec. Kai'y«,
ye, enclitic

special

prominence

;

:

:

;

;

cl.

KoX
/cai

.

.

.

ye),

Lk

19*2

(WH

om.),

Ac
;

218 1727; /caiVotye
ft^Tt ye,

(L

KaiToi ye,

Tr.
I

Toi yc),

Jo 42; /xevowye
indecl. in

(v. S.V.)

V.S. /jh^tl;

o<^eXdv ye,

Co

48.t
rcSecik',
6,

LXX

and NT,
:

in FIJ, Ant., v. 6, 3

and

4 -Svos (Heb. fiyis), Gideon (Jg 6-8)

He

1132.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
iyi^vva
(yt'eva,

89

Mk
Ne

9*^,

Eec),
;

->;s, 17
""^
,

(perh. through

from Heb. DJn
23^'*
;

'3

,

ll^o

DTT]^

Jo IS^^

;

Aram. DJTPS, iv Ki DSn-";?! 13
,

the nearest valley of {the son, sons of) lamentation) ; [in y. is yatcvva, Jos 18^^ (Fat 'Owofx, A), elsewhere <f>a.pay$ 9*^;] Gehenna, a valley W. and S. 'Ovofx (Jos 15^, al.), V. Swete on of Jerusalem, which as the site of fire-worship from the time of Ahaz, was desecrated by Josiah and became a dumping-place for the offal of the city. Later, the name was used as a symbol of the place of future 9*3. «, 47^ Lk 12^, Ja 3^ Mt 529- 3o 1028, punishment, as in

LXX

approach to

Mk

NT

:

Mk

y. T. -TTvpos,

Mt

522 1819, prob.

with
-vet)

ref. to

fires of

Moloch {DB,
,

ii,

119 b)

;

vl6s y€^vr}^,

Mt

2315; ^^^Vis yceVvr;?, 2333.t

rcOoTjtiacei (Eec.

-vrj,

LTr.

indecl. (Heb.

"^Zl^tp T)5

oil-'press),

Gethsemane

:

called in
6,

Jo 18^ a

ktjttos,

but

named only
for

in

Mt

26^^,

Mk

1432.t
yiiruv, -ovos,
17

(-<y^), [in

LXX chiefly
pWS
,

po?;] a neighbour:
to latigh

Lkl4i2

156.9,

Jo

98.t

ycXdw, -w, [in
fut., yeXao-o)

LXX
[in

chiefly for
ib. 21 (cf.

pum
;]

;]

:

Lk

62^

(M, Pr., 154),
6,

KaTa-y€\a<j).t

yikus, -wTos,
Y6fiilt«

LXX chiefly for p'lnv
LXX: Ge

laughter
iii
:

:

Ja
5*^,

49.t

«ye/t(o),
1.

[in

45^7 (|yD),

Mac

iv

Mao
ace,

31**;] to fill;
seq. gen.,
iK,

properly, of a ship

2. In late writers, generally (MGr., v.

(Thuc, al.) Mk 4^7 Kennedy, Sources, 155),
;

(pass.).
c.

Lk

15i«,

Mk Jo T 6^\ Ee 158 AttS, Lk I516, WH, Ee 8^ Pass., absol. Lk 1423.t
1536,
:

Eec.

WH,
,

mg.

for N^Q (used only in pres. and impf.), [in HiffZ',] to 2. Generally (Plat., al.), (a) c. properly, of a ship (Xen.). hef^dl 173<«-»i 2P; gen. rei: Mt 232^, Lk 1V^\ Eo 3i*(lxx)^ Ee 4''.8 58 15' Mt 232^ (c) c. ace. rei (called a solecism in {b) seq. iK 251 Bl., § 36, 4), as in later Gk. from Byz. to Mod. times (Jannaris,
yifiui
;

LXX

1.

:

;

WM,

;

Gr,, 1319)

:

Ee

IT^.t
17

ycced, -as,

(<^ ytyKo/tcu)

,

[in

LXX

chiefly for 111,
2.
1^''^

11 (Cremer,
generation;
(cf.

148);] 1. race, stock, family (in NT, yivviqfm, q.v.). pi., Mt {a) of the contemporary members of a family
:

Ge

31^,
IT^^,

m^ia)

;

metaph., of those alike in character, in
;

bad sense, Mt

Mk

919, Lk 9" 168, Ac 2*^ (b) of all the people of a given period Mt 243^ Mk 1330, Lk 21^2, Phi 21*; pi., Lk 1*8; esp. of the Jewish 30-32. 50, 51 people, Mt 1116 1239. 4i, 42, 45 i^i 2336^ Mk 812. 38^ Lk V^ 1129.

^vtoS tis 8i>7y^o-£Tat, Ac 833 (LXX); (c) the period covered by the life-time of a generation, used loosely in Ac 14^6 I521, Eph 3*, Col 126; cJ? ytj/cas koX y, pi. of successive ages Is 341'^, al.), Lk l^*'; ets Trao-as ras y. tov aiwvos twv (= "lin "trh
1726,

Ac

1336,

He

3io(i^xx);

^^^

^.

:

i

mcivwv,

Eph

321 (Ellic, in 1.;

DCG,
;

i,

639f.).t
[in

Yct'caXoy^o),

-w

(<

ycvca, Acyw),

LXX:
:

I

Ch

5^ (izrn'')*;] to

trace ancestry, reckon genealogy

pass., seq. Ik

He

76.t

90

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
* yeveaXoyia,
-as,
r]

(v.

previous word)
Tit
S"^

;

1.

the
1.,

2.

a genealogy
ii,

:

pi.,

i

Ti

1*,

(v.

CGT,

in

making of a pedigree. and ib. hitr., xlix ff.

DB,

p. 141).t
-oiy,
to.,

neut. pi. of adj. -los, -ov, relating to birth 2. In late 1. in Attic Gk., a commemoration of the dead. {<C yeVto-is) Gk., a birthday feast (= cl. yevedXia; so in tt., v. MM, Exp., x; cf.
*yevdcna,
;

also Eutherford, NPhr., 184)
yiveai.^, -ctos,
r}

:

«
;

Mt

14«,

Mk

B^i.t
;]

yCyvo/xai), [in

LXX chiefly for nibw
2^^ 5i),
y.,

1. origin,
;

lineage:

ySt'ySXos

yeveVews (as in

Ge

Mt

l^.

2.

6jri/i

Mt

l^^,

face of his birth ("what God 1^3; 6 rpo^os t^s y., the wheel (course) of birth or creation ("the wheel of man's nature according to 'ts original Divine purpose," Hort), Ja 3^.t

Lk 1^* (Rec. yiuvrjo-L's) irpoawTTov t^s made him to be," Hort., in 1.), Ja

YeceTTJ,

-^s,

^

=

ycverj,

lon. for

yei/ea,

[in

LXX

:

Le

25*^

(lj:5.37

instzra),

Es

4}''*;]

birth:

« y.,

Jo 9\t

t Ye>'r]fAa, -tos,

to (<; yiyvofiaL), [in

LXX chiefly for nSlip

;]

a form
;

not found in
Pr., 45;

woduce

M, but used in LXX, NT and tt. (Bl., § 3, 10 184), as distinct from yewrj/jia, q.v., of fruit, Mt 2629, Mk 142*, Lk 12^^ 22i8, ii Co Q^o (Rec. of the earth
cl.,

Deiss.,

BS,

:

y£vrij/ta).t

chiefly for ib^ ;] 1. y^vv&m, -co (<^ yeWa, poet. for yevoii), [in of the father, to beget: c. ace, Mt l^-^^, Ac T^'^^; seq. «, Mt l^.s.s. 2. Of the mother, to bring forth, bear : Lk l^^. 57 2329, Jo I621 ; cts Pass. (1) to be begotten: Mt l^O; (2) to be born: Mt SovXetav, Ga 424. 21, 4 1912 2624, 1421, Lij i35_ Jo 34^ Ac 720, Ro 9^\ He 1123 geq. ^j^,

LXX

Mk
Pe
;

.

Jo

1621 1837, II

212

;

iy,

Ac

28 223, (d^a/DTtais),
;

Jo

934

;

iTr6,
;

He

11^2

Ac

['Pw/xalos], c. adj., ti;<^A6s y., Jo mg., ^y£v-) €K, Jo ^„^^ ^^p^^ ^_ TTvcr./Aa Ga 429. Metaph. /iax«5. " Ti 223 V5s eyevv-qtra, I Co 4i\ (ov), Phm !<*; in quotation, Ps 2" (LXX), Ac 1333, He 1* 5^ Jo l^* of Christians as begotten of God, born again 33.5-8^ I Jo 229 39 47 51,4,18 (cf. dva-ycvmo)) (Cremer, 146).

(WH,

1^3 3^ 8*1
:

92

2228

.

.

;

;

:

;

yivvr\\La,

-tos,

to'

(< yevvaw),
:

[in

LXX

chiefly for riKinp;] off-

spring of

men

or animals
(Rec.

cxtSvwv,

Mt

3^ 1234 2333^ lJj 37 (q^t^^ else-

where

in Rec. for yevrjfxa, q.v.).t
Tevrja-,

rccTiaape'T
Tevvr}(rdp

Mk,

I.e.;
i

Targ.

-1P^3|),

[in

LXX:
j^^

(as in

some MSS. Mt, Mk),
,

Mac
;

11®''*;]
rj

Gennesaret, a

fertile plain

on

W.

shore of the Sea of Galilee

y^

T.,

Mt

1434,

6*3

;

-fj

Xi^vrj r.
;

[rnZZ D;

Nu

34^1,

elsewhere

i?

ddXaacra

t. TaA-iXatas,

Mk

li«

7i6.T. Tt/3epia8os, Jo 6^), Lk S^.t ycvvaw), [in yivvt\ai<i, -ews, rj

«

LXX:

I

Ch

4^ (nnS^Tp),

Ec
1^

V
^

(ib^ ni.; yeVeo-ts, AX), Wi 313 Ni (yeVeo-ts, 2. birth : Mt l^^, Lk l^^, Rec.t begetting.
y^vvr^T6%,

ABn2), Si 223*;]

-i

-6v

«y€vvaa>),

[in

LXX:

Jb IP.^^ 141 1514 25*

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
(^V')*;]
begotten,

91

born:

pi., y.

yvvaLKwv
728
[in

(cf.

H^X
UV

Th"], Jb 14^), peri-

phrasis for mankind,
yeVos, -ovs, to

Mt

ll^^

Lk

(Cremer, 147).

(< yiyvofMCLi),

LXX
Mk

for

,

]^p

,

nj

,

etc.

;]

1.

family: wa^iow ;
4. yfcznd,

Ac

Mk

4^ 7^3 IS^s. 3. race, 2. offspring: Ac 1728.29^ Re 22^6^ 436 719 182. 24^ n Co 1126, 35^ q^ lu^ 1 Pe 2^ 728, Ac 92^, i Co 12io. 28, l4io.t sort, class : Mt 13*' I721, Eec,

py

Gerasene, of Gerasa, not the G. of Decapolis, the Lake, but a Gerasa or Gergesa (perh. the mod. 30 m. S.E. of Kersa) on E. shore; as subst., pi. ol P., Mk 5\ Lk 826i37 (Yepyea-qvwv,
TcpaoTjt'os, -v> "ov,

EV, mg. 1
E,

;

TaSaprjvwv,

EV, mg.
2,

2).t

r€pY€<ni>'6s,
txt., Tepacrrjvitiv

-i
',

-ov,

Gergesene:
yipoiv), [in

Lk

826.37^

tE, mg.

1

(LTr.,

WH,
;]

E, mg.
17

ra8ap77i/a)v).+

yepouo-ia, -a?,

«

LXX

(Hex. only in

OT)

for ]p\
i,

a
f.

council of elders, senate DB, ext., 99) Ac 5^\i
:

;

in

NT,

of the

Sanhedrin

{CI. Bev.,

43

ycpui', -ovTo<s, 6, [in

LXX for ]p7
; ;

;]

an old

man

:

Jo

3*.t

chiefly for Dina ;] to make to taste. Mid., to taste yeo'w, [in eat: absol., Ac lO^o 20^\ Col 221 c. gen., Mt 273^ Lk I42*, Ac 23^* c. ace. (not cl., but v. Westc, Heb., I.e. M, Pr., 66, 245), Jo 2^. Metaph, He 6* p^/xa Oeoi, He 6^ (on case, v. supr., and cf. Milligan, NTD, 68) 9^, Lk 92^, Jo 8*2, He 29 Bavdrov (cf. Talmudic nn^Q DTia), Mt 1628,
;

LXX

Mk

seq.

oTi, I

Pe

2^ (Cremer, 148).

yewpy^w, -w «yca)pyds), [in
I

LXX

:

I

Ch

2726 (nTcrn

njx^o

niry),

Es
a

46, I

Mac

148 *

;]

to till

tyecipyioc, -ov, to
1.

«

the ground

:

pass..

He

6'.

yccupyos), [in

LXX,

freq. in Pr., for

ITW,

etc.;]

912,

Je

field (Pr 24:^'^^^, Strabo). 2823, Si 276) i Co 3^.+
:

2. cultivation,

husbandry,

tillage

(Pr 6^

ycupyos,
1.

-ov, 6

(<Cy^, «pyw

=

€p8w, to do), [in
2.

LXX for 13X, etc.;]
(cf.

a husbandman
13')
:

Lk
Lk

Mt
y^s,

: 11 Ti 2*, 2133-35.38,40,41^

Ja

5''.

a

vine-dresser

a/i,7re\ovpyos,

Mk

12i'2,7,9_

yrj,

rf,

[in

LXX
ll^^,
(a)

for I'lN,

Lk 209'io«i*«i6, Jo 15i.t naiX, etc.;] 1. the earth, world:
;

2135,

Ac
2.

18,

He
;

Ee
:

3i«, al.

opp. to
:

1327, al.

land

opp. to sea or water

Mt 13^, Mk 48, Mt 102^, Mk 8®, Lk 24^ Jo 86, al. (d) a region, ground Lk 425, Eo 928, Ja 517 y^ 'lo-paT^A., Mt 220. 21 Xa\8atW, Ac 7*
(6) as subject to cultivation
:
,

Mt 5^8 11^5^ Mk Mk 4\ Lk 53, Jo 621, al. Lk 13", He 6' al. (c) the
oipavo's,
;

;

country
rj

;

;

;

'lovSata

y^,

Jo

322

;

c.

gen. pers.,

Ac
,

7^.

yfjpas, Attic, gen. (-aos) -ws, dat, a; Ion.

and

Koivrj, -cos (-ovs),

dat.

-«, TO, [in

LXX for n'^'^V
:

etc.

;]

old age

:

iv y^pet,

Lk

136.t
;]

yTjpdCTKO) (also yr^pao)

;

old

:

Jo 2118, He 81^.+ SVN. TraXaLovfiai.

<

y^Jpas), [in

LXX

chiefly for jpT

to

grow

92

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
yiyi'Ofiai, V.S. ytVo/xai.
YiVo|jiat,

Ion. and Koivq for Att.
f.),

yi'yv"

(M.
1.

-P^-.

47; Bl.,

§

6,

8

Mayser, 166
occurrences, a I Co 15^'^
;

[in

LXX

chiefly for rrn;]

of persons, things

come into being, be born, arise, come on : Jo 1^* 8*^ seq. e/< (of first appearance in pubHc, Mk 1*, Jo 1^, al. birth), Ko 13, Ga 4^ Std, Jo 1^; /Spovr^ Jo 12^9; o-cicr/xtJ?, Ee 6^2 rj/j-epa yoyyucr/xo's, Ac 6^ x"P"' ^^ ^*' ^^^ many other similar exx. 22<'«, al. vv^, Ac 27^7. ll^^ irpwia, Mt 27' 2. Of events ovj/i, Mk Lk 4^1 to come to jyass, take place, Imppen : Mt 5^^ Mk 5^*, Lk I20 2^5, Ac
to
;
;

;

;

;

;

II

Ti

2^8, al.
:

;

,x.r,

yevotro

[LXX
Go

for
61^

nb-bn Jo
,

2229, al.],
;

far be

it,

God

forbid
Sc ([in

Ro

3* {ICG, in
for ^n^T
;]

1.), i

and

freq. in PI.
f.
;

koX iyivero, cyc'vcro

LXX

v.

Burton, 142
f.),

M,

Pr.,

16

f.

;

Dalman,
al.; al.;
:

Words, 32

f.;

Eobertson, Gr., 1042
;

c.

indie,

Mt

728,

c. seq. Kai et indie, Lk 8^ Ac 5^ al. <l)s 8c iylvero, seq. tov c. inf., Ac 10^^ inf., Ac 20^"; c. ace. et inf., Ac 22^; avToI (Field, Notes, 115), Ac 7*0 (lxx).

ace. et inf.,
c.

Mk
28«.
:

2^^,

Lk is, Lk d^\
one
;

;

c. dat. pers.,

to befall

c.

adv.,
cis,

cv,

Eph

6^
3.

tl

iyevero

geq.

Ac

to be

made,
2^^
;

done, 2)erformed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc.
1123,

Mt

6^**

19^,

Mk

Ac
;

192«, al.
i^^
I

;

Lk

423;
922

Co

6^, Ac 2« ; hr6, Lk 13^7 ek, seq. 8td c. gen., 9^5; SiTroypa(f>rj, Lk 22; di/a/cpiai?, Ac 2526; 5^^0-15,
;

Mk

He
Mt

6

vofio'i,
:

come

to be

1025,

Mk

Ga S^' to Trda-xa, Mt 262. 4 iQ become, be made, seq. cbs, wo-ci, pred., Mt 43, Lk 43, Jo 2^, i Co 13^^, al. 12io, al. 92«; ek (M, Pr., 71 f.), c. gen.. Re ll^*; id.,
c.
;

Mk

;

([LXX for trrx"^ n^n Ru V\ al. v. iirdvo,, Lk Field, Notes, 156), Ro 73.*; seq. iv, Ac 22'7, Re l^o, al. 19i»; fierd, c. gen., Mk 16[io^, Ac 9^^; seq. ek, cVt' (Field, Notes, 135), Kara (ib., 62), c. acc. of place, Ac 201^ 213^ 27^, al.; seq. «, Mk 9^, Lk 322, II Th 2^ al. Aoristic pf. yeyom (M, Pr., 52, 145 f. Field, Notes, 1 f.), Mt 25«, Lk 1036, al. Aor. iyev-jOrj (for eyeVero, M, Pr., 139 f.
of age,

Lk

2*2

c. dat., y.

dv8pi

,

;]

;

;

Mayser, 379),
yii'cjCTKa)

Inscr., V.

So also vulgar Attic, in V. previous word. chiefly for to be taking in 207), [in ;] knowledge, come to knoio, recognize, perceive, understand in past tenses 5*3, to knoiv, realize ; pass., to become knozvn : c. acc, Mt 22'^, seq. 5ti, Mt 21**, Jo 48, I Th 3*, al. Pass., Mt 102^, Phi 4^, al. Col 15**; 6, Ro 7^^; r. Xcydyueva, Lk 183*; t. 41, al.; Tt', Mt 63; d-^6, Q acc. pers., of recognition by T. KapS/as, Lk 161* 6eX.rjiJia, Lk 12*^
(

Mt =

1123, ^1.

(Cf. aTro-, 8ia-, em-, irapa-, avp.- irapa-, irpo-.)

yiyv-

:

Thumb, MGV,

LXX

TV

;

Mk

;

Mk

;

.

by Christ, neg., Mt 723; f^eq. of the knowledge of divine things, of God and Christ; t. 6e6v, Ro 12\ Ga 4^; t. iraTipa, Jo 8"; T. Kvpiov, He 8ii(lxx); voCv KvpCov, Ro 113*; Xpio-roV, Jo 173, TO TOV 7rv€Vfji.aT0S, I Co 2^* t. Trvev/ta, I Jo 4^ t. dXrjOeiav, Jo I Jo 36 832; of Christ's knowledge of the Father (cTriy.), Mt 1127 (Dalman, Words, 282 ff.). In Hellenistic writers [LXX for Heb. TV Ga 4\ al.],
God,
I

Co

83,

Ga

4^;

;

;

;

,

know carnally Mt 1^*, Lk 13* (Cremer, 153). Stn, y., to know by observation and experience is thus prop, disting. from olSa, to know by reflection (a mental process, based on
of sexual intercourse, to
:
:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
intuition or information)
tTTi; Kara-, Trpo-yivuiCTKw,)
;

93

of.

also

e<f)iaT7}iJ.i,

(rvvir}/j.i.

(Cf

.

dva-, Sia-,

yXeuKos

(-«os), -ous, to, [in
:

LXX

for

]^^.,

Jb 32^^*;] must, sweet Ja
S^^' 12

new wine

(Arist.)

Ac
-V,

2^^.t
[in
^*^.t

yXukus, -«a,
iriKpov, aXvKov,

LXX

chiefly for

pinp

;

]

;

opp. to

Ee

10^»

yXuaaa,
1411 (Lxx)^

-77s, 17,

[in

LXX
T^s.^s,

chiefly for ]il2;^;] 1. the tongue, as the

organ of speech:
I

Mk

Lk

Co

14»,

Phi 2^\ Ja

l^^ 162*, Ac 226 (lxx)^ Rq 3^3 (LXX) 126 35, a, s^ j Pe 310 (lxx)^ i Jq 318, Re IG^o
2.

of a tongue-like object,

Ac

2^.

a tongue, language

:

Ac

2^^
; ;

with

i>vX^, Xao's, Wvo^, freq. in pi,

Ee

5^ T^ lO^i ll^ 13^ 14^ IT^s
txt.

joined XaAcrv

€TepaL<i

y, Ac 2*;

y. XaXelv /caivals,

WH,
i

(EV,
11.

Co 123o 13^ 142. 4-6, 13, is, 23, 27. 39 yXtoo-aat (= Xdyot eV yXuxrcrrj, I Co 14'^), I Co 13^ 1422; y^^ yXwo-crwv, 12l<>» 28 yXCJaa-av Ixeic, I Co 1426 Trpoo-cvxtcr^ai yXtucroT/, I Co 14^* I Co
16^7,
; ;

Mk Mk

1617;

XoXcTv yXwo-o-ais, yXciroTJ (v.

ICC,

mg, omit Katvai?), DB, iv, 793 ff.), c.
;

WH, txt., E, mg., Ac 10*^ IQ^,

(Cremer, 163, 679).t
+ yXwaoroKOfioi', -ov, to, vernac.
Ko/x^w),

form

of
11

cl. y\a)oro-OKoyu.erov

(<^ yXaiao-a,

[in

LXX

for

]nN,

11

Ki 6^\

Ch

248.i0'ii*;] 1.

=

cl. -eZov

(v. supr.),

ments.
to

a case for holding the reeds or tongues of musical instruAs in LXX, tt. (MM, s.v.), a box, chest: Jo 12« 1329.t Y>'a(t>eus, -ews, o, Ion. and Koivrj form of Att. Kva<^cvs (<C KvairTOJ, card wool), [in LXX for D5^, iv Ki IS^^, Is 7^ 362*;] ^ fuller,
2.
:

cloth-dresser
1. prop.,

Mk
-«.

Q^.t
-o*'

y^^-'ios.
wife;
1*
;

Ky^'y^A^^O.
2. irwe,

[in

LXX:
sincere:

Si 7^8,

iii

Mac

3^9*;]

laxofully begotten, born in wedlock (in
s.v.).

MM,

genuine,

tt., ywrj y., a lawful Phi 4^,1 Ti I2, Tit

as subst., to y. = ^ yvTjo-io'TT/s, sincerity, 11 Co 8^.t **Y»'Tiaiws, adv., [in LXX: 11 Mac 14*, in Mac 32^*;] sincerely, honourably : Phi 22" (for a parallel in tr., v. MM, s.v.).t
yv&^o%, -ov, 6 (later

form

of Sv-), [in

LXX for ^g)^
of

,

^P"^?

,

etc.

;]

darkness, gloom
§ c)
:

(including

"an element
;

tempest,"
i,

Tr.,

Syn.,

He

12i8.t
:

Syn.

dxXv's, ^o</>os, o-Kdros (Tr., I.e.
-77s,
r,

DB,
;]

457'^).

yviiiit],

«
i

yiyt/wo-zcw),
11

[in

LXX: Da TH
1.

2^5

(ni),

Ps 82

(83)3 (TiD), elsewhere, chiefly

Es, for Dytp

« means of knoiving,

a token (Theogn.). 2. In Attic writers, the mind, its operations and results (v. Edwards, Lex., App., A); (a) mind, understanding; (6) purpose, intention : Ac 20^ (c) judgment, opinion : i Co V^, Ee 17^^
;

(d) counsel,

advice
i

:

Co
11

72^. *o,
:

n Co
17^'^

decree (as in Da,
yviapllia

and

Es)
to

Ee

8^^ Phm ^^ (e) royal purpose, (Cremer, 671).+
;

(-< yiyvwo-Kto), [in
cl., to

LXX

chiefly for

TT
:

hi.;] 1. as

most
E,

commonly

in

come

know, discover, know

Phi

I22 (but cf.

94
mg.).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
2.
21*,

Lk
Col

Jo

4".«,
217.

Lk

make known: c. ace, Eo 922,23- q q^qq j.q[ ^q^^^^ pers., Ac 2'^Hhx\)^ I Co 151, 11 Co 8\ Ga V\ Eph F e^^-ai, 11"; c. dat., seq. on, i Co 12=^; seq. rt, Col 1^' II Pe rrepi, Pass., Ac 7^\ Ro 16^«, Eph 3^- »• i", Phi 4« (Cremer, 677 cf.
to

151^ 17-^«,

;

;

(ij'u-, 6tu-yi'a)^(.'^a)).t

yvuxTis,

-ews,

17

(<^ yiyj/wcrKw),

[in

LXX

chiefly for nyi;]

1.

d

seeking to knotv, inquiry, investigation. 2. knowledge, in NT, specially of the kn. of spiritual truth absol., Lk ll^^^ Eo 22*^ ISi", i Co 1* (Lft., Notes, 147) 81. ".10' 11 13- « U^, 11 Co 6« 8" 11«, Eph 3i9, Col 2^, i Pe 3", II Pe 1*.*^; c. gen. obj., o-wTT^pias, Lk l" t. Sofvys t. Oeov, ii Co 4"; t. 6€oi}, II Co 214 105; Xpi(TToi) 'Iryo-oO, Phi 38 (v. Deiss., L^^, 3833), 11 Pe 31**; C. gen. subjc, deov, Eo IP^; Aoyos yvwo-ews, I Co 12^; t/^€i;8ujvv/xou
: ;

yi/too-eo)?,

I Ti 62**.t SriV. ; cro<f)ia, Cremer, 156).

<f)p6vr](TL<;

(cf.

eTrt-yvwcris

and

V.

Lft.

on Col 2^
onewlio

t yccScTTr]?, -ov, 6 (<[ ytyi ojcTKw), [in

LXX chiefly for ""JirT;]
c. dat.,

knoios,

an expert
-v?,

:

Ac
-6v,
;J

26^.

yi/waros,

various parts of

410 1338 1518 1917 2822. 2S; y_ arjfxelov,

W

later

form
:

of yvwros {<^ yiyvioa-Kw), [in
9*'^
;

LXX
Ac

for
is

kjiojvn
41*^
;

Ac

Jo

18i'5. i«

''*'''=•',

li^ 2i*

a notable (EV)

sign,
;

one that

matter of knowledge, Ac
^eov,

yvwo-rov iroulv,

Ac

151". i^

11^; in pi., as subst., yvoiaroi, acquaintances, in sing., Jo 18i«'^«'.t

Eo

Lk

to yvwo-rov t. 2** 23*'-'; so

t yoyyuj^d), [in chiefly for ]ib ;] to mutter, murmur : i «l IQlO; seq. Kard, Mt 2011 7rp6^, Lk 5^0 Trept', Jo 6*1. aAXT?\w, ; /xcT 7^- (cf. 8(.a-yoyyi;^w).t 6*^; c. ace, seq. irepc, Jo
; ;

LXX

Co
Jo
7-9,

t yoyyu(T^<5s, -o€, o

«

yoyyt'^w), [in

LXX:
y-,
:

Is 58^ (px),

Ex

16

Nu
Jo

175.1" (njlbp),
71-,

Wi
y., I

110.11,

Si
pi.,
;

46-"*;]

a murmuriyig, muttering:

Ac

61

;

dv€v

**t yoyyuaTi^s,
262*^

-ov, 6
:

*

;]

a murmurer

« Ju

Pe 4^
i^.t

xV?
[in
1.

Phi

2i4.t
2622, jg 292*
;

yoyy.^C^)

Sm.

Pr

Th.

:

Pr

*y6if|9, -rjTos, o (yoao), to

wail)

;

a%vailer.
;

2.
31^.

a wizard.

3.

an

impostor

(cf. yorjTcia, trickery, 11

Mac
mg.,

1224)

u

Ti

roXyoGd (Eec. -Oa;

WH,

ToXyo^, Jo,
9^5)
;

I.e.,

Aram.

Nnbili'il

=

Heb. rhhb?,

LXX,
rj,

Kpavcov,

Jg 9", n Ki
:

indecl. (exc.

Mkl522,
Jo
igi^.t

-a.'),

Golgotlm, the place of the crucifixion
Tojioppa, -a5,

Mt

27^3,

Mk I522,

and

-lov,

rd (Heb. iTlby), Gomorrah, one of the
lOi^,

cities of the plain

(Ge 19)

:

Mt

Eo
:

9'^n^^x)^

u Pe 2\
Ki
51^

Ju^.t

Y^^os, -ov, 6
sJiip s freight,

(<
:

y£>w), [in

LXX Ex
18".
i2.t

235, jy

(N^D)
a

*;]

a

cargo

Ac

21^,

Ee

yoceu's, -€(us, 6

(<^

ytyvo/i,at), [in

LXX
:

for

2X

,

DX

;]

begetter,
92.
«. 20, 22,

a
n^

father

;

mostly in

pi., ol y.,

parents

Lk

2"'

"3 856 21i<',

Jo

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Ro
130,
II

95

Co 12l^ Eph
i,

61,

Col

320, 11

Ti 3^

;

ace. pi. (Hellenistic, v.

Thackeray, Gr.,

148), yovcts,

Mt

lO^i,

Mk

13^2,

Lk

2^7 1829,
:

Jo

g^^.t
j

yoyu, -aros, to, [in

LXX

chiefly for

^^3 ;]

the knee

He

12^2

of

a suppliant,

Trpoo-TrtVrctv Tots y.,

Lk

5^; so also nOevaL

TO. y., to

Lk

22*1,

bend *t YocoTTCTeoj,
Ifxirpoa-dev,

Ac 7«o 9*o 20^6 21*; in mockery, the knee : Eo 11*(lxx) 1411 (lxx)^

Mk

IS^^;

KdfjLTrTecv

kneel: rh v., to

Eph

3^\ Phi 2io.t

Mk

-u) {'C^yovv, ttitttw) ; to fall 1. 272^. 2. to fall down before one 1*0, R, txt., 10i7.t

Mt

on the knees: seq. c. ace, Mt IT^*,
:

Ypajxfia, -Tos,

to

(<^ ypdcfxD), [in

LXX

for "igD

,

etc.

;]

1.

that

2. that which is written; (!) a ivhich is traced or drawn, a picture. character, letter : Ga Q^^ (a) a (2) a tvriting, a written document Lk IG'''"; (6) a letter: Ac 282^; (c) Ta Upa y., the bill or account: 11 Ti 3^^ (so in Philo, Vit. Mos., iii, 39) sacred writings, i.e. the the written word as an external authority in con(d) TO y., the letter, trast with the direct influence of the Spirit as manifested in the new Covenant Ro 22"> 2^ 7^ 11 Co 3"' ^ (3) Ta y., letters, i.e. learning : Jo 7^^ ^in ^_ an iHiterate person is veiy frequently referred to as x\c 262*. ypd/j-ixaTa fX7] eiSoTos, and this " never means anything else than inability
; ;

OT

:

:

;

to write " 584.) t

:

MM,

Exp., x

;

but

v.

also Cremer, 166

;

DCG,

i,

202

;

ii,

Ypcififiareus, -ews

(acc. pi.,

LXX
scribe,
7<';

always
;

for liaiZT

secretary

y. t. TroAeois,

-cis, V. Bl., § 8, 2), 6 (<^ ypd.fji.fia), [in Hex., elsewhere chiefly for IDD;] 1. a a state-clerk Ac 19^^. 2. In tt., of a military

in

:

officer (Deiss.,

BS, 110

f.).

So Jg
;

5^*,

iv

Ki

25i9

(-|DD),

al.

3.

a

a

in

Lk

biblical scholar, teacher of the law (so first in i Es 8^, 11 Es 5^', vo/zoSiSao-zcaAos 102^, vofx-LKos) 72^, in I22, and
y. koI dpx^LepeU,

freq. in
al.
;

Gosp.

y. fxa6r]T€v6et<: rrj /SacriXcta

Lk Mt 2*, et t. ovp., Mt
[in

:

Mt

Mk

al.

; •

y. k. ^apia-aloi,
t^ov
(ro<f>6<i',

Mt

52", et

13*2

ttoS y., 1

Co
2.

120

(Cremer, 167;

DB,

iv,

Ypa-rrros, -q, -6v

«

420, 800).

ypd<fiw),

LXX

for

STI^p ;]

1.

painted.

written

:

Ro
2.
;

2i*.t
rj

Ypa<}>ii, -^s,

(<[

ypdffxj)), [in

LXX

chiefly for :iri3
is

;]

1.

a drawing,
:

painting.
II

(a)

writing

;

(6)
;

that which

Ti 31^
17

y. ayiai,

Ro
;

12

7rpo<f>r]TLKaL,

Ro

written, a writing iraa-a y., 162" ; al y. t. Trpo(f>r]T(i}v, Mt

ai y., the sacred writings, the Scriptures (i.e. the OT; v. NTD, 205) in pi., when the sacred writings as a whole are Milligan, meant, e.g. Mt 21*2 26**, Jo 5^^, Ro 15* in sing., when a particular passage is referred to, as in Lk 421, Jo 192*, Ro 4^ Q^^ lO^^ II2, Ja 223 (Cremer, 165; DCG, ii, 584).

26^";

y.,

;

chiefly for 2113] ; 1. to scrape, graze (Horn.), and [in (Hdt.) to sketch, draw. 2. to write ; (a) of forming or tracing later Jo 8^"^ Ga 6^1, 11 Th 3^' {b) to express in letters on writing material writing, commit to writing, record: Lk 1^^, Jo 192i'22^ Re l^^'i^, al.; of scripture as a standing authority (Deiss., BS, 112 ff.), yiypanTai, it
YP^<1>«,
:

LXX

;

96

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Mt
;

stands written (Luther),
seq. tV,
TTcpi,

4*,
c.

Mk
ace,
;

7«,

Lk
2028

48,

Eo

l^^

i

Mk

1^,

Ac

l^o, al.

to
c.

write of: Jo
dat.

1*^,

Co 1^\ al. Ko 10*;

;

id.

seq.
;

Mt
Jo

262*,

Mk
;

1421,

Jo

546^ al.

(WM,
;

§ 31, 4),

Lk

IS^i

id.

seq. Iva (M, Pr.,
4^^
;

207

f.),

Mk
2^"
;

12^^

Lk

Kara

t. yeypa/x/^teVov,
;

II

Co

yeypa/x/jiivov iari,
12^*'
II

fieva,

(c)

iypdijyr) 8t r]fi3.<;, Ro 42* iir aurw yeypafxof writing directions or information, c. dat. pers.

Jo
;

Ro
Ac
I

15^5,

Co

7^2^

al.

(d)

of that
2125,

message:

/3i/3\ioy,

2325; ivToXT]v,

Mk 10*, Jo Mk 105 (cf. OLTTO-,
{ypa-v<;,

^

which contains the record or 51. r^rXov, Jo 19^^ cttio-toX^i',
c'Sos), anile,

iy-, im.-, Kara-, wpo-).

^typawStjs,

-cs

an

old

woman,

old-womanish:

Ti 47.t

(later YPTjyope'oj, -w, = Attic eyprjyopa, pf. of iycLpw, q.v., [in bks. only) chiefly for HplZ?;] 1. to he awake ; metaph., of being alive, 13^* 143*.37^ Lk 1237,39; 2. to watch: Mt 24*^ 2638.40, I Th 510. 1335. 37 1438^ Ac 203i, i Co 1613, i Th 5«, metaph., Mt 24*2 2513 26*\

LXX

Mk

Mk

I

Pe

58,

Re

32. 3
:

1615

.

geq.

^v,

Col

42.

(Cf. hia-ypTfyopiii>.)\

SYN.
**

V.S. aypvirviiii.

yxs^v&lia

{<iyvp-v6<i),
2.
II

[in

LXX:
yv/ivaC<«),

11

Mac
[in

10^5 *;]

1.

properly, to
:

exercise naked. 51* 1211, A\

Generally,
2i*.t
-7

to exercise,

train the

body or mind
IV

i

Ti

He

Pe

**
exercise
:

y^lLvcxala,
i

-as,

Ti 48.t
(Rec.
411 (cf. cV i/'v'x"

«
'^-

LXX:

Mac

1120*;]

*t
clad
KoivTJ
:

yufii'iTeuo)

yvfivrjr-, V.

Tdf

.,

I

Co

yvtivoTrjTi,

Pr., 81), to be naked or scantily u Co II2"; yw/x.vot, Ja 2i5. In

writers, y. also

means

to

go light-armed. )f
;]

yufju'os, -^, -oV, [in

LXX chiefly for Di*iy
Mk

naked, without clothing,

and sometimes
1112)
;
:

(as freq. in cl.) scantily or poorly clad (Is 202 ^^ To li^, 14*2, Jo 21^, Ac IQi^, Ja 2i5, Re 31^ Mt 253«. ss. *3, 44^ II Mac 145i. Metaph., of things 171^ as subst., to y., the naked body, 1615, 4i3 exposed, of the soul without a body (Plat., Crat., c, 20, and cf. Deiss., LAE, 293), 11 Co 53; of seed, bare, 1 Co 1537 (Cremer, 168).+

Mk

He

;

tyup.t'OTTjs,

-7T0S,
835,

rj

(<^ yu/Avos), [in
1127,

LXX
little

for

DTy, De

28*8 *;]

nakedness:

Ro

n Co
:

Re

3i8.t

* yucaiKapioc,

-ov,

to (dim. of ywrj), a
11

woman ;

contemptuously,

a

silly

woman (EV)

Ti

3''.t
yi^i"?),

yui'aiKcios, -a, -ov
I

(<^

[in

LXX

chiefly for

n^K

;]

female

Pe

37.t
yuj'^, -aiKos,
7},

[in

LXX
al.
;

for niJ^N;] 1.
y.,

a woman, married or un72;
y.

married:

Mt ll"
Co

1421,

vVavSpos

Ro
Jq

xw«. Lk
used
2.

42"; in

vocat., yvvai implies neither reproof nor severity, but is

freq. as

a
y.

term

of respect

and endearment, Mt

1528,

2*, 421 192^.

a

toife

Mt
in

120, I

ka^elu,
1.).

Mk

73.*, al.; y. ^TroXveLv, 1420. 1219 ; y. yafidv,

Mk
3.

102, al.; y. Ix"".

Mk
:

6I8;

Lk

a deaconess,

i

Ti 3" {CGT,

TcSy, 6

(Heb.

aia), indecl.,

Gcg, assoc. with

Magog

(q.v)

Re

20^.+

manuaij greek lexicon op the
y^yloy -o?, ^

new testament
;]

97
a

(< yow),
t.

[in

LXX

chiefly for njB
y.
t.
yjjs,

an
12io,

angle,

corner:

Mt
I

yoivias (njp

Ac 26^'; BrNh, Ps 117
6^,

reWapas

Ke

7^,

20^;

KC(f)a\r]

(118)22,

LXX), Mt

21*2,

Mk

Lk 20^

Ac 4",

Pe

27.t

A,
8,

8,

SAto,

to, indecl.,

the fourth letter.

As a numeral,

S*

4,

=

4000.
Aa^iS, V.S. AauctS.
;
:

** Saifioki^ofiai (in cl. also Sat/xovao) -^ Saifiwv), [in Aq. Ps 90 (91)"*;] to be under the power of a Sai/xwv (Sai/xoviov, q.v.), to be possessed : Mt 15-2 elsewhere always ptcp., -t^d/xevos, -icrdiU Mt 42* 816,28,33 932 1222^ Mk 132 515,1(5,18^ Lk S^^, Jo 10'-^ (Cremer, 171).t
• :

Saip.oi'ioi', -ov,

TO (neut. of SaifiovLos, -a, -ov, divine), [in

LXX
as in

(so
cl.

also in

tt.

;

v.

MM,

Exp., x) for

"Ttp, b'biji.

(freq. in
;

To)

;]

1.

(b) an inferior divinity, (a) the Divine power, Deity (Hdt., Plat., al.) deity or demon (as in magical tt., Deiss., BS, 281 MM, Exp., x)
;

iiva
32^',
I

8.,

Ac
;

17^^.

2.
;

(a)

In OT, heathen

deities, false

gods
to.
8,,

(e.g.

De
92**

Ps 95
102^*

(96)^)

(b)

in

NT,

evil spirits,
I

demons
;

:

dvova-iv 8aifxovioi<i,

Co

8iSao-KaXi'ai
;

Bai/xovLwv,

Ti 4^

irpoa-KWfiv

Re

especially (syn. with Trvevfi-a aKadaprov) as apx'^v Twv 8., Mt 93* operating upon and "possessing" (cf. 8at/xovt^o/iat) men: Mt 11^^, et
Ix"". Lk 4^3 8. iKpdXXctv, Mt In the phrase 7rv€v/x.a Sai/xoviov dKaOdprov, Lk 433, the wider cl. usage (1. b) is recognised, olk. being elsewhere in NT, the epithet of
al.
;

(laepx^creat 8. cts

.

.

.,

Lk

8^^

;

8.

;

722.

vrv.,

and

8.

=

ttv. olk. (v.

**t 8aiiio^nS8T)s, -€s 8at/xo'viov, demon-like : Ja 3** (Cremer, 171).
ialiiuv, -ovos, 6,
rj,

«

7CC,

in 1;

Cremer, 168).
(TSo^),

[in

Sm.: Ps 90
8ai/i,ovta>,

(91)6*;]

[in
;

LXX for

13, Is 65^^ (X;

AB)*;]

in

cl.

and

NT =

Sai/ioViov

Ukvu,, [in
Jite
;

LXX

for

metaph.,

Ga

^,

a demon:

Mt

83^.+

Ge

491^, al., exc.

De
for

B^* (qitzr);] <o

5^^.f

SciKpuoi' (poet,

form

SaKpv), -ov, to, [in
20i9.
3i^

LXX

n^l

;]

a tear

Mk

924

(WH,

txt.,

12",

Re

717 21*;

R, txt. omit), Ac „ Co 2*, 11 Ti 1*, He 5^ metaph., dat. pi., 8a^pvo-i (La 2^\ Thuc, vii, 75;
for

Bl., §9, 3),

Lk738.4^t

8aKpuu, [in

LXX

nps

,

etc.

;]

to to

weep, shed tears

:

Jo ll^^.t
to

Syn.

:

KXaita,

of audible

weeping,

cry
;

;

68vpofiai, of grief ex-

pressed verbally, to lament ; Op-qviin, dirge ; dXaXu^w, to tvail in Oriental fashion by inarticulate sounds, to groan.
SaKTuXios, -ov, o

of formal lamentation,
o-rcva^w, of grief

sing a

expressed

«8aKTvXos),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

nySM;]

a

ring

:

Lk

1522.t

7

98

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
SdKTuXos, -ov,
6,

[in

LXX
ye, 8

chiefly for

yny^

;]

a finger
8.

:

Mk
Lk

7=^^

Lk

11*6 1624,

Jo

20^.27; metaph.,

deov (cf.

Mt 23*, Ex 8^%

112o.t
AaXfiai'ouOd,
rj,
:

Dalmanutha, an unidentified place near the Sea of Galilee Mk S^" (cf. Maya8dv)A AaXfxaTia (L, Af A-), -as, rj, Dalmatia, a part of Illyria on E. coast
indecl.,

of the Adriatic
Safidl^a),

:

ii

Ti 4io.t

[in
t.

LXX: Da
yXda-a-av,
r]

2*^^

{bwu)*;]

to

tame, s^ibdue:

Mk

5*,

Ja

3"

;

metaph,,

SdjiaXis, -eojs,

Ja 3^ (Field, Notes, 237f.).+ (fem. of 8afxdXr]s, a hullock), [in

LXX

chiefly for

niQ

,

rhy?

;]

a

heifer.
17

He

Qi^.t

Adfjiapis, -i8os,

AajxaaKTjvos,

-rj,

-6v,

(<C 8dfxap, poet., a wife), Damaris : Ac 17^*. of Damascus, Damascene: 11 Co 11^2_f

AaniaaK^s, -oC, ^ (Heb. piyJSl),
II

Damascus: Ac

92

ff-

22*ff- 26i2.20^

Co

1132,

Ga

11'.+
V. Sav/^o).

8ai'6i^(i),

Sdi'eioc, V. Saviov.
8at'£io-Tr)s, V. 8avto-T7;s.

Saci^w (late

form

of cl.

-ci'^w,

Eec,
;]

Bl.,

§

3

;

Thackeray, Gr.y
interest

85

f .),

Lk

[in 634' 35

LXX
.

chiefly for TXb (Pr IQi") mid., to borrow : Mt 542.t
:

to

lend

money on

/SliV.

KLXprj/^i- (v.s. XP*^*")) tio

lend in a friendly way.

Aai'iriX,

6,

indecl. (Heb. bx^J'T,

God

is

my
;

Judge), Daniel, the

prophet

:

Mt

24^^+
TO (late
10

Sdi'ioi', -ov,

form
hi.),

of Sdveiov, Eec.

v.s. Savt'^w), [in

LXX

De

2411 (ncr:) 15^'

(tanr

iv

Mac

28*;] a Zoaw;
;

Mt

1827.+

form of -cio-tt^s, Eec. v.s, Savci'^w), [in LXX 292s*;] a money-lender IV Ki 4S Ps 108(109)11 (ntZTJ), Pr 291^ (rzr-j), Si
Sai'iaxris, -ov, 6 (late

Lk
c.

7",t ** Sairavdu,
528

-w, [in
;

LXX

:

seq. ace, Mk consume, squander : Lk IS^* Hort, Mayor, in 1,), Ja 4^ (cf.

eVi, c. dat. pers.,
;

To 1", I Mac 14^2, al. ;] 1. Ac 212* iwep,
;

to
11

spend, expend

Co

12i5.

2.

to

e,/

t,

rj8oval<;

(on the constr. with

iv, v.

ex-, irpoa-- 8.).+
:

Saird^,
expense, cost
:

-rys,

^, [in

LXX
6,

11

Es

S*. » (n,"??3),

Da

LXX

Bel

21,

al.

;]

Lk
;

142^,+

AaueiS (Eec. Aaj8t8),

indecl. (Heb. in). David,

King

of Israel

dpovo^ A., Lk 1^2 /cXcl? A., Ee 3^ a-Krjv^i A., Ac 1110; v':6s A., the Messiah (Ps. Sol., 55; fSaatXeia A., pit,a A., Ee 1723 for other reff. in Jewish lit., v. Dalman, Words, 317), Mt li 92^, ev A., i.e. the Psalter, He 4^ et al. on the general neglect of the elision in NT, 8^ (before vowels 8'

Mt

1^ 123, et al.

15i«

;

;

Mk

;

;

;

V.

WH,

Ajyp.,

146

;

Tdf

,,

Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
1.

99

copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104) Mt 12 «, II Co 615. IS, II Pe l*-7; in repetition for emphasis, Eo 321. 22 930, I Co 2«, Ga 22, Phi 28 in transition to something new, Mt l^^ 2^^
;

Co 7^ S^, al. in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3^9, Eo b^, i Co 1^2, Eph 2* 5=^2^ al.; <I)s U, Jo 2^; koL Se, but also, Mt 10^8, Lk I'S, Jo 6", Eo 1123, al.; Kal iav 8i, yea . even if, Jo 8^^. 2. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing fiiv (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one
131,

Lk
.

Jo

71*,

Ac 6\ Eo

828, i

;

.

preceding
614,23^

(in

NT

most

freq.

without
6^,

yiteV;

al.;
4^0,

1«,

Lk

cyw (o^, etc.) 8e, Mt 522 al.; after a negation, Mt
7}

Mk
for

Bl., § 77, 12) eav 8c, 82^, al.; b 8c, auros 8e',
:

Mt

Mk

6^9. 20^

Rq

3*, i
,

Th

521, al.

S^Tjo-is, -cfc)s,

{<Chioixai), [in

LXX
2,
:

nsnp

nST, n^Sl?, etc.;]

1.

a wanting, need

(so

Ps 21

(22)2^).

aw

asking, entreaty, supplica-

Lk l^^, n Co l^^. Phi l^^, n Ti ; in NT always addressed to God Ja 516, I Pe 312 (LXX); with vvyo-Tcrat, Lk 23^; Trpoo-cvx*?, -ai, Eph 6^8, Phi 4^, I Ti 2^ 5* LKerrjpiai, He 5^^ Trpo(TKapTipri<ri<i, Eph 618 cvTcvfcis, I Ti 21 8. TTotcro-^at (Deiss., 5S, 250), Lk 533, pj^i i* (pij^ j Ti 2^ seq. irrc'p, 11 Co Qi*, Phi 1* Trcpi', Eph 618 tt^os, Eo lOi.t Syn. : Trpoa-ivxv, used of prayer in general, while 8. gives prominence to the sense of need on the other hand, 8. is used as well of requests from man to man, while ir. is limited to prayer to God.
tion
13,
; ; ; ;
; ;

;

ci'Tcu^ts,

in the papyri, is the regular

word

for petition to a superior

(Deiss.,

BS, 250;

cf.

€ixv (Ja
8ei,

515), atrrjiia,

Cf. also the Pauline hTvyxdveiv, to entreat). iK^T-qpia (Tr., Syn., %\\; Cremer, 73, 174, 684).
(8ca)),

impersonal
is

[in

LXX

chiefly for infin. with ^;]
;

one

must,
inf.,

c. ace. et c. inf., Mt 26**, Mk 13'', Ac 52^, al. Mk 831, Jq 37^ Ac 25io, al. with ellipse of ace, Mt 2323; of ace. and inf., Mk I31*, Eo 12" S^*" oi (yu^) 8€t {non licet), ought not, nnist
it

necessary

:

Mt

1621,

;

;

not

:

Ac

252*,

^

"pi

22*

;

impf.,

£8ci,

of necessity or obligation in past
§

time regarding a past event

Ac

2721,

Seov),
8cr), I

Ac
Ti

63, 4), Mt 1833, Lk 1532, Jo 4*, periphr., hiov ia-riv (as in Attic, XP^^^ ^^'^'- = XPVt v.s. 193"; id., with ellipse of icrrLV, 1 Pe 1^; to. p.ri Scovra (= a ou
(Bl.,
al.
;

513.
:

expressing moral obligation, as distinct from 8£r, denoting logical necessity and XPV^ a need which results from the fitness 2i, i Jo 2<'; Hort on of things (v. Tr., Stju., § cvii, 10; Westc. on He

Syn.

o^ciXct,

Ja
2.

310).

=

*8eiYfia, -TO?, TO (^Sct/cvv/xt); 1. (cl.) a thing shown, a specimen. Ju^.t cl. TrapdS- (cf. v7ro8-, II Pe 2^), an example (a warning)
Seiy/xaTiioj

*t
of, to

expose

:

SeiK^ufii, 8€tKvvw

for ^^('^ hi. Mt 48 8*, Ac 73>Lxx)^

;]

Mk
I

(Eec. 7rapa8-, q.v.). Col 2i*.t chiefly Veitch, s.v.), [in (v. BL, § 23, 1 (a) to show, exhibit dat. pers. to show, c. ace. rei (pers.), 1** 1415, Lk 4* 51* 202* 2212 24*o, Jo 2i8 520 1032 2020,
;

« Mt V^
615,

:

Scty/xa),

a rare

word {ICG,

11.

c), to

make a show

LXX

;

Ti

Ee

I71 2P'io 221-8, pass.,

He

85(i'XX);

(j) to

make
(c)

knoion: Mt I621, Jo 148.9, Ja 2i8 3i3.t prove
:

Ac

IO28,

i

Co

123i,

Ee

li 41, 22^;

to

100

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
SeiXio,
-as,
rj

«

SeiXo's),

[in

LXX
:

for np-ili,

n^np,

etc.;]

cowardice, timidity (never in good sense) ii Ti I'^.t Syn.: <f>6/3o'i, fear, in general, good or bad; evkdfSeia (q.v.), apprehension generally, but chiefly pious fear, " that careful and watchful reverence v^^hich pays regard to every circumstance in that with which it has to deal " (cf. Tr., Sy7i., § x). for nnn ni. tSeiXidu, -w «8«Aia), [in IHE, etc.;] = the more freq. dnoS-, to be cowardly, timid, fearful : Jo 142'.+

LXX

,

SetXos,

-rj,

6v (<[

8€o<;), [in

LXX for 1J1
-vi,

,

etc.

;]

cowardly, fearful

Mt

826,

Mk

4*0,

Re

218.+
ace. -va), [in Aq. one,
lO^^,
:

**8€ij'o, 6, f), TO (gen. -vos, dat. 212(3) (Sm. also), iv Ki 6*^*;] stich cannot or will not name Mt 26*^.+
SeiKois,

Eu

4}, i

Ki
one

an
:

a certain

one,

whom

adv.

Mt

86.

Da
Lk

vehemently : Lk 11*3. SeiTT^c'u), -w «8£r7r^ov, q.v.), [in LXX: Pr 23^ {nub), To 7^ 8\ 1127*;] to take the chief meal of the day, to dine, to sup: 2220 (WH, br., E, mg. omits), i Co 1125; metaph., Ee 320.+ 178
2.

«

:

Sc'os), [in

LXX

Jb

Wi

l?^, al.

;]

1. terribly

LXX

SeiTTi'oi', -ov,

TO, [in

LXX
:

chiefly for 35"n5) (Da)
23^,

;]

the chief meal

of the day, dinfier, supper 2120, I Co 1121 3 ^ouZv,
.

Mt

Mk

12^9,

Lk

14^7. 24

20«, Jo
dpviov,

132' *

Mk

621, lij 1412,16^

Jo 122; ^yp^aKov
ydjxov
r.

(q.v.) 8.,

I

Co

1120;
fxeya

8. T.

metaph. (Dalman, Words, 118), r. 0£o9, Ee IQl^t
-as,
rj

S. r.

Ee

19^;

*+

Seio-iSaifiofia,

(•<[ ScicriSatyLicov, q.v.)

(a) piety, religion;

(b)

superstition.

2.

1. fear of the gods; ; Objectively, a religion: Ac

2519 (Cremer, 72, 682).t

*

SeiCTi-Saip.wi', -Of

{<C, Sci'Sw, to

fear

;

Saifjuav, deity),

deity, religious;

compar.

-fMovearepovi (AV,

too superstitious,

reverent to the E, txt.,

somewhat
cf.

superstitious, a sense in wh. the word is sometimes used Field, Notes, 125), more religious. God-fearing, than others, quite religious (Abbott, Essays, 105 ff. Deiss., LAE, 285) Ac I722.+
;
:

Syn.:
142 a).
S^Ka,

eva-efirj'i

(q.v.), dtoa-€Jirj<i, 6prja-Ko^

(Cremer, 681;

DB,

ext.,

01, ai,

TO,

ten

:

Mt

202*, q\

.

^Xu/^ts rjfxepwv 8.,

i.e.

of brief

duration

:

Ee

2io.

+ 8eKa-8u'u, Eec. for SwSe/ca:

Ac

19^ 2411.+
Gr.,
§

+ 8cKa-^$,

=

£K»cat8cKa,

sixteen (Jannaris,

645)

:

Ee

18^^,

L, mg. (for c^T^KovTa €$; v. Swete, in 1.).+ fScKa-oKTci, T for ScKa 6/cTw, eighteen:
+ SeKa-TT^rre, [in

LXX: Ex

271*,

I

Lk Mac

13*.+
10*°, al.;]

late

form

of

Tr€VT€Ka8eKa, fifteen : Jo IV^ Ac 27*, mg., ib.28, Ga AcKd-TToXis, -£(os, n, Decafolis, a region east of the 520 7^1.+ taining ten cities Mt 42*,
:

WH,

V^f
Jordan con-

Mk

+ ScKareWapes, -wv,

01, al, -a.

to, [in

LXX

:

Ge

31*1,

T^

gig^ ^j

.j

=
in

cl. TecrcrapecTKai'ScKa,

MGr.

(for thirteen

more freq. in and upwards)

later

Gk. than the older form and

universal, fourteen:

Mt

li'^,

u Co

122,

Ga

21 (cf. Teo-o-ap£o-Kat8£KaTos).+

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF
8eK(i-n), -17s,
1^,

THP.

NEW

TB37AMB1IT
-rj,

101

prop. fern.

(sc. fx-ipoi)
;]

of ScVaTo?,

-ov,
:

[in

LXX

for TtJ^yo
(for a

:

Ge

li^o,

Ne

12",

et al.

a tenth part, a

tithe

He

T^.*.*.'

curious inversion of the Biblical use, v.
S^Karos,
-77,

MM,

s.v.).t

-ov (<:^ SeKo), [in

tenth : Jo 1*^, Ac 19^ (WH, txt., tScKOT^U, -W, = Cl. -TCV'O ("IBTjr pi.)*;] io take tithe of: c. acc. pers.,

LXX for lt?r^ and cognate EV omit), Ee U^^ 212o.t «8€KaT77), [iu LXX Nb
I

forms;]

He

7^;
[in

pass, to

10" (38) pay tithe :

He

79.t
tScKTiJs,
->7,

-OV,

]1S^: Pr 111,

al.;]

verbal adj. of Sexo^ai, acceptable: Lk 419(lxx)24^

LXX
lO^s,

Ac
:

u Co

chiefly for 62 (lxx)^

Phi

4I8 (cf. dJ7rpoo-8-).t

*8eXe(iJu (<^8eA€a/3, entice : c. acc, 11 Pe 2^*'

a
^^

6aii), to allure
;

by a bait

metaph.,

to allure,

pass.,

Ja

1^*.+

AcXfJiaria, V. AaX/xaria.

S^MSpoK, -ov, TO, [in
8.

LXX

for ]^y

,

etc.

;]

a

tree

:

Mt

S^",

al.

iyaOov,
""t

Mt

1233,

Lk 6«;
:

Ka\6v, Mt 1233, yiv€o-^ai 8.. Mt 1332; y. £^5
8,

7ir,n.

Lt 6*3; 8. 8., Lk 1319.

aawpov,

Mt

717. 18

hand

Sc^io-^oXos, -ov, o {<^ ^€^to?, ySaAAw), owe for Sc^ioXaySos, Ac 2323.t

w/w throws with

the right

L

* SclioXd^os,

-ov, 6

(<;

Sc^ios, \afx/3dvo)),
:

a kind of soldier, prob. a
;]

spearman
IBi**, al.

(Vg., lancearius) or slinger
[in

Ac

2323.
]->p;

8c|i<5s, -a, -ov,
;

LXX

chiefly for

the right
i.e.

:

Mt
i-n-l

529,
ii

Jq

oTrXa

8.,

weapons carried in the
53",

right hand,

for offence,

Co
8.,

w the right hand
;

67; ^

8. xctp,

Mt

Lk

68, al.;

^

8. (sc.

on E, mg.), Ee 5i SiSovai rrjv 8., in friendship (Deiss., BS, 251), Ga 2^ metaph. of power, rfj 8. airov, Ac 233 531 Ta 8., i/ie right side, Mk 16*; ck 8e$iwv, on the right hand, c. gen., Mt 2533' 34^ Mk 1527^ L]j 111^ al. of a place of honour in the Messianic Kingdom (cf. iii Ki 2^^, Ps 44 (45)io), Ka^tVat « Se^iJiv, Mt 2021, Mk 1037; of the heavenly session of Christ, Mt 26«*, Mk 1±^\ He 1"
(E, txt.,
;
; ;

x«», Mt

63, al.;

t^v

(Cremer, 172).
Seofiai
to

(mid. of Sew,

II,

q.v.,

as depon.), [in

LXX
;

for fin
c.

,

etc.
2.

;]

want for

oneself; 1. to want, need: (a) absol.

(b)

gen.

to

beg, request, beseech, pray ; (i) in general: absol., Ac 263, c. gen. pers., Lk 5^2 828- 38 (iS.lro ; T, iSi.ro, cf Veitch, s.v. Sew) 938, Ac 83* 412 ; seq. Tva, Lk 9*o ; seq. to, c. inf., 11 Co IO2 ; c. 2139, II Co 520, gen. pers. et rei, 11 Co 8* (ii) of prayer to God absol., Ac 43i ; seq.
.

WH;

Ga

;

:

€t TTws,

11"; .Va, Lk 213« 2232; d<: r6, I Kvpiov, 07ra)9, Ac 82* c. gen., tov Kvpiov, OTTCDS,

Eo

;

Th Mt

310

;

938,

Lk

i^kp ifioi Trp6s t. IO2 ; rov ®€ov,

Ac

102

;

seq.
:

d

^pa,

Ac
and
11
;

822.t
cf. SerjaLi.
8e2,

SYN.
prol.^*,
422 (52)^
I

airidi,

hiov, -ovTos,

TO (neut. part, of

used as

subst.), [in

LXX
;

Si

Mac

12^,

Pr

2431 (308)

Mac P^*; Ex -lK«r
,

pi. t^i S., for

21io
;

33-715

,

oob, Ex I622, m Ki Da th 112« To 51*,

102
II

mjmtual geesk lexicon of the
1320 *
;]

new testament
:

Mac

that which
193«,

is

needful, due, proper
eo-rtV, i
11
S.,

8.

ia-riv
8., i

(periphr.

for

8(1, q.v.),

Ac

with ellipse of

Pe

;

ra

fj^rj

Ti 5^^A

**8^os, -0V9, to' «S£t'8<o), [in LXX: fear, awe, reverence : /icra ciXa^ttas koL
SFi\^.
;

Mac

Si^.so 1322 1316 1523*.-]

He

122^.t

SeiXi'a, </>d/3os.

of Derbe : Ac 20*.t Ac 14^' ^o 16^,t Aip^i], -17s, ^, Derbe, a city of Lycaonia for IliT;] i/^e sA;m, S^Pfia, -Tos, TO «;8e/3w), [in
AcpPaios,
-a, -ov,
:

LXX

/lide

of

beasts

:

cv aiytbts 8.,
-rj,

He
Ki

11^''',

ScpfKiTifos,

-ov (<[ 8ep/xa), [in

LXX for lijr
[in

;]

0/ sA;m, leathern
26'"'-

Mt 3\ Mk
Za
1,;

1« (cf. IV
-7

S^ppis, -CO)?,

«

18).t

8e>os
:

=

SepyLta),

LXX: Ex

(nv^'T),

13*

(ri::ilK),

etc.

;]

a skin
cf-

Mk
Ch

(D, from Za,

I.e.

;

Swete, in

Eec, Edd. Tpix"?;
Se'po),

M^:,
1«, 11

^a;^)., x).t

[in

LXX: Le
Co

293*

35^

(IDITS hi.)*;]
c.
;

1.

to

shin,

flay.
12=*.
*,

2.

(cf.

Eng.

Lk

20io> 11 22<'3,

slang, hide) to heat, thrash : Jo IS^^, Ac 5*o 16" 22^9
1120.

ace, Mt 21^*, is d^pa Sepwv, i

Mk
Co

92«; £is Trpdo-wTTOi;

8., II

Pass.,

Mk

13^,

Lk

12*'' *» {Saprjaerai

TToXAcis, oXi'yas, SC. jrXrjyd'i) .f
8c(7fjieu'w

«

8€o-/>ids),

[in

LXX for
:

-|DX (Jg 16^\
8^^,

al.),

D^K

pi.

(Ge

37^

al.), etc. ;]
:

1.

to

put in chains
23*.
8co-)u.ei;a),
17

Lk
:

Ac

22*.

2.

to hind, tie

together

^opTia,

Mt

SeCTfi^w, -w,
S^apLTj

Eec. for

(Eec.

Sea-p.^), -7?s,

«

q.v.

Lk

S^^.t

8€a)), [in

LXX for ni^Jf Ex I222 *
,

;]

a hundle

:

S-^aare aira cis

Secrp.a'i

(D, Orig., omit
8((rp.6^), [in

eis,

and Blass thinks

original reading,
8^cr|jiios,

8€cr/xas Sia-p-as;
;

v. Deiss., Zr^J5, 125^),

Mt
;]

IB^^A
1.

-ov (also -a, -ov 6
2'

<^

LXX for IDK
Mt
1DN
;

hinding.

2.

hound, captive;
1625. 27 2318 251*'

8.,

as subst., a prisoner:
(«''^'

27^^'^",

Mk

15'',

Ac
II

28i«

1^

He

10^*
4i.t

13=*

6 8. rod Xpia-roi,

Eph 3^

Ti 1\ Phmi.9; 6
SeCTfAos, -ov,

6
;

metaph.,
TT.,

Lk

«

8. eV

Kvpiw,
[in

Eph

860)),

LXX

chiefly for

;]

a band, hond
expression in

13^**

6 8€a-po^ t. yXwo-o-r/s,

Mk
II

P'' (for this

8€o-yLiot,

V. Deiss., Phi 113

LAE,
;

306

ff.

;

8e(riJi<i

(as also in

of actual bonds, v. Euth., Gr., 9). PI., gen., dat., cl.), Lk 829, Ac 162" 202^
;

Ac

2329 2629.
8.

31,

Phi

1". 1*.

1^ Col
(Seo-ytAos,

4:^^,

Ti

29,

Phm

10,

He

1136,

Ju
:

«

iv Tots

ToC evayyeXiov,
-Kos,

Phm ^^A
6

*t

8c<Tp.o-<j>uXa5,

<^vXa|),

a prison-keeper, gaoler
JT'U (Ge),

Ac
:

1623.27,36 (cf. dpxi8-,

Ge

3921).+

Seo-fiwrripioi', -ov, to, [in

LXX for 'TjiQn
,

TD^
:

;]

a prison

Mt

112,

Ac

521.23 I626.t

8ea(iwTT)s, -ov, 6, [in
8e<nr6Ttis, -ov, 6,
;

LXX for 1DN 1300 a prisoner [in LXX chiefly for ]nN, "^pi^; in
;]
;

Ac
Jth

271- *2.t
91^, 8. t.
:

ovpavwv K. t. y^s] a master, lord, correlative of 8ov\os, ot»c«'T»;s i Ti 61. 2, II Ti 221, Tit 29, 1 Pe 21^ as title of God, voc, 8£WoTa (so usually in

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
LXX), Lk 229, Ac 424; ^ 8. = voc. Se'oTroTa Christ, II Pe 2\ Ju *, E, txt. (but cf. mg.).t
Syn.
:

103
6^0; of

(cf.

Bl,

§ 33, 4),

Ee

Kvptos (q.v.),

general relation than 8., controlled power" (Thayer).
Seupo,

implying limitation of authority and a more which "denoted absolute ownership and unchiefly for
;

adv.,

[in

LXX

"Sj^,

np^;]

1.

of

place; (a)

hither,

with verbs of motion (b) here! camel: Mt 19^\ Mk lO^i,
171 219.
2.

(in cl. chiefly poet.)

as an imperat.,

Lk

I822,
:

Jo 11« Ac 7^ d-^x), 34 (lxx)^
l^^.t

Re

Of time,

hitherto,

now

Eo

8eoT€, adv., as pi. of Scvpo, 1. {b), q.v., [in

LXX

chiefly for 13^;]

come on

!

come here
c.

I

come

!

:

c.

Re

1917;

subjc,

Mt

Mt

1128; ds,

Mt

22*,

Mk

2138, 63i.t

Mk

imperat., Mt 25^* 28®, Jo d^^ 21^2^ 1^7; Trpds, 127 geq. ottlo-w, Mt 4^9,
;

Mk

*8€OT6paios, -a, -ov (<^ 8f urcpos), adj. with adverbial sense; second day : SevrtpaioL ^XOofiev, Ac 28^3 J

on

the

*t ScuTcpo-TTpajTos, -ov, second-first (in what sense, there is no satisfactory explanation. The reading is prob. not original, v. ICC, in 1. mg., R, mg.t DCG, i, 411 ; ii, 541, 724) Lk 6^, SeuTcpos, -a, -ov, second in order, with or without idea of time Mt 2226.39, al.; edvaro^, Re 2" 201* 218; ^^p,^^ n Co l^s. In neut. as Jo 3* 21^^, i Co 1228, adv., secondly, a second time ; opp. to Trpwrov
:

WH,

:

Re

193

;

TO

8., 11

Co

I32,

Ju

^
;

eV t.

8.,

at the second time
92*,

:

Ac
928.

7^3

;

in

later
1.
c.
7

Jo Ac usage (as i Mac 9^), « 8., Mk Se'xo/iai, depon. mid., [in LXX chiefly for Upb
14-2,
;

119,
;]

He
:

to receive,

accept

16"'

ace. rei, of taking or accepting what is offered id. in different sense, Ac 282^ ; iroTrjpiov, Lk 22^7

ypdfifjLara,
;

Lk
22^
\

TratSiw

(cis t.

dy/caAas),

Lk

228

Trept,Ke<f)aXatav, fxd-)^aipav,

Eph

S^^

;

iiriCTToXd^,

Ac

T. /Sao-tXctav T.

Xoyia ^wvra, Ac evayyeXiov, metaph., of mental acceptance, II Co 11*; T. x°-P'-^ '"• ®«ov, II Co 6^ Mt 111*; ^^ x6yo,^, Lk 813, Ac 81* lli I711, i Th 1^ 2i3, Ja I21 ri t.
©eoS,
lO^*,

Mk

Lk

18^7
;

;

738

;

;

TTvev/u-aTos,
II

I

Co
2.

21*

;

t. irapdKXrjcnv,

II

Co
Jo

81^

;

t.

dydTnjv
71^

t.

d\r}6eia<;,

Th

21**.

C. ace. pers., of receiving kindly or hospitably,
108.10,
4*5,
11

Mt
41*,

1014.

Col

« Mk 611, Lk 95,53 419, He 1131; ^aiStW, Mt
40,

Co

Ipe^

Ga

18^,

Mk
7^9

93^,

Lk

16*.

9

;

Se^at t. Trvevfxd

fjLov,

Ac

9*8; civ oTkov^, o-Kr/va?, g^ 8eL ovpavov 8e$aa6ai, Ac 32^
irapa-, irpocr-, VTro-8€)(Ofxai
',

Lk

(cf. dva-, d-rro-, 8ia-, elcr-, ck-, dir-eK-, iv-,

iiri-,

Cremer, 174).t
rei, seq. d<i 8£o-/t(is,_

chiefly for IDH ;] to tie, bind, fasten ; (1) c. ace. 1330; of an ass, Mt 212, II2.*, Lk 193o. (2) ScSo/acvos t. c. ace. pers., of swathing a dead body, o^ovtots, Jo 19*^ Kiipiais (Bl., § 34, 6 ; Kiihner3, iii, 125), Jo 11**; of binding TToSas . .

Sew

(I), [in

LXX
Mt

Mk

;

.

with chains, dyyiXovs, Re

9i*
;

a demoniac,

TrcSais k. akvo-^cn,

Mk

5^. *

Ac Jq captives, Mt 2111.13 225.29 2427, Col 43, Re 202; dXiatm, Ac 12^ 2133. Metaph., o Xoyos T. Ocov, II Ti 29; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk I316; of constraint or obligation, Ac 2022; of the marriage bond,
1229 143 22^3 272,
1812,24^

Mk

327 gir 151,7^

92.14.21

104
I

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
in Eabbinic yvvaiKL, i Co V^ id. c. dat. pers., dvSpt, Eo 7^ (Dalman, Words, 213 f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt IB^^ IS^^ Cremer, 82). Kara-, frepi-, aw-, v7ro-8ecj
73"
; ;

Co

;

lang.
(cf.

;

want, miss ; mid., Se'o^uai, q.v. Si], consecutive co-ordinating particle with no exact equiv. in Eng., giving greater exactness and emphasis to the word or words to which it is attached; sometimes translatable as now therefore, then, imperat., Ac 6^ (WH, mg.) 13^, verily, certainly. 1. With verbs 620 ijort. subjc, Lk 2^^, Ac IS^e indie, St; vov (T, BrJTrov, q.v.). He I Co 2^*. o St?, now this is he who, Mt IS^^.t 2. With pronouns *t 8T,XaoY(is, adv. S^Aos, avyT^), clearly : Mk 8^\ T, WH, mg. (for
S^w
(II), Attic, to
:
.

;

«

:

T7]kavyu)^, q.V.).t
SfjXos,
-7],
:

-ov, [in

LXX for ns
;

,

etc.

;]

1. visible.
i

2. clear to

the

mind, evident

Mt 26"
S.

S. (sc.

€o-TtV),

seq. on,

Co

1527,

Qa

311.

SvN.

:

<f)avep6<s,
;

with

ref. to

to concealed stood.

with

ref. to

outward appearance, manifest as opp. inner perception, evident, known, under-

StjXow, -w, [in

LXX
He
1^^ to
;

ace,
seq.

I

Co

313,

Col

18,

chiefly for to ;] 9^ 12^7; c. dat. pers.,
seq.
cts, i

rr

make 11 Pe

plain, declare : c. 1^*; c. dat. pers.,
S.

Trepi (pass.), i

Co

Pe l^^t
;

SVN.

:

iix(f>avLt,oi,

make

manifest, render visible to the sight

to render evident to the mind. AT)/xds, o (perh. contracted from Arj/xT^pio<:), ^\ 11 Ti i^^.f of St. Paul Col 4^*,
:

Demas, a companion

Phm

SrjfiTjyop^a),

LXX

:

Pr

24«'' (30^^),

AT]|jir]Tpios,

-w {<^Brjfxo<;, ayoptvw, to speak in the assembly), [in iv Mac 5^'-'*;] to deliver an oration: Ac 122i.t ^s. 2, A -ov, 6, Demetrius; 1. a silversmith, Ac 19-*'
iii

Jo^'^f 6 «S^;l.os, ipyov), [in LXX: II Mac 4^*;] 1. **8r]fiioupY<5s, one who works for the people. 2. Univ., an author, builder, maker the maker of the world (Xen., Mem., i, 4, 9, al.). He 11^**.+ Syn. : KTL(TTr]<;, creator, tcxviVj;?, craftsman, designer. In He, I.e., T. has reference to the plan, S. to its execution.

Christian disciple,

-oZ,

Srjfios, -ov, 6, [in

LXX chiefly for

nnB^rp;]

1.

a

district,

country.
:

2. the

Ac

common people, the people generally; esp. the people assembled 1222 I7si93»'33.t
SvN.
:

opp. to
in
of

NT

8., the people as a body politic unorganized multitude. eOvo's, in sing., means as in Gk. writers generally, a nation, but in pi. denotes the rest

Xao's,

the people at large

:

S. is

oxXos, the

mankind apart from the Jews Gentiles. X. also, rare in cl. (Att. Xeo'is), is freq. in LXX and NT, and usually limited to the chosen
:

people, Israel

(cf. Cl. -a, -ov

** 8T,fi6aios,
belonging
(cl.);

«

Bev.,

i,

42
:

f.

;

Cremer, 689).

S^/tos), [in

LXX
5^®
;

:

11

Mac B^o,

iii

Mac 2^7 47 *

;]

to

the people, public

Ac

dat. fem.

used adverbially
(b) publicly:

(a) at the public expense, by public consent; 1637 1828 2020.+
*t8r]»'(lpio»', -ov, TO,

Ac

the Lat. denarius, a

Roman

coin, nearly equal

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
to the hpaxfi-n, q.v.: Mt 1828 QO^.^.is 22i9, 202*, Jo 67 126, Ee g*. ^^ ^l^^, g^ Mt 20".t

105

Mk

6^7 12i5 145,

Lk

7*^ lO^*

8ii-iroT6, indef. adv. (also written hrj Trore), with generalizing force; 1. absol., sometime. 2. With adv. or relat., -soever : w 8., Jo 5C*]

(L, ouaSrjTTOTOvv) A
*8i]-irou (WH, 87; TTov), indef. adv., mostly in sense of surely, 2^^ T (WH, 877 Trov).f course, we know : of Aio, ace. of Zcvs, q.v. 8i(£ (before a vowel 8l, exc. Eo 8^^, 11 Co 5^, and in pr. names Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., ace, as in cl.; 1. c. gen., through; (i) of

He

Place, after verbs of motion or action

:

Mt

2^2

12«,

Mk
Co

2^3,
3^5, I

Lk
Pe
:

43«,

Jo

4*, II

Co
8.

1133, al.

;

aioCea-Oat (Stao-) 8. Trvpo's, vSaros, I

320;

^KfTreiv

iaoTTTpov,

I
;

Co

13^2

j

metaph., of a state or condition
d/cpo^vo-r/as (Lft., Notes, 263,
(ii)

Eo

1420, II Co Eo 227 411

2* 57.
g^'

10

8. ypdfjLfjiaTos,

279),
:

.

i^o/xonjs,

Eo

825.

Of Time

;

(a)

during which

Mt

26«\

Mk
Ac

ToC ^ijv, He 2^5 8. Travros (StaTravros in 55, Lk 24^3), always, continually, Mt IS^", Ac 225 (Lxx) iq2 2416, Eo 1110 (Lxx)^ 11 Th 316, He 9« 13^5. (j) ^jthin which: Ac 13; 8. vukto's,
55
.

Mk 1458, Lk

S. TravTOS

;

/G, Of the Means or Instrument of God, (1) of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument) Eo 113", I Co 19, Ga 47, He 2io 721 of Christ, Eo 1^ SL ^\ i Co I521, I Pe 411, al. 8. t. vfiwv Sci/o-ews, Eo 1^2, n Co l^ Ga 42», al. (2) of the agent, instrument or means; (a) c. gen. pers., Mt II2, Lk V^, Jo 1^7^
;

519 169 1710 2331
f.)
:

(c)

after

which

(Field, Notes, 20; Abbott,

255

Mk

2^,

Ac

24^7,

Ga 2\

(iii)

:

;

;

;

Ac
2^5,

li«,

Eo
12
;

2i«,

I

Co

121,

7rpo<prJTov (8. T. Kvptov, I

Eph 1*, He 2^*, Ee Th 42 (M, Th., in 1.)
;

1^, al

;

iirb t. Kvpiov 8. r.

Lft., Bev.,

121

f.),

Mt

I22

Eo <I)s rnxwv (Field, iVotes, 202), 11 Th 22 ; 8. 2. 5^2- j-j^ ^ ggn. rei (where often the simple dat. is {NTD, 22), I Pe used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11*, Ac 5^2- ^ ^ Trto-rcws, Eo 33**; 8. Adyov Oeov, I Pe 123 g irapa^oXrjs, Lk 8* ; 8ov\€V€iv 8. r. ayatrq^, Ga
8. cTTto-ToX^s 8.
.

5^3

;

g.

cTrayycAias,
8.

Ga

3^^,

2.

C. acc.

;

(i)

rarely, as c. gen.,
§

(Horn),
581), pers.

p-ia-ov

2a/u,apias

Lk

17^^ (ii) (M, Pr., 105),

{ICG, in 1. by reason of, because
;

Bl.,
of,

42, 1

;

through Eobertson, Gr
c.

Mk
1510
;

for the sake of; (a)

acc
8 ges
;

227,

Jo

6*7 11*2^

Eo
;

82«; (b) c. acc. rei, 8
8. dy<{7r7;v,

<l>e6vov,

Mt

2718,

Mk
^/^^s

8. cp6/3ov,

Jo

7^3 20i9
625,

Eph

2*

TovTo, freq., /or
al.; id. seq. on,
al.
;

cause, therefore,
5^^ 10^7, al.;
5*,

Mt

^jj

Jo

8. ti,

8. TO, c. inf.,
;

Mk

Lk

97,

Ja
;

42.

7*5 why, Mt Mk 2^8, 3. In composition, (1) through.
;

514^ j^^ 9^1' 1*,

1149^

Jq Jo

as in 8ia^aivo} (2) of separation, asunder, as in 8iao-7raa) (3) of distribution, abroad, as in StayyeAAo) (4) of transition, as 8taAAao-o-(o (5) of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as 8ia<f>vy(D, 8ta/ca^apt^w.
;

Sia-PaiVw, [in

LXX
;

step across, cross over

chiefly for IIT ;] 1. fo (a) trans. t. ^aXao-o-av,
:

make a
112^
;

stride.

2.

to

He
<25'

(6) intrans.

seq.

eis,

Ac

169

.

^p^^ ljj i626.t

8io-pd\X«, [in

LXX Da LXX
:

38,

th

38 62*

(pj^

bjjf), 11

Mac

3^^, IV Mac 4^ * ;] 1. to throw across. 2. To slander, defame, accuse falsely or maliciously : Lk 16^ (Cremer, 120).

106

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
* 8ia-PePat(5ofiai,
-ov/xai,

to

affirm confidently

:

Tit 3^
to see

;

seq.

-n-tpt,

I

Ti 17 (Cremer, 140).t * Sia-pX^TTu 1, to look straight before one.
;

2.

clearly:

Mt
1»),
6,
rj,

7^

Mk
Es
(a)

8'-^^

Lk

612 (of.

Sia'ygXei/^ts,

Aq., Is 61i, for
q.v.),

SidpoXos, -ov
exc.
8.
;

«8ia^dXAw,

[in

LXX Sn'd{3-).f LXX for Jl^jp (as
.

Jb

7"*

8^ (iy, "11^);] slanderous, accusing falsely

As

subst.,

generally (cf. Es, 11. c), a slanderer, false accuser : i Ti 3^' ^ (CGT, in 1., but v. infr.) S^\ ii Ti S\ Tit 2^ (b) as chiefly in LXX, of Satan, the Accuser, the Devil : Mt 4^' »' ». n 13^9 25^1, Lk 42. 3. e, i3 312, Jo 132, Ac 1038, Bph 427 611, I xj 30, 7 (but V. supr.), n Ti 226, He 21*, toS 8., Jo 8**, i Jo 38; Ja 47, I Pe 58, Ju9, Ke 21" 12^. 12 202.10; cTi/ai 31'' 131*^ metaph., of Judas, Jo 6"^^ (Cremer, T€Kva Tov 8., I Jo V109, Ac 121 DGG, ii, 605).t for HSD pi., etc. ;] to ptcblish abroad, proSi-ayyeWa), [in claim : c. ace, Lk 9^^, Ac 2126, Rq 9^U^^^).f
;

«

;

;

;

LXX

hid-ye

(WH,

8id ye), V.S. ye.

** Sia-yiVofxai (Ion. and late Gk. for Staytyv-), [in 1126*;] I to go through, to pass, e.g. t. vvKra] absol.,

LXX,
to
;

11

Mac
2.

live.

Of

time, to intervene, elapse : ptcp., c. rj/xcpwv tivwv, Ac 25^3 iKavov xpovov, 16i.t ib. 279; t. o-a/J^arou, chiefly for JTT and cf. previous word), [in Sia-yikwaKu (v. 23^^. 91* ;] 1. to distinguish, ascertain exactly : Ac 2. As II Mac Athen. law-term, to determine : to. Kaff v/aS?, your case, Ac 2422 (Cremer, 673).t

Mk

LXX

,

*t

Sia-yi'wpij^a), to

publish abroad
r]

:

Lk

2^",

Eec.

[lyvtapia-iv,

Edd.).t
1.

**8i(l-yt'wais,

-ews,

(-<[ Stayiyfwo-Kw),

[in

LXX: Wi
as

318*;]

a

2. As law-term (Lat. cognitio), distinguishing, also as medical term. determination, decision : Ac 252i (Cremer, 674).

1 8ia-yoyyu£w, [in

LXX
to

chiefly for

]'^'b

,

71b

,

Ex

162,

and

cf
:

.

Si

34

(31)2*

.]

Qf a

number,

murmur
prop., to

or mutter

among

themselves

Lk

152 197.t *t Sia-yprjyope'w,

-w, (a)
:

remain awake
;]

(E, mg.)

;

(b) to be

fully awake (R,
8i-(iy(D, [in

txt.)

Lk
;

932.t
1.

LXX
[in

for I^JT hi., etc.

to

carry over.

2.

Of time,
;]

to

pass

:

pCov,

i

Ti 22

absol., to live, seq. eV, Tit 33.

%i.(x-%ix'^\iai,

LXX

for

njl^a (Deiss., BS, 115), nni©
:

tc

receive through another, receive in tiirn
V. Field, Notes, 116).t
8i(i8Tifia, -To<;,

Ac

7**

(RV, in their turn

TO (<i StaSe'w, to bind round), [in

LXX

for iri3 (as

Es

1"), etc.;] the band round the Tidpa of a Persian king; a diadem, the badge of royalty Re 123 131 191-2^ Syn. : o-Tc'^avos, the badge of "victory, of valour, of nuptial joy, of festal gladness" (but v. M, Th., i, 21^; cf. DB, i, 530, 604).
:

8ia-8i8(0)j,i,

[in

LXX

for

pbn
:

pi., etc.

;]

1.

Ee

1713,

Rec.

2.

to distribute

Lk

11^2 18^2,

hand Jo 611, Ac
tc

over, deliver
435.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
8id-8oxos, -ov,
6,

107

^

«

SiaSe'xo/xai), [in
11

LXX

:

i

Ch

IS^^ (t^^),

n Ch
:

2611 (^^^ 28^ (nivn), Si 461 438,
24^'^ (for

Mac

429 1426*.]

^

s^iccessor

Ac
BS,

usage in

LXX and

ir.

in sense of court o£&cial, v. Deiss.,

115).t
Sia-Jwf kufAi, (also -wvo}), [in

LXX for lijn,
;

Ez

23^^

A*

;]

to
:

gird

round : eawov, Jo 13* Jo 217.t
SiaOiiKT], -77s,
rj

;

pass., ib. 13^

mid., to gird oneself with

c.

ace,
for

{<C.8taTi0r]fji.(.),

[freq. in

LXX, and nearly always
;

n^l^l;] 1. as usually in

cl.,

a

disposition, testament, will (Plat., al.)

Ga

315 (R,

Milligan,
infr.).

NTD,
As

mg., but v. Lft., in 1.), He 9^<^, " (R, txt. MM, Exp., xi, 75 Abbott, Essays, 107 Deiss., LAE, 341 but v.
;
; ;

2.

in

LXX

(for IT^IS)

=

cl. a-vvd^Kr],

a convention, arrange-

ment, covenant (exc. in the disputed cases mentioned above, always bet. God and man, " perhaps with the feeling that the 8ta- compound was more suitable than the o-vv- for a covenant with God crvv6. might suggest equal terms," MM, Exp., I.e.) Ga 3^^ (E, txt., but v. supr., and cf Thayer, s.v.). He 9^^' i' (R, mg., Westc, in 1. Hatch, Essays, 47; but V. supr.), Mt 2628, Mk U^\ Lk 1^2, Ac 32^ 78, Ro 1127(lxx)^
: . ;

II

Co Co

31*,

Ga

3I',

He 722

8«, ib.
s.,

^'

10 (i^^^) 9*» i^-n^

ib. 20

(lxx)

iqu

(lxx), 29

1224 1320,
I

1125,

Re 1119; ^^^^^ „ Co 3«, He 88
difference.

Mt

2628, ^^^g^
.

^k

I421 (R, mg.),
42*,

Lk
;]

222o,

(lxx) 915

pi_^

j^ 9^ Ga

Eph
i

2i2.t
1.

8i-atpeais, -cws,

v (<;
2.

Siat/ocw), [in

LXX
Ge
2.

chiefly for riiT^nO

a

distinction,

a

division,

distribution\:
15io),

Co

12**"

(cf.

Siaipew;

Cremer, 616).

8i-aip^a>, -w, [in

LXX for nn2
cttt

(as

pbn

(as
:

Jos 18^),
c.

etc.

;]

1.

to

divide into parts,

asunder.

to distribute

ace. rei, dat.

pers.,

Lk

I512,

i

Co

12ii.t
:

*t8ia-Kaeapitw

*8ia-ica0aipw, to cleanse thoroughly = -OaCpw Mt 3i2.t
:

Lk

3^''.t

*+8ia-KaT-eX€YxoH'ai, io confute completely : Ac 1828.t 1. generally, to minister, serve, wait *8iaKo»'ea>, w (-<; Sia/covos)
;

upon, especially at table,

do one a service, care for one's needs: 222«i. ^\ Jo 122, i Pe 411 Saa ht-qKSvr^a^v, absol., Mt 2028, Mk 10**, Lk 10*" II Ti 118; c. dat. pers., Mt 411 81* 25** 27", Mk li^.ai I5*i, Lk 4^9 8^ 12" 178, Jo 1226, Ac 62 1922, Ro 1525, Phm i^. He 6i9. 2. to serve as deacon: i Ti 3i*''i^. 3. C. ace. rei, to minister, stipyply, stipply by ministo
;

tration:

Pe 112 410 pass., 11 Co 3^ 8i9.2o.t SVN. XtiTovpye'co, q.v. (Cremer, 179).
I
;

:

8iaKo^ia, -as, ^
I

«

Sicikovos), [in

LXX for T^J mCT pi.
,

:

Es

68.
;

»

A
(a)

Mac

11*8 *

jj

ijig office

and work of a
:

Staxovos, service,

ministry

Lk (b) spec, of religious of domestic duties (Field, Notes, 63) ministration, and the exercise of ministerial functions in the Church Ac 117.25 61.* 1129 1225 2024 2119, Rq 1113 127 1531^ j Co 1615, II Co 41 6» 8* 91. 13, Eph 412, Col 417, I Ti 112, II Ti 45. n, He li*, Re 2i9 ; 8. r.
10*°
; :

108

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
II

davdrov,

Co

3'^

;

t. irvevfjt.aTO'i, ib. ®

;

T.

KaraKpiaew^, t.

8iKaLo<rvvr]<;, ib. •

J

T. KaraWayrj^, ib. 5^^; 118; pi.^ I Co 12*.t

t. AciTovpytas, ib. 9^^; C. obj. gen., Ttjv VfJLWv

8., ib.

SidKoi-os, -ov, 6,

7j

(derivation

unknown),

[in

LXX for 1^3
6*, i

,

m^
Eo

pi-

Es

63.5,

j^B

110^

22,

Pr
;

attendant, minister : Mt Ga 2l^ Eph 621, Col 4"
II

9^7 *;] 1. in general, 23^i, 20-^« 22^3 93^ 10«, Jo 2*.

10*, 4

Mac
Eo

Mk

9,

a servant, i Co 3^
Xpio-roC,

8. ^eoi),

13*,

ii

Co

Th
;

32

;

8.

Co

1123,

Col 1^
123
.

I

Ti 4«;

cf. 6 8. 6 c/xos,
;

Jo 1226;

8. tc/dito/i^s,

15^;

8.

Kaiv^s
3',

8i.aOrJKr]s,

II

Co

8.

8(/caioo-uv»;s, II

Co

11^^

8.

[cvayycXtov],

Eph

Col 125. 2. As technical term for Church officer (so in pre-Christian times, v. M, Th., 1, 32), a deacon Phi 1\ I Ti 38' 12 fern. (cf. Bccl. 8ia/covto-<Ta), Eo 16^ (cf. i Ti 3", and

Col

s

[e'KKA.77o-ttts],

;

CGT,

in

1.,

also

M,

Th., l.c.).t

Syjv. : 8ov\o<;, bondman ; Oepdirwv, servant acting voluntarily AH \nrr}p€Tr]s, servant, attendant, by etymol. suggesting subordination. these imply relation to a person, in distinction from which 8. repreCf. also Acirovpyds, a sents rather the servant in relation to his work. public servant, in which the idea of service to the community is prominent olKeTr)<;, a hotise servant.
;

SiaKoo-ioi, -ai, -a,

two hundred

:

Mk

6^"^,

et al.

Si-aKodc, [in

LXX: De

l^^ (yaizr),

Jb

9^3

(t

D^ET hi.)*;] to hear
I.e.
;

Deiss.,

through, hear ftilly ; technically, to hear judicially (as De, BS, 230) Ac 2335.t
:

cf

8ia-KpiV(i), [in

LXX
4^^;
j_

for MDtZT,
:

y^,

etc.;]

1.

to separate,

hence,
8.

to

distinguish, disci'iminate, discern

/xrjBkv 8.,

Ac
3i

11^2
142s.

;

oiSkv

/lera^,

Ac
1.

159

;

o-€,
:

I

Co
163,

arbitrate
to get

Mt

Co

t6 (r!hfia, i Co 65 II29 (ICC, in
:

112^.

2. to settle, decide, judge,

a
1.),

decision, contend, disjmte

seq. Trpd?,

ICG, in
but not

Ju9;

;

absol.,

Ju

22(R.mg.)^

Mid. and pass. II2 c. dat. (but v. 2. Hellenistic (NT and Eccl.,
1.), ib.

Ac

;

LXX),
Ja

to be

divided in ones mind,
;

to hesitate,

doubt
^^3^^

:

Mt
Ac

212^,

Eo

1423,

ev cavT(3, Ja 2*
420,

iv t. KapBla,

Mk

1123

.

g,^

IO20

8. T. dTTio-Tm,

Eo

Ju
v

22 (B.

txt.)

Sid-Kpicris,

-€a>s,

«
:

t
[in

8ta»cptVa)),

LXX
i

for

irb^P

,

Jb 3718 * ;]
:

the act of judgment, discernment : Eo 14\ ** Sia-KwXcuo), [in LXX: Jth 4" 12''*;]

Co

12^*',

He

S^^.t
c.

to

hinder, prevent
1.
to talk

ace,
Trpds,

Mt Lk
[in
II

3i*.t

** Sia-XaXe'u,
611.

-w, [in

Sm.

Ps 50

(51)^^, et al.

;]

with

:

2.

to talk

over: pass.,

Lk

l«5.t

8ia-X^Y°H-**'-

LXX Ex
:

i^^- of BiaXiyw, to pick out, distinguish, as depon.), 62-, Is 63^ (-Q1 pi.), Jg 8' (nn), i Es 8*^ Es 52, Si I420,
;
;

Mac
:

1120 *

argue
Trpds,

Ac

fQ converse with, discourse (v. CI. Bev., i, 45), discuss, jj 18* 19«' ^ 20^ c. dat. pers., Ac IT^^ Igis 20^, He 12* seq.

Mk

934,

Ac
:

1717 2412;

TTcpt,
bfl"'

Ac
(as

2425,
i

juO- ^^^
10^), etc.

^. ypa4>C>y,
;]

Ac

I72.+

8ia-Xeiiru, [in

LXX for
7*5.t

Ki

to intermit, leave

off for

a time

Lk

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
8ici-Xekto$, -ov,

109

^ (<^ SioXeyoynai),

[in

LXX Da LXX
:

1* (ftsn),

Es

926*;] 1. conversation, discourse, speech (Plat., Dem., al.). 2. As in Polyb. and later writers, the language or dialect of a particular country or district: Ac 1^^ 2«'8 21*o 22^ 26i*.t

**t 8io-Xtfnrd^«, [in

LXX: To
I

10^*];

to

intermit, cease:
i

Ac

8^*,

WH,

mg.t
Si-aXXdaau), [in

LXX:
to

Ki 29*

(nS"5 hithp.),

Es A^\

al.;]

1. to

change, exchange.
pass., c. dat. pers.,

2.

Mt

after

mutual

hostility,

change enmity for friendship, to reconcile "The word denotes mutual concession an idea absent from KaraW-," q.v. (Lft., Notes,
5^*.

288; cf. Deiss., LAE, ITS^g; Cremer, 91, 632).t chiefly for aOTI Sia-Xoyijonai, depon., [in freq. in Pss. ;] 1. to balance accounts (Dem.). 2. to consider, reason (Isocr.) Lk 1^^

LXX

,

:

Mk 26' Lk 5^2 Trcpt, Lk 315 iv iavT<5 {-oh), Mt 16^. Mk 28, Lk 1217; Trpos Mk 933 usi^ l^ 20^*; Trap L, Mt 2125 (,v L, T, WH, mg.) Trpos aXXrjkov^, Mk 8^^ on, Mk 8^^ Jo ll*o, Eec. {DB,
521
;

iv T. Kap8ia,

8,

;

;

8,

I.,

;

;

i,

611

;

Cremer, 400).t
8ia-XoYi7|i.6s,
-ov,

6

(<^ 8taXoyt^o/iai),

[in

LXX
:

chiefly
15^^,

for

n^ttrno

;]

a thought, reasoning, inward questioning

Mt
Phi

Mk

72\

Lk

23» 522 68 9*6. *7 2438,

Eo

121

141,

I

Co

320 (lxx)^

21*; /cptralS.

irovrjptav,

gen. of qual.
like rr|)7p
1.; cf.
,

(cf.

Pr

perh.
(v.

S.,

in

Ps 138
for

koX S. (where 12^), Ja (139)2o, al., implies evil intention), i Ti 28

2*; x'^P'^

o/ayij?

Hort, in
;

Cremer, 400).t

8ia-Xuu,
dissolve

[in

LXX

nnx
to

,

b^n

,

etc.
:

;]

to

part

asunder,

of an assembly, pass.,

disperse

Ac

536.t

fxapTvpo/xai, q.v., [in

depon., of Ionic origin, intensive of the simple Tir hi., usually c. dat. pers., De 428 8^9, I Ki 89, al. ;] solemnly to protest : Lk 1628, Ac 2*0 82* 10*2 IS^ 2021.23,24 2311 2823, i ^^^ 46^ He 2« in adjuration, seq. ivwmov t. Oeov, 521, II Ti 21* 41 (Cremer, 415).t I Ti
8ia-fi,apTupofxai,

LXX chiefly for
;

for Dnb ni.. Da IO20 Si 8^' 3 3828 struggle against. 2. In argument, to contend: Ac 23^.+ to 5119*. for TOJT etc. ;] to remain, continue : Lk I22 8io-fx.^»'a), [in
8ia-}i(lxofjiai, [in
J
;

LXX

LXX

I

LXX

,

2228,

Ga

25,

He

l^^ (^xx),

„ Pe
Lk

3*.t

8ia-|iepitu, [in

LXX
cts,

chiefly for
22^"^,

pbn

pi.

;]

1.

to distr^b^^te

:

c.

dat.

pers.,

Ac

2**;

seq.
:

pass.,

Ac
233*
;

23.

among
c.

themselves
(v_

Mt
,vi',

2735,

Mk

I52*,
2.
to

Lk

Mid. to distribute with redundant iavroh,

Jo 1924 (LXX)
ace,

M,

Pr., 157).
c. dat.,

divide, separate: pass., seq. cVi,

Lk

1117.18.

8ia-fi€pi<7^os, -ov, 6

«

Lk

1252. ss.t

Siajxept^io), [in

LXX

:

Ez

4829 (n|T*3nS),

Mi

712*;] a division: opp. to
hia-vifiw, [in

dpT^vrj,

LXX for
Lk
I22.+

Lk 125i.t pbu, De 2926 <25)*;]
4i7.t

^q distribute,

divide:
at,

pass., to be spread about,
t8ia-.'e.5G,,

[in
to
:

Ac LXX: Ps 34

(35)i9

(pp), Si 2722*;]

to

wink

nod

to,

beckon

110

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
Sia-KOTifia,

n^ljl'na

,

etc.,

(<^ Siavoeo/Atti, to think), [in Is 55^ al, freq. in Si ;] a thought : Lk ll^^.t
-Tos,

TO

LXX

.

for

a^^ ;] the understanding, mind Lk l^^, Eph 4:^% Col 1^\ i Pe V\ ii Pe S\ i Jo 520 pi., Eph 23 in quotations from LXX, Mt 22^\ Mk 123o, Lk 102^, He S^o lO^^
Sidfoia,
-a<;, ^,

[in

LXX chiefly

for

n^

,

:

;

;

(Cremer, 79, 438).t
81-aK-oiYw, [in

LXX for -|I3D
:

(Ex, Nu),
;

up

completely, to open
vovv,

Lk

2^3 (lxx)

pass.,

Mk

npD nns 7^*, Ac
,

,

etc.
7^^.

;]

to

open
of

Metaph.,
24^^
;

24**, T. KapSiav, Ac 16^*, pass., 01 o^OaXfioi, explaining, t. ypa^a?, Lk 24^2^ Ac 173.t 8ia-»'UKT£p€uu (cf SL7]fji.€p€vw, to 2}ass the day), [in
8. T.

Lk

Lk
:

.

LXX

Jb

2^ *

;]

to

pass the night
**8i-a>'uw,

:

seq. iv t. Trpoo-evxfj,

Lk

6^2_t
1. to

accomjilish fully, finish, (Xen., al., Clem., I ad 2. In late writers comjylete : Ac ^V (EV). Cor., XXV, 3), to continue : Ac, I.e. (Field, Notes, 134 f.).t Sia-irai'TOs, V. 8id, c. gen.
[in
11

LXX:

Mac

12^^*;]

*+8ia-jrapa-Tpipii,

-rj^,

17

irritation (Field, Notes, 211),
8io-ir6ptia), -w, [in

{^irapaTpi/Sr], friction, irritation), mutual wrangling : 1 Ti 6^ (Eec. •7rapa8iaTpi^i?).t
:

LXX
;

De

dO^\ Is 232 (^2^1

i

Mac ^ *
6*3

;]

to

pass
521,

over, cross over

Ac

212

.

^p^^

Mt 9^ seq. ^^ss, Lk 1626.t
:

cVl t. y^v,

Mt

14^*,

Mk

^i^^

Mk

* 8ia-irX^<i),

-to,

to sail across

:

Ac

27*.
;

8ia-iro^^a>, -S, [in

LXX

Ge

6*,

I

Ki 20^*;]
:

to

(nsr ni.), 11 Mac 228 in Aq. Pass., to be worn out, work out with labour.
:

Ec

lO^

sore troubled

Mk

14*

(WH,

mg.),

Ac
,

42
,

l&^M
etc.
;]

8ia-'irop€ua), [in

LXX
1322;
16*.t
[in

for

iny
:

Ijbn

to

carry over.
152*
.

Pass.,
9^2

to

pass across, journey through
K^p.a<;,

absol.,

Lk

IS^^,
22^,

ir6\,Ls K.

Lk

g,^^

c.

gen.,

Mk

Eo Lk 61

geq. ^a.Ta

(cf.

Pr

0,

Wi
Ac

c. ace, Ac 31) ** 8i-aiTopew, -w,
;

Sm.

:

Ps 76

be in great perplexity : absol., 52* iv eavTw, Ac lO^^.t
;

Ac

(77)*, Da 2^ * ;] to be quite at a loss, 2^2; seq. 8ta to, c. inf., Lk 9'''; TrepC,

* Sia-irpayfiaTcuofiai, "perfective

compound "

(v.

M,

Pr., 118)
to

;

1. to

examine tJwroughly
trading
:

(Plat.).

2.

In late writers (Dion. Hal.),
20^
to
("ntzr)

gain by
Pass.,
KapSiais

Lk

19i*.t

8ia-jrpiw, [in

LXX

:

I

Ch

*

;]

to

saw asunder.
5^3; seq.
to
t.

metaph. (vernacular?), EV, cut
avTwv,
1229,

the heart:

Ac
,

Ac

7**.t
[in

Si-apirdio),

LXX

for 772

,

^73

,

DDtZ?

etc.

;]

plunder

:

Mt

Mk

327.t

(so WH, exc. Ac, I.e.), Sia-ppT^o-o-w (poetic and late form of Stapprjyvw/ii), [in LXX chiefly for yip ;] to break asunder, burst, rend : Sea-fj-d, Lk 32^ pass,, StK-rua, Lk 5^ tftarta, xtTwvas, in grief or
8La-priiTaw
;

;

anger

(as

Ge

372^, al.),

Mt

26«*,

Ac

ll^*,

Mk

14<53.t
:

-w (< o-a^7?s, clear), LXX, 2« (mn aph.), i-iii Mac 9*;] c. ace. rei, dat pers., Mt 132« IB^i.t
8ia-aa<J)€w,

[in
to

LXX De
make
clear,

1*

(isa

pi.),

Da

explain

f

telly

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
8ia-(7€i'u,

111
shake

[in

LXX:
to

Jb

4^*
:

(ins

hi.),

iii

Mac

7^^*;]

to

violently

;

metaph.,
of

intimidate

t|8ia-aKopm'!t<D,

[in

LXX
26^1

for

Lk 3^*.t ym, 7111,

etc.;]
;

to scatter

abroad^

disperse

:

sheep,

Mt

= Mk

142'' (i-^^)

of

persons,

Lk

1",

Ac

opp. to auvdyw, Jo 11*^; of winnowing grain, metaph., of property, to squander, ivaste : Lk 15^^ 16^t
5^^,

Mt
to

252*' 2«;

8ia-<nrciw,

-w,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

pn:
,

,

as Jg 16^
23^*^.

;]

break or

tear asunder

:

pass., aXvo-eis,

Mk

5*
for

;

naCAos,

Ac
;]

Sia-oTTcipw, [freq, in

LXX

riQ
[in

etc.

to scatter

abroad, dis-

perse: AcS^'^lli^.t
Sta-oTTopd, -a?,
rj

(<^

Siacnrctpco),

LXX

of Israelites dispersed

and

exiled in foreign lands, as

De

28^5 (rnjrr) 30*

(m:

ni.),

Is 49« (1^3)

by meton., of the
dispersion:
8.

twv

exiles themselves (as Ps 146 (147)2, ii Mac 1^^) ;] a 'FikXrjvwv, Jo 7^^; metaph., of Christians {DB, iii,
1^ (v. Hort, in il.).t

782

f.),

Ja

11, I

Pe

8ia-<rrAXa), [in

LXX for bia hi. (De lO^, al.),
;

-liTT

hi.

(Ez

3^^' ^^, al.),

and 19 other words]

1.

to divide, distinguish, define.

2. to

oommand,
c.

charge expressly : pass., to SiaorTeXXd/tevov, with same sense (so Ez, I.e.; et al. in
pers.,

He

12^^.

Mid. in late Gk.
s.v.);

LXX; MM,
5*^ 7^6 g^.t
,

dat.

Mk
:

8^5,

Ac

15^*

;

seq.

Iva,

Mt

162o,
[in

Mk

8i(laTT]|ia, -Tos,

TO (<^

Bua-Trjfjii),

LXX for niT
[in

etc.

;]

an interval,
823 (iw
lO^*^

space

of time (Si, prol.
-^s,
rj

8ia-crroXVi,

«

2*),

Ac

5'^.t

SiacrTcAAo)),

LXX

for

nnp Ex
:

etc.;]
I

1.

a

separation.
[in

2.

a
for

distinction,

difference:
etc.;]
10
.

Eo

322

Co

147.t
8ia-o-Tp^<j)a>,

LXX

'^'ESn

,

tDpV

,

to

distort,

twist;

metaph.,
verse
:

to

distort,

Mt
:

17l^

Lk

pervert : Lk 232, ^q 9", Ac 20^\ Phi 2".t
,

238,

Sua-rpa/Mfievo^, per-

8ia-(Tut<«>. [in

LXX for taba
;

yOT
tt/dos,

,

etc.

;]

to

bring safely through a
Pass., to

Lk 7^, Ac 27*^ danger through: Ac 28^; €;rt t.
vBaros,
I

seq.
y?jv,

Ac
:

232*.

come
28*;

safe
Si'

Ac

27**;

€k t. OaUa-ar]^,

Ac

Pe

32**;

of sickness, to recover
rj

tSia-TayTJ, -^s,

«

Mt

143*.
II

StaTao-o-w),
ff.)

[in

LXX:

Es

4^^ (]3Kr"l5)*;]

in late writers (Deiss., LAE, 86 found in LXX, Ps 118 (119)^^,

for cl. 8iaTa|^ts (wh., however, is
;

al.)

(a)

disposition

(cf.

Siara^ts for

N^y; Sm.,

IV

Ki

23*,

Je

82 19^3);
1.,

ek Siaraya^ dyyeXwv, AV, by the

disposition of angels (Alf., in (6) ordi7iance (C. I. 3465)
:

Field, Notes, 116; but v. infr.):
I32,

Ac
;

7**;

Eo

Ac 7", E,

txt.

(and

v.

mg.

Page

and
313,

EGT,

in

1.;

but also

1 8id-TaYfia, -tos, to

«

v. 8upr,).t
SiaTcio-o-w), [in

LXX

:

II

Es

711 (liniyj),

Es

Wi IV*;] an
** 8ta-Tap(l<rcra),
:

edict,

[in

mandate: He 1123.+ Sm. III Ki 20 (21)*3 *;]
:

to agitate

greatly (Lat.

perturbare)

Lk

129.t

112

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
8ia-T(i<ro-w, [in

LXX

for U^io
:

,

"TatZT

,

etc.

;]

to charge, give
I

orders
c. dat.,

to,

c. ace, i Co ll^* T^^, Ac 20^3 Lk Pass., to Siarcray/xeVov, Lk S^*, Tit 15; seq. inf., Ac 7" 2423. tA StaTaxOipTa, Lk 17^' ^^ Siarayd^, Ga S^^.t De 9^ (nM), Je 20'. ^^ (nbs), Sio-TcX^o,, -Q>, [in
; ;

appoint, arrange, ordain 855, Ac 182. Mid., i Co

c.

dat.,

Mt 11\

Co

9^* 16^

;

seq. inf.,
;

Ac

23^^;
S^^,

LXX:
to

Es

II

Mac

52^^*;]

prop, trans.,

accomplish; used with ellipse of obj. as

intrans. (Bl., § 81, 1), and joined to participles (in Ac, I.e., to adj. V. Bl., § 73, 4) with adverbial sense {= continuously), to continue: Ac 2733.t
Sia-TTjp^u, -w, [in

LXX for naCT
:

,

1X3
;

,

etc.

;

seq. airo (for ]p), as in
1529.t

Ps 11

(12)8

.]

to jceep

carefully
81a. rt,

Lk

2^1

seq.

«, Ac

8ia-Tt, T,

Eec. for
[in

v.s. 8id.
,

8ia-Ti0T]jjii,

LXX chiefly for ms

freq. 8. ZiaO^Krjv

(nnj m^) ;]

Mid. only in NT; 1. (a) in place separately, arrange, dispose. general, to dispose of; c. dat. pers., to assign to one, Lk 222^; (b) to dispose of by a will, make a testament (in cl., 8. haOrjKTqv also in this He 9^^' ^^ (but cf. E, mg., and v.s. hiaOrjKrj). 2. 8. hiaOrjKiqv, sense) c. dat. pers.. He S^^^^^^^); seq. Trpos, to make a covenant (Aristoph.)
to
:
:

c.

ace. pers.,

Ac

32*,

He
to
:

10^'' (i^^^) (cf. di'Tt-SiaTt^-7/xi).t

Sia-Tpi'Po), [in

LXX
Ac

Le

14^ (nizr), Je 42 (35)^ (ma).
Jiard,

To

ll^- ^\
8.

Jth

102,

ij

Mac

1423*;]

rub

rub away, consume;
:

xp^yov,

^/x€>a9, to

spend time

14^. 28 I612, 20« 256. u.
to

Intransitively with

ellipse of object (Bl., § 81, 1),

spend time, stay

Jo

322 ll^i is^s,

Ac
I

12i9.t
**8ia-Tpo4)ii,

Mac

r) {<^ 8iaTpe4>w, to support, sustain), [in LXX: IJ?, food, nourishment : i Ti 6*.t ;] **t 81-auYil^w, [in Aq. Jb 25* * ;] to shine through, to daivn : 11 Pe V^

6*^*

:

(cf.

?ws ov

8LaTrv€v(Tr]

rj

rjfj.epa,

Ca
[in

2^^).t

**8iaoYVis,
8ia<()ai'TJs,

-« (<aib'^),
-£s

Aq.: Prl62*;] transparent:
to

Re

212i.t
[in

(<^

8La<j>aii'(o

show through, shine through),

LXX: Ex
(Eec.
;

303-^

(^J, Is

321(23) (j^^a),

Es

16*;] transparent:

Re

212i

v. 8iauy7;s).t

8ia-<|)€'pu, [in

LXX

for SZlff

(Da 7 only)
8id,

;

i

Ki

17^9,

Es 3",

al.

;]

ll^*^; {b) to carry about, Intrans., (a) to differ : to. impers., Sia^epct, it Siat^epovra, Ro 2^^, Phi l^** (R, mg., but v. infr.) it matters : Ga 2" (b) to excel : c. gen. Mt 62" lO^^ makes a difference, 1212, Lk 127. 24^ I Co 15", Ga 4^ rk 8ia<^€povTa, Eo 2i8, Phi V^ (R, txt. ; for discussion and retf. v. ICC on Eo, Phi, 11. c.).t

1. trans., (a) to
:

carry throiigh: seq.
pass.,

Mk

spread abroad

Ac

13*^

272''.

2.

;

;

;

8io-<t.eoY<^. [ill

I^XX
late

Jos

822 (M^b^), ib. IO28 (TIV^), etc.

;]

to flee

through, escape : *t 8ia-<}>T)/xi^a),

Ac
in

27^2.+

writers
I'**,

only,

to
c.

spread abroad:

t.

Xoyov

(=

ISTTJ, the matter),

Mk

Mt

281^;

ace. pers., to spread

abroad

one's fame:

Mt

93i.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
8ia-(|>0eipu, [in

113

LXX chiejly for nuv hi.
corrupt, deprave
:

;]

1.
:

to

destroy utterly:

Lk
2.

1233,

Re

11^8

;

pass., to be destroyed, disabled
to
t. yTjv,

Ee
;

8^,

ii

Co

4^«.

In moral sense,

Ee

11^^

pass., 8u<f>6ap-

fiiVOl T. VOVV, I

Ti 6^.t
T]

8ia-4>0opd, -as,

(< 8ia<f>deipw),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

nnV
or

,

and

cogn. forms;] 1. destruction. 2. corruption of the grave, Ac 227(i'XX),3i 1334-37^1
8id-<|>opos, -ov

(physical

moral):
also as
S^
;]

«
[in

Biacfyipw), [in

LXX for S2V
money
:
:

(Da T' ^^) A2%
11

;

in Polyb., iv, IS^,
1, different
:

al.,
12*',

to

8.,

ra

8.,

Si 27^

Mac

Eo

He

9^^.

2. excellent

compar.,

-dn-fpos,

He

1* 86.t

guard carefully (M,

chiefly for IDW (as Ps 90 (91)") ;] to Pr., 116), defend: c. ace, Lk 4io(LXX)_t Mid. *8ia-x€ipi^u (<;X"P)> ^^ have in hand, conduct, manage. (a) = act.; (b) in late writers (Polyb., FIJ, al.), to lay hands on, kill : c. ace, Ac 5^^ 2621.+
8io-<|>uXoi<rau,

LXX

* 8ia-xXcu<ii^<i>, intensive of ^^cva^w, to
absol.,

scoff,

mock

:

(a) c. ace.

;

(6)

Ac

2^3_f
[in

8ia-x«pi|;«,
to

LXX: Ge
Mid.,
-6v
to

1** (bl3

hi.), IS^''-

separate entirely.
933.t
-rj,

separate oneself,

(TID depart:

ni.), etc.;]

seq.
i

dTro,

Lk
II

*t 8i8aKTiKos, Ti 22*.t
8i8aKT6s,

(=

cl. SiSoo-KaAiKo's),

apt at teaching:
Is

Ti
i

3^,

-rj,

-6v

«8t8a(rKw),

[in

LXX:

54"

(TlJa^),

Mac

4'^*;]

1.

(in

cl.,

that can be taught. 2. taught; c. gen., of source of teaching (a) of persons 8. Oeov, Jo 6**<i'XX); (fe) of things, poet, only)
; :

Aoyois

8. TTVfvfx.aTO'i, I

Co

8i8aaica\ia, -as, v

«

2^^.f
8i8<^<rKo,), [in

LXX

:

Pr

2^7 (p)1^N), Is 29^3

("Tab pu.), Si 2433 39^*;] teaching, instruction, in both active and objective senses, most freq. the latter: Eo 12^ 15*, Eph 4^*, i Ti 46, 13, 18 517 61, 310' ^«, Tit 27. 10 ; iyiaLvoiaa 8., I Ti l^o, 11 Ti 43, 3^ n Ti Tit 1» 21 pi, 8. T. avOpi^iroiv, Col 222 ; 8. 8ai/xovtW, I Ti 41 ; 8. 8i8ao-Kctv, 7^(1^^) (Cremer, 182).t Mt 159,
;

Mk

SyN.

:

8t8a;^7^.

**8i8(i(7KaXos, -ov, 6 «8t8do-K(u), [in

LXX: Es

6\ iiMacpo*;]

given as rendering of Heb. "•ai,

pm

(NT,

'PayS^et, 'Pa/3/3ovm, q.v.);

a teacher: Jo 139 201"; ^f Jewish teachers, Lk 2*<5, Jo 310, cf. Eo 220,21. of John Baptist, Lk 3^2; of Jesus, Jo 32.10 8^^ II28 1313.1*, and often in Syn., most freq. in voc, as title of address, as Mt 81^, Mk 43^ of of Jesus by himself, Mt 238 of an apostle, 1 Ti T, 11 Ti 1" Christians, i Co 1228.29, Eph 4", Ac 13i, Ja 31 of false teachers, 11 Ti

;

;

43 (Cremer,

181
:

;

DB,

i,

609,

iii,

294,

iv,

691).

Syn.
etc.
;]

7rat8«vn^s, q.v.
;in

8i8(iaKw
to

LXX

teach

(i.e.

hi., chiefly for pi., also for instruct) a person, teach a thing ; 1. trans.

mb

W

HT
:

hi.,

c. ace.

8

114
pers.,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
Mt
52,
c. ace. rei,

11^;

Mk l^^ al. seq. Sn, Mk 8^'; ir^pC, Jo 2^7; Mk G^o 121"; ^ c^gn ace, Mt IS^d-xx). q^
;

1

c. inf.,

Lk

Mk
Jb
tfO

1^2^ 11 Th 2i* 42, Jo 142« pass., c. 212", Qut prob. a vernac. usage, v. Swete, in
;

Ga
:

;

^^^\_ ace, pers. (like Heb., of. dat.
1.),

Re

2^*.

2.

Absol.,

teach, give mstruction

Mt

4'"^,

Mk

I'^i,

and often
;'

in Gosp.,

Eo

12^,

I

Co

417, I

Ti
:

2^2^ al.

Westc, Heh., 402 Cremer, 180). StSao-Kco), [in LXX Ps 59 (60) tit. {yb pi.) Sm. SiSaxV), -^s, (< 33^*;] 1. objectively, teaching, doctrine, that which is taught Mk De 127, Jo ?!«, Ac 1719, Ro 67 1617, II Jo 10, Ee 22" c. gen. poss., Mt 728 1612 2233, Mk 122 1118, Lk 432, Jo 1819, Ac 528, Ee 2i'».i5; ^ 8., of Christ, Jo 717, Ac 1312, II Jo 9; cf. -njv 8., Tit 1^; c. gen. obj., ^a-npi., He 13^. TLcr/jiutv 8., He 62 2. Actively, teaching Ac 2*2^ n Ti 42 £1/ T. 8., in the course of his teaching Mk 42 12^8 XaAeiv ev 8., i Co 14*' 485 Cremer, 181). €x«v 8., ib. 26 (DCG, SVN. 8i8acrKa\La. t Si'Spaxfios, -01' (•<[ 8is, Spa^/ar;), worth two drachmae ; to 8. (sc.
Syn.
TratSeL-w (cf.
rj
:

;

:

;

;

:

:

;

i,

;

:

v6fj.i<rfjia,

coin), [in

LXX
of the

chiefly for

bpW (Ge
:

28i*, al.), also for P)p3

:

Ge

201^,

De

222^

;]

a double drachma, nearly equal to the Jewish

Jialf-

shekel, the
tivin),

amount

Temple

tax

Mt

I72*

{DB,
-r;,
:

iii,

428).t.
Trai?,

AtSufios, -ov, o (prop,

name from

8i8i>/aos,

-ov,

double, sc.

Didymus, surname
8i8wfxi, [in

of the apostle

Thomas

Jo lli^ 202*

212.

LXX

various senses, ace. to context
yield
:
;

absol.,
e.

Ac

chiefly for ]n3 (53 words in all) ;] to give in bestow, grant, siipply, deliver, commit, 20^^ c. ace. rei et dat. pers., Mt 4^ 5^1, Jo I12, al.
;

mult.

dat. pers., seq.

Ik,

Mu

25^

;

id. c.

gen. part..
cf>LXr]fxa,
;

Re

21"

;

c.

ace.

Lk LAE,
c.

pers., 177

Jo 31^ Re Kpi(TLv, Jo 117 f.), Lk 12^8
;

20i3, al. ; 2^; 8€^tas, 522 of seed yielding fruit,

Ga

Lk
Ee

7**;

yvio-iv,

.

c inf_ fi^^
17*, al.;
e.

Mt
411,

27^^
11

Mk 4"' ^ ipyacriav (Deiss., Mk 5*3^ Lk 8^5, Jo 6*2, al.
Ac
i

dat. pers. et inf.,

Lk

ace. et inf.,

227,

3^; e. dupl.
;

ace.,
CIS

Mt

2028,

Mk

10^^
;

Eph
;

I22

Th

3^,

Ti

2«, al.

iavroy

8.

(Polyb., 228 (LXX) 8.

al.),

Lva,

Ac 193i e. dat. pers., seq. Kara (MM, Exp., xi). Re Re 39 8e8wKa evwTrtdv aov Ovpav aveoyyfxivrjv, Re 3^.

Syn.

:

8(o/jeo/Aai.

Jth 1*, Es li, ii Mac 721 IS" iii Mac 5"*;] Lk 82* pass., to aroiise completely, arouse as from rest or sleep 6I8. 82* of the sea, Jo Metaph., of the mind iv mrop.Mk 439, Lk
**8i-6Y€i>, [in
; :

LXX:

;

:

vrjo-€i,

II

Pe

113 3i.t
-ov/xai,

*t
IQi^.t

Si-ci/Ou|uL^o|xai,

depon.,

to

consider, reflect

:

seq.

Trtpi,

Ac
and

8i-^|-o8os, -ov,

rj,

[in

LXX

chiefly for n'lKl^in

,

as

Nu

34*
;

^-^

a way freq. in Jos ;] in tt. of the conclusion of a trial (MM, Exp., xi) out through, an outlet pi., 8, twi/ 68a)v, RV, the partings of the high;

ways

:

Mt

22^.+
as,

*t

8i-€pfiT)>'cuTiis, -OV, 6
17,

*t8i-€pjAr]j'€ta,

(<^ 8L€pp.r]V€v(o), interpretation:

an
1

interpreter
12i<',

:

1

Co

1428.

Co

L,

txt.

(not

else-

where), t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
**t 8t-€p/xr]v'cuw,
interpret
;

115
to

[in

LXX

:

ii

Mac
:

1^^*;]

intensive of

ep/xr]V€V(o,
i

(a)

to explain,

expound

c.

ace,

Lk

24^'^

;

absol.,

Co

12^°

145,13,27; (5) to translate:
Si-^PX°f^<^^ [^^

Ac

93«.+

LXX for
;

12H, ^^n,

N'I2, etc.;]

1.

to

go through,

pass through; (a) of things: Mt 19^*, Mk lO^s, Lk 2^5, al.; (b) of persons: Lk 19*; c. ace. loc, Lk 19^ He 4}\ Ac 12^*^; seq. 8ia, c. gen. loc, Mt 12", i Co 10^ seq. ds, Mk d^s i^^^ l^ 2^5. 2. to go about: Lk 9^, Ac 20^*; of a report, to spread, go abroad (Thuc),
.

Lk

515.

-w, to find by inquiry : c. ace, Ac lO^^.t ii Mac 10^*;] 1. lasting two **8ien7s, -£s «8i5, £Tos), [in years. 2. two years old: a-n-o 8. (sc. TratSoV, or neuter; cf. i Ch 27^',

* 8i-€pwT(iw,

LXX:

diro ctKOcracToCs),

Mt
rj :

1 8i€Tia, -as,

space of two years

« Ac

2^^.f
Sterols), [in

LXX {Grac.
He
;

Ven.)

:

Ge

41' 45* *

;]

the

24'^^ 28^*^.t

Si-Tjye'ofiai, -ov/agi,

[in
:

LXX

detail, recount, describe

pers., seq. ttSs, 839 9io.t

Mk

absol., 5l«, Ac 9^^ 12^7

chiefly for i£3D pi. ;] to set out in 11^^ q q^qq j-ei, Ac 8^^ ; c. dat. a cTSov, 9^ ; oo-a cTrotr/o-c, -av,

Mk
:

;

Lk

8i-iiYTj<Tis,

-ews,

17

«

SiT^yeoyxaO. [^^

^XX
.^

Jg

7^5

(l^Qa),

Hb

28

(n-JTl),

freq. in Si (636, al.), ii

Mac

232 qit

^ narrative: Lk

1^ (cf.

MUligan,

NTD,

130).t

**8i-T|i'6KTis, -is

88

(89)30

;]

unbroken, continuous

«8ir?i'£yKa, aor. of Sia^tpco), [in adverbially, ci? to :
251),

Sm.
8.,

Ps 47(48)1* continually (for
:

exx., V. Deiss.,

BS,

He

73 IQi*

12,
;

u.f
divided into two seas (as the tottov S., a tongue of

*t 8i0(iXaao-os, -ov (8ts, ^uXacrcra)

1.

2. dividing the sea : Euxine, Strab., ii, 5^2). land, or reef, running out into the sea : Ac 27*i.t

8i-iKi'^o|iai (Rec. SiiK-), -oifiai, [in for through, penetrate : He 4^2. go Ez 5^ (pbn 8i.i(rn,^i (Rec. ht<T-), [in

LXX

ma

hi.,

Ex

2628*;]

to

LXX
Lk

:

etc.;]

to set apart,
:

separate

;

of

time (or
22*^
;

intervene

Siao-rao-Tjs dlpas /iias,

Pr 17» (TIB hi.), space), to make an interval, jSpayy Siao-riJo-ai'Tcs, Ac 27^8.
pi.),

In pass., mid. and 2 aor., Lk 24".t * 8i-i<rxupiio(jiat (T, Eec.
affirm confidently Ac 12i5.t
8iK<£t«, to
:

pf.

and

plpf.

act.,

to

part,

withdraw:
2. to
3),

Stio--),

depon.
;

;

1.

to

lean upon.
§

c. ptcp.,

Lk

22^9

c.

ace. et inf. (Bl.,

70,

judge:
-as,
;

Lk
rj,

63^ (Tr.,

mg.;

v.s. xaraS-;

Cremer, 199),t

*t 8iKoioKpiaio,
Kpto-cws, II

righteous

Th

1"

t\jv 8. K.,

Jo 72^

judgment: Eo 2^ (cf. t. 8i/cat'as For use in tt., v. Deiss., LAE, 89 f .).t
chiefly for p'*'V$ (for rendering
JSS,
{a)

8iKaios, -a, -ov (<^ hUrj), [in

LXX

of
^j55

(Tl? in sense
,

of

correct, v. Deiss.,

115

f.)

;

sometimes

for

as

Pr

111,

a,l. ;]

in early

Gk. writers,

of persons, observant of

81K17,

custom, rule, right, righteous in performing duties to gods and

116
;

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

men {b) of things, righteous, in accordance with right. In 1. righteous, chiefly in the broad sense, as above, of the person or thing corresponding to the Divine standard of right (a) of persons of God, Eo 326, I Jo 229 37 of Christ, Ac 3^* 7*2 22i*, i Pe 3^\ i Jo 2^ of men, Mt 119 (Abbott, Essays, 75 f .) 10" 13^7' «. 49^ Lk 1«. ^^ Eo 5^, i Ti 1^,
: ;
: ;

NT

;

Ja

56,

I
;

Pe

312,

I

Jo 3^ Ee 22",
23*0
;

al.

;

8.

Ka\ eiXafS^^,

Lk
;

22*

;

5yios,

opp. to d/xapTwXoi Kal dcTcyScIs, I Pe 4I8; ahiKoi, Mt 5*^ Ac 2415 8. Ik Trto-rew?, Ro l^^ Ga 311, He lO^s d-xx); g. ^^pa t. 6^(0, Eo 2i3; (6) of things: Ipya 8., opp. to TTovrjpd, I Jo 312 ^vtoXt;, Eo 7^2 metaph., alfia, Mt 23^* TO 8.,
620

Mk

dya^os,

Lk

<f>ol3ovfji€vos

r. 6e6v,

Ac
;

IO22

J

j

;

Lk

12*7;

g. i^^,^^

Ac
;

419,

Eph 6\
;

Phi 1^;

6,

Mt

20*;

oo-a,

Phi

48.

2.

In narrower sense (a) of persons, as in later cl. writers, jiist, rendering to 8., (b) of things to each his due Tit 1"^, i Jo I'' 8. Kpirrj?, 11 Ti 4^ 41 68oi, Ee 153. II Th l" Kpcats 8., Jo 5^0 Col 8., sc. i<TTtv, SVN. : dya^o's (q.v.), KaXos, XRW"^"^ (Gremer, 183, 690).
:

;

:

;

;

;

SiKaioaui'T],

-17s,

17

(•<8t/<aio?),

[in
IDTTi
,

LXX
Ge
:

chiefly for

pl^, and

cognates,
6 8tKaios

Ge

15^,
;

al.,

rarely for

19^^;]

the character of

broad sense, righteousness, conformity to the Divine will in purpose, thought and action Mt 5^, Jo 16^, Ac 13^0^
(q.v.)
1. in

Eo
BJ,

43

;

Aoyos

,8tKaiocrvV7;9,

teaching of
72
;

r.,

He

5^^
;

/Jao-tXeiJs 8. (cf.
;

FIJ,

SirXa 8., Eo 6^3 ; 6Sos 8., Mt 21^2 $^pa^ T^s 8., Eph 6^*; 8tdKo.'oi 8., 11 Co 11^*; 6o-toT7?s Kal 8., Lk 1^5, cf. 42* 8. k. aya6(i)(Tvvr) Kal 8., Eph 5^ ; 8. k. elprjvrj k. x^/^S -^O 14^^
vi, 10, y8. SiKatos),

He

Eph

;

;

dyiao-p-df, I

Co

l^"

;

Opp. to
229

ajxaprCa,
3^^
;

Eo
;

8^"

;

avofxia, II

Co

6^*

;

d8tKta,

Eo

3* id. as an inclusive term for the active TToietv T^v 8., I Jo duties of the religious life {ICG, in 1. Abbott, Essays, 73 -'), Mt 6^ TrXrjpoiv 7r5o-av 8., Mt 31* ipyd^€a-eai 8., Ac lO^* StwKeiv 8., I Ti 611 8. ^eov, a righteousness divine in its character and ^7]v ry 8., I Pe 22* origin, Mt 6^^, Ja I'^o, Eo (where it also includes the idea of God's
;

;

.

;

personal
TTio-rtws,

r.; v.

ICC, on
;

li^)

1^
936

3*. 21-26 iQs,
;

Eo

411
8.,

rj

tK

IT.

8.,
rj

Eo

1^

(caTct

tt.
71
:

n Co 521, Phi 3^; ^8. t. opp. to this 8., He 11'^
;

is

r,

iK v6fiov

Eo
;

10*;

8. iy v.,

Phi 36;

iSia 8.,

Eo

103, cf.

Phi

S^.

2.

In narrower sense (cf. 8i»catos), justice {DCG, ii, 529 ff. Cremer, 190, 690).
SiKaiow, -w
16*1,

Ac

17^1, 11

Pe

li,

Ee 19"
as

Is 508 .j i_ Jq cl., do one justice ; pass., ; 2. In NT, as in tiKaiovfrOai, to be treated rightly, opp. to d8i«€tcr^ai. LXX, and as usual with verbs in -ow from adjectives of moral meaning; (1) to show to be righteous : Mt lli", Lk 73*, Eo S^d-xx), i Ti 316; 2i3 (2) to declare, 'pronounce righteous: Lk 72^ 1029 I61* I81*, Eo

je

311 (cf

.

« NT

8tKaios), [in

LXX chiefly for
as

piS

pi., hi., (1)

Ez

usage)

;

(2)

De

25i,

Ex 23^

(a) c. ace. rei, to

deem

right

(b) c. ace. pers., to

324,26,28 46 830,33^ Tit 3^

;

U
(v.

7ri'o-T£co9,

Eo

330 51^

221.24,26. i^ ^^ x6yiav,

Tit 37;

h, Ac Cremer, 193, 693; DB,
seq.

1237; 8td T. 1339, Eo 3* 59,
ii,

Ga Mt

seq. dTro, Mt lli^, Lk 73*, Ac 1339, Eo 6^; 2i6 38-2* 2i«, Ja l^ lpyu>v, Eo 320 (LXX) 42^
;

Ga

ttiVtco,?,
i

Eo

330

;

c. dat.,

Eo

32*. 28^

Co

4* 6",

Ga2i7 3"

5*, i

Ti 3i«

826

ff.).t

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
SiKoiufio, -T09, TO (<^ St/catou),
[ill

117
in Ez,

LXX most freq.

for

ph

,

chiefly for l^tffp, in Pss,

ra

8.,

freq.

for D^TlpD;] a concrete ex-

pression of righteousness, the expression and result of the act of SiKatwo-is, " a declaration that a thing is SUcuov, or that a person is
SiKaios," hence, (a) an ordinance : B. t. Oeov, 9^ ; aapKo^, vo/xov, Eo 2^^ 8* ; Aarpctas,

Eo

He

He

1^^; t. Kvptov, Lk 1^; r. 9^° {h) a sentence : of
;

acquittal,

Eo
:

5^^

righteous act

Eo

(also 5^^; 5^8 (rv),

ICC, in

Ee

or of condemnation; 15* 198 (on the usage of tt., v.
1.),

(c)

a

MM,
;]

Exp.,

iii,

xi).t

SiKttius,

adv.
i

«
fj

8tKato9,
i

q.v.),
2io,

[in

LXX
2^2.

for
2.

pTlf
:

,

etc.

1.

righteously
I

:

Co lb^\
-€(os,

Th

Tit

justly

Lk 23",
Le
24^2 *
;]

Pe

223.t

SiKaiuais,

(<[

Si/catow),

[in

LXX

for t25?!Ti

,

the act of pronouncing (Cremer, 199).t

righteoiis, justification, acquittal

:

Eo

42^ 5^^

SiKoon^s, -ov, 6
727, 35

(<[ Stfca^w), [in

LXX

for taglB'

;]

a judge

:

Ac

(LXX) f

to the mental process the forensic term. In Attic law, the StKao-rcu were jurors, with a Kptri^s as presiding ofl&cer (LS, s.v. ; Enc. Brit. ^^, xii,
:

Syn.

KpLTri%
is

wh. " gives prominence

(Thayer).

8.

504
3.

f.).

SiKT], -T?s,

T],

[in

LXX

for np2, 3^1, etc.;] 1. custom.
its result, the

2, right.

a judicial hearing ; hence

-punishment: 8. riveiv, 11 Th 1*; 8. {iTre'xctv, Lat. Justitia), justice, vengeance : Ac 28'*.t
SiKTuof, -ov, TO, [in

execution of a sentence, Ju^. 4. Personified (cf.
npsijT
8,

LXX

chiefly for

n^

,

;]

general term

for

a net : Mt 420. 21^ Mk l^s- ^^, Lk 52. *-«, Jo Syn. : d/Ji<f>i/3\r]aTpov (q.v.), a-ayrjvr].
*t8iXoYos, -oy
2.

216.

u.t

to repetition.

« NT,
In
;

8ts, Ae'yw), 1.

prob.

(cf.

in sense of SiXoyciv, -la (Xen.), given SiyXcoo-o-os, Pr 11^^, Si 5*) double27^, : 422 1522,

tongued
77,

:

810,

I Ti S^.t conjunct, for

81' o,

wherefore, on which account

Mt

Lk

Ac

1519,

Eo

124, al.
29,

8. koC,

Lk

l^s,

Ac

1029 2426,

Eo

n Co

120 413 59^

Phi
2.

He

: c. ace, along (Ba 42, i Mac 1232, 33) Lk S^.t Ac 173*.t Aioi'uaios, -ov, 6, Dionysius, an Athenian **8i6-ir6p, conjunct. (810, q.v., strengthened by Trep), [in LXX: Jth 8^'^, II Mac 5 * ;] for which very reason : i Co 8^3 lO^^.t *8ioir6Tils (written also 8a7r-), -e's «;8ros, ttlwto}, v. Page on Ac, I.e.; DB, i, 605, n., ext., 112*; Field, Notes, 130 f.), fallen from heaven (E, mg.) to 8. (sc. ayoA/ta, statue, image), Ac 1935,t

1 8i-o8eow, [in

LXX

1112 1312 (v. Ellic. on Ga 4^1). chiefly for nair ;] 1. to travel through
.

Ac 17^

to travel

:

:

*8i6p6w(Aa,

-Tos,
:

correction, reform

to {<^8iop06w, Ac 243.

to

make

straight,

set right),

a

118

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
*8i(5p0w<ns, -€w?,
r]

(v. supr.), 1.

a making

straight.
:

2.

reforviation 807).t

(used

in

late

writers of laws, etc.)

He

Q^**

a reforming^ (Cremer,

through

Lk

Jb 1A}\ Ez 125-7.12, (inn)*;] to dig [in LXX: ace, of hous ^-breaking (as in tt. MM, Exp., xi), Mt 24*^, 1239; absol., Mt6i3'2o.t
8i-opuWu),
:

c.

;

Ai^cr-Koupoi, -tov, ol (lon. and Koivrj form of Att., Aioo-zcopot; <; Aio's, gen. of Zer9 + Kopos, a son), the Dioscuri (Castor and Pollux), twin sons of Zeus and Leda (EV, The Twin Brothers) Ac 28i^t
:

Lk
Phi

conjunct., for Bta tovto, on (Lat. profterea qtiod), because 113 2^ 2128, Ac 1335 1810 2026 22^8, Eo l^^. ^1 320 8^.21, i Co 159,
8i-<5ti,

Notes, 37) 4^, He 11^. 23, Ja 43, i Pe l^^. 24 26. It is usually stronger than on, but sometimes, as in Lk li3, Eo 1^^ I Th 218, approximates to MGr. sense, /or; cf. Milligan, Th., l.e.t Ztvs + rp€(f><a I AioTp€'4)T)s (Eec. -Tp€cf>7]<;), -€S (<! Aios, gen. of cherished by Zeus), as pr. name, Diotre/phes : iii Jo ^.t
22«, I

Th

28. 18 (Lft.,

8117X009 (poet.,
-ovv),
51",

[in

LXX
;

for

whence comp. -orepov), -or], -oov (-ous, -^, bD3 TOtJi^p and cognates ;] twofold, double i Ti
8t7rAo9,
, ,

:

Ee
*

K. S.,

in twofold meastire : Mt 23^^. -w {<^ SiTrXo'r.s), to double : 8. to. SiirXa, Ee 186.t 143o.'2; g, r. (rafifidrov, Lk 18^2. ^^^ 5^^^ 8is, adv., tivice: Phi 416, I Th 218 8. airoeavovTa, Ju ^2 (y. Mayor, ICC, in 1.)

18^

SiTrXo'repov,

8iTrX6<o,

Mk
;

S. iJi.vpid8e<;,

Ee

9^6.

old Acl4i2.i3.t
Ais,

nom.

for

Zev<s

(q.v.),

whence gen.

Aids,

ace.

Ai'a:

**t

Ee

8io-fiupids, -a8o5, r), 916 (LT; 815 /xuptaSes,

Mac g * ;] twice ten thousand Eec.).t 143i 28i^t *8iaT(itw «8ts), to dow6^, hesitate: Mt SYN. : diropio), Sia-n-opew, BiaKpivofxai, fi€Teo}pL^ofxat (v. DCG, i, 491).
:

[in LXX WH;
8i'o

11

/^i.,

8iVto^os, -OF

«
;

Sis,

ard/xa), [in

LXX

:

Jg

316,

Ps
4^2,

1496,

Pr

54 (ri,,^)^

Si 213*;]
2.

2_

Qf rivers

and roads, double-motUhed, double branching.
11. c), two-edged : He two tJiousand : Mk 5i3.t

Of swords (Eur.
8i-uXiJ^w

LXX,

Ee

li« 2i2.t

8io--xiXioi, -at, -a,

(<8ia, vXi^ia, to strain), strain thoro2ighly (Archytas Am., I.e.).
;

[in
2.

LXX: Am
Later, to

6«*;] strain out

1.
:

to

fig.,

Mt

2324.t
:

** Sixdtw {8i'xa, apart), [in Aq. Le 1^^ De 14^ * ;] to ctd apart, divide in two ; metaph., to set at variance : Mt 103^.t ** 8ixoo-Taaia, -as, rj {<^8ixo(TTaT€w, to stand apart), [in LXX:
I

Mac

329

*

;]

standing apart, dissension
-Q>

:

Eo

IG^^^,

Ga
Ki

52**.

SixoTOfx^u,
{nr\2
pi.)
;]

to

(<^ 8t;^OTd^os, <^ 8t;(a, rifivw), [in LXX: Ex 29^^ cut in two, cut asunder : perh. metaph. of severe
v.

scourging (but

Meyer on Mt,

I.e.,

and

cf.

I

1533,

n Ki
;]

123i,

He

113'),

Mt

2451,

84<io>,-w
absol.,

«

Lk

12*6.t
thirst),

Sill/a,

[in

LXX
1928^

chiefly for

NOS
i

to thirst

Mt

2535.37.42,44^

Jo

413,15

Ro

1220 (Lxx)^

Co

411

;

fig.,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Jo 41* 6^* 7^\ Ee
7^^ 21« 22^7; c. ace.

119

(=

cl. c.

gen.), t. 8iKaL0(Tvvr)v,

Mt

5«.t
Si+os, -cov (-ow), TO, (late

form

of

SitJ/a),

[in

LXX chiefly for
Ja

K©^
1^ 4^

and cognates;]
(Cremer, 588;

thirst:

ii

Co

ll^'.t

*t8i»|»uxos, -ov

(-<8i.s,
iv,

iffvxv),

of two minds, wavering:

DB,

528).
[in

Siwy^^s, -oO, 6
II

(< StwKco),
:

LXX
iS^\

:

Pr

ll^^

{^m pi.). La
Ac

3^^ (li-lij),

Mac
Co
*+

1223 *
.]

persecution

Mt

Mk

4^7 iqso^

8^ 13^0,

Eo

8^\

II

1210, II

Th 1\

a persecutor : i Ti 1^^ f chiefly for ^11;] 1. to^jwi to flight, drive away: SiwKu, [in Mt 233*. 2. to pursue; (a) of persons; c. ace, without hostility, to 12i3. Hence, follow after : Lk 17^3 with hostile purpose Ac 26^^, Ee 5^0-12, u 10-23^ Lk 11*^ 2112^ jo 51" I520, Ac 7*2 g*-* to persecute: Mt 224,7,8 26". 15, Eo 121*, I Co 4^2 159, 11 Co 4^, Ga li3'23 429 511 612, Phi S\ II Ti 312; (b) metaph., o. ace. rei, of seeking eagerly after:
StuKTTjs, -OV, 6
Stw/co)),
;
:

« LXX

II

Ti

3ii.t

Eo 930, I Eo 1213; I Co 141

Ti
;

611,

II

T' 222.
1214,
I I

i,(;^o,,

8tKatoa-vvrj<i,
;

dp^vrju,

He

Pe
;

311

ra T^^

Eo 931 t. il, Eo 141^;
;

0t\o^€itav,
t. aydirrjv,

TO ayaOoy,

Th

51*

absol., to follow on, drive, or s2Jeed

on

(Msch.), Phl3i2.i*.f
Uy\t.a, -Tos, TO

«8oK€w),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

T)"^,

DyW

l]

1- '^^
2i,

opinion. 2. A public decree, ordinance : of Eoman rulers, Ac 17^ ; of the Jewish law, Bph 21*, Col 2i* ; of the Apostles, (Cremer, 205).
fhoyiuarlloi, [in
I

Lk Ac

16*

LXX

:

Es

39

(ana
411

ni.).

Da LXX, 2i3.i5
to decree.

{ani, ni),
to

Es

63*,

II

Mac

108 1536^

m

Mac

*

;]

Mid.,

subject

oneself to an ordinance : Col SoK^w, -u) (<[SoKos, opinion, <:^8eK0fxai, lon. form of Se^-), [in for mia, ai3, etc.;] 1. to be of ojnnion, suppose: Mt 24**, Lk 12*^, He 1029 c. inf., Mt 39, Lk 8I8 2437, Jo 539 162, Ac 129, 2713, i Co 3i«

22o.t

LXX

.

Ga 63, Phi 3*, Ja 12« c. ace. et inf., i Co 1223, „ Co 6*9, Lk 12*i I32.* I911, Jo 5** lli3.3i lli«; seq. 6ti, Mt 6^ 26*3, 20l^ I Co 49, II Co 1219, Ja 4*. 2. to seem, be reputed: Ac 252^; 1329 10*2, Lk 1036 222*, Ac 171^ 269, i Co llie 1222, n Co 109, c. inf., Ga 2^' 9, He 41 12ii 01 Sokowt*?, those of repute, Ga 22. Impers., it 22i7.*2 26««, (a) to think: Mt 172^, I812 2128 seems, c. dat. pers. Jo 11*", He 1219 ; (&) to please, seem good to : e. inf., Lk 13, Ac
7*0 82 1012 1437,
;

Mk

Mk

;

;

2522,

25, 28,

34_f
: ,

and v. properly rjyiojxai^, vofx.i^u)'^ (SoKcii) 1.) olofjiai 17. express belief resting on external proof, 77. denoting the more careful judgment 8. and 01. imply a subjective judgment which in the case of 01. is based on feeling, in 8. on thought (v. Schmidt, c. 17). from the standpoint of the object, <)!>atvo/xai {^oK€w 2.) </>., *' expresses how a matter phenomenally shows and presents itself " subjective 8., from the standpoint of the observer, expresses one's about a matter (v. Tr., Syn., § Ixxx Cremer, 204). judgment Syn.
;

;

:

;

;

120

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
SoKifjidiw «8o'Ki/i,os), [in

LXX

chiefly for ]n3;] 1. primarily of

metals (Pr 17^ Si 2^ Wi 3"), to test, try, jyrove (in the hope and expectation that the test will prove successful, v. reff. s. Syn.) 14i«, ii Co S^ Ga 6*, i Th 2* Xpvatoi', I Pe 17; other things, Lk 12^« 521 Ta 8ia<^€po^Ta, Eo 2^», Phi l^" (R, mg., but v. infr.) irvevfjiara. seq. subst. 41 iavroy, i Co ll^s, 11 Co 13* of men, i Ti S^^ (pass.) I Jo 3^^, Eph 5^*^. 2. As the result of trial, to approve, clause, Ro 12% i Co think fit : Ro l^s I422, i Co IG^, 11 Co 822, i Th 2^ (8£8oKi/xao-//€^a) Ta hia4>ipovTa, Eo 2^^ Phi l^o, R, txt. (but V. supr. cf. 8ia<^€pw).t Syn. : ntipdCw (V. Tr., Syn., Ixxiv; Cremer, 494 ff., 699 ff.). ** 8oKifj.aaia, -as, rj [in LXX: Si 62^*;] a testing, 8o/ct/AaCa))
8^^
: ; ; ;
;

;

;

proving: He 3''(^^^).t **t hoKUL^, -^s, ^ 86KLfios),

«

,

«

[in

Sm.

:

11 Co 82 9^^. of trial, proving, test approvedness, proof : Ro 5*, 11 Co 2» IS^, Phi 222 (Cremer, 212, 701).t Pr 17^ 2721 (qiyo) * ;] usually regarded SoKiViof, -ov, TO, [in
:

Ps 67 {68f^ * ;] 1. the process 2. The result of trial, approval,

LXX

:

as a variant form of BoKifitlov, a test, and so perh. Ja 1^ in 1.), but see next word (cf. Cremer, 212, 702).t
+ 8oKifiios, -a, -ov
(<^8o/ct/A7j),

(v.

Mayor,

[in

LXX:

dpyvpiov

8.

(T?y),
i

Ps
29*

II (12)^ and as
(Bab);
ct 8.

v.l.

for

8o'Ki/ios

(B), dpyvptou 8. (pp7 pu.),

Ch

60-Tiv

(n,T),

Za

ll^^

s'^''^

Q *)*

=

^oKifios,

tested,

approved : to 8. v/awv t. Trto-Tcws, i/wi^ which is approved in your faith, I Pe l'^ (where Hort suggests the v.l. Soki/xos, found in some cursives), Ja 1^ (but v. Mayor, in 1. For full discussion of this word, not hitherto found in a Gk. Lexicon, and for exx. of its use in tt., v. Deiss. (to MM, Exp., xi; whom is due the credit of its discovery), BS, 259
fif. ;

cf.

also Milligan,
SoKifios,

NTD,

-ov

primarily of metals, tested, accepted, approved : of persons, Ro 14^*, 16^0, I Co 1119, II Co 10^8 137, II Ti 215, Ja 1^2 (Cremer, 212, 697).+
SoKos,
-ov,
7j

«

76).t

SeKOfiai

=

Sexo/xai), [in

LXX
nip,

for ppi pu.,

etc.

;]

(Sixofiai),

[in

LXX
i,

for

etc.;]

a beam

of

timber
njpna
,

:

Mt V'^ Lk
-ov
etc.
;]

6".
:

"2

(DCG,
[in

86X10S, -a,

«8d\os),
11

LXX — chiefly
25i8,

176).+

in Pss, Pr, Si

for

deceitful

Co

111^.+
:

+ 8o\i6a> «8o'\tos), [in
:

(pbn hi.) * ;] to deceive 3rd pers. pi.), Ro S^^ ^^^W
86\os, -ov,
2.
6,

(105)25 (^33), Ps 5« IhoXiovcrav (-o-av, freq. in Koivq Gk. for impf.

LXX Nu

Ps 104

[in

LXX
I

chiefly for n)pia;]

1.

in Horn.,

a

bait.

a snare.
1310,

3.

In the abstract,

Ac
1.
II

Ro

129, II

Co
As

12i«,

722 14\ Jo I''', craft, deceit : Mt 26*, 2i'22 310 (lxx) (XaX^o-ai 8.).+ Th 2^, i Pe
:

Mk

8oX«5w, -^ (8o\os), [in
to

LXX

Ps 14

(15)3

(i,^-,)^

ensnare.
42.+

2.

of wine,

to

adulterate, corrupt

35 (36)2 (p^r\ hi.)* ;] t. koyov t. 6€ov, :

Co

Syn.

.*

KaTrrjXevo), q.V.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
8<5|Ao, -TO?,

121
:

TO

«
(-<

hiSiofxi),

[in

LXX

for

njn©

,

etc.

;]

a

gift

Mt

7^\

Lk

1118,
:

Eph
17

48(Lxx)^

Phi

4i7.t

STN.
8<5Ca,

Soo-is, SCjpov,

Swped, Swp-qfia.
[in

-7]^,

SoKe'co),

LXX
all;]

very freq. for T*I^, also for
cl., 1.

nifttpri, Tin, etc.,

25 words in
2.

in

expectation,

judgment,

opinion, estimation in which one is held, repute in NT, always good opinion, hence reputation, praise, honour, glory : Lk 1410, Jo 12^3^ He 33 opp. to aicTXVvn, Phi 319 to (XTi/xta, II Co G^ 8. K.

opinion (iv

Mac 5^^).

;

;

;

Tt/xrJ,

Eo

2^.10,

Xaixpavuv,

Pe V, II Pe Jo 5", II Pe 1^^ Ee
I

l^^; ^yjrf.v
5^2
;

8.,

Jo

54* 718 850, i
rnrpb»

Th

2«;
jCl?
,

hihovai

8. t. ^€<S (cf.

TQ3

Je I316,
37 157,

al.),

Lk

17^8,
;

Jo
3.
,

92*,

Ac

1223,

Rq

420^ jje

4^;

cis (t.) 8. ^coC,

Eo

Phi

111, al.

in doxologies,

t. ^£(3 (tS)

^

8.,

Lk

2i*,

Ga

15,

Eph

321, al.
;

Later also (not
199,

cl.)

as in

LXX

Eo (=
;

ll^e 162^

Tin, Jb

3920, 1

Ch

2925

Tins

Jb
;

Es

5",

al.),

visible brightness, splendour,

of heavenly bodies, i Co 15*° ^ esp. that glory : of light, Ac wh. radiates from God's presence, as manifested in the pillar of cloud

22ii

and in the Holy
Heb.
in
II

of Holies 2^
;

(= Tins, Ex

I610 2522 40^*, al.;

and new

nz'^^'0

,

II

Mac

v.

DB,

iv,

489b),

1.); 2(5,12,17

Co

of the manifested glory 316. of the same as communicated to through Christ, 318 4' ; and of the glorious condition into which Christians shall

hence

Eo 9\ Ja 2i (v. Hort, Mayor, of God, Eo 123, Qq\ ^n^ jjph

man

enter hereafter,

Eo

Si^-^i 92^, 11

Ti

2io, al.
I

Syn.
etc.
;]

:

£7rau/os, TL/xr] (v.

Hort on

Pe

1'').

8o|<£|;o>

(<

8d^a), [in

LXX chiefly

1. to think, siqypose, hold

Tns ni., pi., also for TXB an opinion (^sch., Plat., al.). 2. To
for
;

bestow 86$a (q.v.) on, to magnify, extol, praise (Thuc, iii, 45; Plut., 5i«, Mk 212, Jo 8^*, Eo 15^, i Pe 2i2, al. id. seq. im, al.) c. ace, Mt
:

Lk
Eo

220

;

iv,

Ga

12*, i

Pe

4i«.

icith splendour, glorify
830, II

(Ex
31, I

3. In 3429. 3o,

LXX and NT (v.s. 8o^a, 3), to clothe
Ps 36
;

(37)2o, Is 4423,

Es

31, al.)

Co
Pe

310, II

Th

Pe

l^, al.
;

of Christ,

Jo
;

739 g^*, al. (on the

Johannine
1331.32^
I

use, v.

Cremer, 211
rj

Westc,
gazelle),

Jo., Intr.)

of the Father,

Jo

411, al. (cf. *V-, cTvv-ho^at,i,i).

AopKds, -a8os,
q.v.
:

(8opKas,

a
[in
1.

Dorcas, also called TafieiOd,
for

Ac

93«. 39.t
-co)5,

Soais,

v

(8t8a)/zi),

LXX

ph (Ge

4722),

]r)Q,
:

npo
41*.

(Pr 211* 251*), freq. in
2. Objectively,

Si.

;]

properly, the act of giving

Phi

a

gift

:

Ja

li^.t

Syn.
II

:

v.s. Sof^a.
-01;,

tS^TTis,

o

«

8180/^1), [in

LXX:

Pr 22^*;]
to

=

Sor^p,

a giver:

Co

9'''<i'XX)

(not else where).
-co (<^ 8ovXos, ayw), 92^ (Cremer, 703).t

*i %o\}\aybiyi(a,

make a

slave,

bring into

bondage

:

i

Co

SooXcia (T, -Xta), -as, ^ «8ovXei;a,), [in LXX, as Ex 133, for 2i*.+ Tn:? and cognates ;] slavery, bondage : Eo 8^^' 21, Ga 42* 51, He

122

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
BouXcu'u (kC^SouXos),
[in

LXX
5]

for laJT^ as

Ge

14*, exc.
to,

Da th
serve:

714,27 (n^p)j Is

56^

(mC7

pi.)*

^0 be

a

slave,

be subject

426, i Ti 62; c. dat pers., Mt 62*, Lk 1529 iqu^ absol., Eo 7«, Eo 912 (LXX); of nations, Jo S^a, Ac 7Ui^^^); Sew, t. Kvptw, Mt 62^ 6^, Col 32*, Lk 1613, Ac 20ie, Eo 12ii (R, mg., Katp^) 16i< 32*; vo>a, $eoi, Eo V^; r. ^cols, Col I Th 19; T. Xpi(TT,S, Ro

Ga

Eph

W^,
;

dAXr^Xots, Ga 5^^ 4^; t. Acatpw, Eo 12^^ (E, mg. for Kvptw) o-rv i/xot, Phi 222 ^_ afiapTia, Eo 6" vo/xw afjLapTia<;, Eo 72^ cVt^r/Atats »c. i78ovats, Tit 33 fia/xoiva, Mt 62*, Lk 16^^ ; t. o-toix^lois t. T. koiXlo., Eo 16^^

Ga

;

;

.

;

;

;

Koa/iov,

Ga

49 (Cremer, 217).
17,

SouXt),

V.8. 8ouA,os.
-ov, [in
;]

SouXos,

-r],

LXX,
rj

6. S.

nearly always for
subject to:
slave,
(6)

Tjy

;

17

8.

chiefly
subst.,

for nipX, nnptt?
o,
rj

1.

in bondage
8.,

to,

Eo

6^^^

2.

As

8.,

a slave;
215):

(a) fern.,

a female
2^»i^^^);

DB,

iii,
:

Lk

ps-^s,
;

Ac

bondmaid (Cremer, 702; masc, 6 8., a sZaw, 6ond-

man
1327.

S^ 1823, ^1. opp. to iXevdepos, i Co 722 12^3^ q^ 328^ 6^5 131« 19^8; opp. to Kvptos, Sea-n-orrjs, oiKohiaTTOTri'i, Col S^S Ee

Mt

gph 6^, Mt 102*
Xpiaroi,

28^

Lk
II

12**5,

Jo 15",
;

Eph
I

65,

Col
722,

322 41, al.

;

metaph.,
6«,

8.

Tov Xp.,

IrjcToi

Xp.,

Eo 1\
8.

Co

Ga

l^o,

Eph

Phi
Ti

1^,

Col

4^2,

Ja 1\
I

Pe

216,

Pe 1\ Ju 1 Ee 73 153;
;

t.

^€oS, t. Kuptov,

Ac
t.

16^7,

n

22*,

Tit 1^,

§_

^ovr,p6^,

Axpelo^,

»caKos,
;

Mt
1)5,

1832 24*8 2526.30^

Lk

1710 1922

8. (iyaa/jTi'as,

Jo

83*,

Eo

617. 20

<^^op5s, 11
iii,

Pe

2i9.
iv,

SYN.
469;

:

8taK-ovos (q.V.), OepairoiV, vTrqptTrp (v.
i,

377;

461,

DCG,
:

221
-co

;

ii,

613; Cremer, 215, 702).

SouXow,

bondage
715
T.
;

Ac

(•<; SovXos), [in 7" (^xx)^ jj pg <^\<i
.

LXX
j

T.

^€({5,

*co'cr;u.ou,

Eo 622 ^_ StKaioori'Kr;, Ga 43 (Cremer, 217).t
-^?,

for TUT ;] to enslave, bring into metaph., i Co 9i9 pass., seq. h', ib. Eo 618 oim. Tit 23 vn-o to. aroixela
;

;

;

Soxn,

^

«

Se'xo^tat), [in

LXX

:

Ge

21^,

Es

1», al. (nj?5ro),

Da

LXX 51
monster

(DO^);]

a feast, banquet: Lk
o,

52^ 14i3.t
]^3C1
;]

%p&Kiav, -(WTos,
:

[in

LXX chiefly for
123-17 132.
v.s. Tpex<o.
*. n

a dragon, a mythical

fig.,

of Satan,

Ee

i6i3 202.+

8p(£|xu, obsol., to

run,

8pdaoro|xai, [in

LXX for pizr3 pi., Ps 2i2
to
("^C 8pda-(rofxai), [in
,

to grasp with the hand, iCo3i9(i'X^).+

elsewhere ]^0p as Le 22 ;] lay hold of: metaph., c. ace. (M, Pr., 65),
;
,

8paxf''n)

"'J?)

V

LXX
ii,

:

in

Hex.

for yj^Sl
to the

>

^i?Jp

»

in

II

Es

for

fiSllX

]iQ511
:

;]

o,

drachma, nearly equal
9

Roman
pluck),
42*,

denarius
[in

(v.s.

^vdpiov)

Lk

158.

{pCG,
;]

200).t
Bpeirdvrj, <!^ SpcTrw, to

Zpittavov, -ov, TO (later

form of Attic
>

LXX

for

ni079

>

87010

etc.

a

sickle,

pruning-hooh

:

Mk

Re

14i*-i9.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
8p<$fios, -ov, 6

123
j]

(<^ Spa/xdv, V.8.

Tpe)(u}), [in

LXX
ii

chiefly for
4''.t

nymp
:

a course
242*.t

: fig., of life or ministry, Ac ApouaiXXa (Rec. ApovcrikXa), rjt,

13^^ 20^*,
rj,

Ti

Drusilla, wife of Felix
to be able,
:

Ao

Sui'a/Aai,

depon.,

^in

LXX

chiefly for bij

;]

have power,
c.

whether by personal
Pr., 205;

ability,

permission, or opportunity
i
;

inf.

(M,

Mt 62*, Mk 2\ Jo 32, inf. aor., Mt 3^, Mk 1**, Jo 3=5. *, Eo 8^^, al. c. ace, Mk 92", Lk 122<', n Co 13^; absol., to something:
§ 44, 3) pres.,
:

WM,
Co

Co 102\

al.; c.
to

to be able

do

be able, capable,

powerful

i

32 lO^s.
17

SuVafxis, -cws,
,

«
1^
;

Swa/Atti), [in

LXX for

b^n (b^U)

,

NS^ nnn3
,

8., 11 Co S^; TrapV of pecuniary ability, 11 Co 8^, Ee 18^ Co absol., 8., ib. power, might : Lk 24*^, Ac 1* opp. to do-^eVcta, i Co 15*^ r) 8. t. of power in action, Ro 1^^' 20, i Co l^^, Phi 3^0, al. afiaprla's, I Co 15^6
;

etc.; 35 words in all;] power, might, strength; 7Jr power to perform: Mt 25^5, Ac 3^2, He ll^i; Kara
vTrlp 8., 11

relatively, ability,

;

;

;

;

ri

8. T. Oeov,

Mt

2229,

Mk

122*,
;

Rq
€v

120^ ^i
8.,

.

opp
;

^

fi6p4>o,(Tt^, 11

in doxologies,

Re

4^1 7^2, al.

Mk

9\ Lk

43«,

Ro

1*, al.

;

Ti 3^; of the

performing miracles, Ac 6^ 11 Th 2^ pi., Mt 13^*, Mk 6^*, Ga 3^, al. of the force or meaning of a word (Plat., al.), i Co 14^^ By meton., of persons or things; (a) of God, Mt 26^*, Mi 14''2 (Dalman, Words, 200 ff.) (b) of angels, Ro 838, Eph I21, i Pe 322 (c) of armies,

power

of

;

;

;

pi.

[LXX

for niN^y], metaph., of the stars,
:

Mt

2429,

Mk 1325, Lk 212«

Christ, i Co I2* ; t. eiayyikLov, (d) of that wh. manifests God's power 1^*; rj 8. T. Kvpiov, I Co 5*; (e) of mighty works (Tr., Syn., § xci), Eo
8. TToicrv,

Mk

65 939;

pi.,

Mt

722,

Mk

62,

Lk
12^2

lO^^,

al.;

o-T^/xcra

k. 8...

Ac

8^^

;

8. K.

repara
i,

k. (rr]p.€La,

Ac

222,

n Co

l<T)(vs, /cpa'ros (v. Tr., I.e.; Cremer, 616; iv, 29; DCG, i, 607; ii, 188). 218, 236; DB, t8ump6a,, -w «8wa/xts), [in LXX for 77^, Ps 51 (52)^ 67 (68)28;

Syn.:

^la, cvcpyeia, i^ovcria,

"laapi., hi.,

Ec

10^^

Da th

92"*;] to

make

strong, strengthen:

Eph
,

6^''

(WH, mg.
a
I

;

€v8w-,

WH,
6 (•<

txt.,

RV), Col

V\ He
God

ll^^.t
,

Sut'doTtis, -ov,

8vvaii.aL), [in
:

LXX
of

for liaa
(Si

piy
^^,

,

n^a

etc.

;]

pritice,

ruler, potentate

Lk

1^2

;

465'

11

Mac

15^),

Ti 6^5; of a high
*t SumWw,
-a>

ofiicial (cf. Su^^ao-rai <l>apaw,

Ge

50*),

Ac

82''

(Cremer,
:

221).t (<[ 8waTos), to be able, be powerful, mighty
absol., opp. to
a(Td€v<ii, 11

c. inf.,

Eo

14*, II

Co

98

;

Co
i

133.t
for 1123,

Suvaros,

-77,

-ov (<^ SuVa/xat),

[in

LXX
1*9,

TO)

etc.;]

1.

strong, mighty,

powerful:
.

absol.,

Lk

Co

I2*;

01 8.,

men, Ac 255;

Lk 2419, Ac Ac 111^ Ro
possible
:

of spiritual 722 182* ^p^5^

strength,
II

Ro 15\ u Co

12^*'

the chief 139; seq. ev,
;

421 1123, II

Ti

Mt

192«,

Mk

Co 10*. 2. C. inf., able to do Lk 143^, Tit 19, He 11^9, Ja 32. 3. Neut., 8waTdv, 923 1027 143(5^ jj^ iqii^ Ac 22* 20i« ; d 8. {icrrC),
112,

124

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
2639,

Mt 242* Eo 922.t

Mk
;

1322 1435,

Eo

1218,

Ga

4^5; t6

S.

{=

-fj

SoVaut?) airov,

Soco),

Ion.

and

trag.

enter, sink into

of the

form of 8uw, [in LXX chiefly for Nia ;] to sun (sc. ttovtov), set Mk 1^2^ j^ 440 ^gf^ i^.^
:

air-€K-, €v-, eTT-cv-, irap-eLcr-, e7ri-Sw(o).t

8uo,

Mt

19«,

Mk
Mt
8.,

numeral, indecl. exc. in with 108, Jo 2«, al.
;

dat., Sucri, Suo-iV (Attic Suoiv),
pi.

two
twv,

noun,
2^5,
:

Mt
8.

92^ 10", al.
i$,

;

ol,

To{;s 8.,

195 202*,

Mk

108,

Eph
as

al.;

dm, Kara
2«,
I

two and two, two apiece
s^'o g„'o

Co

1427;

(,= ^y^
cf.

8,^

Lk 10^ LXX, Ge 6^9

Lk 24^3; distrib., (WH, dva 8. [8i;o]), Jo
for ^'2^' D^:?r,

but

not merely "Hebraism,"

usage in

fivpia fxvpia, j^Esch., Pers., 981, and for 6^ cis 8. {two and two, Pr., 21, 97), 1538. 27", Xen., Cyr., 7, 5, 17), into two parts, Mt 8o(T-, inseparable prefix, opp. to €v, like un-, mis- (in unrest,
tt.

and MGr.,

v.

M,

Mk

;

Mk

mischance), giving the idea of difficulty, opposition, injuriousness, etc.
t Sua-pdcrraKTOs, -ov

«/8ao-TdCw),

[in

LXX

for b^.,

Pr 27^*;]

to be borne : Mt 23* (om. WH, txt., E, mg.), Lk ll*«.t * Suo-errepia, -a9, rj, Eec. for Svo-evTcpiof (q.V.), Ac 28^.f *t Soo-ccWptoc, -ov, TO (evTepov, intestine), late form of (Eec, I.e.), dysentery : Ac 288.t

hard

8i>o-evTcpta

*t8uacpfiiiv€UTos, -ov (<^ ep/xT/vcvw),
Su'ais, -cw?,
17

«8vVa>),

[in

hard of interpretation LXX Ps 103 (104)^9 (xnp)
:
: :

He
*;]

5ii.t
1.

a

sinking, setting, as of the
setting, the

sun (.^sch.)

Mk

16

^*"- ending).

2. the

sun(cf.

west (Thuc.).t

SJaKoXos, -ov
Sva-KoXia,
to satisfy 2.

«
(

Kokov, food), [in

LXX

for Tl!<

,

Je 29^ (498)

Jb

343'' €VKoXos, II Ki 153) * ;] 1. properly, of persons, hard with food, hence, generally, hard to please (Eur., Plat.).
; :

Of

things, difficult, hard (Arist.) *8o(tk6X«s, adv., with difficulty:
8uajArj, -^s,
17

Mk
Mt
[in

102*.t
19^3,

Mk
for

1023,

Lk
,

182*.t
,

=

8t;o-i5,

<; 8wo)),

LXX

Ni2

nn^y

etc.

;]

mostly in pi., opp. to dvaroXat'; 1. a setting, as of the sun (ace. to Thayer, s.v., so perhaps in Lk 12^*). 2. the quarter of sunset, the 21^3.+ west : anarth., Mt S^i 2427, Lk 125* 1329^ * Soaj'OTiTos, -ov (<^vo£w), hard to understand : 11 Pe Z^^.\ ** 8ua(|)Tj/i€(i), -w (<; 8vcr(f>r]fj.o<;, slanderous), [in i Mac 7*^ *

^

LXX

:

;]

use evil words (^sch.). 2. Trans., defame (Soph.) pass., i Co 4^3^ ** 8uo-4>T)(iia, -as, 17 8v(r<f>rjfji.os, slanderous), [in
1.

intrans.,

to

to

speak
:

ill

of,

:

III

Mac

22^ *

«

LXX
92*'

i

Mac
Co
68,

738,

;]

evil-speaking,
at,

defamation

:

opp. to
:

ev(f>r]/jiLa,

11

8oO>, V.S. 8tV(ri.

SciSeKa,
8.,

ol,

rd,

indecl. numeral, twelve

Mt

10\

al.

;

01

the apostles,
8w8e'KaTos,

Mt
-r;,

10*,
-ov,

Mk

410, al.
:

;

in Ac 19^ 24i\ for Eec. 8£Ka8wo.
2120,t

twelfth

Ee

*t

8(»8EKd-<t>uXos,
8. (cf.

-ov (<; SwBeKa, 0uX^),
8.,

of twelve tribes
tribes,

:

neut., TO

Xaos 6

Sibyll.

Orac), the twelve

Ac

as subst. 267.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
8u)i,a,

125

-Tos,

TO (<C^

Sefjiw,

to

build),

[in

LXX

for 3^

;]

chiefly in

poets and late (not Attic) prose; 1. a house, hall. 2. In (and Horn., Od., X, 554 cf MGr., terrace), house-top : eVl t. Sw^a, Lk 5^^, 13^5^ Lk 12^ IT^i.t Ac 109; ItvI t. 8(;iyMaT05, -aroiv, Mt 10^7 241^,
;
.

LXX

Mk

Swped,
2916;]

-as,

r]

(<^

SiScoynt),

[in

LXX
6*;

chiefly (-av) for D^n, as
8.
t.
;

Ge
820;
517

a

gift:

Ac
4^
;
;

ll^^,

Eo

5",

He
Ac
gift

O^ov,
T.

Jo ^^\ Ac

T. X/310-T0V,
T.

^aptTos,

Eph Eph 37

T. 7rv€v/AaT09,

2^^ 10*^

StKttiocrvvT;?,

Eo

dv€/c8iT;y?^Tw 8., II

Co
:

Q^'.

Acc,
lO^,

Swpedv, adverbially
32*, ii

(as freq. in
38,

LXX),
:

(a) freely, as

a

Mt

Eo

Co 11^

ii

Th

Be 21«

2217; (6) in vain, uselessly:
V.8. SofjLa.

Jo 1525(lxx)^

Qa

22i.t

iSriv.

Supcdi', V.S. Swpcd.

8a>p^«,

-<^,
,

[in
I

LXX: Ge
Es

302o

(-qt),
;]

Es
to

S^,

Pr

42

(|n:),

Le

7^* <!*'

(]n-)(5)

17 81*' ", Si

72^ *
:

p-esent, bestow.

As

depon. (with same sense),

-iofxai, -ov/xai

Mk

15**, 11

Pe

l^* *.t

SvN.

:

BiSwfii, q.v.

**8cSpTi/xa, -TOS, TO 5ie, boon : Ja li^.t

«8a>p€a)), [in

LXX:

Si 31 (34)i8*;]

a

gift,

Eo

Syn.
Swpoi',

:

V.S. 80/Aa.
-ov,

TO

(<^

8t8<D/Ai),
:

[in
2ii,

LXX
Ee
711,

chiefly for J^lf?, also for

nnja,
God,
8.

etc.;]

a

gift,

present

Mt

lli*^;

of gifts

and

sacrifices to

Mt 523.2* 8* eeoi, Eph 28.+
Svjv.
:

155 2318.19,

Mk

Lk

21i.*,

He

5^ 83.* 9^ 11*;

s.v. 80/ta.
-as,
17,

* 8wpo(t>opio,

a bringing of presents

:

LTr., mg., for Siaxovia,

Eo

I531.+

E
E, e, t i^ik6v {ii(/lXov), to, indecl.,

numeral,
poet.),

c'

=

5,

ca, interj.,

epsilon, 6, the fifth letter. As a 5000. c^ expressing surprise, indignation, fear (in cl. chiefly in

=

ah! ha

!

:

Lk 43*.+

i&v, contr. fr. €i av, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of ci c. ind. (Bl., § 65, 4 cf. Jo 1317, 1 Co 73"), if haply, if; 1. c. subjc. (cl.) (a) pres. Mt 622, Lk 10«, Jo 717, Eo 225.26, al.; {b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.) Mt 4^ 1626 (cf. ptcp.
;

;

:

:

in
Cl,

Lk

925

;

M,

Pr., 230),

Mk
92
;

32*,

c. opt.,

Jo

922 1157^
2.

Ac

as

Lk 143*, Jo 5*3, Eo 72, al. = Heb. DN = ^Tav, Jo 1232 143^ j Jq
;

cl.

228

C. indie, (as in late vnriters, fr. Arist. on; v. App., 171; VD, MGr.'^, App., § 77; Deiss., BS, 201 f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., § 65, 4); (a) fut.: Mt 18i9 T, Lk 19*^
32,

He

37 (^xx)^

WH,

126

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
:

7" ; (b) pres. i Th S^ (v. Milligan, in 1.). 3. With other particles Kai (Bl., § 65, 6), Ga 6' i. ftrj (M, Pr., 185, 187 ; Bl., I.e.), subjc. 1013, i Co 8^ Ja 2^\ i Jo S'^i; aor., pres., 6^^, 3^7, Jo 3^, Eo 10", Ga 18 216 (v. Lft., Ellic., in 11.) e. re i. «, [in for

Ac
i.

;

c

Mt
.

Mt
.

Mk

;

.

.

LXX
51^,

DX
Bl.,

.

.

DX,

Es

19^3,

al.,]

Eo
f.
;

148.

4
;

_

^

^^

(^ ^j^
;

after

relat.

pronouns and adverbs
§ 26, 4; 622,23^
I

(Tdf., Pr.,

96
i.,

WH,

App., 173
ff.)
:

M,
i.,

Pr.,

42

f.

Mayser, 152
I
£.,

Deiss.,
^ttov

BS, 202

Ss

Mt

Mk
c.,

Lk
;

173»,

Co
II

618, al.;

Co

16«

Ka66

Co

812

;

^o-ns

€.,

Mt S^^; Ga 51".

6o-cik/s e.,

Ee

11«; oC

lauTou, -^?, -ov, dat. -<p, etc., ace. -6v, etc., pi. -oiv, etc. (Att. contr. avTov, etc); reflex pron.; 1. prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se), of himself, herself, itself, etc. Mt 27-^^ 15^\ Lk 23^5, al. ; added to a middle verb, Sie/^epto-ai/To eavrols, Jo 19-'* to an active verb, Ac 14i*
:

Mk

;

(M, Pr., 157);
iavTod,

d./.'

lavroi,
£.,

Lk

12^" 21^0,
5»0, al.;

Jo
i

5^^,

al.

(v.s.

a-n-6);

81'

Eo
Ja

141*; iv
21'^
;

Mt
Lk

39,

Mk
2.

ct? c.,

Lk 15";
16^
;

^aO' kavTOV,
c.,

Ac
87
3.

281^,

irap kavrQ, at his
;

onm
As

liouse,

Co

xpos
;

himself,
f.),

Lk 18^

as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened
9^*^.

v.

T.

kavTOiv v€Kpoos,
cl.,

reflexive 1st

and 2nd

with, to M, Pr., pers. (so
qs, al.

also freq. in

chiefly poetry),

Mt

23^1,

Mk

9^o,

Eo

823, ^ tj^

In

pi.,

for reciprocal pron., dAXv/Awv,
163,

-ois, -ors,

of one another, etc.

Mt

2138,

Mk

Eph

519, al.

inf., c.

for HD"! hi., etc. ;] 1. to let, permit : c. ace, c. ace. et inf. (M, Pr., 205) Mt 24*3, l^ 4*i 22^1, Ac U^<^ 16^ 193o 2332 2732 28*, I Co 1013. 2. to let alone, leave : ijKvpas, Ac 27*^ (cf
edo), -w, [in
:

LXX

7rpocr-eaw).t

Ac

i^hofx-qKOvTa, 71* 2323 2737.t

ol,

al,

to.,

indecl.

(<^

eTrrd),

seventy:

Lk

101'

I'',

tlpSofiTjKocTciKis,

adv.,

[in

LXX

for Wif^tV

,

Ge

4^**;]

seventy
1.),

times: i. k-ma., seventy times seven, Mt 18^^ (E, seventy-seven times (E, mg. cf. M, Pr., 98;
;

txt.,

WM,

ICG, in 314; Meyer,
;]

or

in

l.).t

ipSojjios,

-rj,

-ov {<C
14^

tTTTtt),

[in

LXX

chiefly for ^jr^Hjr

seventh

Jo

452,

He
:

4MLXX)^ ju

Re
o,

81 10^ lli^ 161^ 212o.t

"Epep (Eec. 'EySep),

indecl. (Heb. -l^JT,

Ge

IO2*),

Eber (OT,

Heher)

Lk

335.t
-V, -6v,

*t 'EppaiKcJs,
t 'EPpalos

Hebrew

:

Lk

2338,

Eec.t
subst., o 'E., [in

(WH,

'E/?-), -a, -ov

(Aram, n^^), as

LXX

for 133;, ^l^JT;]

a Hebrew.

1.

In OT, of Israelites in contrast with

those of another race (Ge 14", Ex V\ De I512, al.). 2. In NT as the correlative of 'EWt^vio-t^s, a Jew who had adopted, in greater or less degree, Greek culture and Greek language. The distinction was not merely linguistic (DB, ii, 325) as far as it was so, Suptori/s would be a more correct Greek term for the Jew of Semitic speech (v.s. 'Ey3pais,
;

and

cf.

Dalman, Words,

**t'EPpats

(WH,

Ac 61, 11 Co II22, Phi 3^.f 7) 'E^-), -tSos (Aram. ^HpJ), peculiar form of *E)8pai/cos,
:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
[in

127

^ *E. <i>oiv^, IV Mac 12^ IG^^*;] in NT, ^ "E. SL,iXeKTo<:, Hebrew, i.e. the Aramaic vernacular of Palestine Ac 21*° 22^ 26^*.t *fEPpoi<n-i (WH, *Ey3-), adv., [in LXX: Si jaroZ. i3 * ;] in Hebrew: Be 9^ elsewhere, in Aramaic (v. supr.) Jo 5^ 19". i^, 20 20i«, Ee 16i«.+ for W23 ^ip etc. ;] 1. trans., to bring iyyilu (<C«77i^s). [ii^ 48^°, Is 5^. 2. Intrans., to come near : absol., Mt 26*^, near : Ge

LXX,

:

;

:

LXX

,

,

Lk 18*0 1941 2120, 28 2415, Ac 2133 2315 c. adv., Sttov, Lk 1233 seq. t. Otw, He 7^9, Ja 48 c. dat., Lk 712 151. 25 22*7, Ac 93 10^ 22« Trpo's, c' dat., Lk 193^ ^e'^pi cJs, Mt 21\ Mk 111, Lk 1835 1929 2428 OavoiTov, Phi 230; ^f time, wpa, Mt 26*5; ^^^pa^ Ro 1312^ He 10^^; ^po'vo?, Ac 717 irapova-ia, Ja 5^ ioprrj, Lk 22^ jcatpo's, Mt 213*, Llj 218 2120 2128 ^yyi,(£y TeA.09, I Pe 47 iprj/xw(n<i, Lk airoXvTpwcns, Lk ^aa-ikua (for similar expressions in Targ., v. Dalman, 106), Mt 32 4^^ 10^ Mk 115, Lk 109 (^^' ^^S5) iQii (cf.Trpoo-cyyiCo), and v. Cremer, 224).
14*2,
; ;
; ; ;
.

Mk

;

;

;

.

-fj

cYyioTos, V.S. iyyv<s. iy-ypd^Q), V.S. ivypdcfid}.

**eYYuos,

-ov, 6,

rj,

[in

He

722 (exx.

from

tt.,

v.

LXX: Si 29^^' ^\ 11 Mac IO28*;] MM, Exp., xi; cf. Cremer, 222).t
chiefly for Si*1j^;]

a surety:
:

^yyus, adv.,
1920. *2;

[in
c.

LXX

near;

1.

of place

Jo

as prep.
c.

Ac

1^2;

dat.,
«.,

Ac

gen. (M, Pr., 99), Lk I911, Jo 323 619,23 nis, 54^ 63e, 938 278; superl., lyyto-ra, mg.;

Mk
;

WH,

metaph.,

ol

TO pTitxa, Eo Jo 213 6* 72 1155,

opp. to 108 (LXX).

ol p.aKpdv,

2.

Of time
;

:

Eph 2^'' Mt 2432

\

yUea-Oai, Bph 2^3; t, crov 26I8, 1328. 29^ Lk 2130. ^\
i.

Mk

Re

13 2210
gen.,

J Kvpio^

i.,

2433
(cf.

;

compar., iyyvrepov (neut. of adj.
c.
i.

-09,

Phi 4* seq. tVi Ovpais, Mt used adverbially), Eo IS"
68;
a<f>avL(r/jLov,

E, txt.); as prep. Cremer, 223).

Karapa?,

He

He

8i3 (cf.

iyyoTcpos, V.S. eyyvs. for Dip eyeipu, [in

LXX

,

etc.

;]

trans, (imperat. lyeipc

used

in-

95, Mk 1. to awaken, arouse from sleep : Mk metaph., of spiritual awakening, Eo I311 (pass.), Eph 51* otto t. vttvov, Mt I2*. pass., to be aroused, wake up : Mt 25'', Mk 42^ vcKpov^, Jo 521, Ac 268, u Qq 2. Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead pass., rise from death Mt €K v€Kpu)v, Jo 121, Ac 315, Eo Sn, al. l^

transitively,
438,

Mt

211, al.)

;

Ac

12'^

;

;

:

;

;

:

Gk., (a) to raise, from sitting, lying, sickness

I42, al. 3. In late mid. and pass., to rise Mt 95.7, Mk 131 927 1049^ al.; redundant, like Heb. Dip, Mt 2i5 9i9, Ee 111 ^y. Dalman, 23 f.) (6) to raise up, cause to appear : Ac I322 (cf. Jg 218); TiKva, Mt 39; pass., to appear: Mt 11", Mk I322, al.
115,
722,

Lk

Jo

222,

Eo

69, al.

;

dTro t.

v€KpS>v,

Mt

;

;

4.

138. 5. to rouse, stir up; pass., to rise against: Mt 24^, buildings, to raise : t. va6v, Jo 2i9. 20 (cf De I622, Si 49i3) ; (cf
.

Mk

Of
81-,

.

e^-, eV-, (rw-eyeipo),

and

V.

Cremer, 224).

lycpffiS,

-«a)?,

(Dip),

I

death,

Es Mt 2753.+

5^2 *-j

V «ey€t'pa), -OfJ^ai), [in LXX: Jg 719, Ps 138 (139)8 I d rousing (Plat.). 2. a rising (Ps, I.e.): from

iyKdQsro^, V.S. ivK-.
^yKaicia, V.S. ivK-.

128

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
iyKaivil^fa, V.8. ivK-.

^yKaK^w, V.8. ivK-.
iyKa\4<a, -w, [in
12^2,

LXX for TOX

,

etc.; o. dat.,
2.

Za

1* {bi^ N^f?),

Wi

bring a charge against, c. gen. pers., accuse: o. dat. pers. (as in cl.), Ac Eo 8^^. Pass., to be accused: c. gen. rei; a-Tda-ews, Ac IQ*''; wv (perh. by attraction = a), Ac 26^ ; seq. -n-epi, c. gen. rei, Ac 23^^ 26^ (Cremer, 743).t
Si 46^^;] 1. to call in,
to

demand.

19^^ 23^^^; seq. Kara,

SYN.
^filv

'.

alridofiaL (q.V.), 8ia;8aXAa>, ciriKaXco), Kai-qyopita.

^y-KaTa-XciTTO), [in 9^^ (LXX)^ aTrepfia,

LXX
153*

chiefly for 173?;]
2. to

1.

to

leave behind:
:

Eo

abandon,
227 (lxx)

desert, forsake

c.

ace.

pers.,

Mt

27*MLXX)^
T.
cV/c-), II

Mk

(ib.),

Ac

(wH,
xl),

ivK-), ii

Ti

410. le,

He
231

135 (LXX);

(^H,

i7n<Tvvaywyrjv (cf. Co 49.t

MM,

Exp.,

He

lO^^.

Pass.,

Ac

ly-KaT-oiKeu, V.S. evK-.
^Y'Kaux(io)xai, V.S. cvk-.

^y-Kcrrpt^w, V.S. cvk-.
*cyKXTj(ia, -Tos, TO (-< eyKaXeo)),

an

accusation, charge:

Ac

23^^

25i» (Cremer, 743).t

(<^ KOfxfto^, a knot, whence eyKO/xfSoifia, a garment tied on over others, used especially of a frock or apron worn by slaves), to put on oneself, as a garment, gird on: dXXr;Xois t. TaTr€Lvo<f>po(rvvrjv (as for service, KV, cf. Thayer, s.v., but cf also JCC,

*t

^y-KO|xP6o|j,ai,

-ovfiai

.

in

1.), I

Pe

5*.t

^y-Koin^, V.S. evK-.
^y-K(5irrw, V.S. ivK-,

-as, ^ (-< cy/cpaTiys), [in LXX: Si IS^"^''", mastery, control. 2. (sc. iavrov) self-control : Ga 52», n Pe 1« (v. DB, iv, 558b 695^; Page on Ac, l.c.).t for pBN Ge 4331, j Ki ^yKpareu'ofiai, depon., [in N^*;] ^0 exercise self-control: i Co 7^; c. ace, Travra (v. 51°

**^yKpdTcm,
;]

IV

Mac
Es

52* *

1. prop.,

Ac 24^^,
I312,

LXX

,

Bl., 91),

I

Co

925.t

820, Si 627 IS^ 26i5 273o, **4yKpaTVjs, -c's «/cpdTos), [in al. ;] 1. strong, powerful. 2. C. gen. rei, master of, hence, 3. (sc. cauTov), self-controlled, exercising self-control : Tit l^.t

LXX: Wi

SYN.

:

(Tuxfipwv (v. raff. S. iyKpaxfia).

iy-Kpivu, V.S. CVK-.
cy-KpoTTTw, [in

LXX

for

TDM

,

etc.

;]

to conceal in

:

o.

ace, seq.

€h,

Mt

I333.+

cyKuos, V.S. CVK-.

Je 43o (np). ^y-xpi«, [in anoint : mid., c. dupl. ace, Ee S^^.t
iyd, gen., etc., i/iov,
-iv, -as,
ifxoi, ifi€

LXX:

To

2io 6' 11^*;]

to

rub

in,

(enclitic fiov,
is
1^,

fiot, /ne), pi., ^/xeis, -wi/,

pers. pron. J. (a) The pressed as subjc, as in Mt 3^,

nom.

usually emphatic,
31', al.

when

Mk

Lk

no apparent emphasis, as Mt
I

IQi^,

Jo IQi^;

iSov

But often i. (= Heb. Ac

exthere is
cf.

'>2Sr],

Ki

3«),

Ac

910

;

L

(like

Heb.

^2^$),

I am, Jo

123(lxx)^

732 (lxx).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
(b)

129

The

enclitic

forms

(v. is

adverbs,
Ao'you9,

where there
7^*
;

no emphasis

supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, iv t. TrarpC /xov, Jo lA^^ ; fiov t.
:

Mt

OTTia-w fiov,

Mt

3^^

;

l<T)(yp6T€p6<i /xov,

ib.

;

Xe'yti fxoL,

Re

9^^, al. The full forms {ifiov, etc.) as are used with the other prepositions, as 8t ifjbov, ev t/ioi', ei's e'/xe, etc., 14'', al. also for emphasis, as Lk 10^^, Jo 7^^, (c) The gen. fiov and rjfjiwv are often used for the poss. pronouns c/aos, i7U€Tepos t. XaoV

5^; also with the prep.

Trpo's,

Mk

Mk

:

fjiov,

Mt

2"
,

;

fiov

TTj

aTTLo-TLa,

Mk

9^*.

(d)

Tt'

ifiol

Kol
:

(Toi

(

= Heb.

"Sjbl

"h'TV^

Jg
828,

11^2, al.), i.e.

what have we in

common

Mt

8"^,

Mk

124 57,

Lk

Jo 2*;

ti

ydp

fioi, i

Co

52.

(e)

The interchange

of eyai

and 17/xets, common in tt., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86 f., M, Th., 131 f.). (/) Kdyoi (= Kol iyw), and I, even I, I also : Mt 2% Lk 2^8, Jo 6^^, Eo 3^ i Co 7*^ al. Kdyw Kai, both and, 728. Jo [in LXX chiefly for OTMI pu. ;] 1. to beat e8a<|>i|;u «€8a(^o5) level like a threshing floor (Theophr.). 2. to dash to the ground (Field, Notes, 74) Lk 19** (cf. Ps 136 (137)», Ho 14i).t
; .
.

.

.

.

.

:

cSacJios,

-cos (-ovs), TO, [in
:

LXX

for nsjr

,

yplp

,

etc.

;]

bottom,

pavement, ground
**^8palos,
sitting, seated. 15*8^ Col 123.+
-ov
2.

Ac

22".
(33)i*,
:

{<l8pa, a seat), [in Sm. Ps 32 steadfast, firm; metaph., of moral
{<::^k8palo<i),

al.;]

1.

fixity: i

Co

7^^

*t|8paiwfia, -Tos, TO

a support, bulwark, stay (Vg.

fermamentum)
'E^cKi'as

:

i

Ti 3^* (eccl.).t
-ov,
:

(Rec. *£{-),

6

(Heb. iTpTn, strength of Jehovah),
self-iiiiposed

Hezekiah, King of Judah *t eOcXo-OpTjCTKia (Rec.
(eccl.; cf.

Mt
-€ia),

l^- ^^.t

-as,

17,

worship:

Col 223

DB,

iv, 923=»;

Cremer, 733).t

cOeXw, V.S. ^cXw.

** ^e^^w

«

l^os), [in

LXX

:

Si 23^'

^^,

11

Mac

143o
;]

to

accustom

:

pass. pf. ptcp., TO (WuTfievov, the established custom,

an

**f ievdpxt]^, -ov, 6 (<£^vos, apxw), [in LXX: i 151.2*;] ethnarch, a provincial governor (cf. i Mac, 11. c. FIJ, Ant., xiii, Dalman,. 332) 11 Co 1132.t 6, 6 **te'0^iK6s, -i -ov «l^»'os), [in Al. Le 21^*;] 1. national (Polyb.). 2. foreign (gramm.); in NT, as subst., 6 e., the Gentile (the adj. "describes character rather than mere position"; cf. I^vos, and v. Cremer, 228) Mt 5*^ 6^ 1Q^\ in Jo^.t *\iQviKm, 9udiv., in Geyitile fashion: Ga 2^*.t
;
;
: :

Lk 22'^. Mac 14*^

:

c0>'os,

-ous, TO,

[in

LXX

chiefly for ^ia, Djr;] 1.

a multitude, a

men (Hom.). 2. a nation, people 21*3 247, 138, Lk 2225, Ac lO^^, al. in sing., of the Jewish people, Lk 7* 282, Jq ii48, 50-53 jgas^ Ac IO22 243. 10 26* 28i9. 3. In pi.,
company, whether of beasts or

Mt

Mk

;

as in

OT, to

I.

(like

Heb.

Q";!!!!!!),

the nations, as distinct

from

Israel,

9

130

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
:

Mt 4^5 632, Ac 261^, Eo S^^ ll^i 15io, Ga 2i2. i*, Eph S\ Christians, Eo ll^^ 1527 154^ Qa SVN. Aads (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226).
Geyitiles
:

28, al.

;

of Gentile

**e9os, -«os
I

i-ovs),

t6

Lk P 2*^ Ac Jo 19^», Ac 1621 2516, He almost in the narrower sense of law (Deiss., BS, 251 f.).t Nu 24^ (Dy53"D:?53), leu, pf. with pres. sense eiw^a, [in LXX
;

Mac

10«^

II

Mac

11'"

«€H.

[ill

13^

iv Mac 10^5 in

18^

LXX: Wi 14i«, Da xE* /laftii, cws^om
;]

th BeU^,
;

Lk

2239,

6^^ 15^ 21^1 26^ 281^,

:

Da

accustomed, wont : Mt 27i5, Mk IQi ptcp., TO €1(0009, custom : Kara to ct. (Nu, I.e.), Lk 4l^ Ac IV.f particle, used in conditions and in indirect 61, conjunctive questions. I. Conditional, if ; 1. c. indie, expressing a general assump-

LXX
;

Su 13,

Si 37i*, iv

Mac

I12

*

;]

to be

tion

;

(a) pres.

:

seq. indie, pres.,
I

Mt

lli*,

Eo

8^^, al.

;

seq. imperat.,

Mk

seq. fut. indie, Lk 163i, Eo S", al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 122", j^q 414^ ^j^ similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17«, Jo 839; geq. quaest., Mt 623, Jq 547 723 g^^ i Pe 220 (b)
423 922,

Jo

I518,

Co

79,

al.;

;

fut.

:

Mt
Jo

2633,

I

Pe

220
;

(c)

pf

.

:

Jo
2.

II12,

198,

1332, 1823,

=

iirec:

Mt

1228,

Ee 20l^ Jo 7* Eo
,

al.

Eo 6^, al. {d) aor. Lk I611 Where the assumption is certain
;
:

517, al.

3.

Of an unfulfilled condition,

c.

indie, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. av, c.

imp. or aor. (v.s. av, I, i). 4. C. denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, indie, after verbs 3i3, al. 5. C. indie, coupled with an element of doubt Mk 15**, i Jo (Nu 143o, i Ki 14", al. = Heb. QX), in oaths, with the as in
:

LXX

formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 3ii(i'XX) 43(lxx). 6. Earely (cl.) e 627; Burton, § 272) Mk 812, He merely possible condition Ac 24i® 273^, i Co I41'' optat., to express a
: :

1537, iPe3i*>i7.
II. Interrogative,
if,

whether.

1.

As
;

in

cl.,

in indir. questions
:

after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc 1536, Ac I92, 11 Co 13^, al. 32, fut., Mt 26^3^

c.

indie
822, al.
2.
;

pres.,
aor.,

Mk
I

Mk

Ac
v.

Mk

15**,

Co

li«,

al.

;

c.

subje

aor.

(M, Pr., 194), Phi

312.

LXX
22*9,

(=Heb. DN and
i,

interrog. q,
:

Ge

171^,

al.

;

WM,
txt.),

As 639

in
f.;

Viteau,

Ac
8e

22), in direct questions 192, al.

Mk

823 (Tr.,

WH,

Lk

1323,

III.
2. 3.
€1
Cl el

With

Kac,
/AT?,

other particles. 1. el apa, etyc, d 8e iJ.rjye, v.s. apa, ye. but if also : Lk III8; but even if, i Co 4^, 11 Co 43 11«. but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 221.22^ Jo 142, Ee 2^ al.
if also,
al.

4.
II

Kai',

if even,

Co

41",

Phi

217,

5.

although: KOI el, even

Mk
if,

1429,

l^ hs^
6.
el

i
/it;,

Co

721,

v.s.

KaL

unless, except, but only : Mt 2422, Ga 119 (cf. €av pLTj, 216; v. Hort,, (Bl., § 65, 6), I Co 145 152, I Ti 519.
in oaths, surely

Mk
Ja.,
7.

226 e^,

Jo

933, i
el

Co
prj,

if not, 71^ {only),

xvi);
el ^-qv

cktos

pleonastic

=

cl.

(Ez
.

3327, al.)
.

:

He
v.

61*.

8.

el tto,?,
;

(M, Pr., 46), ^ if haply : Ac 2712,
p.-qv

Eo

110.

9.

elre

.

ehe, whether

...
Tdf
.,

or

Eo

126-8, i

Co

€i8^a (Eec.

iS-,

as in

cl.

;

Pr., 81), -as, ^

«

322 138, al.
cTSov), [in

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT

131
ii

LXX
318 *
.J

(v.l.

IS-)

jQfni,
€i8oi',

{nin% Da th l^^. ^^ Mt 283,t appearance, look
:

Ge

53

(n^t-lO),

Ep. Je ^\

Mac

:

V.8. opdw.

C180S, -ous, TO, [in

LXX

for
:

seen, appearance, external form 2. form, sort, kind : i Th 5^'\f

nSHO Lk 3^^

,

HNH

,

etc.

;]

1.

that ivhich
5'^

is
1.).

9^^,

Jo

5^'', 11

Co

{ICG

in

t elSeiXioi' (Eec.
(D''ni'fc^

-cro»'), -ov,
i I

to

«

eiSwXov), [in

LXX Da LXX
:

1^

-lyiN rrt),

BeP,

Es
Ki

2^", i

Mac

1*^ 10^2*;]

an

idol's

temple:

3110; v. ICC, in i Co, l.c.).t iv Mac 52*;] sacri**t€i8a>X60uTos, -ov (<€i8a)Xov, 6vw), [in BL^'^.io iqi9^ Rq 2i4,2o.t ficed to idols: t6, t^ d., Ac IS^^ 212^, i Co *t eiSuXo-Xarpia (-ei'a, Eec), -as, r] (<C etSwAov, AaTpeta), idolatry I Co IQi*, Ga 5^^ Col 3^ pi. (Bl, § 32, 6), i Pe 4^ (Cremer, 390).t
I

Co

810 (cf. 'Ao-TaprcZov,

LXX:

*t eiSuXoXdrpTjs,
I

-ov, 6

Co
in

5io> 11

69

10^
-ov,

Eph
TO

(<^ eiSjjXov + Aarpis, a hireling), 5^ Ee 21« 221^ (Cremer, 709).t
[in

an

idolator
etc.;]

ciSuXoi',
1,
cl. (a)

«eiSos),

LXX

for

nibx, CT^^b^,

an

2. In idea, fancy. xxxi, 3, 13) (cf. Polyb., idol worshipped in an
I

a phantom, image, likeness; (b) an image in the mind, LXX and NT, (a) an image of a god, an idol Ac 7", i Co 12^, Ee 9^0; (h) the false god or image {ICC, on i Th, I.e.) Ac IS^o, Eo 2^2,
:

:

Co

84' 7

IQi^

II

Co

618,

I

Th P,

I

Jo

52i.t

eiKTj (-^,

Eec, as
: :

in

cl.),

adv., [in

LXX

:

Pr 28^* {tUfj* ;]
2.

1.

without

cause or reason
to

no purjjose
ciKoo-i

Mt 5^2 (E, mg.). Col 2^^ {ICC). Eo 13*, i Co I52, Ga 3* 411, Col
-iv

vainly, fruitlessly,

2i8.t

(never

in
11

WH,

Ta,

twenty
25

:

Lk U^\ Jo

€tKw, [in

LXX

:

Ac Ki 12^
6^^

cf. Bl., § 5, 3, 1^^ 2728, i Co 10^,

and

note), indecl., 01, at, Ee 4*. 10 5^ lli« 19*.t

(.13^),

Wi

1825, iv

Mac

l" *

;]

to

yield

Ga

(cf. V7r-€LKw).t

€iKca (obsolete pres.), v.s. loiKa.

iiKuv,

-ovos

(cf.

eoiKo),

[in

LXX
Col

chiefly for D^S;]
123,
i
;

an image,

12i«, Lk likeness: Mt 222o, 202S 11 152 162 1920 20* 149, opp. to (TKid,
;

Mk

Eo

He

10^

Co 15^^, Ee 13i*'i5 of man, ci. dioi, 1 Co
1.)
;

of the regenerate, cl. t. dcov. Btov, Eo 829, Co 318; of Christ, d.
;

IV

310 (v. Lft., in

d.

t.

vlov r.

n

r. Oco'v, 11

Co

4*,

Col

l^^.t

be merely accidental, ci. is a derived likeness and like the head on a coin or the parental likeness in a child, implies an archetype. Cf also cTSos, appearance, not necessarily based on reality aKid, a shadowed resemblance x^-paKT-qp, the impress of a stamp p.6p<f>T] (q.v.), the form as indicative of the inner being. ** elXiKpn'iis, -es, [in Wi 72^ kB * ;] unalloyed, pure (Lat. sincerus ; v. DCG, ii, 635*) {a) of unmixed substances {b) of abstract ideas; (c) of ethical purity Phi l^o, 11 Pe 3i.t Syn.: dyvos (q.v.), KaOapo^, cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxv; DB, iv, 176*;

Syn.

:

6/xoL(D/j.a,

denoting resemblance, which

may however

.

;

;

;

LXX
;
:

:

;

Cremer, 378

;

Westc. on

i

Jo

3*.

132

MANUAL QEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

** eiXiKpiKia (Rec, cl., -Kptveia), -as, 17 (<^ eiAi/cptvjys), [in 725 A.*;] sincerity, purity : i Co 5^, 11 Co 1^^ 2^".+
elXiacrw, V.8. eAccrcrw.
ei|jLi,

LXX Wi
:

to be.

I.

with various uses and significations, like the English verb 1. Of persons and things, to be, As substantive verb.
Tjv
;

exist : Ac IT^s, Jo 1^ S^^ 175^ ^1; 6 tov /cat o 48 1117 165 (y s^ete, Ap., 5 M, Pr., 228)
;

(for past ptcp.),

Ee

1*>8

1^^.

2.

142 1542^

Of times, events, L]j 2123^ Jo 4^' '^2

etc., to be,
5^^, al.

3.

ra (fih) ovra, Eo d^^, i Co happen, take place : Mt 24^, Mk to be present, be in a place, have

come: Mt 2i3,i^
;

l^^ 521 1540^ l^ iso 529^ Jq 730^ ^1.; seq. ci?, ll^o, Jo S^\ al. 4. Impers., lo-n, ^v, 21 ; seq. ck (c^), Mt l^o 2125, etc. Mt 1Q"\ Lk IG^^, Jo 3^ 52, Eo etc. (a) i/iere is (Fr. il y a), was, 310, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., § 37, 3), Mt I622, Lk 1^, Jo IS^o,

Mk

Mk

Mk

:

Eo
c.

92, al.;
inf.,

eVriv 2s, oo-Tts (chiefly in pL),

Mt

1628 192^
i

Mk
Lk

91, al.;

(6)

=

^$€ariv (q.v.),

it

is

possible

:

He
:

9^,

II. As copula uniting subject 1.). simply identity or equivalence Mt 5^^ pressing

ICC,
4}^,

in

Co II20, EV and predicate.
14^^,

(but v.
1.

Ex11

l^*, 19^

Jq

Ee

3^, al.

Mt

1319^-, I

Co

mult. 2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc. 92 10* 1125, Ga 42*, Ee IT^^, al.; roCr eVnv, Mt 27*«,
; ;

Mk 72, Eo 7^^ al. 5 ia-Tcv, Mk 31^, Col 12*. He 72, al. akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 2626-28, Mk I422.24, Lk 22^^, i Co II2* (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, 11. c. DB, iii, 148 f.). 3. C. gen. qual., etc., Mk 5«, Lk 323, I Co 1433, He 12i\ al. part., i Ti I20, n Ti l^^ poss., Mt 53. 10,
; : ; ;

of service or partisanship, Eo 8^, i Co 1^2, 11 Co 10^, Ac 1^ 9^\ Eo 4^2, i Co l^s 21*, Ee II Ti 219. 4. C. dat. (BL, § 37, 3) 21'^, al. 5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., § 62,

Mk
1,

12^ Lk

47

;

:

M, Pr., 225 ff.) (a) c. ptcp. pf. (b) c. ptcp. pr. I Qq 1519^ al; Aram. Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt
2;
;

(cl.)

:

Mt

103o,

Lk

932,

2135,

(esp. in
72^,

impf., as in
I22,

Jo 32*, Ac Heb. and

;

Mk
Mt

Lk

43i I41,

Ac

l^o,

al.

129.

mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180 f., 182 f.), vsdth ellipsis of €t/i,t, Eo 10^ He 135, al. (c) c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23^. 6. Seq. a's (cf. Heb.
;

b
7.

ryn), a vernac.

usage (M, Pr., 71)

:

195,

Mk

lO^,

He

8^^,

al.

C. adv.:
(Bl.,

Mt
cyoi

I920,

Mk
Mt Mt

42«,

copula

§ 30,

3):

predicate:

el/jn,

Lk I811, al. 8. Ellipses; (a) of the 829 2432, Jo 2122,23^ 6*, al.; (b) of the 142^, 6*0, al.; 3239; absol. (cf.

He

Mk

De

Kin

i:X),

Mk

IB^,

Jo

426, al. (cf. an-,

Iv, Trap-,

(Tu/i-Trap-, <rvV-€t/«).

ilviKCV, V.S. £V€*ca.
ci-irep, V.S. £1.
ciTToi',

2 aor. of obsol. pres.

cttw

(cf.

Veitch),

used as aor. of

Xt'yo),

q.v.
Cl-TTOJS, V.S. Cl.

cipTjkeoo)

(•<

eip7?v77),

[in

LXX chiefly
6"").
(cf.

for cblB', lUpW;] 1. to bring

to peace, reconcile
950,

(so
1311,

i
I

Eo

1218, II

Co

Mac Th 513

2.

to

Si 289;

keep peace, be at peace Cremer, 246).t

:

Mk

eipTjnf],

-7JS,

17,

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for
1432,

ubp;] peace;
122*'

1.

of public

peace, freedom

from war

Lk

Ac

242

;

of the church,

Ac

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAAfENT
9^^.

133

Of peace between persons, concord, agreement Mt 10^*, Lk 12", Eo I Co 715, Ga 5^^ Ja S^S; Cvr^lv d., i Pe 3^^; Sicokciv, ii Ti 2^2; ib. seq. fiera irdvT<Dv, He 12^*; by meton., of him who brings peace, Eph 2^*. 3. As in LXX (= Heb. Dibor Aram. Dbl|7), of a
2.

W,

:

,

state of security and safety Jo IG^^, Eo 2^°, i Th 6^ ; 53*, Lk 750 (cf. I formulae, wayc (Tropevov) th el,
:

Mk

whence the Ki 1", al.;

nbmb
cf.
I

^d^)

;

d. ipiv (osb nibcr), Jo 20i9'

21. 26

;

^.irokviiv

iv d.,
ib.

Lk
4.
:

229,

Co

1611;

^ el

ipLwv,

Mt

1013

Lk

10";

vi6^

elp^vr]^,

Of

spiritual peace, the peace of Christ's kingdom {DCG, ii, 330 f .) Lk V^ 2l^ Jo 1633, Eo 210 51 8«, al. o Kvpio^ t^s eu, 11 Th 3i«; o Oeh^ t^s €t., Eo 1533 1620, jj QiQ 1311^ al. in epistolary salutations, Eo 1^, i Co
; ;

13,

Ga

13, I

Th

11, I
-rj,

Pe
Ja

I2, 11

Jo

3,

Ee
[in

1*, al. (v.

Cremer, 244).

ciprji'iicos,

-6v {<Celp-jvrj), Si^.t
[in

LXX

for

uhw
Mt

and cognates;]
12°.

peaceful
+

:

He

12ii,

eipT)i'o-iroie'u, -w,

LXX:

Pr 101°*;]

to

make peace: Col
:

*cipTji'oiroi6s, -6v,

peace-making, a peacemaker

S^.t

cipu (fut. epw), V.S. Xeyoi, p. 496.
6is, prep. c. ace, expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. ace). I. Of place. 1. After verbs of motion (a) of entrance into : Mt 823 97^ ^k 1*^, Lk 21^ 83i, al.; (b) of approach, to or towards: Mk lli, Lk 68 1928, Jo Ipi 21«, al. (c) before pi. and collective nouns, among : Mk 47 8^^> 20, Lk 11*^, Jo 2123, al ^^^ Qf a limit reached, unto, on, upon : Mt 81^ 21^,

to,

;

;

.

Mk
Ac Ac

111 1316^
2315,

Lk

1410,

Jo 63

1132, al.
;

;

c.

ace. pers. (as in
:

Ep. and

Ion.),

Eo
rj

512 1619, II

Co

101*

(e)

elliptical

cTrto-ToXat cts AafiacrKov,

SiaKovia fiov fj eis 'I., Eo 1531 ; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards
92
;

i, 2. Of 1; ii, 1), ets t. ovofia, M, Pr., 200. 6*1, Lk 9i''«<'2, after verbs of seeing: Mt 6'^^, Jo 1322, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 1126 122, al.; (6) after verbs 3. After verbs of rest; of speaking: Mt 13io 14^, i Th 29, al.

some end (Thayer, B,
(a)

direction;

Mk

"pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., § 39, 3; M, Pr., 234 f.) Mt 223 413^ ^ Th 2\ II Ti 111, ge 11^^ al. (b) by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., 11. c.) = £v Lk 1** 423, Ac 20i« 211^, Jo V^ (but v. Westc, II. Of time, /or, unto; 1. accentuating the duration exin 1.), al. ct? ycveas ^at y., Lk 1^° pressed by the ace. cis t. alZva, Mt 2119 2. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, £ts T. 8tr;veKes, He 73, al. of entrance iintil : Mt 63*, Ac 43, 252i, py 110 216^ i Th 41^, 11 Ti I12
(a)

in

:

;

:

:

;

;

into a future period, eis to fieWov (v.s. fxeXXo}), next (year), Lk 13^ (but V. ICC, in 1.) cis t. fiera^ o-a/SySaroi/, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13*2 ^i^ ^^
;
.

TTctXiv (v.s. 7raA.1v), II

Co
:

132.

III.

Of

result, after verbs of changing,

joining, dividing, etc.
Xda-creiv,

crrpec^civ cis,

Ee

11®

;

fMerao--,
;

Ac 823. more freq.

Eo ly Qf
12*'

;

crxi^tiv cts 8vo,

Mt

27^1, al.

Ja 4* /xeraXpredicatively with elvai,
;

Ac

22o,

relation, to, towards, for, in
eis

in late Gk.,

regard to (so in cl., but encroaching on the simple dat., which it

134

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
; ;

Robertson has wholly displaced in MGr. Jannaris, Gr., § 1541 T^o, Ro 4'^o 152.26, i Co 16\ Eph S^^ Lk Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117 f.)
:

al.

;

dyd-n-r]
II

ets,

Eo

5^,

al.

;

XP^o-Tos,

Eph
toDto,

4^2
. :

,^pov€tv

eis,
c(s,

Oappfiv,
o-d</>os,

Co 10^
1619;

V. Of the end or object

€u^€tos
l^s,
;

Ro Lk

121* 143*
ets

Ro
c.

lo-x^civ,

Mt

5^3;

d'i

Mk
:

al.;

dc^opi'Cciv

Ro
€ts

1^;
T(5,

Ro

111, J

eis tvSti^iv, Ro 32^indicating purpose, cts <f)6^ov, Ro 8^^ Bl., § 71, 5; M, Pr., 218 ff.) Mt 20i« inf. (= Tm or dlo-re; gi8^ a,l. VI. Adverbial phrases £ts tc'Aos, eis to 7rdA.1v, etc Qq
:

(v.s. TfAos, TrdXiv, etc.).
els, /Aid,

opp. to
21'';

many
c.

h, gen. eids, fiia?, evo's, cardinal numeral, one; 1. one, aa Mt 25l^ Ro 512, i Co 10^, al. as subst., Ro 51^, Eph
: ;

id.

gen. partit.,
§

Mt

51^, al.;

metaph., of union and concord, Jo
/iias

I418, Jo 6\ al.; seq. fV (i^), lO^o I711, Ro 12*' 6, Phi 127; dTro
. . .

Mk

(Bl.,

44, 1).

Lk

141^; c. neg., ets
(cl.),

than

oi'Sct?,

no one, none
;

Mt

51^ 1029,

Lk

ov (fxyj), more ll^e 12«. 2.
:

emphatic

Emphati-

212*, jyu^ 3*4 cally, to the exclusion of others ; (a) a single {one) 27i*, Jo 1^, Ro 310, al. (b) one, alone : oiSk els, absol., I Co 92*, al. ; 27 10i«, 1819; (c) one and the same: Ro 3^0, i Co 3^ 11^ 12ii,

Mt

Mt

Mk
I

Lk

Jo

5*.

3.
,

In late Gk., with weakened force,

= ns
96
4.

or indef. art.
f.)
:

(cf.

Heb. in?<

Ge
;

22i3, al.

;

v. Bl.,

§

45, 2

;

M,
ll*^.

Pr.,

Mt

8i9, 19«,
:

Re

813, al.

els rts

(Bl., I.e.),

Lk

22^0,
els
. .

Jo
.

Distributively

ets

exao-Tos (cl.),

Lk
. .

4**^,

Ac

2'"',

al.;

koX ets

(cl., eis fxiv

...

ets hi),

Mt
al.)
;

17*,

Mk
.

9^ Jo

2012, al. (cf.

LXX
=
cl.

and use
(in

of

Heb. in^,
. .
.

Ex

I712,

o eis

o €T€po<; (dAXos)

o fxev (ercpos)

6 Be (erepos),

Mt

62*,

Lk

7*1,

Re

I710

;

KaO'

ets,

els k. ets

which

Ka6' is adverbial,
;

or the expression formed from the analogy of ev KaB' Iv M, Pr., 105), 141^, Ro 12*, al. ets tov cva = dXXT^Xovs (Bl., one by one, severally : 5. As ordinal = Trpwros (like Heb. i Th 511. M, Pr., 246), § 45, 2

Mk

;

;

^^^^

;

Bl., § 45, l
eiCT-dviD, [in

;

M,

Pr.,

95

f.),

first

:

Mt
;]

28i,

Mk

162, al.

LXX chiefly for NIS hi.
seq.
ets,

Jo

1816,

Ac

7*5

;

Lk

22**,

Ac

to bring in : c. 9^ 2128. 29, 37 222*,

ace,

Lk
;

227,
<SSe,

He
;]

1"

Lk
to,

142i.t
eia-aKou'o), [in

LXX chiefly for yatZT
(a)

,

also for
.

niV

,

etc.

to listen
;

in

two senses
;

;

to

listen, assent to

pass., to

obey : be heard
i

Co
:

I421 (cf

De

1*^,

Si 3")

(b)

to

of
V.

the prayer offered, Cremer, 624).
el(T-8^X0fAat, [in

Lk

li^,

Ac
;]

of persons praying, lO^i (cf. Ps 42, Si
to

Mt

67,

He 57

31(34)29(26);

LXX for
LXX

|^np

admit, receive

:

11

Co

6i7 (lxx)

(Cremer, 687).t
for KIS ;] to go in, enter : seq. ets, Ac 3^ 212«, He 9« xpos 'Uko^^ov, Ac 21i8.t chiefly for NiS ;] to go in or iyito, enter : Mt ei(T-e'pxofjiai, [in 2i, al. seq. 8td (7n;Ar;s, ^upas, etc.), 925, Lk 7*^ al. seq. ets, Mt IO12, 7l^ Jo 101, al. iirb t. (rriy-qv, Mt 8^ c. adv. oirov, I41*, He 620 Mt 2212 15*^, Lk 128, ^c pers., i^^^^ Mt 26*8; seq. ^rpos, c ace. «JiSe, Mt 925, Lk 8*0 10^ 113 1640 172 288, Ue 320 of demons taking possession,
eia-ci|jii,
;

[in

LXX

;

Mk

;

;

;

:

.

.

Mk Mk Mk

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
223,
£ts

135

15", Ac ll^. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9*»; Mt 26*^ Lk 22*<''*<'; of hope as an anchor, He 6^^ ySoat', Ja 5* iryev/jia ^wijs, Re 11^^ eh t. Koa-fiov (cf. Wi 22'' 141*, Jo 1837), Ro 512, He lO^; in counterparts of Jewish Aram, phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116 ff.) cis t. ya/xovs, Mt 2510 £is T, xapav t. Kvptov, Mt 2521.23. ^j^ ^^ ^^^^^^ ])^t JS^.^ 9*3.45; J.5 ^, ^ao-jX. T. ovpavSv (t. ^coG), Mt 520 721^ ^1. (v.s. 1917, Mk /3ao-tXcta) €ts T. KaraTrauo-tv, He 3"> ^^ 4^ *• ; cts r. So^av, Lk 242« eto". Kal
of food, 438; CIS
;

Jo 1327. KOTTov, Jo

Mt

TTetpacT/Aoi',
;

;

:

;

;

;

c^cpx-. ^0

go in

and out
12^;

(like

Heb. HKyi N13 De
,

28^, etc.), of familiar
(cf. iv-, Trap-,

intercourse,

Ac

fig.,

of

moral freedom, Jo 10^
c.

crw-

* cia-KaXcu,

-a>,

to call

in: mid.,
:

ace. pers,,
chiefly for
1^^ (cf.

Ac

1023.
;]

6i<T-o8os, -ov, 6 (•<[ 6So?), [in

LXX
11
;

NIS

1.

a means of
I.e.
;

entering, place of entrance

He 10^^,

Pe

Westc, He.,

MM,

but v. infr,). 2. a going in, entrance : Ac 132*; ^ gen_ Iqc, He 10^^ (Thayer, s.v. but v. supr.) seq. eis, 11 Pe 1" (Mayor, in 1. Thayer; but v. supr.); Trp6%, 11 Th 1^ 2i.t 5^9 (XIS), Da th Su 26 * ;] to spring cia-injSdw, -w, [in 141* (Reo^ 162y (for exx. from tt., v. MM, Exp., xii).t in, rush in : Ac €iCT-Tropeuo|jiai, [in chiefly for XiS ;] to go into, enter : Lk 8^*
Exp.,
xii;
;

LXX Am
:

LXX
;

1133 1930. seq. Ac 2830 oTTov,
;

cJs,

Mk
5*0

121 656 112,

Lk

22io,

Ac

32;
(cf.

Trpo's, c.

Mk
Mt

Kara

t.

oIkovs,
is, 19.

house after house, Ac 83

things (food),
4}^,

15^^

Mk
:

7^5,

Metaph.

ace. pers., of tiWpxo/xai, 2),
;

Mk

Lk
928.t

182*

;

eio-.

Kol iKTTop., to associate with, seq. ficra (cf eto-epvo/Aai),
.

Ac

** 6icr-Tp^x"'
6io--<|>€pu,

[^^

pers.,

Lk

[in S^^'i^; seq. eis,

LXX II Mae 52« * to run in Ac 12i*.t LXX chiefly for XlSl hi. to bring in, into
;]

:

;]

Mt

6^3^

Lk

11*;

eVt,

Lk

: c. ace. 12^^; c. ace. rei, seq.

(k,

iTi67;
812,

pass.,

He

13ii.t

denoting sequence; 1. of time; then, next : Mk 82^, I Ti 310, Ja l^^; seq. gen. abs., Mk 4^7; in 15*' 7. 2*, i Ti 2^3. enumerations, i Co 2. In argument; (a) therefore, then; (b) furthermore : He 12^ (cf. eiTcj').t
etra, adv.,

Lk

Jo 135 1927 2027,

etT€, V.s. €1.

*elr€v, Ion.

and Hellenistic for elra (q.v.), then: Mk 428.t ci(i>0a, V.s. Ww. iK {i$), prep. c. gen., from out of, from (see Addendum, p.
Iicacrros,
-r],

492).

-ov,

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for

BTK;] each, every (Lat.
;

Lk 6**, Jo 1923 seq. Kara, He 3^3, Re without a noun: Ac 435, Rq 2«, al.; (c) 1.^ partit. gen., Ro 14^2, i Co 1^2, al. in sing, with pi. verb, Lk 23, Ac 1129, 3,1, in apposition with pi. noun or pron., Lk 23, Jo 1632, Ac 2^ 326, al. eh €. (Lat. unusquisque), Ac 2^ 2126, Col 4^, al; I. t. dSeX^cp
quisque) 222; J5
;

(a)

with a noun
416;
(b)

Eph

;

;

;

(- Heb. vry^b nrsi, Ge 263i), Mt 1836 (cf. He 8"); (= =inn-b» BTN, Jg 629, al.), Eph 425. * iKdaroT€, adv., each time, always u Pe l^^.t
:

I.

/icri toS TrXi^aiW

136

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
a'l,

iKaT6v, ol, 6*0 Kar'a £.,

Ta, indecl.,
cV L,

a hundred:
-e's

Mt

IS^.^s^

Lk

15*, al.;

Mk

;

ets,

Mk

4^. 20.

^KaTOkxae-nis

(Rec.
17^" *;]

-tTijs),

(<^ cKarov,
:

txT^s),

[in

LXX

for

nzm nSO
M,

73

,

Ge
-ou

a hundred years old

Ro
7^,

4^'^.t

^KaTorrdpxTis
Pr., 48);
:

(-apxo?.

^^

8^.8

275*,
[in

Lk

«eKaTov,
7<'

apx^,),

LXX
:

for

Ac 2225 28^^; cf. niNQ itjy;] a cen«•

turion

Mt

8^\

Lk

23*^ Ac

IQi- 22 21^2 2226 231^. 23 2423 27^'

">

^i' *3

(cf. /cevTvpicjv).t

cK-paiV«, [in

^K-pdXXw,

LXX for nby [in LXX chiefly
pass.,
722,

;]

to

go out

He

ll^^ t
^bttir hi.,
:

for W'\Z

pi.,

also for

NS"' hi.,

BTT
al.
;

hi., etc.

;]

1.

to drive, cast or se7id 02ct, to exjiel

c.

ace. rei, mid.
21^2,

(o-Itov), seq. €is,

Ac 2V^;

Mt
;

IS^^; c. ace. pers.,

Mt

Mk ll^s,

Satyadvia,

Mt
T.

Mk
2.

13*, al.

id. seq. Ik,

Mk
Adyu),

72^

;

Mk
63'';

322
id.

;

(^v)
c.

6vo>aTt,

Mt
In

722,

Mk

938

;

Mt

16C9] ; iv, -^apd, 816 ; seq. Uw, Jo

Mk

gen.,

Mk
'^^.

12^,

al.;

of expulsion

the Church, in Jo
p93n), to

LXX and NT
:

from home, Ga430; from (like Heb. K'^Sin and Aram.

command or caiise to depart Mt 9^^, Mk 1^2 (y^ Swete, in 1.), ib. *2 5*^ Lk IO2, Ja 22^; t. KpCaiv ets vikos (to cause to proceed to its goal), Mt 1220 (LXX). 3 f^Q reject (cl.) r. ovo^a v/xCyv <Ls irovrjpov (cf. 622 De 251*), Lk 4. to take, draw or pluck iq ig^ve out, Re II2. out ; (a) with violence Mt 7^, Mk 9*^, Lk 6*2 (6) to bring forth or out of: Mt 1235, Lk lO^^.
:

.

:

;

**?K-Paais,

way

oiit

-€0,?, ^ «£V/3atVo>), (Hom., Xen.) i Co lO^^.
:

[in
2.

LXX: Wi
the issue
:

cK-poXVi, -^s

trouLdOai, ^ita hi.),

« Ez

iK^aWoi), [in
478 (XS"')*;]
:

LXX Ex
1.

2^7 8^ ll^**;] 1. a (Menand.) He 13^t 11^ (lZ7"ia), Jos 1^ (iK^oXrjv
;

a throwing out.
(cf.

2.

a

jettison,

a

throwing overboard of cargo
144f.).t

Ac

27^^

Jos,

I.e.

;

and

v. Field,

Notes,

*f iK-yaiiliw, Rec. for ya/xt'^co, q.v. Mt 223o 2438, Not elsewhere. *t eK-yafiiaKu, Rec. for yafiLo-Kw, q.v. Lk 20^*> 35.
: :

Lk

172^,

i

Co 7^^

Not elsewhere.t
[in
6,

CK-yovos,
(neut.),

-ov

(<[

e(cyiyj/o/xai,

to

be

bom
2.

of),

LXX
rj

for '^5

]5, etc.;]

1. c. gen.,

born

of.

As

subst.,

e.,

a

child,

son or daughter; in pi., descendajits : rc/cva rj 1., children or grandchildren, I Ti 5*.t *t eK-SairaKdo), -w, strengthened form of SaTravaw, to spend tvholly pass., with reflexive force, to spend oneself wholly : seq. i-n-ep, 11 Co
12i5.t
^K-8^X0H'<*^»

\}^

LXX for
2.

miT

,

'pnp

,

etc.

;]

1.

to take or receive

from (Hom., Hdt„ Jo 513], He 1110, Ja

al.).

(Rare in

cl.), to

expect,
i

await

5^; e. ace. pers.,

Ac
:

17i«,

Co Ipa

c. ace. rei, : I61I; seq. Iws,

He

1013 (Cremer, 687).t

**Ik-8tiXos, -ov «8^\os), [in form of S^Xos, q.v., quite clear, evident

LXX

in
:

Mac

3i» 6**;]

strengthened

11 Ti 3^.+

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
*^K-8Tifi^<»,

137

-w (-<
ii

IacSt^/xos,

/rom home;
oltto,

cf. -la, iii

Mac
^

4^^)*; to be
(cf. Sltto-, ev-

from home, absent:
^K-8i8wp, [in
2. to let

Go

5"; seq.

ib.^; seq. Ik, ib.

jru, etc.;] 1. to surrender, give v/p, give out for hire (Hdt.) mid. (as freq. in tt. v. MM, Exp., xii) ; to let out to one's advantage, Mt 2133. 41^ i^j^ 121, Lk 20».t cK-8i-iiY^o|jiai, -ovfjiai, depon., [in chiefly for 1BD pi. ;] to tell in detail, relate, declare : Ac 13*^ (lxx) i53_f tcK8iK^«, -oi «Iac8i»cos), [in for IpB, Dp2, DBtZT, etc.;] 1. to vindicate: c. ace. pers., Lk 183>5. 2. to avenge: c. ace. pers., cavTous, Eo 12^9; c. ace. rei, irapaKo^v, II Co 10^; alfjia, Ee 6^^ 19^ (Cremer, 203; for exx. from tt. in both senses, v. MM, Exp., xii).t t |ic-8iKTjcris, -ews, 17 (-^ exSiKeoj), [in chiefly for Dp3;] vengeance, vindication: Lk 21^2, Eo 12^^ (v. MM, Exp., xii). He 1030 (Lxx)^ II Co 711 of the injured person, c. gen., Lk 18^' 8; c. dat., Ac 72*; of the offender, c. gen. obj., i Pe 2^*; c. dat., 11 Th 1^ (of. out.
;

LXX for

;

LXX

,

LXX

LXX

;

Si 12«).t **Ik8ikos, -ov «BLKrj), [in LXX: Wi 12^2, Si 30«, iv Mac 1529*;] without law, unjust. 2. exacting penalty from,; as subst., an 1. 13*; seq. irepC, 1 Th 4" (in n., a legal representative; avenger: Eo Milhgan, Th., l.c.).t eK-8iuKw, [in LXX for hi., niOY PTl etc. ;] to chase away,

ma

,

,

drive out

:

i

Th
:

2^5 (cf.

De

%^\ Jl 220).t
[in

** CK-80TOS, -ov (<]
delivered over

iKSiSuifjLi),

LXX Da
:

th Bel 22*1] given
111
f.).t

up,

Ac

2^3 (for construction, v. Field, Notes,
;

1. in cl., (a) a receiving from, ^cK-SoxT -^s, 17 (<^ £KS£'xo/-iai) succession; (b) an interjyretation. 2. In NT, = Trpoa-SoKta, expectation: He 1027 (of. Field, Notes, 231; Cremer, 688).t

^K-8u'u, [in

LXX chiefly for
Mt
to

ace. pers. (sc. clothing),

Lk

103<>;

mid.,

put

lacTQ ;] to take off, strip off, strip : c. 27^8; c. ace. pers. et rei, Mt 273^, I520, fig., of the body, 11 Co 5*.t off:

Mk

^Kci, adv., [in

LXX
Mt
. .

chiefly for nCT;] 1. properly, of place, there
;

:

Mt
Bl.,

213 52*, al.

;

ol i.,

26'i
.

oC

.

.

.

123*; pleonastic, ottov

e.

(=

DOT

Mt 621 I820 2428, Mk G^o, Lk 11^^, De 4^, al.), Ee 12"' 1* (cf.
€.,

§50, 4). 2. As often in cl. (Hdt., Thuc, al.), with verbs of motion, for iKelae, thither : Mt 222 1720 2428 2636, Mk 633, Lk 12^8 1737
212,

Jo

IP

182.3,

Eo

152*.

CK61061',

adv., [in
2.

LXX chiefly

for D^hi;] 1. of place, thence

:

Mt

421,

Mk

6^, al.
-rj,

Of

time, thereafter (v.s. KaKeWcv).

iKtivo^,

-o (^e/cei), [in

LXX chiefly for Nin,
;
.

WnTI, and cogn.

forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing (ille), implying remoteness as compared with oiVos (hie) 1. absol., emphatic he, she, it opp. to 0VT09, Lk 18^*, Ja 415 rifiel^, He 1225 ^^^-^^ j^t 13^1, Mk 4^1 iWoi, Jo 99; iyw, Jo 330 to persons named, Mk 16tio. is. 20]^ Jq 221 of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§ 2385,
; ;
;

138

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
i

Jo 2« 3^, al.; referring to resumption of a participial subject, a preceding noun, Mk Jo Jo 1^^ 92^ 10\ Eo 141*, al. (on its reference in Jo 19^^, v. Westc, in 1.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77 flf.). 2. As adj., joined, like outos, to a noun with the article Mt 7^*, Mk 3^*, Jo 18^*, al. esp. of time, past or future iv t. r}fj€paL<i i., Mt 3^ Mk 1*, Ac
16^^^\
7**
;
:

2732), Jo 711 928; with respect, of Christ,

;

:

218 (LXX)^ al.

;

iv
;

i. r.

rnxipa,

esp of the Parousia,
ckcivt^s (sc.
o'SoO)

Mt

7^2,

Lk

623,

n Th
21»;
22*.+
etc.
;]

1",

u

Ti

112

adverbially,
19*.

=

cl.

ckciv^ (B1., § 36, 13),

that way,

Lk

e'Kclac,

adv.,

[in

LXX
xii

:

Jb 3929

(oifrp)*;]

thither:
i.

Ac Ac
,

constr. pregn.

(MM, Exp.,

;

Field, Notes, 134), tovs

ovra?,
,

+ iK-ly]Tiia, -w, [in
1.

LXX chiefly
Am
'*•

for

mil

,

also for 1X3

Cr^n

out or after, search for: c. ace. pers. (i 5*, al.), Ac IS^^, Kvpiov, e€6v (cf. Ps 13(14)2,
to seek

Mac 92*'); fig., t. Eo 3^\ He 11«;
I

evXoytav,

He

12^^^

;

i^fCvTV^^-^
:

^t')P<^^vr}(rav

(as in
4}^,

Mac,

I.e.),

sought

and searched out
to

i
:

Pe

demand, require
*f
iK-lr\Tr\<ns,
:

Lk
r}

2. 11^^, 6i_f

l^o.

As

in 11

Ki

Ez

3^8' 20, al. (Cril),

-cws,

{<CfK^r]Tew),
cK^.i/A^os),

a questioning (EV), subject for
[in

dispute

i

Ti 1*.+
-w
2.

**+^K-0ajip^a.,

«

LXX:

Si

309*;]

1.

t^

jg

amazed.

Mk

to amaze, terrify (Si, I.e.). 91* 1433, 165. 6.+

Pass., to be
lO^^,

amazed, terrified:
7^ (dreadful,

**+lic-0a|ipos, -ov

«^a/x^os),
;]

[in

LXX Wi
:

Da th
;]

terrible: ''3nO^}{) *

amazed

(cf.

Polyb., xx, 10, 9):

Ac 3^^+
strengthened
Q^l;
TTOlCtV

**+ U-Qainxdlui,

[in

LXX

:

Si 2723 43^8, iv
:

Mac

W^ *

form
1.

of

6avfji-

;

to

wonder greatly
719.+

Mk
;]

12^'^.+
!

**Ik-0£TOS, -OV {<^€KTL6r]fXt), [lu Al.

Ez

423*;]

(.g^gl

=
:

iKTiOivai,

Ac

^K-Ka0aipa), [in

LXX for "TT^, etc
Ti 22^
;

l.to cleanse thoroughly, cleanse

removed, ^vfirjv, i Co 5^^.+ 2. to kindle. iK-Kaiu), [in LXX chiefly for 1373;] 1. to burn up. Pass., to burn : metaph., of the passions (cf Si 16^, Jb 3^^), Eo 12^.+
out
c. ace., livrov, ii

of the impurity

.

CKKaK^U,
(Arist.).
2. to

-to,

V.S. kvKaK€W. [in

iK-K€VT4(a,

-u),

LXX

pierce (Polyb.,

chiefly for Ipl;] 1. to prick out, put out c. ace. pers., Jo 1937 dxx)^ Re 1^.+

LXX)

:

^K-KXdw, -w, [in

LXX: Le
i,

l^*"

(VDW

pi.)*j] ^o break off: pass.,
v.l.,

Eo
Jb

11^7.

19.

20.t

iK-Kktiu,
3420,

[in

LXX:
*
rj

Kpta-Lv,

Ps 67

(68)30)

iKK\r\<Tia, -a?,

«

.]

iQ shut out

:

for ntt3 hi., Ex 232 (also as Ga 41^. Pass., Eo 32^.+

cK-zcaXew), [in

LXX chiefly

for bnf?

,

otherwise

one of its cogn. forms;] 1. prop., an assembly of citizens regularly convened (in Thuc, ii, 22, opp. to o-v'AXoyos, a concourse) Ac 1932. 39, 41^ 2. In LXX of the assembly, congregation, community of Israel (De 410 232, al.) Ac 738, He 2^2 (lxx). 3. :„ NT, esp. of an assembly or company of Christians, a (the) church ; (a) of gatherings for worship
for
:

:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
I

139
;

Co

1118 1419'

34, 35

.

(5)

of local
IG^,
i

name
{DB,

added,

Ac 8\ Eo
16i«
IS^''
;

communities Ac S\ i Co 4}"^ with Th 1\ al. pi., Ac 15*S i Co 7" t.
:

;

;

XpKTTov, iKKXrjma,
i,

Eo Mt

'43la),
:

of Christians
{KvpLov, T, E,

Eo Mt

dytW, I Co 14^3 e'nr^v t. T. 'Ao-tas, I Co IG^^ (but V. Horfc, Ecclesia, 10) of a house-congregation (c) of the whole body 165, i Co IG^^, Col i^^ Phm 2
;

t.

;

;

;

16^8,
I

i

Co
159,

1228,

Eph
1",
Tr.,
i

1^2,

Phi
;

36, al,

;

t. 6€ov,

Ac

2028

mg^,

Co

Ga
(v.

Ti 3^^
Syn.,

i.

tpotot6ku>v iiroyeypafx-

fievwv €v ovpavots,

He

122^.

42G; Hort, Ecclesia, esp. 4 ff., 107 ff. Hamilton, People of God, ii, 37 ff. reff. and DCG; Cremer, 332). 8.VV. "Church," "Congregation," in etc ;] intrans., to turn aside, ^k-kXiVw, [in LXX for T^\ ITO

SVN.:

(Twaywyri,

q.v.

§

i;

DB,

i,

;

;

DB
,

,

turn

away

:

metaph., from the right path, absol.,

Eo

3^2 (LXX)

;

from

evil, absol., i

Pe

3^1; seq. airo, c. gen. pers.,

Eo

IG^'^.t

* ^K-KoXujxpdu, -w, to swim out of: Ac 27^2 f * eK-KOfii^w, to carry out : as freq., a corpse for burial, Lk 712.+ ** cK-Koirii, -^s, [in Aq. Is 51^ * ;] in T for ivKoinj (q.v.)
17,
:

I

Co

9i2.t
cK-KoiTTu, [in

LXX

for

ms

,

etc.

;]

of a hand, foot, Mt branch, Eo II22 seq. cXTTi'Sa), II Co lli2.t
;

53o 188
eV,

a tree,
II2*
for
;

Mt

to C7it out, 3^^ V^,
t.

cut

off,
»

cut
;

down
of a
191°,

Lk

3^ 13^'

fig.,

Eo

metaph.,
,

A<f,opfi.-qv

(cf.

Jb

EK-Kpcfiai'KVfjii,

[in
:

LXX
19*8,

nwp

Ge

443" *

.j

iq

h^ng from or
;

read wpon ; mid., c/c/cpe/xa/iat fig., i^eKpifiaro avTov olkovidv (Eec. otherwise unknown cf. elc/cpe'/xfTo, which implies a pres. €KKp€/jiOfj.ai,
;

WH

Veitch, S.V.

KpefJuafxaL),

Lk
19*8

CK-KpEflO/Jiai,

Lk

(WH,
for
:

"

V.S. iKKp€/XaVWfJLl).f

** eic-XaX^w,

-w,

[in

LXX:

Jth 11^*;]
hi., etc.;]

to

speak out,
forth
:

divulge:
13*3.

Ac

2322.t
^K-Xd/xTTOj, [in

LXX
Sm.
:

mx

to shine
to

Mt

** iK-\avQ6.vhi,

[in

Ps 12(13)2*;]
125.t

escape notice utterly;

mid., to forget utterly

He

In NT €K-XeYu, [in LXX chiefly for inS ;] to pick out, choose. always mid. (exc. Lk 93^, CKXeXey/xeVos, WH, dyaTrrjro?, E, mg.), to pick out for oneself, choose (cf. M, Pr., 157 f .) c. ace. rei, Lk 10*2 247
:

c.

ace. pers.,

Ac

G* I522.

choice of disciples, Lk choice of persons, Mk I Co 127.28 (Cremer, 402, 773).t
:

of Christ's of Christ (v. supr.), Lk 935 6^3, Jo G'" 13i8 15i«' i^, Ac I2 of the Divine of things, I320, Ac I2* 13^7 15^, Eph 1*, Ja 2^
25
;
.

;

;

Ik-Xcittw, [in

LXX for nbs ms
,

ni.,

Dan

,

etc.,

47 different words

leave otit, pass over. 2. Intrans., to leave off, cease, ;] (lxx). of the sun in fail : p.a,jiwvas, Lk 1G9; ttiWis, Lk 2232 |^^ He 1^2 an eclipse, Lk 23*5.t for ina (so prob. in Is ^K-XeKTos, -77, -ov «€KX€yw), [in
in all
1. trans., to
.

LXX
16^3

28i«,

Pr

173, for

MT

]n2l),

XnS,
:

etc.;]

1. choice,
(cf.

select (cl., rarely; 272*).
2.

Thuc,

Plat., al), hence,

eminent

Eo

Ez

As

in

140
Insci'.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
(MM, Exp., xii), chosen; esp. as in LXX, of Israel, elect, God (Is 659, pg 104(105)^3 al.); so in NT; (a) of Christ:
(cf.
(c)

chosen oi

Lk
I

2335
Btoi,

Is 421)
187,

.

fig_^

Ti 5";

of Christians:

XlOc;, i Pe 2^2422.24^

«

(^x^)

(j)

of

holy angels
i

Mt

Mk
; ;

1320.22,27^

T.
II

Lk
;

Ro

833,
;

Col

312,
I

Jo

1

;

a8eX(f>i],

ib. 13

yeVos,

Tit 11 t. Xpicrroi, Pe 2^ (LXX) kXt/toi kol
J

„ Yi 2", Mt 243i
.

Pe

1^;

^

€.

K.

^^^^^ maroL,

opp. to /cAt^tos (not so in Epp. v. Lft. on Col 312), Mt 20i« (T, WH, txt., R, omit) 22'^ (Cremer, 405, 775).t **iK\oy^, -^?, v (<eKA£», [in Aq. Is 22^; Sm., Th. ib. 37^4*;] a choice, selection ; in NT, always of the Divine choice (EV, election) (T/ceuos iKXoyrj^, gen. qual., a chosen vessel; Kar i., Eo 9^ 115.28- q gen. pers., i Th 1*, 11 Pe l^" by meton., 17 c. = oi eVXe/cTot, Ro ll'^.t

Ke

1714

:

:

:

;

tK-Xu'w,

[in

LXX
Mk
83
[in

for
to
;

nsi

,

etc.

;]

1.

to loose, release.

2. to tin-

loose, as

a bow-string,

relax,

enfeeble;

pass., to

weary
**

:

Mt

1532,

of

iK-iLd<T<Ti^,

LXX:
[in

mental weariness, Ga 6^ He Si 12^, Ep. Jei3.24*;] to wipe

be faint, grow 123. a (LXX).+
off: c. ace,

Lk
251

738.

", Jo 112 123 135

t^K-fiUKTTipiiu,

LXX:
:

Ps

2* 21 (22)'

34

(35)i«
:

(jsb),

i

Es
IG^*
6^*

A*

;]

to

hold up the nose in derision

at, scoff at

c.

ace,

Lk Mi

2335.t
iK-ye6w, [in

LXX
;

Jg

4^8 (-rd) 182«, iv

Ki

22^ 23i« (n:E3),

2. (a) to (J1D hi.), Ill Mac 322*;] 1. to bend the head aside (Xen.). shim, avoid (Diod.) (b) to withdraw : Jo 5^3. fiK-y^^w, [in LXX: Ge 92*, Hb 2^ (yp^), Jl 16, Hb 21^ {y^p hi.), I Ki 253'^ (KX^), Si 34 (31)2*;] ^^ become sober after drunkenness: metaph., of sobriety of mind, i Co 153*.

^Kouaios, -ov X<^^'(<^^),

[ill

LXX
:

chiefly

for

H^^J, as

Nu

153
1.),

(xar

c.) ;]

usually of actions, voluntary
adv., [in

Kara

c.,

of free will (Lft,, in

Phmi*.t
4koo<tiws,

LXX

:

Ps 53

(54)« (niT^S),

n Mac

143, ai.

;]

voluntarily, willingly : He 102", i Pe 52. *t 2ic-TraXai, adv. (of a class of compound adverbs common in late Gk. ; V. Mayor on 11 Pe, I.e.), for a long time, from of old : 11 Pe 23
35.t
t iK-rceipdlio, [in

LXX De 6i«
:

82. is,

Ps 77

(78)i8

(no:

pi.)

*
:

;]

=

cl.

eVTTcipao/Aai, to put to 47(i'XX)^ of God,

the proof or test,
412
Ub.), i

make

trial of,

tempt

Mt

Lk

Co

10^; of Christ,
to

Lk

ace, 1025 (Cremer,
c.

497). t
iK-niiLTTut, [in

LXX for nb»;]
[in

send forth: Ac 13* 17io.t
:

*t eK-TTcpiaaws, adv., more exceedingly
cK-ir€T(i»'i'uni,

Mk

143i

(cf. virfpTr€p-).f

chiefly for CTIB, as Is 652 (hithp.);] to spread out (as a sail), stretch forth : Eo IO21 (lxx) f De 3322 {p2^), etc.;] to spring forth: eh ^K-irrjSdo), -w, [in

LXX

LXX:
:

T. oxA-ov (cf.

Ju

1417), [in

Ac

141* (for ex, in Is 40^ 28i.
*

ir.,

v.

MM,
Jb 142
out

Exp.,
(1,i,q

xii).t
^

c-K-iri'TTTw,

LXX

{b^z),

y,

Ry.

mg.),

Jb 1530

(-iiD),

Jb 1533

(rjbrir

hi.), etc.;]

to fall

of,

fall from, fall

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
off: seq. Ik t. x"P<^''» Ac 12^; flowers (as LXX, 11. c), Ja 1",

141

i

absol., Ac 27'2j of the withering of Pe 1^* (i-xx) j of navigators falling off
rei
:

from a straight course, Ac

27^'^' 2"' 2^.

nPe3^^;
*

ahsol., fall
-S>,

iK-iAioj,

to sail

from its away
ii

Metaph., c. gen. place, fail, perish: Eo Q^.t
:

Ga

5*,

Ac 20^

;

seq.
xii

cis,

** iK-TT\r]p6io,

[in

LXX:
17,

Mac

S^o, iii

Mac
;

Ac 15^^ 18^^ f 12.22*.] 1, to fill full,
Cremer, 839), Ac 13^*.+ 6^* *',] a completion,
(pass.)

make up a number.

2. to fulfil

(MM,

Exp.,
:

**t cK-irX^puais, -€ws, fulfilment : Ac 212«.t
(nanr hithp.),
out, drive
pass., 2233,

[in

LXX
iv

ii

Mac

^K-irXr]<Tau (Attic -ttw,

Ac
7^2,

1312),

[in

LXX:

Ec

17i«t»^>

Wi 13*, n Mac
2.

Mac
Lk

8* 11^^*;] 1. prop., to strike

away.

Mt

135* 1925^
122 1118^
:

Mk

to strike with panic or shock, to amaze, astonish 728 62 7^^ 10^*, 2*^; seq. em', c. dat. rei,

Mt

Mk

Lk

432 943^

Ac

13i2.t

Stn.
cf.

" vTwtlv, to terrify, agitate
;

predominantly physical
also
<f>p'La-g-w,

<f>o^€Lv, to

with fear ; Tpc/tciv, to tremble, fear, the general term," Thayer

shudder, and v.s. SetXi'a. out; sc. ftiov, ifrvxvv (expressed in cl., cf LS, s.v.), to breathe one's last, expire : Mk 153''» 39, Lk .^Esch., al. 23*'. For force of aorist, v. Swete, Mk., l.c.t chiefly for NS^ ;] to make to go out ; pass, ^K-iropcuw, [in and mid., to go forth: Lk 3'^, Ac 25*; of demons leaving one possessed, Mt 172^ om.), Ac 19^2- of excrement, Mk 7^^; seq. 2029, Mk 10*8 dTTo, Mt i^^ Mk 131 (of the dead rising, Jo 529) «cr^cv, Mk 611; 1^^^ Mk ll^^; c.'s, Mk lO^^, Jo 5^9; cVt', c. ace. pers., Ee 16^*; dcnrop- (q.v.) koL I., Ac 92^ metaph., TT/jo's, c. acc. pers., Mt 3^, Mk 1^ to come forth, proceed : of feelings, etc., Mk 723 ggq ^^^ Mt 15ii» i*, Mk 715.20,21^ Lk 422, Bph 429; f>iffj,a, seq. Si(i, Mt 4*(i'XX); of lightning and flame, Ee 4^ 91^. is 115 a river, Ee 22^ a sword, Ee V-^ 191* a rumour, seq. eis, Lk 43^^ of the Holy Spirit, seq. irapa., Jo 152*.t t ^K-irop»'cu«, [in chiefly for rU7, freq. of spiritual unfaithfulness ;] strengthened form of Tropvcvco, implying excessive indulgence; mid. to give oneself up to fornication : Ju'^.t 2. to spit at in disgust, to abominate, *cK-nTo«, 1. to spit out.
to

*iK-nveQ}, -w, to breathe
;
.

LXX
.

(WH

;

;

;

.

.

;

;

;

LXX

loathe (=3

cl. airoiTT-, KaTairr-)

:

Ga
Jg

4i*.t

iiK-pil6^, -w, [in

LXX:

5^* {iS'p),

Je

l^" (trrn:),
4*,

Ze
acc.

2* (fflha

A,

-ipsr

BS),

Da TH
*
;]

78 (-ipy),

Da

LXX
[in

411.23,

Wi

Si 3^
:

49^

5^1, II

Mac

12''

to root out,

pluck up by the roots

c.

Mac rei, Mt
i

1329 1513

Lkl7«,Jui2.t
-ecos,
;

lic-oraais,

^

{i^icTTrjfii),

LXX Ga
:

2733, i
;]

Ki

1415,

Ez

2616,

al.

(n-JlD)

II

Ch

I41*

<i3'

17i« 2029 (inD), al.

1.

a displace-

ment

(Arist.).

2.

An abnormal
;

subject passes out of his (Kennedy, Sources, 121 f.)

condition of the mind, in which the usual self-control (Hippocr.) in NT Ac IQio 11^ 221^; (6) {a) a trance:
;

amazement

:

Mk

5*2 168,
[in

iK-<TTpi^o,,

Lk 526, Ac 3i<'.t LXX: De 322<>, Am

6i3'i2),

Ez

163*

A

(^Dn),

Za

142

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
pi.),

ll^" (pne

Ez
;

13'-'o

(TIY pil.)*;]
to

1-

io korji

out of (Rom.).

2.
:

to

turn inside out

metaph.,

change entirely, pervert (Aristoph.)
:

Tit

WH,

* £K-(rwJw, to preserve from danger, bring safe mg., E, txt., v.s. £^o>6»£«).t
IK-Tapdaao,, [in

Ac

27^® (e^wo-ai,

LXX

:

Ps 17

(18)^

(nvn
etc.
;]

pi.),

87 (88)i« (nax),

Wi

173,4 181'^*;] to tliroio into great trouble, agitate:
iK-idv(a,
T.

Ac

16^^.

[in

LXX
Ac

for

rhw
8^

,

ni33

,

to stretch out or forth

x«pa
2253

(as often in
£^5 i^^,^^

LXX), Mt
;

U'^ U^\ 26^\

Mk

1« S^ Lk

5^^ &^\

Jo 21^^ Ac 26^;

Lk
II

.

seq. iirl, c. ace, pers., towards, Mt 12*^; 430 of anchors, to cast, Ac 273o.t
[in

against,

iK-Te\io>,

-w,

LXX: De

Mac

15^ *

;]

to

bring
7}

**t ^K-TeVcia,
III

-as,

«

to

an

32^^ (nbs), 11 end, finish, comjylete
[in

tKrei/r;?),

Ch 45, Da th Lk 142^' ^o.t LXX: Jth 4^, II Mac
:

S'*"',

1438,

Mac
26'.t

6*^*;]

zeal,

intentness,

earnestness

(cf.

Deiss.,

BS, 262):

Ac

**^KT£MT]s, -£s «£/cT€tVw), [in

LXX:
:

in

Mac

310 529*;] stretched,

strained.

Metaph., earnest, zealous

i

Pe

4^.t

^KT€K(us, adv., [in

LXX
12*,

:

Jh
i

3^ (n^in^), Jl 1^*, Jth 4^2,
1^2
;

m Mac 5^ *
(WH
:

;]

fervently, earnestly mg., omits).
^K-TiOrifii,

:

Ac

Pe

compar.,
;]

Lk

22^*

br.,

E,

[in

LXX
LXX
6^\

for

p3

ni., etc.

to set out,
c.

expose

Ac 7^^

Metaph.,

to set forth,

expound: Ac 11* 28^3;
for

ace. rei, 182",

^K-TU'do-CTw, [in

Mt

IQi*;

xow,
iii).+
-7/,

Mk

shake off : Kovioprov, lyj Mid.: Kovioproy, Ac 13^1; IfidrLa, Ac 18« (cf.
ni., pi., etc.;] to
:

MM,

Exp.,
Iktos, iKr6s,

-ov, </ie

sixth

Mt
Jg

20*, al.
82«
20^5,
iii
;]

adv.,

[in

LXX:
Ca
41' 3

Ki 10",
1.

al.

(l3^n,
outside,
Deiss.,

15!?),
:

Jg

528 (lyj),

('^

ny^n),

al.

as

adv.,

beyond to i., c. poss. gen., the outside, Mt 232" j^ \^^q BS, 118), pleonastic, €kt6s €i fiy, 1 Co 14^ 152, i Ti 5^^.
.

q^
2.

^y_

of prep., c. gen.;
besides, except
:

(a)

outside of:
j

i

Co 6^^
5^ *
;]

11

Co

force 122; (6) beyond,

With

Ac

2622,

Qq
for

15^7 f

turn out of the course, Pass., with middle sense, intrans., to turn aside turn aside, c. ace. 12" (E, txt., for be ptd oiit of joint, E, mg., v. Thayer, s.v. Westc, He tVi, 11 Ti 4* ottio-w, i Ti 5^^ q ^gc^ ^^ in 1.) fig., seq. cis, i Ti 1" shun, avoid : i Ti 620. for bl2 etc. ;] 1. prop., of children, to nurture, iK-rpi^b), [in : Eph 6*. 2. to nourish : Eph 529.t bring tip *f cKTpofios, -ov, = evTpofjio^, exceedingly terrified : He 122^ (for exx. from TT., V. Deiss., BS, 290; LAE, 254).t
€K-Tp^irw, [in
,

LXX

^Dn

Am

to

;

;

;

.

LXX

,

6ic-Tpw|j.a, -To^,

TO {<^€KTLTpo(TK(ii, to miscarry), [in

LXX:
;]

Jb

3^",

Ec

63 (bg)3

;

also in Aq.,

Ps 57

(58)^),

Nu
:

12^2

(ma) *

an

abortion,

an untimely

birth

(v.

Field, Notes, 179)

i

Co

158.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
iK-(^ip(a, [in

143

LXX chiefly for K2r
i

hi.

;]

c.

ace. rei,

Lk

I522,

Ti 6^

;

c.

ace. pers.,
^' ^^.

Mk

for burial

(cf. Ko/At^w), al.)
;

Ac

5*'

2.

to

carry out, bring out Ac 5^5 of the dead bring forth ; {a) of women
1.

to

823,

;

(Hipp., Arist.,
^K-<|>euY&),

{b)

of the

ground (Hdt.)
,

:

He

G^.t
:

for D13 etc. ;] to flee Ac 162^ I Th 53, He 2^ seq. «, Ac IQ^* c. ace. pers., ace, rei, Lk 213", Eo 23; t. x«i/>a5 avTov, 11 Co 1133.t
[in
;

LXX
[in
11

away, escape

absol.,

;

He

1225

.

q

iK-<^o^iia,

-Q),

LXX
Co
:

chiefly for

Tjn

hi,;]

to

frighten away,

terrify

:

c.

ace. pers.,

lO^.t
I,

lK<|)opos, -ov, [in

LXX
Mk

cTvat for -|iP

,

De
(a1.)

9^^; also i

Mac

132

-j

affrighted, terrified **iK-^6io, [in

:

9i«,

He
Mt

122i.t

OT

(Sm.) Ps 103(104)1*;
:

Is 61"*;] to cause to

grow

out,

put forth

(leaves)

2432,

Mk 1328.t
:

and eK^vvvo) ^o- ^2, 17 (q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for ^DttT ;] to pour out : <t>id\rjv, Ee W'*' ^' al/xa, Mt 2335 (cf MM, Exp., xii), Lk 1150, Ac 2220, Kipfxara, Jo 2^5 315 (Lxx)^ Ee 16«. Pass., alfx.a, Mt 26'^8, Mk I42*, Ac 2220; otvo?, Eo Mt 9^^ Lk 537 (TTrXdyxva, Ac 1^\ Metaph., t, Tr^eO^ua, Ac 2^7. 18 (LXX). 33
^K-xe'w,

also HellenistiCj eKxvvoi (in Th.

ii

Ki

14^**),

;

.

;

10*5, Tit 3«

.

iydTTT],

Eo

55

(of.

Si 33 (36)8, ^^.y^^)

.

pass., of
in)
:

Lat.

effundor), to give oneself

up

to

(EV, ran riotously

persons (like Ju ^.t
:

Mk

**+cK-xu»'»'«, Hellenistic 142*, Lk 537 1150 2220,

form

Ac
57,

of U^ii^, q.v. (Bl., § 17) 118 10*5 2220, 5^, Ju ".t

Mt

2335 2628,
73

Eo

Am

iK-xwp^o,, -w [in 712 (ma), I Es 4**'

LXX Nu
:

16*5 (1710)
9«2

(,-,

^ly jg

(-,53^)^
:

I

Mac

* ;]

to depart,

withdraw
* ;]

Lk

212i.t
^K-v|/u'xa,,

[in

LXX
:

:

Jg 421 A

{V\^y),

Ez

21^

(12)

(nn^

pi.)

to expire,

breathe one's last

Ac

iKiiv, -ova-a, -6v,

55>io 1223 ^qI iKwv^u); Cremer, 906).t 21i3, Jb 36i»*;] willing, [in

LXX: Ex
9^7
-as,
€.
17,

of one's

own free
11". 24,

will

:

Eo
T.

820, i

Co

(Cremer, 246).t
[in

^Xaia (Attic,

e'Aaa),

LXX

for rr\

;]

an

olive tree

:

Eo
(T,

Ee

11*;

opo9 tQ)v

(D^nin iri,

Za

14*), the
;

Mount

of Olives:
i.

Mt

111 133 1426^ Lk 1937 2230 to KoAov/tcKov 211 243 2630, Ja 3i2.t 2. an olive (Aristoph.) q.v.), Lk 1929 2137. eXaiw,
:

Mk
TO,

IXaioi',

-ov,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

lOtP;]

olive-oil:

Ee
Ja

for lamps, Mt 253. *.8; for healing, 51*; for anointing at feasts, Lk 7**, He 19(i'XX).+ Syn. : fivpov, ointment, v. Tr,, Syn., 135, 6« 1813;

Mk

Gi^,

Lk 16*, Lk 103*.

t AaicSi', -wvos, o (<[ ikaia), [in

LXX

for

it;!

;]

olive-grove, olive;

garden

(so in

FIJ and in
;

M, Pr., 49, 69, 235): Lk Field, Notes, 73 Bl., § 10, 5
11,

Deiss., BS, 209 ff, Exp., iii; tt, 192^ 2137 j^H, -wu; v. their App., 158;
;

MM,

Thayer, s.v.), Ac I12 (where Bl., 33, 1 c, proposes the conjectural emendation ikauov for -<iJvos).t (el.) (Eee. -a/iiTT/s), -ov, 6 (Heb. D^iy;) [in 'EXajieiTTis
;
;

LXX

144

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
Jth 1' ; 'AiXa/iaVi^s (vv.U. "EXa/xov 11^^ 212 22«) ;] an Elamite : Ac 2^t Is
:

'EAu/Aaios,
§ 3, 7)
:

'E\-,

-a/iiTTjs

;

Bl.,

i\d<T(T(i}v

i\dxi(rTos,
fiiKpo^), [in

(-TTWV, He V, WH, from the epic tXaxv's,

I

Ti

5*),

-ov

(lormed, with superl.
:

little,

LXX for layD,
He

etc.

;]

less,

in

and serving as compar. of age, rank or quality Jo 2^**,
i

Eo

9^2 (Lxx)^

V

;

neut., -ov, adverbially:
(<:^

fi\aTTovi(a,

-to

lAaTTov),

[in
:

LXX

Ti 5».t (with

-oto)

chiefly

for
;

^p^

;]

to be less

(RV, Jiad no lack)

n Co

8^^ f^^^) (a rare

word

of.

MM,
IDn
,

Exp.,

xii).t

cXoTTiSu, -w (<^ eXaTTcov), [in

LXX

(where also
:

-aa-w) chiefly for
j

and very
AauVo),

freq. in Si

;]

to

make

less

He

2'^

(i-xx)

pass.,

Jo

3^°,

He

29.t

[in

LXX
Pe
r],

:

Is 41^ (Dibn) 33^1

(t3"»er),

etc.

;]

to drive

:

of

the wind, Ja

3*, ii

2^^

Jo

6^^; of

demons, Lk

of sailors rowing or sailing a boat, ; 8^9 (cf. oltt-, cruv-eXavVco).t
:

Mk

6*^

*t

e\a<|>pio, -as,

lightness, levity

ii

Co

l^^.t
,

eXa<})p6s, -a, -ov, [in

LXX chiefly for bj?
(EV, our
ikdcrcrwv),

bbp^

;]

light in

weight
4^^t

easy

to

bear

:

Mt

ll^o

;

6Xii/^is

as proper : eXdxioTos, -f}, -ov (v.s. superlat., i Co 15®; elsewhere, as usually in late Gk., intensive (Bl., 19^7, i Co 4^ 62, Ja 3*; L Mt 2«(LXX) 25*»»45^ Lk 122« § 11,
3)
;

light affliction), smallest, least

u Co

W^

h

T.

(3a<T(Xtia T. ovpavwv,

cXaxioTorepos (for

Dalman, Words, 113). Compar., corresp. superl., v. LS; v. also Bl., §44, 3); lesi
5^® (v.
3^.t
6,

Mt

than the

least

:

Eph

'EXed^ap (Heb. "l7y^^^),

indecl.,

Eleazar

:

Mt
as

l^^t
in

36

(37)2«, al.

t iXedw, later form of cXccoj, q.v., [in in Ro %^\ Ju 23, WH.t ;]

LXX

v.l.

To

132,

Ps

NT
6

:

teXcYF^os,

-oC,

«€X£yx<^),
al.;]

[in

LXX:
ii

Ps 37

(38)i*

38

(39)^1

(n03in), Si 2029 21« 41*,

reproof:
[in

Ti S^^.t

t^ey^s,
buke
:

-£o>5,

^

«A€yx«),
[in

LXX:

Jb 21* 232
Pr,

(o^nr)*;] re-

II

Pe

2i«.t
-ou,
;]

cXcyxos,

o (eXe'yx*"),
test
:

LXX:
11^.+

freq. in

Jb (nnsin),

Wi
Tit

5,

Si

3,

etc.

a proof,
convict

He

cX^YXw, [in

LXX chiefly
:

contempt.

2. to

P;
I

iseq. irepi,

Jo

8'"'

for PD^ hi.;] 1. in Horn., to treat with ace, Mt 18^^ (RV, show him his fault), 168, Ju^^; pass., Ja 2^. 3. to reprove, rec.

Ti 52c, II Ti 42, Tit 1^3 2^5, Re 3^9; pass., seq. Trcpt', Lk 3^^; iir6, He 125 (LXX). 4. to expose: Eph 5^^; pass., Jo 320, i Co 142* (RV reprove, mg. convict), Eph 5^^ (RV, as i Co, I.e., cf. AR on Eph 51^; MM, Exp., xii; cf. s^-, 8ta-KaT-€X€yxo/Aai).t Syn. : i-mTifiw, expressing simply rebuke, which may be undeserved (Mt 1622) Qj. inefifectual (Lk 23**'), while eX. implies rebuke which brings conviction (v. Tr., Syn., § iv).

buke:

Manual qeeek Lexicon of the new testament
IXeciKiJs,
-17,

145

-ov (<^IX€os; in
:

Ee,

I.e.,

WH
Eo

have the Attic poetic
i

form,

cXeii ds), pitiable, miserable 9i«, i\€io> (in

Ee

3^^

;

comparat.,

Co

IS^^.t

Eo

Pss, Pr) chiefly for
1522 1715 1833 20^0.
1132,

pn
31,

,

Ju22, -c^o), q.v.), -S «IA€09), [in also freq. in Proph. for etc.

LXX
;]

cm
Co

,

(Hex, to have

pity or mercy on, to show mercy

:

absol.,
*8,

Mk

519 10*"'
113o.
3i,

Lk
Co
;

9^" 12^; c. 16^* 17^3 ^gss.

ace,
39,

Mt 9^^ Eo 9^^' is
l^s. ^^,

py
2io.t

227,
:

Ju22^

Pass., to havB pity or
i

mercy shown one (BV,
11

obtain mercy)
I

Mt 5^ Eo

7^^

41,

i

Ti
;

Po

Syn.
249).
t

:

oiKTctpo) (v. Tr.,

Syn., § xlvii
cA£€w), [in

Thayer,

s.v.

cAccw

Cremer,
,

£'X£Ti|xo<rufT|, -I??,

y

«
33
;

LXX
;

chiefly for

TpH

nj?^^

;]

1. mercy, pity. 2. almsgiving, alms (Uke the corruption of the Greek word c.) Mt 6* ttouZv
:

i.,

German Almosen, a Mt 62. 3, Ac 936 102
1233;
c.,

24^7;
aiTctv,

i.

StSdvat,

Lk

11*1

(cf.

Mt

233fi;

Dalman, Words, 621.)

Ac

32

;

kaftelv,

Ac

Trpos (in

order to ask)

Ac
:

3^*^
;

pi.,

Ac

10*' 31

(Cremer, 711).t
cXcilfiui', -ov,

[in

LXX chiefly
l^^-.t

for

pan ;] merciful
iljap.,

Mt

5'',

He 2i7.t

^Xeicds, V.8. cAccivds.

'EXeiadpex (T, Eec. 'EXio-; v.

WH,

155), ^, indecl. (Heb.

yj^bs), Elizabeth: Lk
4i«;

IXeos, -ovs, TO (cl. -ov, 6, and so Eec, Mt 9" 12^ 2323, Tit 3^, He on the Hellenistic form to l, v. WH, Ajyp., 158; M, Pr., 60; Mayser, 277 Kiihner, i, 515), [in LXX chiefly for ipn ;] mercy, pity,
;

compassion
c.

;

1. of

men Mt
:

9^3 (lxx) x2'' 2323
,

.

ttouIv

I.

(and

id. seq. /xcxa,

gen.

;

cf.
:

Heb. or IpH ni^V
150. 84, 58^

Of God
13
;

Lk

Rq

159,

Ge 2123, al.), Lk 103^, Ja 2^3 3^^ 2. Eph 2*, ii Ti li«. is, Tit 35, He 4i6, i Pe
12, ii
;

esp. in benedictions, Ga 6^^, i Ti o-TrXdyxva iXeov;, Lk 1'^ cXt'ous, Eo 923
;

Ti
I.

12, ii

Jo

3,

Ju

2

;

ttouIv

(v. SUpr.),

Lk

o-kcv^ 1^2 j ^

ifi€T€pw

eXe'ci,
:

Eo

1131.

3_

Of Christ

:

Ju2i.t
192" (nCT^n),

Syn.
3034 (3325)^
religious

oiKTLpfxo^ (v.S. iXeio}).

iXiuBepia, -as, ^, [in
I

LXX
Mac
Co
327

:

Le

i

Es

4*9'

^\ Si 721

Mac
Co
212

142",

m
i,

life, i

102*, 11
;

31^,

328*;] liberty: with reference to the Ga 2* 51, i Pe 2i«, 11 Pe 21^; 6 vd/tos

T^s

i.,

Ja

125

^

T^5

86$r]^,
ff.
;

Eo

821

.

^^'

^_^

Ga

513

(on which
(a)

formula, cf. Deiss.,
cXeu^epos,

LAE,
[in

Cremer, 251).t
for

-a, -ov,
:

LXX chiefly

^wpn ;]

free

;

in civil

sense, not a slave Jo 833, i Co 721. 22 I2i3, Ga 328, Eph 68, Col 311, Ee gi5 1316 igis fem., Ga 422. 23, 3o (j^ as regards restraint and obligation Mt 172^, i Co 9i seq. U, i Co 91^ d^rd, Eo 73 c. inf., in general I Co 739; from the law, Ga 426, i Pe 21^; from sin, Jo 836; Sixaiotrvvj;, as regards righteousness, Eo 62" (Cremer, 249).+
. :

;

;

;

^

^Xeo06p6a), -w, [in

LXX

:

Pr

25io, 11

Mac

127 222 *;] to

make free

10

146

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

from sin, Jo 832.36; ggq. ^tto, Eo 618'22 8-21; r. iXive^pla (dat. commodi), Ga 5^ (on the " punctiliar " force of this verb, v. M, Pr. 149 cf. also Cremer, 251).+ *+ JXeoais, -ew9, rj, a coming : Ac l^^.f iXe^dvTivos, -t], -ov {<^ iktcfia's, ivory), [in LXX for "0 ;] of ivory :
;

Re

1812.
'EXiaKcifi

(Heb.
to

D'^jT^'N),

Eliakim, an ancestor

of

Jesus

:

Mt

1^^,

Lk

330. +

*

i'Xiyfia,
fiLyfjLa,

-T0<;,

Rec.

;

WH,

«

eA.tWw),

a

roll

:

Jo

19^^,

WH,

txt,

(jxly/xa,

mg., E, txt.).+
o,

'EXie^ep

(Heb. liybN),

indecl., Eliezer,

an ancestor

of Jesus

Lk

329.+

'eXiouS, 6, indecl.,

Eliud, an ancestor of Jesus:
T, 'EXur-),
-ov, 6

Mt

l^^'^^.t

'EXiadpcT, v.s. 'EXeto--.
'EXiCTalos (Eec. 'EXio-o-aZos
;

(Heb.

ycrbfef),

Elisha,

the prophet
to roll, roll

:

Lk
[in
:

42^".+

i\L<T(TUi,

LXX
He

up

Is 34* (bba ni.), 112(lxx)^ Rg G^^.t
:
:

Ps 101
9^-''\

(102)26 («!,„ ^i.), etc.

;]

IXkos, -cos (-ous), TO [in

LXX Ex
2.

Jb

2''

(^''niS');]

1.

a icound (Horn.).
1.

a

sore,

iv Ki an ulcer (Thuc,
1318-27,

Le

20^,
al.)

Lkl62i, Ee
sores
.

162.11.+
to

*€Xk6«, -d; pf ptcp., :

wound.
(Eec.

2.

to

eiAicw/tcvos

17XK-),

ulcerate; pass., to suffer from EV, full of sores, Lk 162<>.+
11.

c, Ac 16i^), [in c. ace. pers., seq. for ^CTD etc. ;] to draw : c. ace. rei, Jo ISi'' 21^ Ac 21^0; €19, Ac 161^ Ja 2^. Metaph., to draw, lead, impel: €^<i>, Jo 6**, 12^2. (For discussion of I. in Oxyrh. Log., v. Deiss., LAE,

cXkuu, v.s. eX/coj. IXku, (Hellenistic
,

form

eX/cvw in Jo,

LXX

;

437

ff.)+

'EXXds,

-aSos, V, [in

LXX:

Is 66i9,

Ez

271^ (yr),
;

i

Mac

li 8^*;]
(cf.

with varying usage as to geographical limits Ac 1812), Greece : Ac 202.+
"eXXyji', -7;vos, 6, [in

in

NT =
;

'A;^ai'a

LXX
:

:

Jl 3 (4)^,

Za

91^ (yr), etc.

i

Mac

lio,

al.*;]

a Greek; opp.

to /Sdp^apo^,

Gentiles, opp. to 'lovSatot

Jo

V\ Ac
24

Eo

li« 29.10 39 1012,

I

Co
[in

122.

li*; usually in of Greek II20 141 IGL ^ 18* I91O' i^ 2021 2128, 1032 1213^ Qa 23 328, Col 311 of
;

Eo

NT

proselytes, Jo I220,
•eXXtji/ikcJs,

Ac

17*.+

-i

-oV,

LXX:
11

Je 26 (46)i« 27 (50)i« (n31V

aliter

in Heb.),
(sc.

Mac yXwo-o-Tj), Ee 911.
11
:

410- 1^

6^ 112* 132, iv
[in

Mac
68

88*;] Greek:

t.

'EXArjvtKy

**'E\\-^vis, -/80s,

rj,

LXX:

Mac

A*;] a Greek

(i.e.

Gentile)

woman
toms),

Mk

726,

Ac

I712.+
6 (<; 'EXXt/vi'^w,
:

*+'EXXTj»'iaTris,

-ov,

a Hellenist (EV, Grecian Jew)

to Hellenize, affect Ac 61 9^9 II20.+

Greek cus-

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
*'E\\r]vi<ni, adv., in
(cf.

147

Greek: Jo 19^"; 'E. (so. AaAciv) yawo-Kets, Field, Notes, 135). *t AXoyaw, -w (a KOLVT] word, elsewhere usually -e'w; cf. Bl., 22, 2), ^^ (on parallels, cf. Deiss., to charge to one's account, impute : Exp., xii); of sin, LAE, 79 f., 335 f.; Milligan, NTD, 73; Eo 513 (Cremer, 400).t.

Ac

2137

{5

Phm

MM,

*EXfiaBd(i (L, 'EA-

;

Eec.

-/AwSa/i), 6,

indecl.,

Elmadam, an
non,
;

ancestor

of Jesus

:

Lk

3^8.

cXm^w,
0. c.
I

[in

LXX chiefly for ni22,
hope
(for)
:

also for

bw
Co

pi., hi., etc.;]

to look for, expect,

c. ace. rei,

Eo

S'^'**^^, i

dat. rei
inf.,

(t.

rvxu,
III

Lk

634 23«,

Thuc, iii, 97, 2), Mt 12^1 Ac 26^, Eo 152S i Co IS^,

seq. Ka^ws,
11

Co

11^; 8^ 5'\ Phi 2^^<^\
13^,
11

He
Ac

Co

Ti

31*, II

Jo 12,
I

Jo";
As
;

seq.
in

6ti, c.

pres.,

Lk

242i;

c. fut.,

24^6,

II

Co
Pe Co

1^3 130,

Phm 22.
Ti 410

LXX (WM,

§ xxxiii,

d; and esp. in the

pf., Ellic.
I
;

I

BI., § 59, 2), c. prep.; ek, Jo 5*5 (v. Ellic. I.e.), 15^2 (lxx)^ i Ti 410 G^^; ^, 35 seq. 5ti, ii Co l^O; ctti', c. dat., 15^9; c. ace, i Pe 1^3 (aor. imper. v. Bl., § 58, 2) ; r. Oeov, 1 Ti 5^

on

Eo

(cf. air-, Trpo-eXTTi^w, V.

Cremer, 255).
82»,

Airi's,

{iK-,

Eo
its

WH,

V. Bl., § 4, 3

;

M,

Pr., 44),
;]

-I'So?, ^,

[in

LXX for ni321 and
of
I

derivatives, nipri (freq. in Jb), etc.

expectation
1.

(in cl., rarely of evil,

mostly of good, and so always in NT), hope;
11

hope
910

in general:
;

Co

1<*;
;

c.

gen.

obj.,

Ac

16^^; art. inf.,

Ac

272*^,
:

Co

Trap' iXir'iSa,

tV

iX-rriSL,

Ac
.

22« 26«,

Eo 41^ eV cAtti'Si, I Co 9^^ 2. Of religious hope Eo 4^8 820, Tit 12; rfj i. iai^OrjfjLev, Eo 82*; ^ar'
;

iXiriha

^<arj<i

266'

7

2820

of the Messianic hope of Israel, Ac 23® of Christian hope, Eo 52. ". ^ 1212 154, 13^ i Co 13^3, n Th 2i«,
alojviov,

Tit 3^

He
II

3« 611 719 1023^
c.

Tit 12;

58, g gen. obj., Eo 52, Col 127, j Th gen. of that on which the hope is based, Ac 26^ Eph V^ 4S
I

Pe

13, 21 315

.

P

Col 123;

5 ^^^5 ^-5 >^

Eo
I

1513; |;^«v

£.

(=

cl. cATTi'^eiP'),

Co
:

312 1015,
820,

Eph

212,

Th

413

;

seq. inl,
(a) of

c. dat.,

i

Ac 24l^ Eo 154, Jo 33 ds, Ac 241^
;

the author or ground of hope (cl.) I Th 21^ I Ti 11 c. gen. obj., Col 127 (^) of the thing hoped for: Ga 5^, Col 1^, Tit 2i3, He 6I8 (Cremer, 252, 712).t 'EXufjias, -a, 6 (<; Aram, or Arab., cf. DB, i, 246 b), Elymas
oTi,

Eo

Phi

120,21

Meton.,
;

Ac

138.t

i\wl

i-t

Eec.

;

iXwt
-ov,

LT Aram, ^n^^?), Eloi Mt 27*6, Mk
;

:

153* (Lxx).t

efjiauToO,

-rjs,

reflex pron. of first pers.,
;

dat. and ace. sing., of myself: Lk 77, al. 1018 1410 hr' i^avTov, Mt 89, Lk 78.
;

(Itt'

L,

used only in gen., Jo 53o 717.28 828.42

^fi-paivw, [in

LXX
to

for n^JT
:

,

etc.

omit)
^10.13,

;

cJs TrXoIov,

embark

Mt
Ac
,

to step into : Jo 5* ;] 823 91 132 1422 1539^

(WH, EV
41 518 6*^

Mk

Lk

53 822.37^

Jo

617.24 213,

216.t
;]

Ifi-PaXXo), [in
(cf.

LXX
93).+

for DltZT
r.

etc.

to cast into

:

seq.

cis,

Lk

12^

MM,

Exp.,

vii,

*ilfji-3(iirT(i),

to

dip in

:

x«ipa Iv

t. t^v/SAiw,

Mt

2623

.

mid., seq.

a'c,

Mk

I420.+

148

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
cfipaTeu'w, [in

LXX
1431
;

:

c.

ace, Jos 19^9 (bui), 19" (pbu

pi.)

;

seq.

ets,

I

Mac 12"
€/x/?aiVo))
;

1320
1.

15<0;

metaph.,

11

Mac

23o*;]

{<: ifi^dTt]^
;

haunt, dwell in {M^ch., Eur.) metaph.. Col 2^^ {d^velling in, R, txt. taking, R, mg.) (b) to invade (i Mac, 11. c. metaph., Col, I.e.). 2. to enter LXX, Jos, 11. c.) on the on, come into possession of (Bur., Dem. difficulties of reading and interpretation in this passage, v. Lft, Col.,

<;

to step in or

on (Soph.), hence
;

(a) to freqrmnt,

;

;

;

194

f .,

for exx.
to set
€1?,

252 ICC, 268 ff. Field, Notes, 197 MiUigan, NTD, 177 and from tt., MM, Exp., xii (cf. K€V€/^;8.).t iv Ki 92« (Ml hi.), Pr 4^ (^11 hi.)*;] 1. ^li-PiPct^o., [in LXX c. ace. pers., seq. in, jyut in. 2. to put on board ship, embark
; ; ;

;

:

:

Ac

27".+

c>-pX£'Tra), [in

LXX
hi.),

metaph., Is 51^ (CJ33
c.

for nsi (m Ki 8\ al.), n2D (Jb G^s A, al.) 8^^ Si 2^", etc. ;] to look at : c. ace. rei,

Mk

1021, 27 i4fi7^

dat. pers. (part., seq. Xeyct, fJirev, cf. Xen., Cyr., i, 3, 2), Mt Lk 201' 2261 (^„e;8X€./.cv), Jo 136. 43 absol., to look,
.

192*',

y[^

Ac 22^

metaph.,
bulk,

to consider

:

Mt

G^^.t

§22, 1), -w/xai {<^ ^piixr], strength, snort with anger), depon., with aor. mid. (ipifxaofjiat, ll^o (also Aq., Ps (Hatch, Essays, 25) Da and pass., [in 7^2; Sm., Is 17^3)*;] to snort in (of horses, ^sch.), hence, to speak or act with deep feeling {DCG, i, 62')) (a) to be moved with anger
c|x-ppifi(Iop,ai

(T, -iofxai; Bl.,
to

whence

LXX
La

:

LXX

;

(cf.

i,jL^ptfir]fjia,

2"):
:

c.

dat.,

Mk
Mt

14^ Jo
9^0,

11^3; iv iavr^o,
1*3.+

Jo ll^S;

(b) to

admonish

sternly

c. dat.,
:

Mk
;]

c>e'«, -w, [in

LXX

Is 19i* (N^p) *

to
:

vomit

:

fig.,

Re S^\f

*+

^fji-|iaivofAat,

depon., to rage against

c. dat.,

t'Efifiacou^X, 6
'EfAfxaou's,
r/,

bx way, Is 71*), Emmaus, a place 60 furlongs from Jerusalem
(Heb.
:

Ac 26^^+ Immanuel Mt 123(LXX)^t
:

Lk
2.

2413.+
ifHiivio, [in

LXX
MM,

chiefly for

mp
Ga

;]

1.

to

abide in
14^"^;

:

Ac

283o.

to

abide by, be true to: seq.
J

eV; r. ttCo-tu,

Ac

t.

SiaOrJKr],

He
cf.

89 (LXX)

c

Deiss.,

BS, 248;

dat., T. yeypa/A/xeVots (dat. ptcp. as in 3io(i'XX).t ^a;;j., xii)
:

legal formula;

'E|xficjp

(T, 'Efjifjiwp,

Rec.

-op,

indecl. (Heb. Iian),

Emmor

(Go

331^)

:

Ac

7i<'.+
-r/,

poss. pron. of first pers., representing the emmine, subjectively and objectively, i.e. belonging phasized 83^, Jo 3^^ (most Mt IS'^*^, to, proceeding from or related to me 25'\ Lk 153i, freq. in this gospel), al.; absol., to €>oV, to. ifid, Mt Jo 10^* 1614-1* 1710 = gen. obj. (cl.), ds t. e^/v avap-v-qcnv, Lk 2219, 16^1, Col 418, I Co 1124,25. c. gen. expl., t. c'/xtJ x"/>' nav'Aov, i Co
^ficSs,

-oV,

gen. ipov,

:

Mk

W^

;

II

Th
*+
+

31".
^(iiraiYfiovri, -rjs,
17

cjA-iratYfios, -o?, 6

« «

€/A7rat'{w, q.v.),

mockery

:

11

Pe

33.+

ifiirai^w, q.v.), [in

LXX Ez
:

22* (n^^f?), Ps

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
37 (38)7 Bn^ ^-,i,p ni)^ ^^^ mocking : He ll^'.t
in-rrailu,

149

1225, Si 2728, 11

Mac V,

iii

Mac

522*;]

a

[in

LXX
at,

for
2i«,

b^T

hithp., pniZT, etc.;]
:

=
3i,

Attic

irpoa--,

Karairai^w, to

mock

mock

1429 2263 233fl; pass., 1531, Lk 23ii.t
t c|i-iraiKTT|s, -ov, 6

Mt

(Hdt.) 0. dat., Mt 27^9' I520, Lk 10^* Lk 1832; absol., Mt 20i9 27",

Mk

Mk

«€>7rat^w,
V.S. ivn-.

q.v.), [in

LXX:

Is 3* {n^blbVT?)*;]

a mocker

:

11

Pe

3*,

Ju ^^.t
-<a,
ifi-n-LUiTr-,

^fi-TTcpi-iraTew,
ifi-mTrXT)|xi

(on

1417), [in

LXX

chiefly for

ace. pers. et gen. rei,
c.

LS, S.V., Bl., § 6, 8), and ifnmrXdd) (Ac sbQ miZT ;] to fill full, fill up, satisfy : c. Lk 1^^^ ^^ ^4^^ pass., Lk 62^, Jo 6^2 metaph.,
V.
,

;

.

gen. pers., to take one's
^fi-TTiirpTjjii, ifiTrprjOo}
TrLfiTrprj/jii),

fill

of:

Eo

15'-* (cf.

Da

LXX

(for the form, v.s.

€/i7ri7rXr//At,

and

Su32).t cf. Veitch,
iroXcv,
;

s.v.
22'^
;

[in

LXX LXX

chiefly for

P)li2?;]

to set
:

on fire:
28^ (T

Mt

pass., of the body, to
q.v.).t
cfA-iriirTw,

become inflamed

Ac

iriixTrprjixi,

WH,
12",

[in

Lk

639

103";
:

veipaa-fiov, ib.

6^

;

chiefly for bD3 ;] to fall into : seq. ck, Mt metaph., ci9 Kpt>a, i Ti S"; 6v€iBLCTfi6y, ib. 3^; CIS x«pas ^^oO (cf. II Ki 241*, I Ch 21^3, Si 2^8),

He
II

103i.t
c>-ir\^K«, [in

LXX:
(<^

Pr
to

28i8
be

{bB2),

u Mac

15^7

;]

to
:

weave
11

in,
2*,

entwine ; pass., metaph.,

involved, entangled

in

Ti

Pe
*t

220.t
^fi-TrXoKi], -^s,
i\i-i:vi(ii,
-S),
17

ifXTrXeKOi),

a braiding
[in

:

rpix'^v, 1

Pe

33,+

V.S. evTT-.

^fi-TTopcu'ofiai,

depon. (<[
(b)

l/tt7ropos),

LXX
:

chiefly for inD;] 1.

to travel, esp.
rei (a)
to

for business. in;
17

2.

to traffic, trade

Ja

4^3_

3

q

q^qq

traffic

to

import: (Ho 12S for by^ hoph.).
11

4.

C.

ace. pers., to

make a gain
-as,

of:
:

Pe

23.+

efiiTopia,

commerce, business,
eiiTT^pioc,

(< l/xTropos), [in LXX trade Mt 22*.+
(l/ATTopos),

for

iriD,

b^Ti

,

etc.;]

-ov,

TO

[in

LXX: De

33^^

(par),

Ez
:

273
oTkos

{byi}

;

«.

c'vai,

Is

23^'^

(njT) *

;]

a trading-place, exchange

ifjLTTopiov,

Jo

2i«.+

cji-TTopos,

byi;]

1.

-OV, 6 (•<] TTo/sos, a joumey), [in LXX chiefly for "iriD a passenger on shipboard, one on a journey. 2. a merchant:

Mt 13*^Ee

183,11,

15,

23,t

ifx-jrpr\0(a, V.S. fp.Tr lit prffju.

c|x-irpoa6cc,

adv. of place (in

cl.

also of time), [in
:

LXX chiefly for
I.,

•35b;]

1.

adverbially, before,in front

Lk

192^;

c^s

t6

ib. *;

opp. to

oirurdfv,

4"; opp. to ra ottlo-o), to. I., Phi 3^3 2. As prep., before; Mt 52* 62 7« ll^o 272^, Lk 51^ 72^ I42, Jo 328 jq*, Re 1910 228; (J) in ^he presence of: Mt 27", Ga 2i*, i Th 13 2i» 39'i3.
(a) in front of
:

Ee

6p.o\oy€~iv, 6.pvu(j6ai

(Dalman, Words, 210),
2532 27",

Mt

1032.33 26^0,
11

forensic sense,

Mt

Lk

2136,

Ac 18",

Co

510, i

Lk 128; ju Th 2^9, i Jo

150
3^*^
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Dalman, Words, evBoKLa {deX-qixa) Ian I. deov (a targumic formula Mt 1126 18^*, Lk 10^1 (c) in the sight of Mt S^" 6^ 17^ 2S^\
;
; :

211),

Mk

212

9^ Lk
;

1927,

Jo

123",
:

Ac
Jo

10*

;

(d) of

rank and dignity (Dem.,
25« (pT)*;] = cl., dat., Mk 10^* 14«5 IS^*;

Plat., al.

LXX, Ge
[in

dS^O)

V^.'io^f

^p-irruw,

LXX:

seq. «?,

Nu

12^* A,

De

KaraTTTvw (Euth., NPhr., 66), to spit tcpon : c. Pass., Lk 18=^2_t seq. (k, Mt 26«' 27^^ efi4)anis, -es «[ €ju.</)au/w, fo s/icw in, exhibit), [in
Is 22 (|13 ni.),

LXX

:

Mi

4^,

Wi

622 721

W^

;

i.

yCveaOai,

Ex

2i*

(yT

ni.),

Is 65^ (tzhl

ni.)*;]

manifest: Ac
[in

10*«; metaph.,
142i.2.i

Eo

1020(LXX)

(y.g. ^7ri(^ai'i^9).+

£fji4)a>'i!^w,

LXX

kavTov, c. dat pers.,

show
rei,

oneself,

Jo appear:

for JTT hi., etc.;] 1. to manifest, exhibit: {DCG, n, 112b). Pass, and mid., to
27^3,

Mt

declare,

make known: seq. Trpds, Ac 2322;
Syn.
:

seq. on,
^^^^^^

He 92* (cf. MM, Exp., xii). He 11^*; c. dat. pers., Ac 23^^;
Ac
24^ 252;
irtpl,

2.

to

^ ggn. pers.,

Ac

c ace. 25i5,t

8r]X6oi, q.v.

**
(of

£>-<})opos, [in

LXX:
15i\

Si 192^

Godly
(cf.

fear. Si, I.e.), terrified:

€|i-<j>ocrdw,

-w

into

Ge

2',

Wi

«

i Mac I32*;] 1. terrible. 2. in fear Lk 2i^'^\ Ac 10* 242^, Ee ll^^.t

cfivo-ddi,

to blow), [in

LXX for nD3
:

,

etc.

;]

to

breathe
avrwv,
I21
(v.

al.),

breathe
tO
I.e.).

upon

Jo

2022.t

**

e(i,-<j)UTOS,

-ov {<^iiJ.(f>voi,

iviplant), [in
2. rooted,

LXX:
dat.

I.

17

Ka/c/a

Wi

12^'^*;]

1.

innate (Wi,

implanted: Ja
c,
(

Mayor,

in

l.).t

iv,

prep, (the most freq. of all in NT),
I.

=

Heb. 3 Lat.
,

in, c. abl.). iv T. TToAei,
II

Of place,
;

c.

dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by,

among
t.

:

Lk 7"

T.

Pe

1^8; T. ^poVo),

Ee

7^ t. KoiXia, 64>6aXixC>, 321 ; r.Se^.a r. ^eoC, S^*
;

Mt

Mt
; ;

12""

;

6pu,
1^

Eo

iv vfxv, ev tois t.

Lk

of books, iv T. ySi^Xt'w,
/xou,

Ga

S^^
;

;

t.

vo/aw,

Mt

12^, al.

narpos

Father's house (EV cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2*^; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ev t. KapSta (-ats), Mt 52^, 11 Co 4", al. after verbs of motion, instead of cts (conT. oTJvei87;o-€o-iv, II Co 5" structio pircegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits
in

my

;

observed in

cl.

;

ef.

Bl., § 41,
(cf.

1

;

M,

Th.,

12),

ciTroo-reAAw
II.,
i,

.

.

.

iv,

Mt
Jo

101"
3^^
;

.

8g'S,^Ke^

^y r. xEipt
7^"^.

Tt6l£Vai ev xepai,

Hom.,

441,

al.),

9*®; i$r}\6iv,

coming and going (not in cl.), tla-rjXOt, Lk Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ev 7retpao-/i,or?, I Pe I*' ev elpT^vrj, ev ^WTj, Eo 51** ev T. Oavarw, I Jo 3^* 525; ^'^ g^^^ Phi 4l9;'^v TrpavTTjTi, Ja 3^3; ^ fjLvarrjpioi, I Co 2^• Mk
id.

after verbs of

Lk
;

II.

;

;

e'v

T.

StSax^,
;

Mk
;

42

;

of a part as contained in a whole, ev t. a/xTreXw,
;

Jo 15*

Eo 12* of accompanying objects or persons with, iv ai/xart. He 92^; ev 6eVa ;(tAiao-tv, Lk 14*1 similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ev o-roXats, (cf. Ju 1*, Ac 71*) 12^8 ev pd/SSio, I Co ev fiaxaiprj, Lk 22*^ ev ia-OiJTL Xap-irpa, Ja 22 421 (cf. ev t6$oi<;, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2) manner (cl.), ev rdxei of (= raxews), Lk 18^ (cf. Bl., § 41, 1) of spiritual influence, eV irvev/xarL, 123 q{ ti^g mystical relation of the Christian Eo 8® ev TT. cLKaOdpTu),
ev evi o-w/Aart,
cl.),

(simple dat. in
;

Mk

;

;

;

;

;

Mk

.

life

and the believer himself,

to

God and

Christ

(cf.

ICC,

Bo., 160

f.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
:

151

Mayor on Ju^; M, Pr., 103) cV Xptorw ('It^o-ov), cv Kvpiw, Eo 3^* &^^, 2i7, Eph 6^1, Col 4^, i Th ^^\ 4i», II Co 122, Ga al. I Co 31 111. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ev of instr. v. LS,
'

s.v.

Ill

—corresponding
(=
;

to similar use of
I

Heb.
6^
;

2),

by,

with

:

ev vfuv

KpivtToj. 6 KOVfiO'i

cl. Trapd, C. dat.),
9'^'^
;

Co

ev t. ap^ovTL t. SaL/xovcwv,
;

Mt
Re Re

9**

cv atfJ-aTi,
ev
p..,

He

ev

vSan,

Mt

3^^, al.

iv p.a^aLpa dwoKTeveL (cf.

the absol.
13^**

ev pd/SSw, supr., II,

(cf.

6^).

Allied to this
. . .

which some would classify here), usage and distinctly Semitic are the
aov
cf.
(cf.

following:
59
;

r]y6pa(ja<:

ev T.

atp-aTL

BDB,

S.V.

5,
;

III,

3),

op.oXoydv ev
10=^",

(= Aram. 2

""TX

;

McNeile on Mt,

I.e.

M,

Pr.,

Lk 128; ^^^Vai Iv (= cl. ace, so Ja 5^), Mt 104), Mt 4* (WH; vv. 11., els, ev), Ac also at the rate of, amounting to, 7U(LXX)_ IV. Of time, (a) in or during a period: ev t. rjp-ipa {wktl),
5^4, al.

Mk
;

Jo
{h)

11^, al.

;

ev (Ta/3/3dTo),

Mt
:

12^, al.

ev

tw

/teTa^u,

meamvhile, Jo
;

4^^;

Mt

NT

at the time of an event ev t. dvao-Tao-ei, Iv t. irapovcria, i Co IS'^^ 22^8; (c) c. art. inf., (a) pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in 6*8, Ga 4}% al. = Iws; V. M, Pr., 215), whUe : Mt 13*, (/?) aor.,

Mk

;

V. In composition (i) meaning (a) with adjective s, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as evoAios, evSo^os (6) with verbs, continuance in (seq. cv) or motion into (seq. ets), as c/x/xeVw, ip.(3aiv(o. (ii) Assimilation ev becomes e/A- before y8, p., -ir, <f), ij/ But in the iy- before y, k, $, x', eX- before X. older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in evypac^w, evKaivi^w, etc.
7vhen, after
:

Lk

9^", al.

;

(d)

within

(cl.)

:

Mt

27*'^,

:

:

;

:

;

t iy-ayKa\iioiiai
to take into one's

« arms

dyKaXr,), [in 93" lO^^'.t :

LXX for pnn

pi.,

Pr
:

G^O 24*8

'33)

*

.j

Mk

*c»'-dXios, -ov (also -a, -ov

;

<C. a^5>

^^^ sea), 0/ the sea
xii),

to. e.,

marine
c.

creatures, Ja 3^.t + ci'-ai'Ti, adv., a Koiv?/

word (MM, Exp.,

before

;

as prep.,

gen.

:

Lk
etc.
;

l^,

Ac

7^0

(WH,

ivavr^ov), 8'^Kf

iv-avrlos, -a, -ov (<^dvri'os, set against), [in

LXX:

c^ evavnas, for
:

1J3

,

cvavTt'ov,

for "^59^
6*8,

,

etc.

;]

over against, opposite, contrary

aiv€fjLoi,

Mt
;

142*,

Mk

Ac
c.
^.,

27*

;

§ 44, 1
I

Mozley, Ps., 42),

gen.,

Mk

i$ havria^ (ellipse obscure, v. Bl., 15^^. Metaph., opposed, hostile :

Tit 28. Neut., -iov, adv., as prep. c. gen., 1« 202« 24i9, Ac 710 (eVavn, T), 832(Lxx)_t before, in the presence of: Lk chiefly for bbu hi. ;] to begin, make a iv-&p\o\i.ai, [in
21*,

Th

Ac 269

2817; 5 ii

LXX
l^'.t

beginning

:

Ga

3^,

Phi

of the ninth hour cKaTos, (Rec. evi"), -7?, -ov, ninth : Re 212o 27*5.*6^ 1533.34, Lk 23", Ac 3^ 103.3o.t (3 o'clock, p.m.), Mt 20^
;

Mk

iv-ypd<^M (L, Tr.,

e'77-),

[in

LXX

chiefly for
to enter

nnS;]

to inscribe,

write in
pass.,

:

Lk

pass., seq. ev, 11 Co 3^' 3, 1020 (cf. i Mac 13*0; and v.
-c's

2.

^kSctjs,

«

Dalman,

in a register, enrol Words, 209).t

ev8eo>, to lack), [in

LXX

for

ngn

,

]1">3Jj{

,

etc.

;]

in

want, needy

:

Ac

i^*.f

152

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

* Ij'-Sciyfio, -Tos (^evStiKvu/Ai), a plain token, proof : ii Th 1' (cf. cvSti^is, which refers rather to the "act of proving"; I., with the passive formation, to the thing proved, v. Lft., Notes, 100; M, T7t.,
l.c.).+

SVN.
Mid.,
1.

:

TCKfl'^plOV.

iv-htiKfvp.1, [in

LXX for 13^
:

,

baa HNI
,

hi.

;]

to

to

show forth, prove
^^^

c.

ace. rei,
9^7 (lxx)^

Eo
i

21^

9"^
;

mark, point out. Eph 2^ Tit 21° 32,
cis,

He

611; ggq

^ ^^t. pers.,

Ro

Ti
:

V^

seq.

He

610 (c.

cogn. ace), 11 Co 8^*. 2. to manifest (by act) c. ace. rei et dat. pers., II Ti 41-* (cf. Ge 501^' ^', and v. MM, Exp., xiii).t *e»'-8£i^is, -ews, 7] {<^ivS€LKiv/xi), a pointing out, showing forth, proof (v. s. IvSeiy^a) Ro 32^,26^ „ Co8'^^ Phi l^s.t ci'-ScKa, 01, at, rd, indecl., eleven : of the eleven apostles, ol I., Mt 28i«, Mk 16 [1"!, Lk 24^33^ Ac 126 2H.t kv-%iKaTo%, -rj, -ov, eleventh : Mt 20"' », Re 212o.t ^f-Se'xojxai, [in LXX: Ps 118(119)122 (3-iy), „ Mac lli^*;] 1. to admit, approve. 2. to be possible; impers., ivbexerai, it is possible : 13^3 (Cremer, 687). c. ace. et inf., Lk *^c8T]fi^a), -w {<^evS7]fj.o<;, living in a place), to live in a place, be
:

at

home

:

iv

t.

a-wfian,

II

Co

5''' ^

;

Trpo? r. KvpLOv, ib. ^.t

+ cV8i8u'aKa), [in
to

LXX: n
.

Ki

12* 1318,

Pr

312i

(izrnb),

Jth 91 lO^,
Mid,,

Si 5011*;] iq p^^i Q^

put on

15i^ (cVSuovo-i, Ree.). Q (jupi, ace, 16i^ (cf. oneself, be clothed in : c. ace. rei, Lk

Mk

MM,

Exp.,

xii).+

*l»'8iKos, -ov {<^SLKrj), righteous, just
^i'-86|i.T]cris,

:

Ro

3^,

He

2-

(Cremer, 204).t
2822, etc.; for lio.i2.t

-€WS,

r),

V.S. €v8w/a-.
ni.,

+ ^K-8o^(iia,,

[in

LXX forms
LXX

Ex

144.17,

is^Ez

py,

Ps 88(89)7;
€i'8o|os,
:

-oc(<[3o^a), [in
1

of high repute
of clothing, t
€i'8u|xa,

Si 336^ al.;] to glorify: pass., 11 Th for 123, etc. ;] 1, held in honour, 13i7 I., Lk Co 41**. 2. glorious, splendid : of deeds,

m

Lk

72^.

Metaph.,
TO
:

-Tos,

«
922

iKKX-qaia,

Eph
12

527 (^f. 7rapaSofos).t
;]

ecSu'w), [in

LXX
i

chiefly for tZTIS^
28^,

raiment,

clothing,

a garment
to

Mt
[in

3* 625. 28 715 2211.

t eV-8um|x(5(a, -S,
(7737)

LXX
;

:

Jg 6^\
:

Ch
;

12i8

Lk 1223.t A (crnb), Ps
Phi
11

*

;]

make
Pass.,

strofig,

strengthen
c. dat.,

c.

ace. pers..
seq. iv,

41^,

i

51 (52)7 Ti I12,

II

Ti

417.

Ac

Ro

420

Ti 2i

(iv Kvpiw),

Eph

610

(Cremer, 221).t
V.S. ivSvu).

e»'-8uf(i>,

ey-%v<ns, -£co?, ^

«

evSv'o;),

[in

LXX:

Jb 41*

<«>

(tsqn^),

Es

51*;]

a putting on
fv-Zu(a

:

IfxaTLOiv, i

Pe

3^.f

Mt

chiefly for crnb ;] c ace, pers., (eVSww, II Ti 3^), [in mg., R, mg.) c. dupl. ace., Mt 273i, I520, Lk I522 6*, mid., to put on oneself, be clothed with : c. ace. rei, Mt 62^, 1^, 11 Co 53, Re li3 15" Lk 827 1222, Ac 1221; ptcp., Mt 22ii,

LXX

2728

(WH,

;

Mk

Mk

Mk

191*; of

armour
;

(fig.)

:

Ro

I312,

Eph
I

611.1*,

i

Th
^

5^; metaph., Svva^iv,
Kaivov dvdpwvov,

Lk

24'*^

at^Oapa-Lav, dOavacriav,

Co

15^3, 54

Eph

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
a-n-Xdyxva olKTtpfiov, Col 3^2 'Irja: XpiaTov, 2. to enter, press into : 11 Ti 3^ (cf €V-ev8va>).+
42*,
;
;
.

153

Col

310

Eo

13^*,

Ga

327.

*+
ing in
21^8

^K-ScSiJiTjffis
:

(Rec.

-8o/i,i;o-is),

-ews,

^

rj

i. t.

t€lxpv<s avrrjs lacTTTts, its
xiii;

wall had jasper built into
[in
:

«

Soifxdo}, to

build),

a buildit

(v.

MM,
;]

Ee

Exp.,

iv-ibpa, -as,

(mx )*
freq. in
c.

eSpa, a seat), f] a lying in wait, an ambush

«

Swete, Ap.,

l.c.).+

LXX

:

Jos

S^-

9,

Ps

92^ (10^)

Ac

23^* (Eec. eveSpov, a
to lie in

form
:

LXX),

253.t
[in

^i/cSpcuu

«; ivlSpa),
ll^*,

LXX chiefly for niK
'i<"

;]

wait for

ace. pers.,

Lk

Ac

232i.t
iveSpa.
(ta^ij)*;]

li'eSpoi', -ov, TO, V.8.

iv-€i\io>, -w, [in
c.

ace. pers. et dat.
lf-ei(ii,

LXX: i Ki 219 rei, Mk IS^^.t

to roll in,

wind in:

within (Jb 27^, al.) ptcp. pi., to. ivovra, Lk Exp., xii). 2. to be possible : Lk, I.e. (R, mg.).t iv€Ka (so Mt 195, Lk 622, Ac 1932 2621 elsewhere, prop, only before a vowel, evcKcv ctvcKcv, originally Ionic Lk 4^^ 182^, Ac 282°, II Co 31°), prep. c. gen., on accottnt of, because of : Mt S^^^'^i 162* 192»,
1.

to be in,

:

11"

(R, txt., cf.

MM,

;

;

:

Mk
Ac

835,

Lk

622,
I.,

2621

;

Tivos

Ac Ac

2820,

Eo
;

83^^, 11

Co
rd,

3^0;

19^2

seq. toO,
ol,

c. inf., 11

tovtov, Mt 19^; To<yru,v, Co 7^2 o5 h., Lk 4^8.
?.
;

ivevf\Ko\rTa.

(Eec. ivvev-),

al,

indecl.,

ninety:

Mt

18i2»i3^

Lkl5*.7.t
ivi6s
e. TToictv,

(Rec.
1728 *

iw),
;]

-ov,

6,

[in

LXX:
:

Is 56io (d^n),
97.t
717.26

Ep. Je*i;

Pr

dumb,
J

speechless
[in

Ac

**ivipy€ia,
329,
III

28*. potential power), working: of God, 212; of Satan, 11 Th 29.ii (cf. M, Th., 261).t
iy€pyiu>, -5,

Mac

-as, 17 421 512,

(< ^vcpyijs),

134 1822^ n Mac operative potver (as distinct from 8wa/xts,

LXX: Wi
Eph
I.e.;

l^^ 3^ 4}^,

Phi AR, Eph., 241

321,
fif.;

Col 12» Cremer,

[in

LXX Nu
:

82*

B
1.

(miu?3 N^y Nhy),
I511
iv,

Is 41*,

Pr

216

(ijyr))^

3112
v.

(i,Q2)^

I

Es

220,
If.)
;

Wi
:

16i7*;]
to

(for full

lexical
I42,

treatment,
action,
614,

AR, Eph., 243
c.

intrans.,
e.

be at
28.
id.

work or in

to operate (opp. to

dpyew)
i
;

seq.
12ii,

dat. pers.,

Mt
2.

Mk
dat.

Eph
I

22

;

dat. pers., seq.
:

cis (Lft.,

in

1.),

Ga
;

Trans., to
ev,

work,
pers.,

effect,

do

c.

ace. rei,
3^,

Co

Eph in

seq.

c.

Pass, (taken I.e.; Milligan, Th., of some principle or power at work" (Meyer), to be actuated, set in operation: 11 Th 27; seq. eV, Ro 7*, 11 Co 1« 412, Eph 320, Col 129, ^ Th 2i3 seq. 8ta, c. gen. ivepyov/xevr) (M, Pr., 156), Ja 51^ (Cremer, 262).+ rei, Ga 5« *t ec^pytjiia, -Tos, TO (<[ evepyioj), effect, operation (Polyb.) pi., i Co 12«' 10 (Cremer, 262, 713).+ * cVcpYTJs, -€s (late form of eVepyo's, on wh. cf AR, Eph., 241), at work, active, effective: 1 Co 16^, Phm®, He 412 (Cremer, 261).+ + Ic-euXo-y^w, -Qt, [in chiefly for "-ni ;] to bless : pass., seq. 325 (LXX), Ga 38(i'XX) (Cremer, 770).+ iv, Ac
126,
li^- 20.
; ;
: .

Phi i. cVe'pyciav, Eph as mid. by Lft., Ga., 204 f.; but v. AR, Eph., 28 f.; Mayor, Ja., 177 ff.), in NT, " always used

Co

Ga

2i3

LXX

154

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
iy-ix<^, [in

LXX: Ge
to

49^3 (Qiair),
eXLil/ta-iv, 11

Ez
c.

14*'

^

iii

Mac

G^o*;] 1. to
iii

hold in; pass.,

be held, entangled:
xii)
;

Ga

51 (cf.
2.

MM,

Exp.,

Th

dat. rei; 1* (cf.

fig.,

^uyw 8ovXeta?,

do-c/Jeiats',

Mac,

I.e.).

io sei oneself against, be
:

urgent against (as Ge,

I.e.;

for con-

struction, V. Swete, Mk.,

Lk
Lk
on,

6^^, Lk ll^'.t I.e.) 11 Mac 1227, **iyBd-l€, adv., [in Mac G^s*;] (a) here: 24", Ac 1018 1628 176 252*; (b) hither: Jo 4i5.i«, Ac 25i^t

Mk

LXX:

m

li'eeK,

adv.,

[in

LXX
(<^

for

n^D, HBD,
[in

etc.;]

/imce;

Mt
;]

I720,

162«.t
ivQufxiofiai, -ov/jiai
6vfj.6<;),

LXX for iTQl
: :

pi., etc.

to reflect

ponder

:

c.

ace. rei,

Mt

I20 9*.t

**^Keup.r]ais, -£W9, v «ivevfiiOfiai), [in Sm. Jb 2127, Ez 1121*;] consideration, pondering (EV, device) Ac 172^ ; pi., thoughts, feelings : Mt 9* 1225, He 4i2.t Syn. : Iwoia, the action of the reason ; while evO. is rather that of the affections (ef. Weste., Heb., i.e.). ** cKi, Ionic form of iv (en), with strengthened accent [in ; Si 372, IV Mac 422 * ;] = tv€<ni, is in, has place, can be : 1 Co 6^, Ga

LXX

328 <^»),

Col

311,

Ja

117 (cf. Lft.,
6,

Ga.; Hort and Mayor, Ja.,
for
TMtS;']
1.

11.

c.).t

cycle of time. 2. Itos, a year: Jo 11*9.51 igis, Ac ipe isn, Ja 5i7, Ee 91*; pi., of sabbatical years, Ga 41*^ Trotciv e., to spend a year, Ja 41^ ; a7ra| tot) 6., 92^ IQl'^; e. Scktov, Lk 4l9(LXX).t 97; /car e..
ti'iauTos,

-ou,

[in

LXX

prop.,

a

=

;

He
Es

He

iv-lavt^y.,, [in

LXX
to

:

iv

Ki 13«

A {mv),

m Ki

122*,

i

Es
;

5*7 9«,

place in; in pf., plpf., 2 aor. and in mid., hand, impend, threaten : 11 Ti 31 (b) to be present : ii Th 22 (but v. Thayer, s.v.) pf, ptcp., present : i Co 72*', Ga 1*, He 9^; pi., Eo S^s, i Co 322 (Cremer, 309).t etc. ;] to strengthen : in spiritual ci'-K^xuci), [in LXX for p7n sense, Lk 22 1*^]; pass., Ac 91^ (Eec. ivicrxvaev, became strong, as in
313, i-iv
;

Macg*;]

intrans.

(a) to be at

;

,

LXX, Ge

1210 482, al.).t

iyKdQiTOii (Eec. iyK-), -ov

«€>a^tVO'
ev,

\}^
:

LXX:
[in

Jb 319

{-^r^'H),

19^2*;] suborned
tei'Kaii'ia
II

to lie

in wait, lying in wait

as subst.,

Lk

202''.

(Eec. cyx-), -wv, ra (•<
1227,

xaivds),

LXX
Nu

for HSjrj

Es

616.17^

Ne

Da th

32

(and

cf. £yKamo-/xo^9,

710, al., -lo-t?,

788)*;] dedication (anniversary of the cleansing of the from the defilements of Antiochus Epiphanes) Jo 1022.t
:

Nu
II

Temple
Ki
lli*,

\ iv-KOLivllin (Eec. iyK-,

v.s.

cv),

[in

LXX:

{to

renew)

i

Ch

158,

Ps 50(51)10 (Br-m

pi.);

{to

dedicate)

Is 1611 411 4516 (aliter in Heb.), Si 33 (36)«, i 229*;] 1. to innovate (Eust.). 2. to renew
initiate, inaugurate, dedicate
ib.

De 20*, 11 Ch V (-^jn); Mac 43«. **' " 51, n Mac

(LXX
:

ut supr.).

3.
;

to

(LXX

ut supr.)
iKK-;

SLadr^K-qv,

He

918

686v,

1020 (Cremer, 323).t

**f
heart

iy-KaK4u>,

-w

(LTr.,
[in

iyK-;

Eec.
27*^,

<KaKos, cowardly),
:

Sm.

Lk

I81, 11

Co

4I' i«,

Ge Ga 6^,
:

Notes, 157 f.; Nu 21^, Pr Is 7i«*;] to lose 31^ (Cremer, 330).+ Eph 31^, 11 Th
cf.

WH,
311,

MANUAL QEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
*
II

155
eV,

ei/-KaToiKe'u,

-w

(Eec.

iyK-,

v.s.

e'v),

to

dwell
[in

among
:

:

seq.

Pe

28.t

t liz-KauKdofiai

(Eec. iyK-, V.S.

iv),

-S/iai,

LXX

Ps 51

(52)^

96(97)7 {bbn hithp.); Ps 73(74)* (zsm); Ps 105(106)^7 (natzr)*;] to take pride in, glory in : seq. iv, ii Th I'^.t ** €i'-ice>'Tpi^(i) (Eec. iyK; v.s. ev; /ccvrpt^co, to graft), [in LXX:

<

Wi
an

16^^*;] to ingraft, graft in: fig., c. ace. pers., Eo lli7, 19,23, 24_f *^ iv-KOTTf] (Eec. iyK-, v.s. iv; T, ekk-), -^s, 17 (<^ ey/coTTTw) 1. Metaph., an interruption, a 2. incision, a cutting, break.
;

hindrance
*

:

i

Co

9'2.t
cy/<-, v.s.

cf-KOTTTO)

(Eec.

cV;

and

in
2.

i

Pe,

I.e.,

iKK-); 1. to cut into
:

(as in breaking I Th 218 c. inf.,
;

up a road), hence,

to

hinder
15^2
.

c.
^^'^

ace,

Ga

5^

;

seq. toC,

c. inf.,

Eo

^-^

g j^f ^^

(Eec, iyK-, v.s. iv), to reckon among : cavrous, 11 **ei'Kuos (Eec. iyK; V.S. iv), -ov {<^kvw, to conceive), [in LXX: Si 42^'^ * ;] pregnant, big with child : Lk 2^.t ivvia, ol, al, rd, indecl., nine: Lk 17^7. iyo'-qKovTa i., Mt 18^2,13^
iv-Kpivii)

*

Ac 24*, i Pe 37 Co lO^^.t

Lkl5*.7.t
ivvivr\KoyTa, V.S. cv€v-.
ccfc^s, V.S. ev€09.
^.'-I'eiJu),

[in
:

LXX:
t)

Pr

6^3

lO^o
l''2.t

(pp).

Si 27^2

A*;]

to

nod

to,

make a
197 23*'
tion.

sign to
19

c. dat. pers.,

Lk

lK»'oia, -as,

«voSs),
,

[in

LXX:

Pr

1* 2^^ 321 4^ 52 812 I622 IB^s
;]

247 (ni^fp

2. a Syn.

Wi 21*, Da th Su 28 * l. thought, purpose, design: He 4^2, i Pe
etc.),
ivdvfiTjai^, q.v.
-ov,

thifiking, considera41.

:

(Cremer, 439).
Si,

prol.12*;] 1. lawful, legal (MM, Ac ^a:;j9., xiii) 2. Of persons, (a) law-abiding; (b) under law i. Xpi.a-Tov, in relation to Christ, i Co 921 (Cremer. 435). *t eyvu-)(^a,, V.S. evi'w;(os.
€y-yoi>.os,
:

**

[in

LXX:

19^^.

€vv{)xo<i, -ov

{<C,vv$), [in

in late

Gk. only) nightly.

LXX: iii Mac 5**;] (in cl. poet.; prose Neut., adverbially, evru^a (Eec. -x^v), by
:

night

:

Mk

l^^.t

-w, [in chiefly (2^35) for 2.12^;] to dwell in; mietaph., seq. ev, c. dat. pers 6 ^co's, 11 Co 61" t. TrveC/xa, Eo Bn, 3l«; ttiVt-s, II Ti 1^; d/^apria, Eo 7i7.t II Ti 11*; 6 Xoyos, Col
€i/-oiK€'w,
;

LXX
:

t cV-opKi'tu, [in ace. (like opKL^w, q.v.),
*6foTT|s,
-r]To<;,
f)

LXX Ne
{-/tas t.

I32'*

A

{'SJIXO hi.)
i

*
:

;]

to

adjure
4^'i3.t

:

c.

dupl.

Kvptov,

Th

527.

(<^£rs), unity,

unanimity
for for

Eph

iv-o%Kini,

-u)

(<; 0^X09), [in

LXX

nbu ;]
jTtiyi

to trouble

:

c.

ace,

He

121^

Pass., seq. dwo,
-Ol' {

Lk

6i8.t

cfoxos,

= iv€x6fjLevos),

(in

LXX
;

hi., etc.;] 1.

held in,

gen. (cl. c. dat.), SouXeias, He 2. a charge or action (cl. c. dat., of crime) c. dat., of the tribunal (MM, Exp., xiii), Mt 521. 22 geq. cis (Field, Notes, 4 f.), ib. 22 Oavirov, Mt 26««, Mk 14*'>* (b) 0. gen., of the punishment (Ge 26ii) (c) c. gen. (cl. c. dat., rarely c. prep.; MM, Exp., xiii), of the crime

bound by:

c.

2i^.

In law-phrases
:

(a) Zia6Ze to

:

156
(ii

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
13")
:

Mac
:

Mk
Wi
-!L

S^^

;

(d) c. gen., of the
;

thing injured, guilty (absol.,

DB, ii, 268a).t in cl.) I Go 11^7, Ja 2^" (cf. Is 54^7 t ^t'-irepi-iraTew, -w (Eec i/jiir-, v.s. €v), [in Le 26^2 Jb 17^ al. 19-^ ;] to walk about in or among : seq. iy., dat. pers., {"^bn hithp.), II Co 61" (Lxx).t

LXX

:

iv-^v4u>,

(Rec.

e/xTT-,
,

v.s.

e.-),

[in

LXX
;]
:

:

De
1.

20^6,
to

Jos

W^«Ac
^2,

ll^i' ^*
2.

(ptcp. neut., for 12^53

riDl^rj),
c.

Wi

15^^ *

breathe on.

to

breathe; (a) absol.

;

(b)

tl^raXfia, -tos, to

«

gen. part.

fig., aTreiXT}? k. cftovov,

9^.+

ivriXXw), [in

LXX

:

Jb
pi.,

23ii (-nCTX)

Ig 291'

(mya), 55^
Col
222.+

(aliter in

Heb.)*;] a precept:

Mt

IS^d^xx)^

Mk

7^

fiyra^idlu), [in
V. Deiss.,

5S, 120 f.

;

LXX: Ge 502 (cj3n; cf. cvra^iao-TTys, ib., for Xgh; MM, Exp., xiii)*;] a kolvyJ word (Deiss., L^^, 723),
:

to

prepare for burial : Mt 26^2^ Jq 19401 *t ei'Ta<^ia(Tfi6s, -ov {<^ivTa(f)id^w), preparation for burial

Mk

14^,

Jo 127.+
(and mostly in Hdt.), always mid., ei'-Te'Wu, [in LXX, as in chiefly for pi. ;] -o/Aai, to covimand, enjoin, instruct : seq. ircpi, He 1122; c inf^ Mt 197. c ^at. pers., Ac 12; ovtu><s, Ac IS''^; KaOm, seq. Xiywv, Mt 17^ ; c. inf., Jo 8 (^l Tva, Jo 14" (€',.ToXV tStoKcv, 282o, 1334 c. acc rei, Mt 10^ Jo IS^*' ^^ ; seq. -n-epl, c. gen. pers., 410 (lxx). SiaO^Krjv i. Trpo's, c. acc. pers.. He 9201LXX) (cf. Mt 4" and Lk

NT

mS

WH)

;

;

Mk

;

Mk

Si 453).+
of verbal orders in general -n-apaythe transmitted orders of a military comyiXXio, to charge, esp. of mander; hriXXw points rather to the contents of the command (v. Thayer, s.v. KeAei'co).
Sl'jV.
:

KeXevto,

to

command,

;

ci/TeCGcc,

adv. {<^(.v6iv), [in

LXX
;

chiefly for HTQ;] 1. of place,

hence

:

Lk
2.

4^ IS^i,

Jo

2^6 73 1431 i836
side,
3.

on

this side
222.

Re
1.

and on that, on each Of time, thereupon.
-€0)5,
17

i^ ^^i I. (for cl. hOev k. evOev), Jo 19^^; similarly, i. koI iKcWev, Causal; hence, therefore: Ja 4^+

**

ec-Tcu^is,

(< ei'Tu^x"''<">
tvith.
cf.

^I-V-)'

^^

LXX:
3.
f.,

II

Mac

4^*;]
(in

a lighting upon, meeting

2.

conversation.

a petition

this sense
xiii):

common
:

in

tt.

;

Deiss.,

BS, 121

146;

MM,

Exp.,

iTi4^; pi., ib. 2^.+ Syn. StT^o-ts Cq.v.).

for lin etc.;] honoured, prized, ei-Tiixos, -ov «;ti/at)), [in precious: of persons, Lk 72, Phi 22^; compar., Lk 14^; of things, metaph., At'^os, i Pe 2*'MLXX).t
,

LXX

ivToKr\, -^9,

rj

(<^ ivreXXo), q.v.), [in
1.

LXX chiefly for
a
cJiarge,

n]yQ

;

in pi.

freq. in

Pss for CTIpS;]

generally,

injxLuction,

order,

command:
;

Jq iq^^ 11" 12*9.50 1431^ Ac 171^, Col 410 €. crapKivr], He 2. Esp. of religious precepts and commandments (a) of God's commandments in OT, Mt 15^ 223«' ^s. i^, Mk

Lk

1529,

7^^' ^^.

:

MANUAL GHEEK LEXICON dF THE NEW TESTAMENT
78,9 105,19 1228,81^

157

esp. of the decalogue, Mt 5i» IQi^ Lk 1820 235«, Eo T^-^^ 139, gph 6^ of God's commandments in general, Lk 1«, i Co 7^9, i Jo 23-8 322-24 421 52, 3^ Re 12^7 1412 collectively, rj i. (cf. t. Ipyov t. <?eoS, Jo 629), i Ti B^S 11 Pe 22^ 32; (b) of things commanded Christ by the Father Jo 12*9, so 1431 1510 (<,)

Eph

215,

He

919;

19l^

Mk

;

:

^..^X^ (as) 153 d^^^povv, Mt 15« Eec. 19^^ Jo ISi", TrapaySatVeiv, Mt TrjpeTv, Mt al. TTOulv, I Jo 52 S(SoVat, Jo 11^^ ^xetv, Xafifidveiv, Jo 10^8, II Jo * Jo 1421, He 75 e. KOL BiKano/xAXTa, Lk 1'' ivToXal avOpuiirtav (of Jewish tradition), Tit 1^*; L Kaiv-q, Jo 133", j Jq 2^, n Jo^.t * cVtottios, -ov {<C tottos), 0/ a place, resident : Ac 21^2. €rr(5s «ev), adv., [in LXX: Jb I820, Ps 38 (39)3 108 (109)22, 310 Ca 6, TO, rk €., Ps 102 (103)^, Is 1&^\ Da th lO^^, Si 192«, i Mac 4*^*;] within: c. gen., c. vfiwv, within you (i.e. in your hearts, E, txt.), or among you (E, mg.), Lk I721 (cf. Field, Notes, 71 Thayer, 8.V.; ICC, Lk, I.e.; Dalman, Words, 145 ff.); rh i., Mt 232«.t iy-TpiiTO), [in LXX for yjs ni., D^S ni., etc.;] to turn about; metaph., put to shame: c. ace, i Co 4^*; pass., 11 Th 3^*, Tit 2^;
:

of the precepts of Christ: Phrases seq. Tm, Jo 13^*
.

Jo IS^*
15^2,
i

1415,21 1510,12^

i

Co

14^7.

3.

Jo

323
;

421^

„ Jq e

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

mid., to reverence: c. ace. pers. (cl. c. gen.), Mt 213'^, 12*, Lk 182.* 2013, He 129 (cf. Exp., iii, xiii).t * ^c-Tpe'<|>u, to train up, nurture; pass., metaph., tois Xoyots t.

Mk

MM,

TTio-Tetos, I

Ti

4''.t

t

€(/-Tpo|xos, -OV, [in

17 (18)7 76
(Plut.)
:

17i9, i (77)18 (ts^y-,)^ Ac 732 1629, I221 (cVp-,

LXX: Da wi
LXX:
al.).

th 10" (IV)

hi.);

e.

yiyveo-Oai,

Ps

He

cV-TpoTrVi,

-%,

tJ,

[in

132*;] trembling ivith fear WH, mg.).t Jb 203, pg 34 (35)26 43 (44)15 68
1.

Mac

(69)7.19

70

(71)13

108 (109)29 (n?sb5)*;]
2.

c.

gen.

pers.,
:

respect,
i

reverence (Soph., Polyb.,
I534.+
£V-Tpu<t>(ia), -S,

Absol.,

shame (Hipp.)

Co

6*

[in

LXX
in
:

:

Is 552 574 (j^y hith.),
Iv t. dTrarais, 11

Hb

l^o

(chp

hith.),

IV

Mac

8^, etc.

;]

to revel

:

Pe
,

2^* (v.

Mayor,

in

l.).t

^'-TUYxacw, [in
225 436 612 1539^

LXX Da
Mac

th

6^2 as; (^-^p)
1

Wi

820 1628,

„ Mac

ni

637; seq. Kard,

Mac

832 io6i,63,64 1125*.]

1. to fall in with. 3. to 2. to meet xoith in order to converse. petition, make petition : c. dat. pers., seq. virip c. gen. pers., Ac 25"-''* (cf. Field, Notes, 140), He 72^, Eo 827.34 (^^jj^ not expressed); seq. Kara, against : Eo II2 (cf. Ivrcu^t?, V7r€p-tvri;yxava)).t

* Ik-TuXio-aw, to wrap up (LS), roll or coil about {DCG, ii, 227*, 507*) c. ace. et dat., Mt 27*9 {iv, Tr. [WH], cf. similar sentence in
:

TT.;

MM,

Exp.,

xiii),

Lk

23*3. p^gs., Jo 207.t
[in

iv-TUTr6o>, -S>

«TvVos),

LXX
LXX,
Ac

for
11

niDS

,

Ex

3639 (3930)

A*;]
1029.t

to

imprint, engrave : pass, ptcp., c. dat., ** iy-ufiplioi, [in OT (Al.), Le 24ii*;]
ivutrvidloi

Co

37.

to insult,

mock at: He
Ju 8,t

(<^

ivvirvLov), [in
:

as in

NT,
;

-ofmi, depon., chiefly

for

D^n ;]

to

dream

iwTrvLots

i.,

2i7 (l^^)

pres. ptcp.,

158

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
ivurrfiof, -ov,

to

«
«.,

vttvos), [in

LXX

chiefly for Dl^sq

;]

a dream

:

pi.,

Ac

2i'.t
-ov
;

tekwTTios,

«wi/'),

[in

LXX
:

for nj^l

,

etc.;]

face

to face,

in

sight (Theocr.

aproi
c.

Ex

25'^)

neut.,

cviottiov,
,

in vernacular,
-

with

force of prep,

gen.

[in

LXX

for ^jpb

^^^^

etc.,

cf.

Dalman,

Words, 31 f., 209 f., and Deiss., BS., 213], in NT, most freq. in Lk, Ac, Ee, never in Mt, Mk, before, in the presence, of : Lk 1^^ 4", Ac A^^ 6^, Ee 1* 2^'*, al. esp. c. KvpCov (Oeov), in the sight of God, or with God as witness or as judge, Eo 14^2, i Co 1^9, i Ti 2\ Ja 4io, i Pe
;

S\

al.

'Ev6% (Heb. Cyi3N),

6,

Enos (Ge
ace, Ac

426)

.

Lk

338.+

t efwTiJofiai (<^ots), depon. mid., [in

LXX chiefly
;

for ]7S hi.;]
11^, Ju^^.t

to

give ear

to,

hearken

to

:

c.
6,

2^*,+
5^^)

"E.'oJx

(Heb. ^i3q),

Enoch (Ge

Lk

S^^,

He

ii, V.8. CK.

I

Pe

indecl., six: Mt 17^ Lk 13^*, al. chiefly for IDD pi. ;] to tell out, 2>foclaivi il-ayyiWo), [in 29 [Mk 16, " shorter conclusion "] (Cremer, 29).+
il, 01, at, rd,

LXX

+ ^l-ayopd^o), [in

LXX

:

Kaipov vyncis efayopa^cre (]3T)i D^-

LXX
4^.

TH
2.

2^*;]
to

1.

to

redeem, ransovi (esp. of slaves): metaph.,
to

buy up; mid.,
c^-dyw, [in

buy up for oneself:
chiefly for

t.

Kaipov,

Ga 3^^ Eph 5^^,
:

Col 4^

(Cremer, 60).+

LXX

XSJ

hi.

;]

to

lead out
cV,

c.

ace,

Mk

1520,

Jo
;

103^ €«,

He

89

Ac 519 736 Ac 2138.+

1637,39. ggq.

I^o),

Lk

24^0;

Ac

7*0 12i"

13^^ ace,
26^''

t^-aipe'w -u, [in 529 18^; 6^9a\fj.6v,

LXX
mid.

Mt

chiefly for bxj hi. ;] to take out : (a) to take out for oneself, choose :
;

c.

Ac

(Thayer,
710, 34

to

{b) to deliver : Ac Ac, I.e., but v. infr.) (EV, but V. supr.), Ga 1*.+ ni., IID ^^ai'pu), [in LXX for yD2 tZTT hi., 1^3 pi., etc.;] 5i3(Lxx)_-t1 Co lift up, lift off the earth, remove * c^-aiWo), -w, to ask from ; mid., to ask for oneself, demand s.v.
;

Page,

(LXX) 1211 2327 2617

,

ms

,

:

i^TTqaaro, Field, Notes, 76
aor.,

c.
;

acc. {obtained yotc by asking, E, mg.),

Lk

22*1 (v.
cf.

Cremer, 73).+
i^€4>vr]<;,

^^at^k-T]?

(WH,

exc.
[in

Ac

226

.

y

App., p. 151, and

M,

Pr., 35), adv. «a</)i'w),
1336,

LXX

chiefly for DXriQ;] suddenly:

Mk

Lk

213 939,

Ac
-w,

93 226.+
[in

f H-aKo\ov6i^,
(nJES),

LXX: Am
Da
11

2*,

Je 22 (inx

"^bn). Is

56^^
tip

Jb

3P

(nns

ni.),
:

Si 52,

LXX
Pe
:

th, 3'"!'*;] to follow, follow
13^8 I420.+
al.
;

(in various senses)
^|-a\€i<j)u, [in

metaph.,

1^6 22' 1^.+

^^aK(5aioi, -ai, -a, six

hundred
for

Ee

LXX

TOM, Le

14-*2,

metaph., nna, nnC!',

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
etc.

159

1. to plaster, wash over (LXX). 2. to wipe off, wipe out : ;] SaKpvov, Ee 7^*^ 21*; metaph., y(:Lp6ypa(f>ov, Col 2^*; t. ovofia, seq. iK, Ee 35 (MM, Exp., xiii) pass., d/mprtou (£^aXt</)6^. at, WH), Ac 3^^ (of. Ps 50(15)" 108(109)13, Is 4326, Si 462o (i^. ATrak-), in Mac 2i«).t
;

^|-d\\ojxai, [in

LXX for bbp
r/

(Hb

l^), etc.;]

to

leap
:

up

:

Ac

38.

* e^-ai'doraais,

-ews,

(<[
:

iiavLorTrjfii),

a rising again

€K T. vinpuiv,

Phi

311

(Cremer, 308).t

(104)^4 131 (132)^7 146 (147)8 (112)* (n"l7) * ;] l. trans., to cause to spring up (LXX). 4^.+ 2. Intrans. (as drnTcAXw, Ge 3^8^^ to spring up : Mt 13^, chiefly for Dip ;] 1. trans., ^0 raise v/p: cnrepfxa cl-acttrTTjfjii, [in
^C-am-xe'XXa), [in
hi.)
;

LXX

Ge 2^, Ps 103

(nns

Ps 111

Mk

LXX

(cf.

Ge
I55.+

388),

Mk

12i9,

Lk

20^8.

2.

In 2

aor. act., intrans., to rise

Ac

strengthened form of a-rraTdu), [in LXX Ex 8^^ '2*' (bbn hi.),. Da TH Su56*;] to deceive: c. ace, Eo 7^^ IG^s, i Co 3i8, II Co 113, n Th 23; pass., i Ti 2i*.t
€|-airaT(£(i>, -w,
:

t i^diTiva

=

iiaiTLvr}^,

i$aL(f>vr]^

(<!•.)»

[in

LXX
Ps 87
:

for

DXriD

,

etc.

;]

suddenly:

Mk

98.t
-Q>,

+ ii-airopioj,

[in

LXX,
18.t

pass., for ]1B

,

(88)1^ *

;]

so in

NT,
I.e.),

depon. pass.,
II

to be utterly at
(rjv, II

a

loss,

be in despair

absol. (as Ps,

Co

48; TOV

Co

^l-airo-oTcXXw, [in

LXX

freq.,

forth

:

c.

ace. pers.,
[t.

Ac V^ 12^^ Ga

4*

;

chiefly for nbtS' pi. ;] 1. to send t. i-n-ayyeXiav, Lk 24*^ ; t. -rrvevfAa,

Ga
Ac
€-s,

4^; 22^1

Ac

K-^pvy/xa, seq. cis, 16, "shorter conclusion," pass., 6 Xoyos, Ac 13^". 2. to send away : c. ace. pers., seq, ; 93"; seq. Ia;s, Ac 1122; q j^f,^ Ac 17^*; K€v6v, Lk 1" 20i«>".t

Mk

WH;]

tll-apTito «a/3Ttos), [in
plete, finish :'t. r]p.ipa^,
(for exx., V.

LXX: Ex
2.

28^ (innpu.)*;]

Ac

21*.

to furnish,

supply

:

1. to compass., 11 Ti 3^^

MM,
92^.

Exp.,
[in

xiii;

Cremer, 651).
33

til-atrrpdiTTw,

LXX: Nu
io

(p-Q),

Da LXX
I/i,aTio-/Ads,

10^ (^^P)*J]

flash like

{npb hithp.) 1' lightning, gleam, be radiant:

Ez

1*

Lk

Mk

625,

*^|-auTf]s (a KOivr) word, Ac 1033 1111 2132 2330,
el-cyeipw, [in

=

c^ auTTjs t.

(Lpa's),

at oncc, forthwith:

LXX
to

Phi for irW ni.,
i

223.t
hi., etc.
;]

to raise

up

:

Eo

9^'^ (cf.

ICG, in

1.)

;

from the dead,

l|-cifjii

Ac

27*3.t

«

Co

6i*.t
:

ttfjii),

go forth

Ac

13*2

n^^ 20^

;

seq. cm,

c.

ace,

IV

Mac

^|-€\^YX«-, [in 2^2 *;] io convict

LXX
:

:

:

Pr 2429 (30"), Mi 43, Is Ju l^ Eec. (for Ikiyx'^,
3728
("jpara), etc.
;]

2* (nS-" hi.),

Wi 12^^,

WH,

q.v.).t

^|-e\K(i>, [in

LXX
TO

Ge
Ja

to
l.).t

draw out or away
disgorge),

metaph., imo
II

t. itnOvixias,

1^* (v.

Mayor, in
to

*t c^^pafia,

-Tos,

(<[ i^epdoi,

evacuute,

a vomit
,

Pe

222 (Lxx)^t
-w, [in
Trepi, i

^l-cpauvdoj (Eec. i^epevvdo}), search out, search carefully : seq.

LXX
Pe

for "ipn

,

1X3

etc.

;]

to

l^^.t

160

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
i^€p€uvd<i>, V.S,
^^-^pXO|Jiai,

i^epawdw.

and very freq. for NS'', also for Nia, nby, etc.;] depon., to go, or come out of: Mt 10^\ Mk p5, Jo 13«o, al. c. inf., Mt ll^, Mk 321, lA 726. 2e^ Ac 20\ Ee 20^; id. seq. pS; Tva, Ee 62; i. seq. « (cl. c. gen. loc), cVi, Mt 26^5^ al.; tk, Mk
[in

LXX

chiefly

;

Mk
(l7r(^,

52,

Jo

430,

al.;

c^w, c. gen.,

Mt

2117,

Mk
I521,

14«8,

Ac

IG^a,

He

IS^^; of
^j
.

Mk

1112,

Lk 9^ Phi

41*; iK€W€v,
(aTrd), c.

Mt

demons

expelled, seq. cV of prisoners released, Mt 52^,

gen. pers.,

Mk 61, Lk 9*, Mk 125,26 58^ j^^
:

al.;
4.35^

Ac 16*^; ptcp., i$€\6wv, c. indie, of verb 16\ of departure (cf. Dalman, Wards, 20 f.), Mt 8^2 1521 24^, Lk 2239, Ac 129>i^ al. Metaph., (a) of persons 11 Co S^^, i Jo 2^^; of 7^ (cf Ge S5^^) of escape from danger, birth or origin, Mt 2" (^^^), 10^9 of public appearance, i Jo 4^ (b) of things CK T. xttpos avTMv, Jo

Mk

He

.

;

;

;

Mt

24'-''

;

<f,^tJLrj,

Mt

esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations cfiwvi^, Ee IG^'^ 19*; 128; x6yos, Jo 2123; 86y^a, Lk 2^ (cf. 926, Lk 41*; dKOTj,
:

Mk

Si-t^epXo/JiaL)

2^*, €^-€o-Ti elfjJ), impers. verb., it is permitted, lawful : 83" (B, mg.), I Co 1023; c. inf., 122.10,12 144 1526 193 2217 27«, Ac 226, Lk 6* 20^2; c. dat. 34 1214, Lk 62' 9 143, Jo 510 seq. a4cc., 6I8 IO2, Jo 183i, Ac I621 2137 222^ (inf. underpers. et inf., Mt 201*,

«
;

Mk

Mt

Mk

;

Mk
[in

Mk

stood),
I

I

Co

612

^^oV (so. iarC),
6
:

Ac

229, II

Co

12*

;

i$ov
:

7,v,

Mt
to

12*.t

^|-€Tci^a)

Gh

289

A
c.

(<€TaCa, (rare), {•aj'\'i), Ps 10 (11)5.
{of)

to

examine),

LXX De
Si 321, al.
;]

13i*'i5' I918,

(irra),

Wi

63,
(c.

examine

closely,

inquire carefully
;

seq. irepC

aKpi^m),

Mt

2^; seq. n's,

Mt

1011

ace. pers.,
:

Jo 21i2.t

SYN.

avaKpiV'j), ipavvdoi (v.

DCG,

U, 594^).

€^-r)Y^ofjiai,

-ovfjLaL,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

ISO

pi.

;]

to lead,

show

the

way; metaph.,
2119;
1512
59,
;

Ac Ac
I

c.

unfold, narrate, declare: c. ace. rei, Lk 243^, dat. pers., Ac 10^; Oeov (understood), Jo li^; seq. oo-a,
to

KaOm, Ac

15i*.t
ra, indecl., sixty:

ii^Kovra,

oi, al,

Mt

138.23,

Mk

48.20,

Lk

24i3,

Ti
;

Ee
Tw

113 126 1318

€^^s,

937

€1'

adv. «€xa>), in order, successively, next: t^ £. (sc. c. (sc. )(p6v<D), soon after, Lk 711
;

tt) e. rjfi^pa,
rjfx.epa),

Lk
21i

Ac

2517 27i8.t
t^|-r,x^o>, -w, [in

LXX:

Jl 3 (4)i* (]ian). Si 40i3, iii

Mac

32*;] to

sound forth
18.t
l^is,

(as a

trumpet, or thunder; v. M, Th.,

I.e.): pass., i

Th

-€0)9,

rj

(^exw),

[in

LXX,

cf.

Si, prol. ^;]

habit, use, ex-

perience

:

He

51*.

for 89), [in impf., fut., 1 aor., to put etc. (29 words in all);] 1. causal in pres., out of its place ; metaph., e. Tim (^tpivwv (Eur.), to drive one out of his senses, hence, absol., to confound, amaze : c. ace. pers., Lk 2422, Ac 89.11. 2. Intr. in pass, and mid., also in 2 aor., pf., plpf. act., seq. Ik
€|-icrTTi|ULi

(also in Hellenistic -to-Tavw,

Ac

LXX

HU

or

c.

gen., to stand aside

from,

retire

from;

esp.

t.

(fyptvwv, to

lose

MANUAL GEEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
;

161

32^,

(a) to be beside oneself, be : one's senses (Eur.), hence, absol. Co 5^2 (opp. to crw<f)pov€tv) (b) to be amazed, confounded : Mt 2^2 5*2 6", Lk 2*7 S^s, Ac 2^' ^2 S^s 921 10*5 12i« (Cremer, 309).t 1223,

mad

Mk

n

;

Mk

**t i^-uTxua,
able
:

[in

LXX
S^^.t

:

Si 7" *

;]

to

have strength enough,
chiefly for
of death,
;

to be quite

c. inf.,

Eph

c|-o8os, -ov, 6

«68os),

[in

LXX
II22
ni.,

N^ID, also
9^^
11

^n,

a going out, departure : t €^o\eep€u&) (so best MSS. freq. (rare in Gk. writers) for
etc.
;]

He

and

ms
=

WH

;

Lk

Pe

l^*.t

also read -o6p€V(o), [in hi., etc. ;] to destroy utterly

LXX

seq. €K T. Xao?, Ac 323(i'XX).t t cl-ofioXoyeu, -w, and depon. mid., -co/xat, -ovfxai, [as always in chiefly for hi.;] 1. act. cl. 6/xoA.oyea), to profess or agree to do (Field, Notes, 75) Lk 22". 2. Mid., to acknowledge, confess (MM, Exp., xiv) T. dfjLapTta^, Mt 3", l^ Ja 5^"; t. 7rpd$ei<s, Ac 19^^; seq.

LXX
OTL,

nT

:

:

Mk

Phi

2^^

;

c.

dat. pers., to

make acknowledgment

to one's

honour,
:

praise to (as in 1411 (LXX) 159 (LXX). geq. 5„, Mt 1125,
to praise, give

LXX

;

Kennedy, Sources, 118)
IO21 (Cremer, 771).t

Bo

Lk

H-OV, V.S.

€^€(JTl.

^^opKi^u (later form of iiopKow), [in Jg I72 (nbx), Ge 24^ III Ki 22^" (ntZT hi.) * ;] 1. to administer an oath to (Dem., Polyb., al.). 2. to adjure : c. ace. pers., seq. Kara, c. gen. (as freq. in magic tt. ; MM, Exp., xiv), Mt 26«3.t *t €|-opKi<TTiis, -ov, 6 (<[ c^op/ci^w), 1. One who administers an oath.
:

LXX

2.

an

exorcist
1.

:

Ac

19^^ j-

€'^opu'(raw, [in

LXX
-00)

:

(Ipj) *
(cf.

;]

to
c.

dig out, dig
;

Pr 2922 ^^OaXfxov (-ov's), Jg I621, i Ki II2 up aTiyqv, Mk 2* metaph., 6<l>6aXixov%

:

;

LXX,

11.

Herod.,
712,
.

viii,
;

116),

Ga
,

41*.+

t ^l-ooScviu (Rec.
-Oeveu),
-divotsi)
:

T, -divow), -w, [in
,

LXX

(with vv.
despise,

11.

-ow,

for

n73

DNQ

U[1,

etc.;]

to

set

at

nought

Mk

9^2 (cf £^ov^ev£a>).t

^l-ouScc^b), V.S. t^ovSevco).

t€^ou0e^'£'w,
al.,

-oi

«ov^«s,
:

q.V.), [in

LXX

(v.8. c^ovScvcw)

:

I

Ki

23",

and as
;

v.l.

for

-Stvcw, -6w, -Oevooi*;]
c.

to

utterly, treat

with contempt

ace. pers.,
;

Lk

set at nought, despise 18^ 23^^, Eo 143- 1*^, i Co
:

16" I Co
IQlO

c.

ace. rei,
;

Ga
:

4^*, i

Th
Ac

520

pass., of

persons

Mk
;

912 (T, -oto),

6*

of things

XiOost

4^^

(LXX
DGG,
:

aTreSoKLfjiaa-av)

Xoyos,

11

Co

;

ra

i^ovOeprjfxiva, I
:

Co
for

128.t
i,

Syn.

a6€T€(j), KaTa(f>pov€(o (v.

453b).

+ iioy>e€y6u>, -5,
^louaia, -as,

v.l.

^

«

-€o>

(q.V.)

Mk

9^2
:

T.t

l^co-rt), [in

LXX
i

IV

Ki

20^3,

Ps 113

(114)2

135

(136)8.9, Is
,

392,

Je 28

(51)28 (nbcrpO), freq. in
.-j

Da

for

Aram.
to act,

ItJ^ljr

etc.,

Wi

10^*, Si 9^3^ ^j

prop., liberty or

power

freedom to exercise the inward force or faculty expressed by Swa/xis I Co 912; i. ^x€tv, ii Th 3*; id. seq. inf., Jo 10^8, i Co 9*'*; c. (q.V.)
:

gen. obj.,

Eo

9^^

;

seq. eVt,

c.

ace,

Ee

22^*

;

Trcpi, i

Co

73'^.

2.

Later

11

162
(cf.

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Milligan, Th.,

114;

MM,
ll^s,

Exj).,
20'-;

xiv),

of

the power of right,

authority:

Mt
;

2P^,

Mk
3.

Lk

of

Messianic authority,
; ;

Mt

9«,

of the authority of of apostolic authority, ii Co 10^ 13^** Mt 8* 28^*, Ju''^^, Ee 12^", al. esp. of judicial authority, government:
2^", al.

Mk
Lk

Meton., (a) jurisdiction : Lk 23^ (cf. i Mac 6^\ Is 39-'); (b) a ruler or magistrate : Eo 13^-^; pi., Lk U^\ Eo 13^, Tit 3^ (c) of supramundane powers (syn. with apxy, Swa/xts, 6p6vos, 2i», i Pe 322, al. (Cremer. KvpL6Tr,s) 236). I Co 1524, Eph 121 310^ Col
2020,

Jo

191'^'

1^

;

:

Sl'N.
1.

:

V.S. 8wa/xis.

iioudidlu)
to

«€^owta),
authority

[in

LXX
:

(freq. in

Ec) chiefly for
to

lablT;]

exercise
c.

(Arist.).

2.

Trans.,
i

over:

gen. pers.,

Lk

222^;

under authority
iioxf], -^s,
1. 01

(v. Lft.,

c, gen. rei, Notes, 214) seq.

Co

authority 7*; pass., to he held
exercise
6^2_t

viro, i

Co

V «e^exoj, to stand out), [in
(i.

LXX

for ]B7,

Jb 3928*;]

a projection
Kar
(.,

Trerpas, Jb, I.e.).

2.

Metaph., eminence, excellence
i„ Ki 3^3 (yp^), Jb 14^2 (inr
:

the chief

men, Ac

2523.t

t^^u^T.ltco,

[in

LXX:

Jg

16i4.2o^

ni.)*;] to

awaken

oiit

of sleep

(=

d<^u7ri/t^(o)
I

c.

ace. pers.,

Jo

11^^.

**t

e^-uTTV'os, -ov {<Cvirvo<i), [in

LXX:
for

Es

3^*;] roused out of sleep:
1.

Ac

162 ".t
elu),

adv. (^t^), [in
:

LXX
1.), I

pn;]

outside, withotit
;

;

(a)

tvho
I

3^1 11\ Lk 820, Jo adverbially Mt 12^^^ c. art., b I, he is ivithout; metaph., in pi., oil., of those outside the Church,

Mk

18i«, al.

Co

512, 13^

Col 45
.

(Lft., in

Th
:

4^2; 6

I.

S-vSpioiro^, 11

Co

4i«
;

al

I.

TToAets,

Ac

2611

(^)

as prep.
;

After verbs

Mk
Mt
(in

1468, 2117,

motion Lk 22«2, Jo 6=^7
of

Lk Ac gen. He 2. adverbially, forth, out : Mt b^^ 26'''^, 19*> i^ Ac 9*0, al. {h) as prep. c. gen., out of:
c.

13^3,

21^,

13^'

12.

(a)

;

Mk

1119 128,

Lk

42«,

Ac

7^8^

He

13",

al.

elwGei/,

adv.
to

answer

(^e^w; opp. to €(T<jiO(v), [in LXX for pn;] Mk the question. Whence ?), from without
:

1.

prop,
2.
718,

718.

More II Co
6
€.

often (= 7^; TO £.,
I

l|«;

Mt

Bl., § 25, 3), 2325, Lk 1139.40. ^j
cf.
;

without:

Mt

232'. 411
c.

28,

Mk

i

i

Yi

3^,

Mk
1.

(WH,
:

mg.);

KoV/ios,

Pe
-w,

33

iKJ3dXX€iv I,

Ee

II2.

As prep.
hi.
;]
:

gen.

Mk V\

Ee
Ac

112 1420
74^.

(cf.

Robertson, Gr., 548).t
[in

c|-w3£'w,

LXX

chiefly for

m3
;

2.

to

drive out of the sea, drive on shore

Ac

to thrust out 27^^ (WH, txt.,

eK(Tajo"ai).T

+ elwTepos, -a, -ov

(compar., from e^w
:

opp. to

ia-taTepos), [in

LXX
1"' 23.t

chiefly for ]i2:^n
loiKtt,
.

;]

outer

o-kotos,

Mt

812 22i3 253o,t
.-

pf with pres. sense, [Jb
[in

63. 25 ;*] Iq Jjq HJ^g

q. dat.,
:

Ja

loprdj^o) {<:^iopTrj), [in
^opTTJ,
-r}s,
17,

LXX for 33n;] to LXX for an (chiefly),
216
;

keep festival
IITI^;]

i

Co

58.

a
ev
I,

feast, festival:
;

Lk Lk

242,

Jo
ri

51 64 737,

Col

^

L
,'^

rod Trdo-xa,

Lk
.

24i,

Jo 13i
T.

t. A^vfjooy,

221;
142,

a-K-qvoir-qyCa,

Jo

72 (Deiss.,
1.)^

LAE,
ib.

116);
,.5

c.,

Mt

265,

Mk

Jo

445 711 1220 (,7^a^

223

^.

(yoy

^/^g

f^^^^^

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Jo 132»;
;

163

dva^atVetv, IpxeoOai £ts t. €., Jo 4« T^' !« ll^e 1212; ^5 f 15«, Lk 23^^ /-t€o-ovo-r??, Jo 71*; Kari e. (ai each feast), Mt 27", 18^^ Lk 2^2 t Kara TO (.6o<i T^s I., E, mg. T. e. TTOtciv, Ac

Mk

^TT-aYYcXia, -as,
etc.;]
1.

17

«

;

c'TrayyeXA-to),

[in

LXX

:

Ps 55(56)8 (niSD),
al.).

a summons
:

(as Attic law-term,

Dem.,

2.

a promise

(Dem.,

Arist., al.)

Ac

232^; esp. in
423,

Ro

414= i«

9^ Ga

31"'

18' 21

ytVcrat, etc., c. dat. pers.,

Ac
2"^

2^9,
;

He8« Ro

of the divine promises, Ac 7^", liy-i", 11 Pe 3^; c. inf., 4^; 4^3, Ga 3i« seq. Trpos, Ac 13^2 26''

NT

He

;

iirayyiktcrdai t^v

i., I
tj

Jo
yij

ei'ayyeAias, ^X^'*'
e..

He

7^, II

Co

7^

;

eivat iv

tA reKva t^s e., Ro 9^, Ga 428; ai Sm^j/Kai ti}s c., Eph 2^2 ; rj i. t. Oeov, T. TTvev/Att T^s €. T. aytov, Eph 1^^ Ro 420 pi., II Co 12*>; ai i. t. TraTcpwv, Ro 15^; c. gen. obj., t. ^co^s (v. Dalman, Words, 103), i Ti 4^; t. Trapoucrtas airov, 11 Pe 3"*; ^ar 8t' €7rayy£Aias, Ga 3^^ crv/i/xtVoxa cVayyeAtav, Ac 13^^, Ga 3^^, II Ti 1^ By meton. (cf. cAtti's), of a Ao'yos cVayyeAias, Ro 9^. ttJs £., Eph 3^ promised blessing Lk 24*9, Ac l^^ Ga 3^2, He 612. i5, 17 iqsg his, 33, 39
eVayyeAta,

Eph

62;

tJJ<;

He 11^

;

;

;

j

;

:

c.

gen. epexeg.,

Ac

2=^^^

Ga

S^^,
:

He

9^^

(Cremer, 27).+

iTr-ayy£K\<o, [in

LXX
;

Es

4^ (llON),

Pr

13^2,

Wi

2^3, al.

;]

1.

to

Mid., also announce, j^^oclaim. 2. (a) to inomise ; (b) to profess. q freq. in both these senses (c) to promise : c. dat. pers.. He 6^^ ace. rei, Ro 42\ Tit I2 c. dat pers. et ace. rei, Ja 1^2 2^, 11 Pe 21^
;
j

cVayyeAtav, I He 1023 1111

Jo
.

2^^

;

C. inf.,

Mk

1411,

Ac

75
I

;

seq. Aeywv,
;

He
Pe
to

1226

.

ptcp.,

Ga

(^^ ^0 profess : Oeoae/SeLav, 319 (cf. Trpo-tTrayyeAAw and V. Cremer, 26).+
;

Ti 210

yt^c^a-ty, ib. 621.

p^gs.,

* eTT-dyyeXii.a,
iTT-dyij},

-to';,

to

[in
11

LXX for Ni2 hi., etc. (29 words in all)
Pe
2^; eaurois
i.

«; eVayysAXw),
528.+
;

a promise

:

II
;]

I'*

3^3 f

bring
in

upon

:

c.
e.

dat. et ace,

(for cl. mid., v.

Mayor,

1.), ib.

2i;

TO alfia

(cf.

Ge

20^),

Ac

*+

cir-aYwi'i^o/xai,

depon.
c.

1.

to

contend with
3.t
:

(P\ut.).

2.

to

contend

for

(C.I.,

2335, 19)

:

dat. rei,

Ju

*+ eir-a6poi^aj, to asseinble besides (Plut.) pass., Lk ll^^.t 'EiraivcTos (Rec. -to'?), -ov, 6, Epcenetus, a Christian of

Rome
c.

Ro 16^+
cir-aii'e'w,

-w,
.

[in

LXX
[in
1«.

for

bbn
i

pi.,

nZVJ
;
,

pi.

;]

to

praise
i

:

ace,

Ro
I

1511. I

Co
Co
Ac

1122
-ov,

seq. 5„,
6,

Lk

168,

Co

II2

absol., seq. Sn,
;]

Co

ll^' .+

€ir-an'os,

LXX
12, 14,

for H^nri

etc.
I

praise

:

Ro

22^ 133,

Co

45, II

818,

Eph

Phi
,

111 48,
,

Pe
;]

1^ 2^*.+
to
lift

eiT-aipu,

[in

LXX

for

HiD2

27*"; x"pa?. Lk 620 1623 i8i3_ Jo 435 6^ 17^ 2222 ^ TTTipvav (fig.), Jo 13^8^ Pass., Ac 1^ with pride : 11 Co 10^ 112o.t
dpT€>ova,
fiov^,

2450,

Dll i Ti 28;
;

etc.

up, raise

:

t.

Mt

178,

Lk

K€<f>a\ds, Lk 2128; 6cf>0a\<^wvr?v, Lk 1127, Ac 21* 1411
;

.

metaph.,

to be lifted

up

cTT-aitrxuVo^iai,

[in

LXX:
rei,

Jb 3419
Ti

(nct:),

Ps 118(119)6
Ti 1^2. q
q^qq

(tZTia),

Is 129

A

(nun)*;] to be

ashamed

{of): absol., 11
18. 16;

pers.,
621

Mk

838,

Lk

926;
;

c.

ace

Ro

l^^, 11

cm,

c. dat. rei,

Eo

c. inf..

He

2i-

c.

ace. pers. et inf..

He

11^6,

164

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
e'TT-aiT^w, -i, [in

LXX:

Ps 108(109)io
cf.

besides.

2.

to

beg (as a mendicant;

MM,

(bxcr). Si 40^8 *;] to ask Exp., xiv) Lk 16^ IS^^
:

(Cremer, 74).
^ir-aKoXooGe'w, -w, [in

LXX
MM,
for
to

(chiefly

metaph.) for IIHH
:

,

"-[bn

,

etc.;]

le^^^J (illustrated by use to folloiv after ; in metaph.; absol. in verifying accounts; v. Exp., xiv; Milligan, NTD, 78); c. dat. pers., of sins, i Ti 52" (cf. Ellic. and CGT, in 1.); r. Ixvio-iu, i Pe 2^1;

NT

Mk

epyw dyo^oi,

I

Ti 5^^.f
[in

cir-aKoou,

LXX
-uyfiai,

lf}:it27,

HiV

,

etc.;]
:

1.

to listen to.

2.

to

hearken
in l.).t

to,

hear with favour (one's prayer)
listen

* cTr-aKpodofjiai,
teir-(£i',

gen. pers., ii Co 6^ (t-xx^f attentively : Ac 16-^ (cf. Page,
c.

subjc. pres.,
is

conj. (<^e7r€i, q.v., av), later form of eVi^v, after, when: c, Lk ll^^; c. subjc. aor., Mt 28, Lk ll^^.t * CTrai'dyKYjS, -es (<[ dvay/cr;) only in neut.; 1. eVavayKCS (sc. cctti), it
,

compulsory, necessary.
eTr-av-dya),

2.
:

As
i

[in

LXX

adv., of necessity
aCs)
to ptut

:

Ac IS^^f

Za

4^2 {p^^ hi.), Si 172" 2628,
;

„ Mac
iii,

921

12* *

;]

to

bring

up

or back (sc.

out to sea {DB,

63^)

Lk

5^'*; intrans., to

return:

Mt

21^8_f
c.
,

*

eTT-aca-fxifivriaKcj, to

remind again:
mid., for 013

ace. pers.,

Eo

15^^.

cir-afa-irauw, [in

LXX,

]VUf ni.

;]

to refresh,

cause
iiri,

to
c.

rest (upon); mid., to rest

upon: metaph.,
for

c. dat,,

Eo

2^'^;

seq.

ace,

Lk

10" (Cremer, 827).t
[in

eir-ai'-^PXOjjiai,

LXX
LXX
:

miS^

,

etc.

;]

to

return
raise

:

Lk

10^^

igis.t
ciT-af-ioTT)ni,

[in

chiefly for Dip;]
iiri,

to

up against;

mid., to rise

up against
i

seq.
17

c.

ace. pers.,

Mt

102\

Mk

13i2_f
.

**
(cf.

eir-ai'-6p0wo-is, -€ws,

222), [in

LXX:

Es

8^2^ j

(<[ iTravopOoo), to Correct, restore ; cf 11 Mac Mac 14^4*;] correction: of life, 11 Ti 3i«
for

MM,

Exp., xiv).t
adv.,
[in

cTT-dj'w,

LXX
:

nby©
;

,

!?jr,

bjr©

,

etc.;]

above;

adverbially; (a) of place Lk 11** {b) of number, more than : Mk 14^ I Co 15". 2. As prep. 0. gen. (a) of place Mt 2« 51* 21^ 23i8, 20, 21; 2737 282, Lk 439 10^9, Ee G* 20^; (6) of pre-eminence: Lk IQi^.iy,
1.
;
:

Jo

38i.t

* eir-dpaTos, -ov (<^ €7rapao/tat, io imprecate), accursed : Jo 7*^ (for exx. from tt., v. MM, ^a;j!J., xiv; cf. Cremer, 108). i Mac 82« 11^^*;] 1. to be strong enough **eTT-apK^w, -w, [in 2. to ward off. 3. to aid, relieve : c. dat. pers., i Ti S^"' i" for. mg.).t (mid., t^irapxeia (Eec. -x^a, V, Bl., § 3, 5), -as, 7} {<C tirapxos, a prefect),

LXX

:

WH,

[in

LXX: Es

4^^

(njiTp), Jth 3"

A*;]
rj i.

the jurisdiction of

a

prefect,

a

province : Ac 23^* 25^t *t eirdpxcios, -ov, of a prefect: 251 (WH, mg.).t

(sc. i$ov<Tia)

=

fVapveia, q.V.,

Ao

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
cTT-auXis, -cws,

165

v «avXi?), [in
:

LXX

for

lyn, n^M,

(I.e.), etc.;]

a

divelling, habitation
t eir-aupiof, adv.,

Ac

1^''

(LXX)^f

[in

LXX

for IHI^,
:

Ge
c.

30^^, elsewhere,
(sc.

Ex

9^,

al.,

for nirin

;]

on the morrow
10^
to
al.

in

NT, ^

w^pa),

Mt

21^^,

Mk

11^2
'

Jo

129

Ac

'ETra<t.pas,

-a (Bl.,* § 7, 4), 6,

*+

€Tr-a<j>pil^a),

foam up

*ETra<j)p68iTos, -ov, 6

eTr-eyeipw, [in
c.

LXX
2.

Epaphras : Col 1^ 412, Phm^s.t metaph., t. aior;^wa?, Ju^^.t (i.e. charming) Epaphroditus : Phi 2* 4^^.t for l^V hi., Dip hi., etc.;] to rouse up, excite
:
; ;

ace. rei, 8iwyfx6v, Ac 13^" i/^vx^s, ib, 142.t cTTci, conj. (eVt, €i), lohen, since ; 1. of time,

when, after:

Lk

7^

(Eec.,

WH,
Lk

mg.).
134,

Of cause,
1931^

since, because:

Mt
Co
(cf.

1832 21*6 27«,
i

Mk
II

15*2,

Jo 1329

Ac
;

1346 (Eec,
i.

WH,

mg.),
510

Co

I412,

Co

1118 133,

He

52.11 613 917 1111

oZv,

He

21* 4«.

With
iv

ellipsis,

otherwise,
424.26).+

else:

Eo

11«'

22,
i

He
Co

ducing a question,
€iT€i-8ii,

Eo
;

3«,

92^; i. ^^a, i 141^ 152», He IO2

71*;

intro-

Mac
Lk

133 27, 19

txt.).

2.

txt.,

EV)

1. of time, when noto, after that seeing that, for asnnich as: Lk 11^, 1412 1524, I Co 121.22 1410 1521^ Phi 226.+

conj.

:

71

Of cause,

Ac

134"

(WH, (WH,

forasmuch as ("a stately compound," freq. in suitable for the formal introduction of Lk) Lk li.t [in chiefly for nXT ;] tTT-eiSoi', 2 aor. without pres. in use to regard with attention, look upon (in cl., of the gods) 1. with a 125 (cf. DB, 136i5). view to bless c. inf., Lk 2. To punish seq. l-n-i,
*cTr6i-8ii-iT6p, con].
,

cl.

and

:

;

LXX

;

:

:

Ac

429.t
?Tr-eifjii,

[in

LXX: Ex
2.

822 ds) (tq^),
to
:

Si 42i9, etc.;]

1.

to

come
ptcp,,

upon, approach.
iTTLwv, -ovo-a, 6v,

Of time,

come on or after; mostly as
'in

next, following

rrj e. (sc. -^/xepa,

Ac

1611 201^^ 2118; yficpu (as usual
cirei-irep,

conj., since
rj,

*€Tr-€i<r-aywYi7, -^s, 71^ (cf. FIJ, al.)
:

He

€-nr-€ia-^PXOfxai,

indeed: a bringing in besides or in addition (Hipp., MM, Exp., xiv).t [in LXX I Mac I6I6 (c. dat.) * ;] to come in
:

as freq. in late Gk.), cl), Ac 726 ; wktl, Ac 23ii.t Eo 33" (Eec; eiTrcp, WH).t

upon:

seq. cVi,

Lk

2135. +

etrciTa, adv. of sequence, [in LXX: Nu 19i^A, Is 162, ly Mac 63*;] thereupon, thereafter, then: Lk 16", Ga I21, Ja 4i4; seq. /lera rovTO, Jo 11'; /x€Ta err; Tpla, Ga 11®; Sta Se/carco-crapwv cVoiv, Ga 21 TrpwTov I., I Co 1546, I Th 41^ He 72 Trp6repov t, He 727
. . . ;
. .

.

dTrapxr;

.

.

.

I.,

I

Co

15^3;

^Ta
;

.

.

.

i.,

I

Co
I.

155.6

(WH,
1228.+

txt.)

I
al.

.

.

.

I, I

Co

155-7

(WH,
(=

mg.)
c.

rpirov
[in

...

(bis), i

Co

iiT-iKeiva,

adv.

eTr'

eVelva),

LXX: Le
stretch

2227,

Nu
c.

32i9,

(nii^n), etc.;]

beyond;
to

gen.,

Ac

7''3(l^^x).+

*

€ir-eK-Tcii/w,

extend:

mid.,

to

forward:

dat.,

Phi

313.+

166

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
^TrefSuTTjs, -ov, 6

«

iirevSvui),

[in

LXX

for bijrp

,

Le

8''

A

(Aq.

i-n-eySvfjLa), I

Ki 18^ A, II Ki 1318*;] an otiter tunic (EV, coat) Jo 217.t *t ^iT-€i'-8uw = -SwVo) (Hdt.), to put on over; pass. (Plut., al.), to have on over, he clothed upon : ii Co 5-»*,t
:

^TT-^PXCfjiai, [in

LXX
c.

come on: seq. ano, Deiss,, BS, 191) of
;

for NIZl, "ISJr etc.;] 1. to come to, arrive, gen. loc, Ac 14^^ (eTr^X^av; cf. M, Pr., 65;
,

tinae,
82-^

Eph
13*«,
[in

2*".

2.

Lk 2126, Ac Holy Spirit, Lk l^s, Ac 1*,
calamities,
^n-epwrdo), -w, [in

Ja

5^
:

LXX
;

come upon (as in Horn.) of an enemy, Lk 11^2 of the ytyvo/xat eVi', Jg 14^, i Ki 11«, al.].+
to
:

;

of

;

LXX chiefly for bxiS'
:

,

also for
12^*,

cni
Mt

,

etc.
;

;]

to in-

quire of, consult, question ace, Mk 717 1129, Lk 20*«,
6/,

c.

ace. pers.,
c.

Mk

Lk

2^", al.

c.

dupl.

al.

ace. pers., seq.

Aeyw,

12^8,

Mk 9^1

Mk
**

823,

Lk

236, al.;

L

^€oV,

Ro

102Mlxx),

2.

demand
716).

of:

c.

ace. pers. et inf.,

Mt

16^

(cf.

In late Gk., to beg of, ipwrdw; and v. Cremer,
36(33)3*;]
1

iiT-€pi^Tr]iia, -ros, to, [in

LXX: Da th
Thuc).
;

4^* [ubii^), Si
2.

1. a ICC,

questio7i,

an inquiry

(Hdt.,

a demand

:

Pe

32^ (v.

in

l.).t

also Si 8^ 31 (34)2, „ ^ac 52^ 9^^, al.;] 1. to hold upon. 2. Like 7rape;^a) (as in Hom., al.), to hold out, 3. to hold or direct towards, sc. vovv offer : Xoyov C'^rjs, Phi 2^^. (a) absol., to intend, purpose ; (b) to observe, give attention to (v. MM, Exp., xiv) seq. 7ra>s, Lk 14'^ c. dat. pers., Ac 3^, i Ti 4^". 4. to stay, wait : Ac I922 (in legal phrase, MM, Exp., l.c.).t
lTr-€'xa),

[in

LXX for bin

,

etc.

;

:

;

Lk

*iTTripidl<a {<iiTrrjpeia, spiteful abusc), to revile: 628; c. ace. rei (but v. ICC, in 1.), i Pe S^^.f

c.

ace. pers.,

cTTi (before a smooth breathing iir, before a rough breathing icfi'), prep. e. gen., dat., ace. (ace. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. I. C. gen,, 1. of place, answering the question, where? (a) of the place on which, on, upon: i-n-l (t.) y^?,

Mt

6i*>' 19,

al.;

t.

Ke<^aA^?,

i

Co

lli«

;

r. v£<^eAwv,
:

Mt

constr. prcegn. after verbs of
tpxea-Oai,

motion
dXrjOeias

^dkXeiv,

Mk

243o, al. ; like Iv, in 42" a-ivdpuv, ib. ^i
;

He
Ac

6^,

al.

;

fig.,

i-rr

thought or speech,
T.

Ga

S^^

;

of

power

of the subject of or authority, over, TrdiTwv, Eo 9^
s.v. d.)
;

(MM,
20«
;

yd^rj^,

82'
;

;

i^ova-La
t. oSoO,

im,

Ee
;

22^

(6)

daXdaar]?,
c.

Jo 6^

Mt 2V^

Tov fSdrov,

Mk

of vicinity, at, by 1226 (v. Swete, in

:

t.

1.)

gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28i'*, Ac 233^, i Co 6\ al. 2. Of time, (a) e. gen. pers., in the time of: iirl 'EAtcratou, Lk 42''; i-n-l KXav^Lov, Ac 1128; i-jrl 'Af^idOap dpxiepews, when A. was high priest, 226; (6) c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1", He I2, 11 Pe S^; iirl T. irpoo-evxwv fiov (rjfiwv), Eo l^^, Eph l^^, i Th 12, Phm *. IL C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? (a) lit., on, upon: Mt 9i'"',

Mk

148, al.

above,

on
1.)
;

after verbs of motion (v. supr., i, 1, (a)), Mt 9^6 Ac 8^6 2338 1329, Jo 52, Ac 5^, al. at, by, (b) metaph., upon, 44(i'XX)j ^^ the matter 6*2 (y_ Swete, in the ground of, Lk of,
;

Lk

;

Mk

;

Mk

upon,

of,
;

(Bl., § 38, 2

concerning, Ac 5^^' *<* of the ground, reason or motive c0* c2,/or the reason that. 43, 3), Mt 18^ 199, Eo 12^2, al.
;

;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
because,
al.
;

167

Eo

5^^^

u Co
;

5*
of

;

after verbs of motion, over,

Mt

IS^^^ jjq jgig^

on

He

of a condition lO^s 910),

(cl.),

Eo

S^",

i

Co

9^**;

He

purpose or aim,

Eph

hrl Sval fjutprva-tv (v. Westc. 2i«, Phi 4^0 ; of authority,

Mt 24*^ Lk 12**; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12^2! in addition to (cl.), 11 Co 7^^; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phi 1^ 2^^. III. C. ace, 1. of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? {a) lit., upon, over: Mt 1428.29^ Lk b'^^, al. mult.; in 42^ II2, also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Lk 225, Jq ]^32 i^i ^ ^^^^ A(j lib 21, al. of motion to a vicinity, to, " the ace. is more widely 162, Ac 8^®, al. (6) metaph. (in wh. prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., § 43, 1) of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. ace. pers., Mt 10^^ 122^, Ac 2^''', Jo 18*, Eph 5^, al. of addition (dat. in cl.), Xvirq hrl Xxnrqv, Phi 22"; eViKoXciv ovo/xa
over,

NT

Mk

.

;

Mk

;

;

;

i-n-i

(v.s.

liriKokioi),

Ac

15^''^,

Ja 2^; KoXfiv

cTTt,

to call after,
;

Lk
^<^'

1^^; of
ocrov (v.

number
infr.,

or degree: cttI rpts (cl. ek t.), thrice, Ac 10^^ 11^^ the more, further, Ac 4^^ ii Ti 2i« 3^ (v. also infr., 2, (a))
;

hrl ttXciov,

ib.),

forasmuch
1^3,

as,

Mt

25*"'

*5,

Eo IP^;
;

control,

Lk

Ac
al.
;

and

feelings,

unto,

Eph 2\ I Ti 5*, €<^' <L), Mt 2650;
Jo
13^8^

7^^ Eo 5^*, He 3^ al. towards, Lk T^ 2328, Ac Q^^.**, of purpose, for, Mt 3^ Lk 23*8

of power, authority, of the direction of thoughts
.

Eo ^y

II22,
»

Ga
Lk

49,

^^^^^ (j^gg
138,
9*,
(cl.

of hostility, against,

Mt

24^,

Mk

32*-26

IQH

Ac

75*, I

Co
9^2

7^®, II

Co

123
J

Qf reference, concerning, for

usually dat.), Mk for: Lk 425 (WH,

152*,

txt.,

Jo I92*, Eo 49. 2. Of time, (a) during, omits kiri), Ac 1^^^ 16^8, He ll^o, al.; e>' So-ov

(xpovov), as long as, for so long time as,

another sense,
:

9^^^ Eq 71^ a,l. (for o. in €<J!)' supr., 1, (b)) e<^' t/cavdv (v.s. t.), Ac 20^^ v. iirl TrXeiov (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, ftirther, Ac 20^ 24* {b) on, about, toxvards Lk 10^5 Ac 3^ 4^. IV. In composition, cVt signifies up, (cl. cts)
;

Mk

;

;

:

liraipoi

;

Tetvw ;

upon, tTTiyetos, iTnSrjfieo), eTrtxa^i'^oj towards, eTri^AcTro), cttc/cover (of superintendence) eirLarTa.Tr]<; again, in addition, iiraiTew,
;
,

;

CTTKrwayo)
seq.

;

against,
[in

i-TnopKeu), iTTL/^ovXr].

itri-^aiyu,
eTTt',
;

LXX

chiefly for
;

MT;]

1.

^0 g'ei

w^

on,

mount:

Ac
to,

21^ (L^^) to embark in (a boat), go aboard : c. dat., 272 seq. cts, Ac 21^ (Eec.) absol., Ac 212. 2. to go up to, go on enter : seq. ek, Ac 20^8 21*; c. dat., Ac 25^t
c.

ace,

Mt

;

^m-pdXXw,
or put

[in

LXX for
t.

nblS', jyVff

,

etc.;]

1. trans.,
c.

to cast,
c.

lay

upon

:

c.

ace. et dat.,
;

Mk
^'^'

11'', i

Co

7^^

|

ace, seq. eVt

ace,

Ee

18^9,

WH,
Lk
eiri

mg.

x"pa
;

Mt
Ac

2650,

43

;

c. inf.,
;

20^9 2112, Jo Ac 12^ t^ X-

(-"5) cVi (Bl., § 37, 7), of seizing a prisoner, 7^0, Ac 5^8 2127 14*«, c. dat. (Polyb.),
.

Mk

aporpov,
4^^^

Lk

9^2
to

i-^ri/^Xrj/xa

inl Ifxariov,

Lk

53"
:

t/iaTto),

Mt

9^*'.

2. Intrans., (a)

throw oneself or rush

upon

T. Kvfxara cts t. ttXoIov, ; metaph., to put one's mind upon (but V. Field, Notes, 41 ff.), iinfiaXoiv l/cXatcv, when he thought thereon (se T. p-qixaTi), he wept (EV, txt. E, mg., he began to weep ; cf. M, Pr., 14^2 (y_ aisQ Swete, in 1.) {b) to fall to one's share : to 131) linPaXXov (se dat.; Hdt., al., a technical formula freq. in tt. ; Deiss., BS, 230, LAE, 152), Lk 15i2.t
;
:

Mk

Mk

;

168

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
-to,

*t Im-Pap^w,
II

to

put a burden
i

on, be
(cf.

Co

25

;

c.

ace. pers.,

Th

2^, ii

Th

S^

cTri-ptpdl^a), [in

LXX
LXX

pers.,

Lk

103* ig^^,

Ac

chiefly for 2324.t
for

Ml

burdensome: fig., M, Th., i, 2»).t hi. ;] to place upon
:
,

absol,,

c.

ace.

n3Q HNT etc. ;] to look upon. Ps 24 (25)i6, To 3^, al.), to look on In NT, as in LXX (i Ki l^^ with favour : seq. eVi, c. ace. pers., Lk 1*^ 9^^, Ja 2^.f £7ri-p\T]fjia, -T09, TO, [in LXX: Is 3^2*;] 1. that lohich is thrown 3. that which is put 2. a tapestry, hanging (Is, I.e.). over, a cover. on ; (a) embroidery ; {b) a patch : Mt 9^«, Mk 2-1, Lk 536,t cm-podw, -w, to cry out : Ac 25'^* (Eec, for ySodoj, q.v.).+
ciri-pXe'irw, [in

^13

hi.,

,

9i«,

^m-pouXi^,

-ijs,

V, [in
:

LXX
9^* 20^.

:

Es
i9

2^2, i

Es

5^3,

n Mac
Ge
388

5^,

al.

;]

a

plan against, a plot
349,

Ac

233«.t
[in

Ge I Mac 105*'5'5*;] 1. to enter 2. to marry exc. Ge 38^). Ge 388) c. ace, Mt 222*.t
.

t cm-yafjippeuw «ya/i/8pos, ff.^ n Ch IS^, 11 I Ki 1821

a connection by marriage),

LXX:
11.

Es

9^* (]nn hithp.),
c.

r

(q-j, pi,)^

into affinity with:
(as

dat.

(LXX,

c,
cf.

deceased husband's next of kin,
to.
;

Phi

-ov (<[ in-i, y^), of the earth, earthly : 2i» 319 (anarth.) ; o-wfiara, i Co 15*o ; oUm, 11 Co 5^
cTri-yeios,

*

e.,

o-o<^ia,

Jo 3^^^ Ja 3^5
to

(Cremer, 153).+ ** ^m-YiVo/jiai
arrive, arise,
cTTi-yii'wo'Ku,

(v.s.
:

yivofiai),

[in

LXX:

Ep. Je*siii Mac25*;]
,

come on
[in

Ac

28i3_f

LXX

"directive" of

ytvwa-Ko>

chiefly for 133 hi., also for TTV etc.;] (AE, Eph., 249), as in el.; 1. to observe,
(a) absol.
:

perceive, discern, recognize ; Lk 122; ^^ TTve^fxaTL, seq. on,

Ac
e.

251*^,

i

Co

13^^

|

geq,

^ji^

Mk
1«,

2^
I

;

(b)

ace. rei:

Lk

1* 522,

Ac

12i*

273^
I

Eo

132,
(c)

II e.

Co

113,

Col

Co

1437;
31,

aec. pers.:
1618, II

Mt
li*
i

5^^; seq. on, Ti 43; iy iavrCi, 633 (t^ ^^^^^'^^ but 112^ 1435 1712^

Mk

Mk

LTr.,

WH, E, omit
I

the pron., and LTr.,

WH,
;
;

txt.,

read eyvwo-av),

ib. 5*,
;

Lk
oTi,

24i«'

Co

Co

;

seq. dTro, c. gen. rei,

Mt

71"' 20

geq.
6^.

Ac

310 413, II

Co
.

135

;

pass.,

Co

I312

opp. to dyvoov>£voi,
;

u Co

2. to discover, ascertain, determine : Ac 93** 1934 2229 2411 281 Q ace. rei, seq. quaest.,

seq. on, Lk 73^^ 23''', Ac 2328 81 yv aWiav,
rei,

Ac Ac

222*

.

Tj-apa,

c.
II

gen. pers., seq.

Trept,

c.

gen.

Ac

248

.

^

^g^^

^^

BiKatocrvvT}^,

Pe

221 (gf. Lft.,

Col, 136; Cremer, 159; M, Pr., 113;

AE, Eph., 248
yv-),

ff.).+
17

t eiri-ykwais, -eus,

(<C] cTriyivwo-Ku, q.V.), [in

LXX
911 *
;]

:

III

Ki

71* (B.

Pr

25,

Ho

4i«

«

6^ «" (njri),

Jth
:

91*, 11

Mac

acquaintance,

discernment, recognition (Plut., al.) Phi 1^, Col 31''; e. gen. rei. Col 1^ 22, Phm « t. iXrjdita^, 1 Ti 2*, 11 Ti 225 37^ Yit li. He IO26 t. d/xaprta^, Eo 320 c. gen. pers., of God: Eph li^. Col lio, 11 Pe V'*; of Christ: Eph 413, n Pe 18 220; of God and Christ: 11 Pe 12; Kar i., Eo 102; and for a somewhat difiierent Ixctv €v €., Eo 1^8 (y, AE, Eph., 248 ff. view, Thayer, s.v. ; Lft. on Col, 1^; Tr., Syn., Ixxv; Cremer, 159 f.;
; ; ; ;

cf. ata-Orja-Li).^

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
*^m-Ypo<|)ii,
-jjs, 17

169
12^'
al.;]

{<^€7nypa.<f>u}),

an

inscription:
IT^i");
fig.,

Mt

22^0,

Mk

152«,

Lk

202* 2338.t

^m-Ypti<^a), [in

LXX

for

ans,
IS^e,

Nu
Ac

Je 38(31)33,

to write

upon, inscribe:

Mk
:

1723,

Ee

21^2.

gg^

He

8^0 (^xx)

IQie

(ib.).t

im-UUyuixi, [in

LXX

Pr

121^ (niQ hi.), Is 3726 (Nin hi.),

Ep.

II Mac 1532, al. ;] 1. to show, exhibit, display : c. ace. et dat., 16^ 22^^ 24:\ Ilk 17^*. Mid., to display for oneself or as one's own 2. to show, point out, prove: c. ace, (but cf. Bl., § 55, 1): Ac 93^, Exp., xiv).t He 617; c. ace. et inf., Ac 1828 (cf. ** ^m-Se'xofiai, [in Jth 13^3 b2, i Mac 10^ 1423, gi 5126^ al. ;]

Je

5^,

Mt

MM,

LXX

:

In late in cl., of things, to allow of, admit of (Dem., Arist., al.). writers, 2. to accept besides (Polyb.), to accept (in tt. of the terms of a ni Jo ^. lease 3. (a) to receive besides v. ICC, on iii Jo, I.e.) (Menand.) (b) to receive hospitably (i Mac, Si, 11. c.) iii Jo ^^.t * ^Tri-8r]|i^«, -a» «| 8^/xos) 1. to be at home (Thuc., Plat., al.),
1.
; :

;

:

;

stay in a place, sojourn (Plat., Xen., al. and v. MM, Exp., xiv) Ac 2i« 17^1 seq. iv, ib. 18^7 (WH, mg.).t *+ liTi-8io-Tdffao/iai, to add provisions to a document Ga 3^^ (cf €inhvadrjK7}, a second will, FIJ, BJ, ii, 2, 3 the word is used of wills 87).t in TT., cf. Deiss., LAE,
2. to
:

;

;

:

;

^m-8i8w)jii, [in

LXX

for ]n3

,

etc.

;]

1.

to give over,

to

hand

:

c.

ace. rei et dat. pers.,
pers.,

Lk

4^''.

2. to

*+

eiri-St-opOcSo),

^m-8.Joi, [in

LXX
Eph

*2^ Ac 1530; pass. c. dat. Mt V^'^\ Lk give in, give way : absol., Ac 27i^.t to set in order further : Tit 1^ (Inscr. ; Cremer, 808). De 24^5^ Jos 829, Je 15^ (xn) *;] to go down,

II11.12 2439.

:

set (of the

sun)

:

42«.t

ciriciKCia, V.S. iiruLKia.

im€iKri%, -cs

«

ci/cos,

likehj), [in

LXX

:

Ps 85

(86)^ (n^D),

Es

8^3*;] 1. seemly, fitting (Horn.). 2. equitable, fair, moderate: i Ti 33, Tit 32, I Pe 218, Ja 3^7 ; t6 e. (Thuc., i. 76), Phi 4^ (cf. Mayor, Ja,
I.e.,

and
22',

V.S. €7rieiKia).+
-eiK€La), -as,
3'42)

^mciKia (Rec.

Ba

Da
:

LXX
24*
;

v

424^

^h

3'*2)^

«„ Mae
{" siveet

^7rt«Kr?9), [in

LXX Wi
:

222 10*, iii

Mac

2^^ 1218, 3^^ 7«*;]

fairness,

moderation, gentleness
c. irpavrf]-:, 11

reasonableness,"

Matthew

Arnold)

Ac Syn.
:

Co

lO^.t

irpav-n}'; (v. Tr.,

liri-tTiWu, -w,

[in

LXX

Syn., § xliii). chiefly for tZhl
'28),

,

iv

Ho 3^; ipQ, 11 mpi, I Ki 20^, Ee (MM, Exp., xiv), to inquire for, seek after, wish for c. ace. of ^T^reoD rei, Mt 632 1239 154^ Lk 123o, Ac 1939, Rq ht^ p^i 417^ He 11^* 13i*; 12i9; c. inf., Ac IS^.t c. ace. pers., Lk 4*2, Ac ** emOai'dTios, -ov, [in LXX Da Bel 3i condemned to death
also for
72^
:
:

Ki 88, Is 62^2, al. Ki 38;] "directive"

;]

I

Co

49.+
eiri-0eais, -cws,
rj

{<;^€inTWr]iii), [in

LXX:

II

Ch

252^ {'^Wp)^

Ez

170

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
II

23^^ (n:?;?)
41*, II

Mac

4*1 5* 14^5*.]

i

^ laying on:
I.e.;

x^'P*"".
1

^o

S^^,

i

Ti

Ti

1«,

He

62 (cf.

Westc, He.,
ll.c.).+

CGT on
desire,

Ti, I.e.).

2.

an
also

attack, assault
for

(11

Mae,
to
set

^mOo|x^a), -w {<^0vfi6<i), [in

LXX
5^'^;

chiefly for
(cf.

mx

pi.,

hithp.

;

lan

,

etc.
42,

;]

absol.,

Ja

Eo

V

oiie's heart upon, IS^d-xx)^ i Co lO^

(against, in opposition to), 3I; in late Gk. also I Ti

Ga
c.

after, covet 2«); seq. Kara prop, (as in el.) c. gen., Ac 20^^,

lust

iv

Mac

ace.

(M, Pr., 65),

Mt
;

5^8 (Eec. avri}^;

Mi 2^, Wi 163, ^1.); c. inf., Mt IS^^, Lk 15i« 1621 1722^ I pe ii2_ Re Qfas in Hebrew, e. ace. et inf., He 61^ 22l*.t iTTidvfjua liriOvixTrjaa, Lk Syn. 6piyw (cf. Field, Notes, 204), ^Aco {DCG. i, 453^). Nu ll^* (mx hithp.) iTnOvfiew), [in LXX cTTiGofjiTiTiis, -oS, 6 elvai. €., Pr 122 (^Q^) * ;] one longing for, lustful after kukwv, i Co

T

omits;

cf.

Ex

20l^

;

:

10«.t
cTri0u(iia, -as,
r]

« «

:

:

i-n-tOvfxeu)),
:

[in

LXX chiefly for niNl?
22^5 (y_s_
ref.
^^i^i^^^'o,),

,

niK also
;

for
2^",

Tian

,

etc.

;]

desire, longing

Lk
with

Phi

123, j

Th
52*,

Ee

18^*; pi.,

Mk
I

4^^; esp.
:

to forbidden things, desire,
11
I

lust (Vg., concupiscent ia)
I

Eo

T^^, Ja

li*'i\

Pe

1*; pi.,

Ga

Ti

6», II Ti 222 43,
c.

3^;

gen.,

fjnaa-fj-ov, 11

Pe l^* 42; Tra^os iTnOvfjLia^, Pe 2^** (v. Mayor, in 1.);
i

Th

4^

;

i.

KUKJ, Col
I2*; t.
dTrarr;?,

t.

KapSiwv,

Eo
j

Koa-fiov

(aroused by the world),

Jo

2^"^
;

t. crw/uaros,
11

Eo

6^2

^

Eph
5I6
;

422 (v.
T.

ICC,

in

1.)

;

t. crap/cc^s, i

Jo 2^\

Koa-fxtKaL,
Tttis €.,

6ct>0a\pwv, I Jo o-ap/ct/cat e., I ; Tit 2^2; ei5 eVi^u/utas, Eo 13^*; ttoiciv ras Eo 6^2 ; SovXeveiv, ayeaOai, eTnBvfXLai^, Tit 3^,

216

Pe 2i8 (without art.), Ga Pe 2^1 (cf. IV Mac 132)
€.,

Jo

8**; VTraKovtiv
;

II

Ti 3^

Tropevea-Oat

iv

e., I

Pe 43 Syn.
:

;

Kara,

Ju

!«• 18,

n Pe

33

;

avaaTpi^itaOai iv ral%
to sit

i.,

Eph

23.t

-n-a^os (q.V.), opi$ii.

ijn-KaQ-ilu, [in
cTTi-KaX^w, -w,

LXX for 231 etc. [in LXX chiefly for
,

;]

upon
1.

:

Mt

21^.+

name:
12i2>25,

c.

by

.

He .na S-^p^), Ac
;
;

ace. (cl.), 111^; t.

Mt
6vofj.a,

102^;

pass.,

Hip Ac

;]

to call,

name, sur-

123

436

105,18,32

nis
Mid.

seq. i-n-t (denoting possession, 1517 (lxx)^ ja 2^ (v. 912). on

as Heb.
2.

CB

Am

el., LXX), to call upon, invoke, appeal to (Oeov, Scot's, (so also act. Hdt., Xen., al. ef. Deiss., LAE, 426) KaiVapa (Se^ao-roV, Ac 252^), Ac 2511-12.21 2632 2819; sc. t. Kvpiov 'Irjaodv, Ac 7^^; fj^dprvpa (cl.) t. ^arepa, I Pe 11^ r. Kvpcov, Eo 1012, II Ti 222 ^ ^^q^^ Otov, II Co 123
:

.

;

.

Kvpiov

(yaov, o-ov; like
I

Heb. njT DCr^
to

N^i'^),

Ac

22i(i-xx) 914,21 2210,

Eo

1013, u (Lxx)^

Co
II

12

(Cremer, 335, 742).t
-tos,
(•<^ €7ri/<aAv7rTw),

ciri-KdXu/xfia,

[in

LXX

:

Ex

261*

3921(34)

(np5p),

Ki

1719 (^Da),

Jb 1929

(aliter in

Heb.)*;] a cover,

veil

:

metaph.,

t. KaKLa<s, i

Pe

2i6.t

^iri-KaXuTTTw, [in

LXX

for

nD3

,

etc.

;]

to

cover over, cover

up

metaph.,

Eo

4^ (i'Xi).t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
t iTTi-KaT-dpaTOs,
[in

171
07l),

-ov
,

{<^€TnKaTapdofjLaL,

to

imprecate
2^9;]

CUrses

LXX
13

for

inN

also

Wi

3^2

148^

jy

Mac

accursed:

Ga

310 (Lxx)

(Lxx

KtKarapaMyo,)

(Cremer, 109).
:

36*" {39^^) (p:), Jb IQ^ (lyi hi.) 212^ (Dan), I Mac 6", II Mac l^i, iii Mac 1^2*;] to be placed, lie on: Jo 21»; seq. iwi, c. dat., ib. ll^S; fig., He Q^O; dmyKT?, i Co 9i« ; x^'/^^". <o Lk 5^ 232^. threaten, come on : Ac 272** of persons, to press upon *^m-Ke\\w, of a ship, to run ashore : c. ace, Ac 27*^t * ^Tri-K€(t)(iXaio>', -ov, to, a poll-tax : 12^* (WH, mg., for ktjvctov, lm-K6i>ai, [in
;
.•
1

LXX Ex

Mk

as in D, Syrr. sin.v<^h.^ ^24, etc.).t ** ^iriKoupia, -as, rj {<C eTTLKovpeu) tO be an iiriKOvpo^, an clly), LXX: Wi I318*;] az(i, assistance: Ac 2622.+ t 'EiriKou'pio9 (Eec. -cios), -ov, 6, an Epicurean, a follower

[in

of

Epicurus
**
sentence
:

:

Ac
c.

17^**.+

€Tri-KpiVw,

[in

LXX

:

11

Mac

4*^,

iii

Mac
,

42 *

;]

to decree, give

ace. et inf.,

Lk

282*.+ for pTPI hi.,
to lay

em-XafiPciKw, [in

LXX

THK

etc.
c.

;]

always mid. in

LXX
Ac

and

NT

(v.

Cremer, 758),
.

c. ace. pers. (not cl.), 927 169 181' IOI5), Ac c gen. rei, pers. et rei, Lk 2020' 26 ; r. alwvLov (ovtcos) ^w^s, 2i« (v. Westc, in 1.).+ (as in Si 4ii),

1719 2po.33;

Mk

gen. pers., Mt 143i, Lk 9*^ 14* 232^ (WH, but v. Bl., 823, Ac 23^9, He S^d-xx); c. gen.

hold of:

i

Ti

6^2, i9_

Metaph.

He

€iri-Xai'0d»'op,ai

(alternative mid.

form

[in
c.

LXX
12".+

chiefly for
SttoIos

UDW;]

to forget, neglect:

of iTrik-qOw, to cause to forget), 8^*; c. inf., Mt 16^,

Mk

Phi

gen.. 313;

He

6^^ 132' i«;
?,v,

MM, Exp., xiv), c. ace. (as occasionally in cl. 23i«, Si 3^* 23i*, Wi 2*), Ja 12*; pass. ptcp. (cf. Is
;

Lk
2.

cm-Xeyci), [in

LXX chiefly for IFQ;]
to call
:

1.

to call by name, oneself: Ac 15*^+
eiri-XeiTru,

Jo

52.

3.

to

to say in addition (Hdt.). choose ; mid., to choose for

[in

LXX

:

Ob
:

1* N^

R
Lk

(HNtz; hi.)

*

;]

to fail

:

c.

ace.

pers.,

He

1132.+

*+ cm-Xcixw, ^0 lick over

**+^m-Xr,a,ion^, -^?, ^ ness : aKpoaTrj<i i. (gen. of qual.), Ja 12^.+ cTTi-Xoiiros, -ov (<Aot7ros), [in

«

c.

ace,

162^

(cf.

MM,
^\

eVtXT^^a)), [in

LXX:

IV^"^

Exp., xiv).+ *
;\

forgetfulstill
left,

LXX
Aq.
:

for in'', INB';]

remaining
**
release.
release.

:

xpovos,

i

Pe

irri-Xudi^
2.

-€0)5,^

«

42.+
cTTtAvw), [in

Ge408; Sm.
I20.+
:

:

Ho
1.

3**;]

L

solution, interjnetation : 11 Ge 40^ 418.12; **^m-Xo'a), [in Aq.
:

Pe

Th.

Ho
Pr

3**;]
i

to loose,

2.

to solve, settle,
-w, to

* ^TTi-ixapTupew,
ImjiAeia,
I

explain : Mk 43*, Ac 193^.+ bear witness to : c. ace. et. inf.,
,

Pe

512,+

-as,

v

(< iTrLfi€kiofiat)
g,!. ;]

[in

LXX
:

:

3^ (^IpBT),
(v.

Wi
Es

1313,

Es

6i«,

I

Mac

161*,

attention, care

Ac 27*
(Q,j,y

Field, Notes,
I

143).+
^m-(i€Xeo|Aai,
-ovtiai,

[in

LXX

:

Ge

4421

Q,j2;)^

62^,

.172

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
I

Pr

2725, Si 3313 (3025), 1034,35 I Ti35,t
eTTifjieXws,

Mac

ll^'*;]

to

take care of:

c.

gen.,

Lk

adv., [in

LXX for p"l,
:

etc.

;]

carefully

:

Lk

15^.t

im-\j.ivu, [in Ex 12=*^ (.TIIQ hith.) * ;] to stay on, tarry or abide still: seq. iv, i Co 16^; airov, there, Ac 15^^ (WH, txt., EV, txt., omit) 21*; c. dat., t. aapKL, Phi 1^*; seq. -irapd, c. dat. pers., Ac 2814; Trpds, c. ace. pers., i Co 16^, Ga l^^; c. ace. temp., Ac lO^s, 21*- 1" 28^2,14^ J Qq i57_ Metaph., to continue in a pursuit or state: c. dat., avTois (v. T. afiapria, Eo 6^ t. ttio-tci, Col 1^^ t. aTncTTia, ib. ll^^ CGT, in 1.), I Ti 4i«; t. xpV^roTrjTi, Eo ll-^; c. ptcp. (cf. Bl., § 73, 4;
; ;

LXX

;

76, 2),

Jo

8('i,

Ac

12i''.t

c'm->'€o'a>,

[in
jjj

LXX
rj

:

Pr 262*

1420 *
.J

^Q jj^Q^

command

6", n Mac 410 ll^^ or approval, to nod approval, consent
(-,33 ^i.),
i

Mac

Ac
914

1820.+
^TTiVoia, -a?,

1412 154^ Si 402^
822. t

« Mac
II

iirivoiw, to contrive), [in

LXX
Es

:

Je 20^\

Wi

6i«

12*^ iv
[in

Mac

17^*;] a thought, design:
i

Ac

**imopK^a>, -S
cm-opKos,
falsely.
I

««V6Vo?),
[in

LXX:
5^^.t

1*8,

Wi

1428*;]

^^

swear falsely, for siv ear oneself:
-oy,

Mt
Za

LXX

:

5^ (yaOT ni.) *
a,s

2.

Of persons, ^er/'wred ;
£7r€iyu.i.

suhsi.,

1. of oaths, sworn ;] perjurer, false swearer a

Ti lio.t
cTrioucra, V.S.

*t

^TTiouVios,

-oi'

(cf.

TTipiova-io's,
e.,

[in

LXX

for

n^3p,

De 7^

etc.]),

found only in the phrase apros

day

:

Mt

6^^

Lk

11^.

mg., /or f/ie coming (Several derivations find support, each pointing

EV, daily ; E,

1. <^ eViovo-a (sc. r^fj-ipa) (or, <[ IttI rryv lova-av to a different meaning. (sc. rjfjiipav), Zorell, S.V.), hence, /or the morroto or for the coming day 2. (a) <^ tVi + ova-La, hence, for subsistence, needful (Am. (E, mg.). E, mg.) {b) <C cti + cTvai in fem. ptcp. form, hence, pertaining to (the day).) For renderings of versions and views of various w^riters, v.
;

reff.

in

DB,

daily, is based
difficult

original
I.e.
;

36 f. DCG, ii, 58 f., 62* ICC on Lk, I.e. The EV, on the Vg. (Lk; OL, Mt, Lk, quotidianus). "It is not to think that t6v e. rests upon misunderstanding of an Aramaic phrase, or upon a Greek corruption " (ICC on Mt,
ext.,
;
;

cf.

also Cremer, 239).
[in

c-iri-iri-n-Tw,

LXX
111

25)
(as

:

c.

Ge

dat. pers., 4628, To 11^,

Mk

S^^ (v.

chiefly for bB3 ;] to fall upon (Field, Notes, Swete, in 1.), Ac 20^"; seq. iirl t. rpaxr/Aov
5*^,
al.),

Mac

Lk

I520,

Ac

20=*".

Metaph.,

«^o>s,
Spirit:

Lk

112,

Ac

1917,
e.

seq. eVi,

11^1; duiiSiafioi, Eo 153(lxx). of the Holy dat., Ac 8^«; eVt, e. ace, Ac 10** 11^^; absol.,

Ee

Ac
I

237.t
1.

* cirt-irXriorau, Ti 5i.t
c. inf.,

to strike at,

to

punish.
,

2.

to rebuke,

reprove:
long for,
[txt.]);

ciri-iroe^w, -w, [in

LXX
11

for
52, i

nx^

ZIV P)D3
,

hi., etc.

;]

to

desire:

Eo V\

Co

Th

3^, 11

Ti

1*.

Phi

226

(WH,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
acc. rei, i Pe 22; c. ace. pers., absol., Ja 4^ (v. Mayor, in l.).t
c.
ii

173
mg.);

Co

9^*,

Phi

2-'5

(WH,

*t ^Tri-ir<50T,<ns,

23ii*;] longing: ii Co T''^\f *t ^m-iT66T)Tos, -ov, greatly desired, longed for : Phi 4^.t *t^-irnro0ia (WH, -Tro^eta), -as, 17 = iTTLTrodrja-is, longing: Eo IS^^.t
-cws,
rj,

[in

Aq.

:

Ez

t ^m-iropcu'ofiat,

[in
iii

LXX

:

Le
;]

26»3

(inN),

Ez

391*
to
:

(inr), Ep.
seq. Trpos,
c.

Je

^^,

acc.

Mac pers., Lk
II

2^8,

Mac

1* *

to

travel,

journey
seq.
iirl,

8*.t
to setv

*t em-pdirTO) (Rec. -ppaTTTw),
^jTi-piirTCD

upon:
:

c.

acc,

Mk

22^t
hi.
;]

(Rec.
2.

-ppLTTTO), SbS

lu cL), [in
5^(1^^^),+
[in

LXX chiefly for
c.

"jjbtZ?

1.

to cast at.

to cast

or ^^^ace upoii

acc. seq.

iiri,

c.

acc,

Lk
5*

19^5; metaph.,
8^3,

t. fiipipnav, i

Pe

cTTioiiixos, -ov
I

(<o-^/ia,
II

a mark),
15^^, iii
2.

LXX Ge
:

30*^ (yjjp),

of 1. hearing ;] Metaph., (a) in good sense, notable, Mt 27^^.t illustrious: Ro 16^; (6) in bad sense, woforiows 6 (<[ cTrio-irt^o/aat, to supply with provisions), [in cTTiaiTiafids, -ov,

Mac

11^~ 14*^,

Mac

Mac

6^ *

Es a mark ;

money, stamped, coined.

.•

LXX: Ge
food
:

42^5, al. (HTy),
9i2.t

Jth

2^8 4^;]

1.

a foraging.
[in

2. provisions,

Lk

eTri-aKCTrrofiat (late

form

of

tVio-KOTrc'o), q.v.),

LXX
in

chiefly for IpB;] 1. to inspect, examine.
723 ]^536 (cf

2.

(a)

to visit:

very freq., c. acc, Ac

jg
in

151^

.

especially, the sick

and

afflicted (as in

MGr. and
and

sometimes
(as

ipD

in

Mt 2536.43, Ja 1^^ (cf. Si T^^); {b) Ge 21\ Ex 43^, Ps 8^, al.), to visit with
cl.),

LXX

NT
pg

help, to care for

Lk
88

1«8'78 716^

Ac

151*,

(89)33, al.; cf.
iTn-(TK€\jdl,o),

He 2«; (c) io visit with punishment MM, Exp., xiv; Cremer, 863).t
[in

(Je 925,

LXX

for

pin

pi.,

etc;] to equip,

make ready
:

mid., to make one's preparations : Ac 21^*. *t|m-aKT]K6w, -w, to tent upon, spread a tabernacle over
seq. eV*
ifjLe

metaph.,

(RV,

rest

upon, cover),

11

Co
<35)

12^.

^Tri-crKidiw, [in

LXX: Ex
I.e.,

4029

(pc;),

Ps 90
jj

(91)*
:

139 (140)"
c.

(IJSD),

Pr 18^^*;]
c.

to

throw a shadow upion, oversJiadoiv

dat.,

Ac

5^5; of a shining (Mt,

and

ef.

Ex

402^

35
^

Mk 9^
Holy
observe,

acc,

Mt
135.+
-co,
: :

17*,
[in

Lk

93*;

metaph.

(cf.

^^c 2^) cloud, c dat., Pss, Pr, ll.c), of the
1.

Spirit,

Lk

cm-aKOTTcw,

LXX
He

examine
for

seq.
1

/j.t],

for 12^*.

IpD

ni.,

etc;]
;

to

look upon,

to visit, care

Pe
17,

5^ (R, txt.;
[in

WH

2. As cTricr/ccTrTo/xai in LXX, om. Cremer, 527).

NT,

iiiti.-crKOTrf\, -rjs,

LXX chiefly for

Hpp, Hlpg;]
;

1.

a

visitiiig,

as in LXX tov TraiSos, Lueian, dial, deor., 20, 6) God's visitation in mercy, or in judgment (Le 192", jjj 1012, Je 6l^ Wi 220, al.) Lk 19**, i Pe 2^2 (v. Hort, in 1.). 2. office, charge, esp. office of an iTria-Ko-n-os (q.v.) Ac 12" (lxx), i Yi 3^ (Cremer, 527 f., 864 DCG, ii, 809b).t
visitation
(cis
e.

(after Heb.), of

:

:

;

174

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
^iri-cTKoiTos,

-ov, 6

(•<

o-KOTTos,

tt

wutcher), [in

LXX
i

for

IpD

,

its

parts

and

derivatives,
-22;

Nu
20''9;

d^" '31^\
iz?3i3,

Ne

119, u,

i,j<^

jb

Jg Q'-^^, iv Ki Is 60^^ Wi
;

llis.ie,
1^,

„ Ch 3i^'^'^\ Mac 1"*;] a
:

Ac 20^^, superintendent, guardian, overseer (cl. for exx. v. LS, s.v.) 2"'* (ICC, in I Pe as technical term for a religious office (Deiss., 1.) BS, 230 f.), in later Paul. epp. of the head of a church (Vg. episcopus), a bishop : Phi l^, i Ti 3^ Tit 1^ (v. relf. s.v. €7r«7Ko;r7^).t eirt-CTiraw, -w, [in LXX: Is 5^^ ('^C7a), etc.;] to draw on: mid.,
;

xii, 5,

in peculiar sense of effacing signs of Judaism (cf. i Mac 1^^, FIJ, Ant., i v. Thayer, s.v.), to become as iincircumcised : i Co 7^^.t * cTTi-o-n-cipo), to soiv upon or besides : dva fiea-ov, Mt 132^.t
;

€iriCTTa|xai

(prob.

an old mid. of

icf)LcrTr]ixi,

q.v.), [in

LXX

for JTT ;] to know, know of, U7iderstand : c. ace. pers., Ac U^% Ac 182^ i Ti &\ Ja 4:^\ Ju^"; seq. ptcp., ib. 2410; ^ ^cc. rei, 20i«; ttoS, TT^pi, Ac 262«; 6'n, ib. 15^ 19^5 2219 is, ib. lO^S; ttws, ib.
;

chiefly 19^^ c.

Mk

;

He

IP.t

SVN.

:

ytvuxrKd} (q.v.), vT8a.

** iiri-aTaais, -ews, rj {<C.t4>:'crTi]fxi), [in LXX: II Mac 6^*;] 1. a stopping, halting (as of soldiers) oxXov, collecting a crowd (v. Eackham, Acts, I.e.) Ac 24^2 (WH, Eec. eVicrvcrTao-is). 2. supermtendence, 11 Co ll^s (WH, attention (but v. Thayer, s.v. ; Field, Notes, 185 f.)
:
:

:

Eec. ut supr.).t
^TTKTTdTTjs, -OV, b

«

l<i>lcTT-q ixi) ,

[iu

LXX

:

IV
;]

5225 (-pp^),

II

Ch

31^2 (Ta3),

II

Mac

5^2, etc.

Kl 25^^ Jc 36 (29)26 a chief, commander,
336ff.).t

master:

Lk

5^ B^*'" g^^-" IT^^

(of.

Dalman, Words,

iii Ki Ne G^^ (nbcr), Jth 15*, i Mac Im-are'XXco, [in 1025 12^ 1318 (in each case with v.l. dTroo-)*;] 1. to send to. 2. to send a message by letter, to write word (MM, Exp., xiv) c. dat. pers., Ac 2125, He 1322 geq. ^ov, c. inf., Ac 152'».t

LXX:

58'22),

:

iTTioTTjfiwf,

-OV,

Is 521

d^n

ni.), I

Es

De gen., -ovos {liricTTafjiai), [in 8**, Si 102^ 21^5, gtc. ;] knowing, skilled :
:

LXX

1^^

4",

Ja

3i3.t
:

iTvi-(TT-t]pil(a,

[in

LXX for
a

^GD,

etc.

;]

to

make
for

stronger, confirm

c.acc, Acl422 1532>".t
cTTi-aToXT],
-i}s,

^ (•< eVto-Tc'XXw), [in
2.
i.

LXX

in

Mac;]

1.
I

a message.

letter,

an
II

pi.,

Ac
;

225,

Co

163, al.;

a-va-TaTiKal,
cf.
ff.)

epistle: Co 31

ni|K etc. freq. Ac 92, i Co 5^, al.
,

;

(cf.

Milligan,

254 f.). (On the NT Deiss., BS, 3 ff. 85 ff.
*
em-<TTOfi,i|^o)
:

£7rto-ToXai,
;

Milligan,

Th.,

121

ff.;

NTD, NTD,

St.

Paul, 8

(<^(TTd/ia), to bridle; metaph., to stop the mouth, to

silence

Tit l^i.t

liri-CTTpe'<|>(o,

[very freq. in
,

LXX,

chiefly for mis'

,

in its various

senses, also for n3Q

etc.

;]

1.

trans., to

hence metaph.,
li«'i^ (cf.

Ma

324),

to turn, cause to 2. Ja 519.20.
c. inf.,

turn about, round or towards, return (to God, virtue, etc.) Lk Intrans., (a) to turn, turn oneself
:

around: Ac

16i^;

Ee

I12; seq. Trpds,

Ac

9*"; so also pass,

(cl.).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

175
Notes,

Mk
216
I

530 8^3,

Jo 2120
;

.

metaph., of turning to

God

(v.

Field,

&.), iirl T. Kvpiov (^€dv), Ac 935 1121 1415 1519 2620; Trpo? r. 6^6v, Th 19, Co 3i« a^ro o-Kdroi;? cJs <^ws, Ac 2618; pass., i Pe 22^; {h) to

n

return (as in MGr.)
seq.
eis,

:

Lk

8^5,

Ac

15^6

;

seq.

ottio-w,

c.

inf.,

Mt

24^8

Mt

12**,

Mk
-^9,

13i«,

Lk

239 IT^i;

eVi, 11

€m,

Ac

Ga 49; Trpo'?, Lk 17*; of moral reform, Mt 319 2827; pass., Mt 10^3 (Cremer, 531, 881).t
4Tri-<rrpo(j>Vi,
7}

222; metaph., seq. 4^2, Lk 2232, IS^^,

Pe

Mk

{i7n<rrpi^io), [in
;

492, etc.

;]

a ttirning about
[in

47^ (mtZT) Si 1821 metaph., conversion (Field, Notes, 246)
:

LXX Ez
,

,

:

Ac

153.t

* iiri-auv-dy(i>,

LXX

for

VpS

Mk gather together : Mt 1737. (cf. Ps 101 (102)23 105 (106)*^ II Mac against (Mi 411, Za 123, i Mac 3^8, al.).t **+ ivi-(TUV-ay<i}yr\, -^9, rj (<[ iTna-vvdyw),
233" 2431,
;

Y^p etc. (Cremer, 132^, Lk 133*; pass., Mk
,

65);] 1. to
133,

Lk
*

12^

12-, al.).

2. to

gather together

[in

LXX

:

II

Mac
.

2"^

;]

a

gathering togetlver, assembly : He 102^ seq. *+ em-o-uK-Tpe'xw, to run together again :
t eiri-cruoTa(Tis,
-ca>9,
17

iiri, 11

Th 2^

(cf

u Mac, l.c.).t
l.).t

Mk
[in

92* (v.

Swete, in
:

(<^

i-7n(rvvLarTrj/xi),

LXX Nu
:

16*9 (niv)

26® (nS3

hi.),

I

cViWao-c?, q.v.),
(cf. -0)9, ib.

Es 5"3A*;] a gathering, a Ac 24^2, n Co 1128.t
-es

riotous throng
[in

Eec. (for
9^*

**^Tri(7<faXTis,

(<o-^aXXa),

to

cause

to fall),
2.

LXX: Wi
stronger

al.)

:

Ac
2.

4*)*;] 279.t
to

1.

prone
:

to fall (Plat.).

(iari^erows (Hipp., Plut.,
1.

**
I.e.).

^TT-ioxoo), [in

LXX

Si 29^,

i

Mac

6" *

;]

to

make

(Si,

grow stronger ; metsbiph., be more urgent : Lk 23^.t **t ^m-CTupcu'o), [in Sm. Jb 14^7, Ca 2* * ;] to heap together ; metaph.,
:

8tSao-K(iAov9, II

Ti 43.t
y)

t ^i-raYii, -^5,
118,

«

cVtrao-o-w), [in

LXX Da LXX 3i«
:

(oanp),

i

Es

Wi

14i« 1810 19«,
7«'25, II
v.

III

Mac

720*;]
li.
;

=

cl,

i-n-LTayfxa,

a command, Eo

Co commands,
162«, I

Co

MM,
[in

88, I Ti Exp., xiv)

Tit 13 (for use in Inscr. of divine
irdarj^
i.,

fi-era

with all authority:

Tit 2i5.t
cm-Tdo-o-w,
c.

LXX
Mk

for ln^H
639,

ace. rei,

Lk

1422; g
627.t

^at. pers.,

rei,
c.

Phm 8;
SYN.
:

id. c. inf.,

ms etc. to command, cliarge Mk 127 92^, Lk 436 82^; id. c. ace. Lk 83i, Ac 232; ia. c. imperat., Mk 92^;
,
,

;]

ace. et inf.,

Mk

KeXevu).
-w,

etc. ;] to complete r\XDV 8^ 71 8*' n. Phi 1^, accomplish, execute : Eo Co 811 9"; art. inf., 11 Co of religious services (cf. Hdt., ii, 37, al.).
cTTi-TeXe'w,

[in

LXX

for

rh3

,

,

c. ace. rei,

15^*, 11

He

He

Mid., (a) to complete for oneself,
cf.
c.

Meyer, in
ace.
(cf.

1.)

:

Ga

33

;

(6)

to

pay in

Xen., Mem.,

iv, 8, 8), i

make an end (E, mg. pass., E, txt full, pay the tax, be subject to Pe 59 (pass., EV, etc. cf. Thayer, s.v.
;

;

ICG,

in l).t

i Ch 282, ^mxViSeios, -a, -ov, [in 2. useful, necessary : to. suitable, convenient.
:

LXX

^i
i.,

45^ j

Mac

4*^, al.

;]

1

necessaries,

Ja

21".

176

Manual (Jreek lexicon op the new TestamenI'
€iri-Ti0T)fii,

[in

LXX
19-^
;

for

]T)3

,

Dltz?

,

etc.

;]

1.

upon: c. ace. rei, seq. im, c. ace. rei, Mt Ac 15^^ 28=5 eVt, c. gen. rei, Mt 27'^^; iv,
;

23*,
ib.
;

Lk

to lay, set or place 15^, Jo 96(WH,txt.), is^

;

c. dat. pers.,

23'''«

;

(TTi4>ai'ov,

Jo

om/ma,

Mk

3l«' 17

nXrjyd^,

Lk

lO^o,

aravpov, Lk Ac 1623

fTTi, c.

ace. pers.,

Ee

22^^; of the laying
9^^,

ivC, c. ace. pers.,

Mt

Mk

1&^^\

Mk
(a)

5'" 6* 732 823, Ljj 440 1313^

Ac

on of hands, r. x"pa ("«5). seq. IQi^. is^ S^^ g^^ c. dat. pers., 6« S^^ 9^2 13^ 19« 28^, i Ti 522. Mid.,

Ac

;

Mt

to provide : Ac 2S^^ (EV, _?j?f i on board ; cf. Field, Notes, 149) (6) throw oneself upon, attack : c. dat. pers., Ac IS^**. 2. to add to Ee 22^^ (v. supr., and cf. Swete, in l.).t ^m-Ti/idw, -w, [in LXX for iva, Ge ^V\ Ps 9^, Za 3^(2); Si 11^, al. ;] 1. to honour. 2. to raise in price. 3. to mete out dtce measure
;

<o

(a)

to

award;
Ju9;
Xiyu,

(b)

dat.,

Mt

826 1718 1913^

to censure, rebuke, admonish: absol., 11 Ti 42; c. 43».4i Qii 921,42,55 173 1315 43^ 822 IQi^,

Mk

Lk

1939,
X.iyi»v,

seq. ha,
etc.,

Mt
1622,

12i6 I620 203i,

Mk
l^

3^2 83o lO^^,

Lk

1839; seq.

Mt
17

Mk

125

Q^-i

925^

435 23*o.t

SYN.
franchise.

:

eAcyxti), q.v.

€mTip.ia, -as,
2.

As

(<^ eTrtTi/Aaw), [in LXX: Wi 31"*;] 1. citizenship, in Inscr. (LS, s.v.), LXX, I.e. (= el. to eiriTtfitov),
:

ptmishment, j)enalty
ciri-Tp^irw, [in

11

Co

2^.t
v.l. Ittkttp-)
:

LXX

(usually with
2.

Ge
:

39" (nTV), etc.

;]

1.
c.

to

turn

to,

commit, entrust.

to yield,

permit

i

Co

16",

He

6'

5^3, Jo 193S; id. e. inf. (cf. dat. pers., 832 959, 61^ Ac 213«. *o 273, I Ti 212 Lk c. inf., inf., Ac 261 28I6, i Co 1434.t
;

Mk

M,

Mk

Pr., 205), Mt 821 198, 10*. Pass., c. dat. et

* ^TriTpoireuo) (<^ eTriTpoTros, a procurator), to govern: Lk 31 (WH, mg., for i7ye/xw£vo»'Tos, an obvious correction for precision). ** i-nL-rporrr], -•»}?, 17 (<^ CTrirpcTrco), [in II Mac 131**;] ^Qi^er to decide, authority : Ac 26i2.t ** €'mTpoTTos, -ov, 6 cVtrpeVco), [in II Mae lli I32 142*;] 1. an administrator, a stetvard : Mt 20^, Lk 83. % a guardian (e. gen.

LXX

:

«

LXX

:

pers.,

11

Mac,

11.

c.)

:

Ga

42.t

im-TUYx<i''w, [in

LXX: Ge

392

(^1,3^ ^i.),

Pr

1227 (:j-in)*;] 1. to
cl.).

light upon. 2. to obtain, attain to : Ja 42, c. gen. rei (as in 615 1133; c. ace. (late Gk.), Eo 11^ (Eec. rovTov).i
em-(}>aii'w,

He
2.

[in

LXX
17

for "iiN

hi.,
c.

etc.

;]

1.

to

show forth.
1^9;

(=pass.
Tit 3*
;

in cl.) to

appear: Ac 272";
(Cremer, 567).

dat. pers.,

Lk

metaph.,

e.

dat., ib. 2ii

eTTi4>cIi'eia, -a?,

«

€7rt(^ai/rys),

[in

LXX

:

II

Ki

723 (x-^ij),

Es

51,

Am
and
ance

522, II

Mac

221 32* 5* I222 141^ 1527,

m Mac 2^
(v.

5^. si *;]

(in late

Gk.

Inscr., freq. of deities, v.
:

MM,

Exp.,
«,

II

Th
Jl

28, I

Ti

61*, 11

Ti li"

41.

xiv), a manifestation, appearTit 2i3 (cf. M, Th., 148 f.).t

^Tri4)afiis, -£S {<C. iTTLtfyaLvo)), [in

LXX
623,

Thayer,

s.v.) for N'^'lJ

,

etc.,

Jg

18«,

211' 31,

al;

11

Mac
of

m

Mac

535,

^1.;]

renowned,
:

illustrious, notable:

Ac

22*' (i^^^)

(cf.

MM,

Exp., xiv).t
q.v.),

t £m-<}>au<TKa> (variant

form

ctti^wo-zco),

[in

LXX

Jb 25*

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
{bni( hi.) 3126 419(10)
(1,1,-,

177
5^*

(on

v.l. -if/avcrei, V.
^Tri-<|>ep&>,

ICC,

hi.)*;] to shine forth: Westc, AE, in l.).t
;]

fig., c.

dat.,

Bph

[in
to

LXX chiefly for rhvj
impose, inflict
:

1.

to

bring upon or against

Kpidiv,

Ju

^.

2.

Eo

3^.t

**c'm-4.w>'€<u, -i, [in

LXX

:

i

to call out,
Xe'yovres,

shout:
2321;

c.

ace. rei,

Es 9*"AE, ii Mac 123, Ac 21^*; c. dat. pers.,

m

Mac

ib.

7^3*;] 222^; seq.

Ac 1222.f 419<i<»> A (Bx, ^TTK^avW-) * ;] ^m-4>i5aK(a, [in LXX for bbn hi., Jb 1. to let shine. 2. to daivn (cf. MM,Exp., xiv): Lk 23^^; seq. cis, Mt 28i.t Es 925; ^aa, II Ch cmxcipe'u, -w «xetp). [in LXX for norn 20^1, al. ;] 1. to put one's hand to. 2. to take in hand, attempt c. inf., Lk 11, Ac 929 1913 f Ge 28i^, al. ;] to pour upon cTTt-xc'w, [in LXX chiefly for ps^
oj-^t. rect.,
,
,

Lk

Lk

1034. t

€Tri-xopT)Y^a), -5, [in LXX: Si 2522, ^ j^^c 4^ A*;] to supply, provide : c. ace. rei, 11 Pe 1^ id. c. dat. pers., 11 Co d^^, Ga 3^ pass., Col 219, II Pe 111 (cf_ ^oprjyew, and v. MM, Exp., xiv).t *+ cm-xopTjyia, -as, 17 (<[ cVt^^opr^yeoj) a supply : Eph 41", Phi 119. t ** cm-xpiw, [in Sm. Ez 131'^ 22^* * ;] to spread on, anoint : c. ace, 911 Jo id. seq. eTrt, c. ace, Jo 9" (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).t * eTT-oiKoSofi^w, -w, in NT, always metaph., of the spiritual life regarded as a building (Cremer, 449) 1. to build upon : i Co 3i''» i2» 1* pass., Eph 220. 2. to build u,p : Col T, 1 Pe 2^ (T, otVoS- WH, Eec),

**

;

;

,

:

;

;

Ju2o.t
cir-okoiidl^u, [in

LXX
2i'^.t
:

chiefly for N"lj5
93^ (IQi*)

;]

to

name,
to 2i2 32.
51,

call

by a tmme,
(in

surname

:

pass.,

Eo
[in
cf.

** iTT-oirr^iiu,,
as an overseer;

Sm.
Ps,
6,

Ps

32 (33)"*;]
:

watch
11

Horn.,
735^

11.

c), look

upon
(of

i

Pe

**
III

£'TT<5TrrT)s,

-ov,
1.

[in

LXX

God):
11.

Es

Mac

3^9

Mac

221*;]

an

overseer

116 (of €. as applied to God, the use of this term in the mysteries,
s.v.).t
ciros, -cos (-ovs),
etTretv (cL),

c). 2. a spectator: 11 Pe v. parallels in Inscr., Exp., xiv; of

(LXX,

MM,
11

v.

Mayor on
7^,

Pe,

I.e.

;

Thayer,
:

TO,
:

[in

LXX

:

Za

Si

44-''

*;]

a word

ws

1.

SO to speak

He

79. t
;

I.,

Syn. : Xoyos, reasoned speech ; prjfxa, mere articulated utterance the articulated expression of a thought.
eiToupdi'ios, -ov

(<; ovpavosi), [in
339, III

LXX

:

Ps 67

(68)i*
411

(^^),

Da th

423

A

(N^OBT),

II

Mac

Mac

628 76^ ly

Mae

AE,

113 j^*.j ^^

or of heaven, heavenly (in Horn., of the Gods):

and

ol i., opp. to c7rty«ot KaraxOovLoi, Phi 21'^; to xotVo's, I Co 15^8,49. o-^i^ara (v. Lft., Col., 4I8; Trarpis, 111" 'UpovaaXrjfi, 376), I Co 15*0; ^aatXeia, II Ti 1222; ^x^Jo-is (cf. Lft. on Phi 314), 31 t^l i., S^ 923; opp. to cTTiyetos, Jo 312; id., of the heavenly regions, Eph 13.20 26 310 6i2-

He

;

He

He

;

He

71

Scopea

ri

c.,

He

6* (Cremer, 468).

12

178

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
iirrd, ol, al, rd, indecl.,

seven

:

Mt

12** 18^^

(cf. eySSo/ATjKOVTaxis),

Mk

85, al.

;

oI

€.,

Ac

218.

^TTTdKis, adv.,

iiTTaKtCTxiXioi, -at, -a,

seven times: Mt IS^i-^^, Lk 17^t seven thoiisand : Eo 11*.

iwrairXaaluiv, -ov, gen., -ovo«, [in
al.;]

LXX

for U^TST^XO

,

Ps 78 (79)^^
txt.,

V.

WH,

sevenfold: Lk IS^o Notes, 62). t
'Epao-Tos, -ov, 6,
ii

(WH,
;

mg., for TroXAaTrX-

WH,
16-3.t

RV;

Erastus
2.

1.

a companion of St. Paul, Ac 19^^,

and prob.

Ti

420.

The

treasurer of Corinth,

Ro
;

^paukdu, -w, late
Pr., 46), [in

form
7*^

of ipevydu)
i

(Rec,

11.

c.

cf.

Bl., §6, 1;
pi.,

M,

LXX,

ipew- (exc.

Ch

193 a), for izrsn

ipn,

etc.;]

to search, examine : 223; seq. orat. obliq.,

Jo
I

;

c.

ace. rei,

Jo

5^^,

Ro
bVB

8^^^, i

Co

2^",

Re

Pe

l^^.t

SYN.

:

V.S. i^erd^w.

cpYd^ofiai (<£pyoi'), [in intrans., (a) to work, labour:

LXX

for
i

iny
Co

,

,

HiZTr,

etc.;]

1.

Ac
4*'
^

183,
I

I

Co 9^
29, II

II

^^epas,
;

Th

Mt Th 3i«-i2 t. x^po-tV, Th 38; of working for
;

2128,

Lt
4^2, i

I31*,

Jo
4^1
;

S^^

9*^

pay,

Mt

wkt^s k. 2128; for reward, Ro

Th

at a trade or business, to trade : seq. eV (Dem.), Mt 25^". 2. Trans., (a) to worfc, work out, do, produce, perform : c. ace, II Co 710, Col 323, II Th 311, Ja 120, II Jo 8, seq. cis, iii Jo * ipyov, Ac 1341 (LXX). id. seq. £19, Mt 26i«; iv, 14«; Ipya, Jo 321 ; t^i L t. O^oi, ^v Jo 628 94 I ^p^'ov, I Co 1610 ; T. dya^d;/, Ro 2i», Eph 428 (v. AR, Eph.,
(&) to

work

;

Mk

.

190)

;

id.

ace. in

cl.),

seq. Trpo?, Ga 6^'^ kukov, seq. dat. pers. (more freq. dupl. 1133; avo/xtav, Mt 723; Ro I31O; SiKatoavyrjv, Ac 103^,
;

He

dfiapTiav,

Ja

2^

;

crrjiJ.c'LOV,

Jo

63**

;

T.

Upd,
it),

I

Co
18^''

913
;

;

T.

^dXao-crav

{wofk

the sea,

i.e.

make
:

one's living from

Re

(6) to
;

work

for, earn

by tvorking (cl.) Jo 62" (of. /car-, Trcpi-, 7rpoo--epyd^o/xai on the force of the aorist of this verb, v. M, Pr., 116).
cpyaaia,
1.
-a?,
17

Cremer, 258;
Hlhir
etc.;]

«

epyov),

[in

LXX

for

n^N^O

,

,

work, business: Ac 16i^'i9 192*»25; 86^ i, (Lat. da operam), Lk 2. working, p)erformance : Eph 4i^.t **€pYdTT)s, -OV, 6 «6pyd^o/xai, q.v.), [in LXX: Wi 17^^ Si 19^ 40^8^ I Mac 3* * ;] 1. -prop., a field labourer, hiisbandman: Mt 93"' 3^ 20^' 2> 8^ Lk 102, Ja 5* (cf. Wi, I.e.). 2. Generally, a workman, labourer Mt 1010, Lk 10", Ac 192" (opp. to Tcx.iVr;?), i Ti 518; of Christian teachers, 11 Co lli3, Phi 32, 11 Ti 2i*. 3. a tvorker, doer : t. dSiKLat,
12'8.

Lk

1327

(cf. I

Mac,
-ov,

l.c.).t

epyof,

TO
,

(originally Fipyov, work),

[very freq. in
,

LXX,
;

chiefly for nt^JT©

n^K^O

,

also for

niny

,

bys

etc.

;]

1.

work, task,

employment : Mk 133*, Jo 43* 17*, Ac I32, Phi I22 230, ^ tj^ 513^ al. of an enterprise or undertaking (De IS^o, "Wi 2^2), Ac 538. 2. a deed, action Tit ll^ Ja 125 listing, from Aoyos, Lk 241^, Ro IS^s, n Th 21^, I Jo 318; iy xdyots K. I., Ac 722 of acts of God, Jo 93, Ac 13*1(1'^^), He
:
.

;

410,

Re
;

152*

153; of Christ, Mt IP; esp. in Jo, e.g. 520.36 73 1038 I411.12 in ethical sense, of human actions (AR, Eph., 190), bad or good,

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Mt Ga
Col
233,
6*.

179

Lk

11*8,

Jo
l^^,

320,21^

ja
; ;

2i4ff-

3^^,
t.
.

Ee

Ja

1*, i

Pe
Ti

Ee

22i2
al.

t^

|.

6fjLov,

2^ 3^; t6 I, collectively, Eo 2^5 |. d.ya06v, Eo 2\
;

Th 1^, 11 Th lH; I TTOvqpd, Col 1^\ II Jo 11 (XKapTra, Eph SH €. do-e/Sctas, ve/cpa, He 6^ 91* Ju 15 T. o-zcdrovs, Eo 1312, Eph 511 I ^^^o^^ Ro 320, 28_ Ga 2i« 32. s. 10. 3i^"i*; i Co 3. that which is wrought or made, a work t. x«'P<^»'» Ac

110, II 5i«, cl.),

Th

217,
I

Tit li«,
5i«'25^
;

Mt
;

He

koAoV, Mt 26^^, 10^*; I. Trt'o-reo;?,
;

Mk
I

14«

;

pi. (as freq. in

;

.

:

7*1

;

of the

works
1420.
[in

of

God,

He

lio
;

y^

k.

rk iv

airrj I, 11

Pe
i

3i**
;

to

I.

T. eeov,

Eo

cpcOi^ai,
II

LXX: Da LXX

llio=25

(ma

hithp.),
:

Mac

15*",

141^ etc;] 1. to stir up, provoke (as in cl.) Col 321. 2. In good sense (cf. ipeOLa-fj.6<i, excitement, in MGr.), to stir up, stimulate
II

Mac

Co

92.t

cpciSo) (chiefly in poets and late prose for ipvyydvw), [in for "^QH (Pr 4* 5^ lli", al.), etc. ;] to prop, fix firmly : act., as mid., cpcio-awa, of a ship driving ashore (EV, struck), Ac 27*i.t
epcuyoftcii, [in
,

LXX

lli^, 3*'8, al. chiefly for iSUf, also for V22 Ps 18 (19)2, etc. ;] 1. to spit or spue out. 2. Prop., of oxen (Horn.), to bellow, roar; whence, as in LXX, to speak aloud, utter: Mt 1335 (LXX) (Yqj. other examples of softened force of words in
;

LXX

Ho

Am

late Gk., cf. cr»cvAAw, rpwyo), )(opTd^(j).) t

cpcucdu, -w. V.S. ipavvdu).
eprjuta, -as,
1?

«e>r;/xos), [in

LXX

:

Is 6020,

Ez 35* (mri

,

ny\n),

ib.

359 (nip5)»),
ness
:

Wi

1717, Si 4717,
8*, 11

Ba

4^3, iv

Mt

1533,

^k

Co

112«,

Mac He IV^f
-ov,

18^*;] a solitude, wilder-

Iprifios

(in older

Gk.

iprjfio<i),

[in

LXX
al.),

chiefly for

H^ip;]

solitary, lonely, desolate, deserted : (a) of persons, yw-q, Ga (b) 13^ 632, ljj 442 912^ al.; as of places, Mt 14i3.i5 2338 (WH, om.),
42'' (i-^^);

Mk
32,

subst.,

17

€.

Mk

13.*,

Jo

(sc. x^P"^'' *s 31*, al. ; pi., al

ill

Hdt.,
[in

ii,

the

desert,

Mt

3i'3,

I.,

desert places,

Lk

l^o 51^ 829.

cpr]p,6a),

-w (<^
:

epr]p.o<;),

LXX
lli^,

for i")n hi.,

DOST

ni., etc.

;]

to

desolate, lay waste

Mt
17

122^,

Lk
;

Ee

17i« I8I6. i^.t
for DUSOr,
7^*

1 4piii|iwais, -cws,

{<^ipr)/x6<jy), [in

LXX

Le

263*'

72(73)19,

Da

92^

lisi
:

12ii, al.

nain, Je

22^

al.;]

Ps a making
35,

desolate, laying waste 15*), Mt 2415 (Lxx)^
ipllo}

Lk

212^; ySStAvy/xa
for
[in

iprjfjiwa-euis

(Da,

11.

c,

i

Mac
:

Mk

13i*"i''.t

(< Ipts),

[in

LXX
rj,

m)D
Sm.
:

,

etc.

;]

to wrangle, strive

Mt

1219

(LXX,

K€KpciCeTai)A
-eia), -as,

**ipiQia, (T, cl,

Ez 23"*;]
;

(on the origin and
52";

history of the word, v. Hort, Ja., 81 ff. 262), ambition, self-seeking, rivalry : Ja
ot £f
II
c.,

Ellic.
31*' i"
;

on Ga

Cremer,

Eo

28,

Phi 11^
520.+

pi. (Bl., § 32,

6;

WM,

Kar Ipidtav, Phi 23 220; Swete, Mk., 153),
Is li^, al.

Co

1220,

Ga

epiov, -ov, TO, [in

LXX

for iJpX

,

Le 13*^

;]

wool

:

He

919,

Ee

li*.t

180

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
epis, -iSo?,

(on the declension, v. BL, § 8, 3; App., 157), ^, [in LXX: Ps 138 (139)'''o, Si 28^ iO^'^*;] strife, wrangling, conte7ition: Ro l^^ IS^^, i Co 3^, ii Co 122o, Ga S^o, Phi 1^\ i Ti 6*, Tit 30; pi. (v.s. ipieta), Eo 13^3, mg.t mg., i Co 1^\ Ga, I.e., **t ipi^iov, -ov, TO (dim. of €>(^os, q.v.), [in To 2^3 * ;] Mt 25^3,

acc,

epiv

WH,

WH,

WH,

LXX

:

Lk

IS-^o (£></,ov,
?pi<t>os,

WH,
[in

txt.).+

-ov,

LXX

chiefly for

nj

;]

a kid

:

Mt

25^2,

Lk

15^9,

WH,
Ro
an

txt.t
'Epjxds, -a,

acc, -av (Doric form of

'Epfirj^:),

Hermas, a Christian

:

161*.+
ip\ij]V€ia, V.S. kpixrjVLa.
ipp.r\veKjT(]<i, -ov,

6 (<^ ipp^rivevw)

,

[in

LXX

for

yih

hi.,

Ge

42^3 *jj

interpreter

:

IpfiTjKeu'o),

explain.

2.

to

(WH, mg.).+ Co [in LXX: ii Es 4^ (Da-jl?), Es 10^ Jb interpret Lk 24^7 (WH, mg.), Jo V^^ «
i

14^8

42i8*;]
97^

1.

to

:

He

72.+

4pp,T)cia (T, cl., -ei'a), -as,

r)

(<^€pfjir]vevw), [in
i Co Hermes;
:
:

LXX

(-eia). Si,

prol.

^*

471^

Da

LXX
:

51*;] interjrretation

12i«
(a)

U^^A
the Greek god
:

'EpfiTis, -ov,

acc,
14^2
;

'Ep/x^u, 6,
(6)

(Lat.

Mercurius)

Ac

a Christian

Eo

IQ^'^A
11

'Epfioyenfjs, -ovs, o,
cpiTCToi', -ov,

Hermogenes, a Christian

Ti 1^^+
,

a

TO (<; Ipiroi, to crawl), [in creeping thing, reptile : Ac 10^2 \\^^ jjq l^^,
^pu0p6s,
-a, -ov, [in

LXX chiefly for iZTQI
Ja
;

1^X0

;]

3".+

LXX

for

DIN

,

Is 632

L edkaa-aa
7^^,

for ;)m"Q!

Ex

1019, al.

;]

red

:

y

i.

OdXaaaa, the
very freq. for

Bed

Sea,
,

Ac

He

1129.+

epXO)iai, [in

LXX
1.

NH

also for

^bn

ni.,

nHX
Eo

,

etc.,

34 words
seq.
8ta
dTTo',

in all

;]

to

come
:

;

(a)
S^,
Ik,

of persons, either as arriving or

returning from elsewhere

Mt
;

Mk
Lk
;

G^i,

Lk 7^ Jo
al.
;

42^,
eis,

Q^, al.
129, al.

(Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ev), Eo 1529, i Co 421 Jo 1933, ^1. Kara, c. acc, Lk 1033 Ac 16^; Trapa, c gen., Lk 8*9; c. acc, Mt 1529, Mk 9^*, al. c dat. comm., 25.ie; with adverbs: tto'^cv, incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21^ Ee Jo 38, al. dvwOiv, Jo 331 ^TTio-^cv, Mk 52^ S^^, Mt 829 i^f,^ Jq iqz with purpose expressed TTov, He 11^ seq. Iws, Lk 4*2 dxpi, Ac 11^ by inf., Mk 5^*, Lk 1^9, al. by fut. ptcp., Mt 27*9; Tva, Jo 129; ^i^ TovTo, ha, Ac 921 8ta, c acc, Jo 129; before verbs of action, epx^rat Kai, 7}X0€ KaL, etc. Mk 2^^, Jo 6^\ al. epxov Kal Kt, Jo 1*^ 113* ^xOwv (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2^ 8^ Mk 72*, Ac 1639, ^1,
;

Ittl,

Mk seq. €ts, Mk V^ c acc, Mk 6^3
;

535 71,

Jo
^v

32, al.

5i7,

Jo ^^\

Mk

11^3,

;

.

;

;

;

;

;

;

;

:

;

similarly ipxofJievo^, Lk 152^, al. of coming into public view esp. of the Messiah (6 ipxofxevo^, Mt 113, ^1. v. Cremer, 264), Lk S^^, Jo 425 hence, of Jesus, Mt 1V\ Lk 73*, Jo 5*3, al. of the second coming, Mt 1023, Ac 1^, i Co 4^ i Th 52, al. (b) of time ipxovrai Bl., ^ 56, 8), Lk 2329, He 8»(^^^); fut., Mt 91^, riiJLipat (pres. for fut.
; : ;

;

;

;

:

:

Mk

220, al.
;

;

^pxirai ^pa, ore,
rjpiepa r.

Jo
I

4-1. 23^ al.

;

^X^cv, iXyXvOe

r,

wpa,

1632 171

17

Kvpiov,

Th

52;

xaipot,

Ac

319; (c) of things

Jo 131 and

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
events
:

181

KaraKXva/xo^,
(v.

Lk
1.).

17^^

;

Xi/u.os,

Ac
t.

Mk
to

421
17

Swete, in

Metaph.,
^
cVtoXt?,

7^^ 7 dyaed,
;

I310;

TTtoTts,

Ga
;

323.25;
t.

Eo
;

6 Xvxvo^, ; WAciov, i Co eV t. 7«; with prejpositions
opyrj, 1
l^**

Th
t.

Eo 3^

:

e\if€w<!,

Ee

71''

€ts

X^^P"*'.

^k

5^6

ets iretpaa-fiov,

ib.

14"^

al.

2.

go:
;

SirCaw,

c.

gen. (Heb. nqi< ^^ri),
2**.
iir-,

Mt

162^,
81-,

Mk
CIS,

8^\

Lk

923; ^^v,
nap-eta--,
crvv-

Jo 21^

686y,
i^-,

Lk

(Cf.

dv-,

eV-av-,

ttTT-,

in-eicr-,

(rvv-€Lcr-,

Sl-€$-,

Kar-, nap-,

avTi-Trap-,

nept-,

npo-, npoa-,

€>xo/xai.)

Syn.

:

TTopevofxai, xu)piw (v,

Thayer,

s.v. epxo/xai.).

cpw, V.S. Acyo), p. 496.
ipuT&u),
-u),

[in

LXX

chiefly for ^NlZr;] 1. to ask, question

(c1.)

Lk 193i 22«8, Jo 81'^ c. ace. pers., Jo 921 le^^.so 1821; ggq. Xcyw, Mt 1613, Lk 233, Jo 119.21 512 919 165. c. dupl. ace. (WM, § 32, c. ace. pers., seq. 4a), Mt 2124, Mk 410, Lk 203, Jo 1623 (M, Pr., 66„) 9*5_ Jo 1819. Gk. (Milligan, NTD, 51; not, as 2. In late irepL, Lk Cremer, 716, Thayer, s.v., a "Hebraism"), = aheoj (q.v.), to ask, 14^^. i^, Phl 4^; request: c. ace. pers., Jo 14^^; seq. imperat., Lk Xeyov, Mt 1523, Jo 1221 seq. ?va (M, Pr., 208), Mk 726, Lk 736 1627, Jo 447 1715 1931,38^ I Th 41^ II Jo 5 OTTO)?, Lk 73 1137, Ac 2320 c. inf., Lk 53 837, Jo 440^ Ac 33 lO-'s 2318, I Th 512 c. ace. pers., seq. ntpi, Lk 438, Jo 179-20, I Jo 5I6; inep, II Th 2l»2; TOi (WH, txt., om. ra) Trpos flprjVTfv, Lk 1432 (cf. 81-, iTT-epwTOiw).
absol.,
;
.

;

;

;

SVN.
[in

:

V.S. atTCw.
f)

**€(j-6tjs, -^tos,

LXX:
Ac
:

i

Es

87i.73^

{<i€vwp.i, to clothe; hence, ia-Orj^, Lk, 11. c, Elz.), n Mac 83^ lis*;] clothing, raiment: Lk 23ii
[in

244,

1030 1221, Ja 22. 3.t
-€w?,
Tj,

**la0Tiais,

LXX:

pi.,

11

Mae

333,

m

Mac

li«*;]

clothing
to

pi.,

Ac

lio.t

ivQ'iu),

and

(poet,

and

eat; (a) absol.: Mt this aor. form, v. M, Pr., Ill),

late prose) eaOw, [in 63i, 1420.21, Jo 43i,

LXX
al.
;

chiefly for
ev t.

^DX ;]
(on

Mk

<t>ayely

i

Co
3i,

II21; gtg^^^ai

<l>ay€Lv, c.

dat. pers.,

Mk
Lk Lk

5*3, al.

food and
530, al.

Kal ttiWv, Mt 625. drink, i Co 9" II22 of
;

c.

;

Lk 107, al.; of ordinary use of partaking of food at table, Mk 2i«
Lk
1«,

;

opp. to fasting,
:

Mt
62^,
;

llis,

12*5

.

(5) c. ace. rei

Mt

Mk

Jo

538, al. 63i,
S..,

;

of revelling,

Mt

24*9

DO^ bSN), Mt
gen. pers.,
al
;

152,

Mk

320, al.

11

Th

3^; ra seq.
I i

t^ iavTov id., Lk 107;
1120
.

11

Eo Th
Co

142,
312
;

al.
5.

;

Siprov

(Heb
I412

seq. nap6.,

^^ j^dcrxa,

Mt
;

26i7,

Mk
(

T.

KvptaKOv SeiTTvov,

part, gen.),
728;

Jo

626.5o,5i^
to

Co Co

^^ 0v(TLa<;, I
^-^^

lOi^

seq. Ik

=

cl

1128;

(cf.

Heb. jQ bsx), Mt
Ja
6,

1527,

Mk

metaph.,

devour, consume:

He

1027,

5^,

Ee

I71*

(cf. /car-,

(rvv-ecrdioi)

'EaXci (Eee. 'Eo-At, v.

WH,

Notes, 155),
72«, Si

Esli,

an ancestor
i

of

Jesus Lk 32 5. t ** ia-oTTxpoi', 1312, Ja 123.t
:

-ov, 6, [in

LXX: Wi

12ii*;] a mirror:

Co

eonr^pa, -as,

17

(prop. fem. of Ij-mpos), [in

LXX

chiefly for

n^y ;]

182
(a)
(sc.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
<2.pa),

evening:
-'/,

Lk

2429,

Ac

4^ 20^5 2823; (J) (sc. x<^pa). ^^^

west.i
^(nrepik(5s,

-ov

(

=

the

more

freq. to-n-eptos, -a, -ov), [in
;]

LXX for
Lk
46^2,

n")y, IV
1238

Ki

16^*,

Ps 140
Lk,

(141)2, al.

of the evening, evening:

(WH, ^ujg ^)t
'Eapcifi ('Eo-pwv,
I.e.
;

Rec.

'Eo-p-), 6

(Heb. lllin

,

Ge

Nu

2621,
I.e.
;

I

ch
Lk

25,
§

al.),
;]

[in

LXX

WH,

408)

Esrom

both forms, ut supr. (cf. ICC, on Mt, (AV), Hezron (RV), an ancestor of Jesus

Mt

13,

333.t
'Ecr/Dcoyu,.

'Eapuiv, 'Ecrp-, V.S.

eoxaTos,

-q,
;

-ov,

[in

LXX
:

ehiefly

for

rfinx

]iin8;] last,

of the lowest or least honoured place, gen. part., Ac 1^ 13^"; {b) of time: Mt Lk eo-xarov, 2012.14^ 12«.22, opp. to TrpiLros, Mt 208, I Co 15*^ Re 2^^, al. ra t. of the Eternal, 6 Trpwros Ka) Kal T. Trpwra, Mt 12*^ Lk ll^", II Pe 22" jj^ phrases relating to the Messianic age and the 6 €., Re 1^^ 2^ 22^3 consummation of the Kingdom of God iir iaxdrov {-wv) t. rj/jifpwv, He 12, II Pe 33 t. xpo'^^v, i Pe 12" I. wpa, i Jo 2^^ iir i. XP^^°^> Ju^s. ly I rip.ipai% Ac 2^'', Ja 53, II Ti 3^; neut., laxaTov, as adv., 935, i Co 4^. 1222, I Co 158 (c) of rank *eCTxaT(iis, adv., extremely, utterly ; i. exetv (= Lat. in extremis esse), only in late writers (cf. iv eVxarots £uai, FIJ, Ant., ix, 8, 6), to be 523. at the jJoint of death :

utmost, extreme
liy-i";
T.

(a) of place
c.

Mk

;

;

j

:

;

;

;

Mk

:

;

Mk

Mk

€CTu,

Ion.

and old Att. form

of cto-w

«

ek), adv., [in

LXX for np^35
:

etc.

;]

1.
c.

prop., after verbs of
gen.,

motion
freq. in
^i i

{to)
cl.

within, into
el.

Mt
Co

26^^,

Mk
h
|.

145*;
rest,

Mk

15^^.

2,

As

(=

IvSov), after
4^a)),
i

verbs of
5^2;

within: Jo 202^, Ac 523;

(opp, to
for

oi

S.vOp<oTro^,

Ro
1.

722, II

Co

4i«,

Eph
[in

3i6.t

eaa)0€K

(< ecro)),

adv.,
:

LXX
72I' 23,
I.,

n^33,
11".
id. c.

^55^ and cognate
2.

forms

;]

2325,27,28^ II

from within Co 75, Ee 48
-a,

Mk
;

Lk
11*0;

wi^/im

.•

Mt

7^*

51

to

Lk

gen., ib.39.t

eCTCJTcpos,

-ov

(compar. of
:

eo-w),
.j.^

[in

LXX
6i9.t

chiefly for ^p^35

and cognate forms;] inner
Iraipos, -ou,
6,
;]

Ac

162*;

^^

gg

[in

LXX

chiefly for

JT")

and cognate forms,

also

a companion, comrade: Mt 11^^ (WH, cTepois) voc, as term of address, my friend : Mt 20^3 22^2 2650.t **+ ^T€p6-YXa)<Taos (Att. -TTos), -ov, [in Aq. Ps 113 (114)\ Is 331^*;] 142^ (aliter of alien speech, of another tongue (v. Cremer, 681) i Co
Si 11^
372'^-,

al.

:

:

in
63

LXX).t
*t cTepoSiSao-KaXeu, -w, to teach other or different doctrine Milligan, NTD, 102).t (cf. CGT, in 1.
;

:

i

Ti 13

*t iTepo-ioyeu, -w, [in

LXX cf.
c.

irepoCvyo^,
11

Le

19^9 (d;'8^3)*;] to be

unequally yoked

:

metaph.,

dat. pers.,

Co

6i*.t

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Zrcpos,
-a,

183

-ov,

[in

LXX
6),

chiefly for lOJ*?;] distributive pron.,

prop, dual (BL,
late
c. art.,

§ 13,

5; 51,

denoting the second of a pair, but in

f.); 1. of number, other; the other; (a) of two, Lk 5^ Q^", al. ; opp. to 6 tt/owto?, Mt 2130; 6 cts, Mt 6", Lk 7*1, Ac 23«, al. I. /x€v the one the I. Se', other: i Co 15*"; the next: Lk 6^ 9^6 (sc. •^/^epa, Xen.), Ac 20^5 27^; 6 irXrjaLov, one's neighbour : Eo 2^ 13^, i Co 6^, al. (b) of more
; . .
. .

Gk. encroaching on aAAos (M, Pr., 79

.

.

=

;

than two, another
2^3;
2.

:

Mt

8^^ 11^,

Lk
84,

6« 22«5,

Jo

oifih...

5AAot 8k
2*, I

... I
142i,

Mt

le^*;

Eo 8^^ al. pi., Ac nvh ... I. 8i, Lk lli«.
19^7,
;

Of kind or

quality, other, another, different (Plat.,

Dem.,

al.)

:

Mk
ff.).

16C12],

Lk

929,

Ac

Co

„ Qq ^4^ q^

16^ al. (cf. €Tepo-yXa,o-o-os,

-8t8acr*ca\€<o, -^vycw).

Syn.

:

^Tcpws, adv., differently, otherwise

aAAos, q.v. (v. reff. ut supr., also Eobertson, Gr., Phi S^^.t :

748

In, adv., ^e^, as ye^, still; 1. of time; (a) of the present (adhuc) Mk 535, j Co 3^ 15i7, Ga l^o, al. (b) of the past, mostly c. impf. Mt 12*«, Lk 8*9 1520, Jq 20\ Ac 9^, Eo 5^.8, ii Th 2^, He 7i« 98, al. (c) of the future Lk ll^ ii Co l^o (d) with a neg. Mt 5^3, Lk 162 203«, He 102, Ee 3^2 203, al. 2. Of degree, even, yet, still, further : c. compar., Phi 1^, He 7^^; of what remains, Mk 12®, Jo 43^ 733, al; of what is added, Mt 18i« 26«*, He 1132 1226,27. of continuance apart from the idea of time, Eo 3" 62 9^^^ Qa 5^^ en 8e, Ac
:

;

:

;

:

;

:

;

22« (LXX)^

He

1136

;

In

T€ Ka(,

Lk

1426,

Ac

2128.

chiefly for p3 hi. (Hatch, Essays, (<^ hoLfios), [in 51 fif.) ;] to prepare, make ready ; (a) absol., of hospitable preparation 1415, Lk 9^2 1247 229.12; c. inf., Mt 26i7; Tva, 14^2; (6) c. ace. 14i6, Lk I220 178 228. 13 2356 241, Jo I42. rei Mt 22* 26^\ 3, Phm 22,
cToijAdj^u
:

LXX

Mk
Ee

Mk

:

Mk

God's ordaining coming events (Dalman, Words, 128) of blessing, Mt 2023 253*, Mk 10*o, Lk 2^\ I Co 29, He lli«, Ee 12® of judgment, Mt 25*i of preparation for the Messiah, t. 680^ KvpLov, Mt 33, Mk 13, Lk 1^6 3* d-^) (c) c. ace. pers.
9''

16^2

;

seq.

ci's,

11
;

Ti 22^

;

of

;

;

;

Lk V\ Ac

2323,

Ee

19^, seq. ?va,
rj

Ee
33,

8®; ek,

11

Ti

221,

^Toinao-ia, -as,

{<^ cTot/ia^w, q.v.), [in
11

LXX
wi

Ee 9^.15 212.t for p3 hi., p j]3lp
,

and cognate forms,

Es
(6)

2«8

Ps

Na
{a)

23(*>,

preparation (LXX e.g. 1. t. KapStas, Ps 938 (1017)) Eph &-\ EV. 2. fo^mdation, firm footing (Ps 88 (89)^*) Eph, I.e. (Hatch, Essays, 55 Exp. Times, ix, 38 but v. also Abbott, Essays, 95). cToinos, -ov, also (in cl. after Thuc.) -r} (11 Co 9^ i Pe 1^), -ov, [in
; ;
:

Za 6^\ Ez readiness (Hipp.)

43ii,

Da th

117,2o,2i_

938(10^7) 64(65)9 88 (89)^*, 13^2 *;] 1. = kToi,x6j-qs,

;

;

LXX chiefly for
(a) of
yi8-q

]'ID3

,

]i3!p (cf
8,

.

Hatch, Essays, 51
14^5, 11

ff.)

;]

prepared, ready ;

things

:

Mt

22*.

Mk
inf.

Co

9^ 1Q^\

i

Pe

1^

;

Ipxeade 5ti

€TOifi<i

60-TIV

persons:
c.

inf.,

Mt Lk 2223;
c.

(Field, Notes, 67), Lk 14^7; 6 Kaipos, Jo 7^; (b) of 24** 25^\ Lk 12*o, Ac 232i geq. ^^^^ Tit 3^, i Pe 3i«;
;

toC,

c.

(WM,

§ 44.

4a; Eobertson, Gr., 1068),

Ac

2315; iv

Ixw

(MM, Exp.,

xiv), c. inf., 11

Co

10«.+

184

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
^Toi'/xcus,

adv., [in
to be

LXX LXX
;

:

ii

Es

7^^«-,

Da
;

LXX
MM,
:

th

3i«*;] readily
:

I

Pe 4^ Ac 2113,
al.
I

;

i.

i)^o^,

ready

(Deiss.,

BS, 252

Exp., xiv)

c. inf.,

ji

Co i2Uf
for n:tS^;]

£Tos, -ovs, TO, [in
;

a year

hrj £'x«v, Jo 55 8" etvai, yCveadai, irwv, 5^ dat. pi. of space of time, Jo 22", Ac I32** Ti
;

Lk 3^ He 1^^ Ee 20^, Mk 5*2, Lk 2*2, Ac 422,
;

ace. in ans. to

how

long

Mt 920, Mk 52^, Lk 2^6, Ac 7^ He 39, al. preceded by a prep. dTr6, Lk 8*3, Eo 1523; ^Ld, c. gen. (v.s. Sui), Ac 241% Ga 2^; cV, Ac 24i0; cts, Lk 12^9; cTTi, c. ace, Ac IQ^"; /xerd, c. ace, Ga 1^^ S^"^ irpo, c. gen., II Co 122 ^ar Itos, yearly, Lk 2*^
?
;

;

.

SVN.
€u,

:

cKtauTos, q.v.

;

cf.

LS,

S.v. cvtauTo's.

adv. (prop, neuter of old Epic €i5s, good, noble), [in LXX, (v yiyyiaOai, ev irouiv (itlj^) ;] well : (.v yiv., Eph 63 (LXX) ^j; Troicrv, C. dat. 14''' (cf. Si 12^' 2), to do good, (where Nestle suggests evTroiciv, q.v.) €i! TrpacraeLv, to fare well, Ac 152^; in replies (= evye), good ! well done ! Mt 2521.23^ Lk 1917 (eJye, txt.).t
j

Mk

WH,
;

Eua

(WH,

njn

,

Ge
:

320),

E{Ja, § 408 Eec. E^a Eve, wife of Adam ii Co
:

;

S

(in
^

I

Ti), Eva), -as,

rj

(Heb.

113,
pi.,

rp-

qis f
;

cuayyeXiJu),

[in
;

LXX
of

for

"lizySl

hith.

for

general

i

Ki

31», al.

God's loving kindness, Ps 39
:

and

esp. of Messianic blessings. Is 40^ 60^, al. ;] to glad tidings ; 1. act. (only in late writers) c. ace. pers., Ee 30'''; seq. €irt, c. ace. pers., Ee 14^; pass., of things, to be proclaimea as glad tidings: Lk 16^^, Ga l^^, i Pe 12^; impers., i Pe 4" of persons, to Jmve glad tidings proclaimed to one: Mt 11^, Lk 722, He 42>6. 2. Depon. mid. (cl.), to proclaim glad tidings, in NT esp. of the Christian
;

good news in (40)io 95 (96)2, bring or announce

message
4i8(LXX)^

of salvation:

absol.,

Lk

9®,

Eo
c.

152",

al.

;

c.

dat. pers.,

Lk

ace. pers. (not el.), Lk 3^^, 19, I Pe 1^2; c. ace. rei, dpr^vrjy, Ac 103«, Eo IQi^d-xx); Ac 1610, T. /Saa-iXetav t. Oeo^, Lk 8^ c. dat. pers., Lk li^ 4*3, Eph 2^7 3^; avroi T. 'It^o-ow, Ac 835 1718. Q (Jupl. ace, Ac 1332; c. ace. pers. et inf., Ac
V-^,
al.
;

Eo Ga

in

same sense
;

1415

;

T. Kiafia<; (TroXeis),

Ac
to,

82^' *0 I421 ^^f

Trpo-cvayyeXt^oyuai).

cuayyAioj',
1822' 25*;]
II

-ov,

[in

LXX

for

nnitZT^

,

HTJ;?

,

II

Ki

410

in q\ ^ ^^^ ^ reward for good tidings (Horn.; pi., LXX, in pi., ev. Oveiv, to make a thank-offering for good tidings (Xen., al.). 2. Later (Luc, Plut., al.), good tidings, good news
1

Ki

410)

;

(b)

in
al.

NT
;

of the

good tidings
:

of the

through Christ, the gospel
e.

Mk
Mt

li^,

kingdom of God and Ac 15^, Eo li^, Ga
.

of salvation
22, i
;

Th
t.

2*,

gen, obj.,
.

t. ySao-tXetas,

423

^ Xpia-Tov,

Eo

15i^, al.

KvpCov

TjfxMv 'ItjctoC, II
I

Th

1^

;

T. vlov T. $€01),

Eo
;

1^

;

T.

So^r/s T. fiaKaptov Oeov,

15i«, 3^5^^ ^ Xpta-Tov, II Co 4* of the author, t. Beov, Eo 2i«, ii al. of the teacher, r)piC>v, Eo Co 43, i Th l^ ii Ti 28; of the taught, T. TrepiTOfXT]^, T. d/cpoySucTTias, Ga 2*^; rj dXr)6(ia tov cu., Ga 2^'!'*, 127 (y, Cremer, 31 ff.; and Col 1*; ^ cAttis (7rto-Ti9) TOV cv., Col 123,

Ti
;

111

^^

p^

on the

later eccl. use of the word,,
-ov,
6,

M,

Th., 143
(a)

f.).

*+ euayyeXianis,

an evangelist;

in

NT, a preacher

of

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
the gospel
(eccl.).t
eoapcaT€'u), -S, [in
:

185

Ac

21^,

Eph

4^^, ii

Ti 4*

;

(b) later,

a writer of a gospel

LXX chiefly for '^bn
;]

hith.,
:

55

(56)13, al.,
".

Si 44i<'
-ov,

to be

well-pleasing
:
:

t.

Ge 522. 24^ pg 25 (26)3 ee<2 (LXX, 11. c), He
well-pleasing,
acS^",

11*'

Pass., to be well pleased
[in

c. dat.,

He
;

**t 6u-dpeoTos,
ceptable
:

LXX

Wi
Eo

4}^

IS^^.t 9^* * ;]
11

Ro

122;

c

dat. pers.,

12^

U^\

Co

5^,

Eph

Tit 2^ (Kvptw), Col 320 Inscr., V. Deiss., BS, 215).t
;

Phi

418

id. seq. ev,

ivuiTnov,

He

I321 (for ex. in

* €u-apeaTws, adv., acceptably : r. OiS, He 1228.t Eu^ouXos, -ov, 6., Eubulus, a Christian 11 Ti 421.+ eu-yc, adv., in replies, well ! good ! tuell done ! : Lk
:

19^''

(WH for

Rec.

ev, q.v.).t

cfiyci^s, -es

{<A
:

ycvos), [in

LXX:
-eo-rcpos,

Jb

13 (biia), II
:

IV

Mac
2.

6* 913.23,27 103,15*;] 1,

^(^ell

born, of noble race

Mac 10" E, Lk 19^2, i Co

12<5.

7ioble-minded

compar.,
:

Ac

IT^^.t

Mt

**€68ia, -as, rj, [in 162 (Eec, E, txt.).t

LXX
,

Si S^**;] {<^€v8lo<;, calm), fair weather

for ns*l, also for

t€u-8oK^&», -w (on the derivation, v. Bl., § 28, 6), [in nSN yBU etc.;] 1. c. inf. (Polyb., al.),
,

LXX
to

chiefly
be well

pleased, to think it good, to give consent (so freq. in tt, in legal documents Milligan, Th., 22 f.) Lk 1232, Ro 152*5. 27, i Co I21, Ga l^*, Col l^^,
;
:

E, mg. {ICC, in
et inf. (Polyb.,

1.,
i,

but

v. infr.),

i

Th

2^ 31
txt.

;

^SAAov
(Lft., in

€v., 11
1.).

Co
2.

5^

;

c.

ace.

8, 4),

Col,

I.e.,

E,
.

to be

well

pleased or take pleasure with or in a person or thing; (a) c. dat. i Mac 1*3, i Es 439) „ Th 2^2 (&) as freq. in LXX, (a) (Polyb., al.
;
;

c.

ace.
31'

:

Mt
175,
I

12i8,

He
111,

10«'

» (i-xx)

(^) geq. ly

(cf.

Heb. 3 nST Ps 149*)
,

Mt

Mk
and

Lk

322

(on the tense,

v.

M,

Pr.,

134
:

f.

;

DCG,
li^
i,

i,

308 b),

Co

105, II
v.

Co

1219,

He

1038 (lxx).
f.
;

(g) seq.

eh
f.
;

a-w-€v8oK€iD,

Cremer, 213

Field, Notes, 48

u Pe DCG,

(Cf.

355*.) +

+ €u8oKia, -as,

17

«cv8oK£w,

q.v.), [in

LXX
1"

:

Ps

512, al. (jlSl), freq.

in Si; in Inscr. (I.G., 5960), LXX, and pleasure, good-will, satisfaction, approval : Eph 15.9, Phi 115 213; c. gen. obj., 11 Th
avOpwiroLs €v8oKLa, Eec, E, mg., 21* txt. (v. -as, Lk, I.e., E, txt.,
;

NT =

tiSoKrja-i^
112<5,

(Diod.);] good
IO21,

Mt

Lk

Eo

IQi,

WH,

eicpyeaia, -as, ^

«

WH,

Milligan, in 1.); cV mg. (v. Field, Notes, 48 f.), Lk ICC, in 1. ; App., in l.).t
(v.

WH,

cv€pyeV>/s), [in

LXX

:

Ps 77

(78)ii

(nb^by),

Wi

1611,24^ II Mac 613 926, IV Mac 8i^*;] a good deed, kindness, benefit: I Ti 62; c. gen. pers. (ei. -n-oXem, Plat., leg., 805b), Ac 4^.+
eiepyexe'w, -w
al.
;]

«

cicpyerr^s)
:

,

[in

LXX:
1038.t
8i3,

Ps 12

(13)« (^DS),

Wi

S^,

to

do good, bestow benefit
6, [in

**€i€pY^TTis, -ov,
319

LXX:
Lk

Ac Es

Wi

19i*, 11

Mac

42, iii v.

Mac

624*;] ^ 248).+

benefactor:

222*
[in

(for

contemp. usage,

Deiss.,

LAE,

eo-ecTos, -ov

«Tt^i;yLii),

LXX:

Ps 31

(32)« (XYD),

Da th

186

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
6'^; seq. ti's, Lk fit: of things, c. dat., Q"'^ (for rabbinic parallels, v. Dalman, c. dat., Lk

gui5*-j ready for use,
143*; of persons,

He

Words, 119

f.).t

cOe^ws, adv.
11^2^ al.
;]

«
-co,

ivev<i),

[in

LXX
and

:

Jb
:

5^

(dSTD),

Wi

5^2, i

Mac

straightway, at once, directly
f.),

Ga

Dalman, Words, 28
evBv'i, q.v.).

Ee

4^,

freq. in

1^^, Ja 1^^, Jo ^* (cf. Mt, Lk, Jo, Ac (in Mk,

m

*t

eoOuSpofi^o),

of ships, to

run a straight course

(Philo)

:

Ac

1611 21i.t

-i {<ieWvfi.o^), [in Sm.: Ps 31 (32)ii, Pr IS^^*;] 1. trans., to make cheerful (..Esch.). 2. Intrans. (Eur., Plut. ; so mid. in Xen., Plat.), to he of good cheer: Ac 27-2.25, Ja S^^.t 11 Mac ll^"*;] 1. kind (Horn.). 2. of **€u-9u^os, -ov, [in good cheer (^sch., al.) Ac 272^.t
**€i9o^i^w,

LXX:
:

*€o0ufjL&>s,
ciOu.'a)
I

adv., cheerfully
[in

:

Ac

24i'^.t

«€i^^v?),
:

LXX: Nu

2223,
;]

Jq 24^3

(ni^j hi.),
3*.

Jg

14^,
2.

Ki

1820.26 (-ny,)_

Pr 202^
123

Si 22.6, al.

1.

to direct: Ja

to

make
Tpifioi,
fig.,

straight
euflo's,

Jo

(LXX,

erot/Aa(TaTe).t

-cia,

-V,

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for
e,'?

1^;]

1.

straight,

direct:

Mt

33,

Mk
Pe
adv.,

13,

Lk

3* (L^x);

cu^ci'as, (sc. 68ov's),

Lk

3^
2.

Ac

ISi**, II

21^; as pr.
[in

name
(more

of a street,

sense, straightforxvard, right
euGos,
-1;^;;]

Kup^ia,

Ac

821 (cf.

Ac 9". Ps T" 31
cv^ews)

d. 680s, In moral
;

(32)ii, al.).t

LXX
Ac
IQie

freq.

than

chiefly

for

=

tvOem, straightxvay, directly:
1330.32 1934^
-77T0S,
17

Mt
(41)

3i« 132».2i 1427 212.3 26'^,

Lk 6«, Jo

cuOuTT)?,

and 42 «fw^u?), [in

times in Mk.t
chiefly for

LXX
^

n^

,

-|iur''P

and cognate forms ;] uprightness:
*teuKaip€a>, -w
cf.

He

l^<^^^).t
ii^®<^

(=

cl.,

Eutuerford, NPhr., 205; MM, Exp., xiv), 63i c. inf., Mk seq. opportunity : 1 Co I612
;

€v o-;(oX^? «X"*'

^Y Polyb. and Philo;
io
cis,

/la-ye

;

to

leistire or devote one's

leisure

to,

Ac

172i.t
r]

euKatpia, -as,
s.v.)

«| tvKaipo-;),
Mt
261''
:
.

[in

LXX
i jj^f_^

:

Ps

91" (v. Soph., Lex.,

922

(101)
:

144 (145)15 (ny), Si 382^
seq. tva,
^^-^ q_

Mac

11*2*;] fitting time,

opport2inity

l]^ 22^.
11

€i(-Kaipos, -ov, [in
III

LXX

Ps 103

(104)27 (ny),

Mac

1429 1520,
:

21^

Mac
621

411
^Qj.

5** *

;]

Mk
He
1411

gmpty^ as in Byz. and

timely, seasonable, suitable (Cremer, 740) rj/Jiepa, MGr. ; v. Exp., xiv) ; fioydeLa,

MM,

4i6.t

**€uKatpws, adv., [in LXX: Si 1822*;] seasonably, in season: opp. to Slk- (Kiihner3, iv, 346 d), 11 Ti 42.t **t eJ-KOTTos, -ov, [in LXX: Si 22l^ i Mac 3i8*;] with easy labour, 2^, Lk 523; q ace. et easy: compar., -utrepov ian, c. inf., Mt 9^, Mt 192*, Mk 1025, Lk 161^ 182^ (Polyb. ; the adv. -m occurs in inf., Aristoph., Fr., 615).t
.

Mk

Mk

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
euXdpeio, -as, ^

187
281*,

«

ciAayST^s), [in

LXX

:

Jo 222*

(n^iil),

Pr

Wi

17^*;]

1.

(Diod., Plut.,

al.),

2. In later Gk. caution, discretion (Soph., Plat., al.). also reverence, godly fear : He 5^ 12^8.+
<i>6fto^ (cf.

Syn.:

SciXia (q.v.),

Cremer, 387

f.,

759;

eiXap^o|iai, -oifxat, [in

LXX
;

:

Pr

2428 (395),
al,

Na
;]

15 different Heb. words in to beware : Ac 23io (Rec.
;

all

also Si 7^3 41^,

DB, ii, 222). 1^ (non), al., for 1. to be cautious,
to reverence
:

<f>ojSr]e€L^,

WH,
:

RV).

2.

He

117

(cf.

Cremer, 388).t eJ, Xa^clv), cOXapi^s, -«

«

[in

LXX

Mi

V AB2
1.

(Tpn)

;

€v. yrou2v,

15^1 (1T3 hi.), Si ll''' N^ * ;] 1. cautious, circumspect. gtVaios Kai cv., Lk 22^.t religious, reverent : Ac 2^ 8^ 22^^
j

Le

2.

devout,
of,

cuXoy^u,

-to),

[in

LXX
8^\

chiefly for
al.)
:

^la

pi.;]

to

speak well

praise
T,

(cl.

;

LXX De
;

t.

^eoV,

Lk V^

228 2451. 53 (aJvoCi'Tes,

WH, mg.), Ja Mk 1422), Mk 6*1

3"; absol., to give praise, Mt 14^9 2626 (y, 1422 (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 243o, i Co 14i«.
(a) to bless,
c.

Swete on 2. As in

LXX
al.)
:

(=

"^13 pi.)

invoke blessings on (Ge
ace. pers.,

24«*',

Nu

232»,

He

absol., i Co 4^2, i Pe 39; 7i'«>^ 1120,21. eiXoyT^/xcVos

Lk
Lk

23* 628 2480.",

Eo 12^^

(= ^n^;

V. Lft., Notes,

310;

DCG,

i,

189), blessed, c. ace. rei,
al.),

13^5 19^8 (lxx)^ Jo 12^3; 8^, Lk 9^\ i Co (b) with God as subject (Ps 443, to bless, prosper, bestow blessings on: c. ace. pers., Ac 32", Ga

Mt

21^ 2339 (Lxx)^

Mk

ll^.^o,

Mk

10i«

;

39,

Eph
txt.,

E,

13 (Lft., Notes, 311), He 6^^ (v\oyr)fjiiyo^, Lk 128 (WH, txt., omit) ib.*2; iiXoyqp.ivoL T. Trarpos (cf. Is 619), Mt 253*; pagg^
v.s. alviw,

Ac

32^ (cf. Iv-, *caT-€vXoye(i)).t

Syn.
(a) of
(Lft.,
al.)
:

:

and

cf.

DCG,

i,

189, 211

;

Cremer, 766.
"JJTIll;]
;

tcuXoyriTos, -oV (<€vXoycto)), [in

LXX
Eu

chiefly for
220, i

blessed;

men (Ge
Lk
1«8,

122 A,
f.),

De

7^*,

Jg I72 B,

Ki

15i3)

(b) of

God
13

Notes, 310

Eo

as chiefly in 12^ 9^ {ICC, in

LXX
1.), 11

(Ge

92«,

Ex

17^^ Ps 17 (18)*«,

Co

13 113i,

Eph
v,

13, i

Pe

absol.,

6 €v\oyrjT6'i

(Dalman, Words, 200; JThS,
rj

453),

Mk

U^^

(Cremer, 769).t
eoXoyia,
-as,

[in

LXX
[a)

chiefly for

n^^S ;]

1.

fair speaking,

fiaitering speech : xp^o-^oXoyias koI cu., in late Inscr. ; LS, s.v.) and Christ,

Eo Ee

16^^.

2. praise : of 5^2. i3 712, 3. i^
:

God

(as

LXX

and

NT

:

blessing, benediction
{b)
I

;

the act of blessing

i

Co

Ja 3";

He 6^

Pe

39

concrete, a blessing: Eo 1529, (cf. De ll^^, Si 732, al.).t

„ Co

95. «,

He 12^'^, Ga 3^*, Eph 13,
10^",

*t eu-|ieTd-8oTos, -ov (<; ev, fx.€TaSiSwfXL), ready to impart : assoc. with KotvwvtKos (for the distinction bet. the two, v. Field, Notes, 213 GOT, in 6i8.t 1.), I Ti Eui'iKt] (Eec. -veiKt]), -tjs, Eunice, Timothy's mother: ii Ti l^.t
;

€i-voiut,

LXX
Mt

2*3,

III

«€woos, friendly), [in LXX: Es 8^3 Bx^ Da Mac 7" * ;] to be favourable, kindly disposed c. dat.,
-w
:

52^+

188

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
coi/oia, -as,
r)

(<;ciVoos), [in

LXX

:

Es

2^^,

al.

;]

goodwill:
castrate:

Eph
pass.,

6^ (of slaves;

Mt

Exp., xiv).t *+eu»'ooxtt« (<;€movxos), to make a eunuch 19^*; metaph., ci. kavrov, ib.+
cf,

MM,

of,

cucouxos, -ov, o

(i.e.

6 ry]v

iiv-qv

(bed)

«x*^'')»

\}^

LXX

for D^"1D

(perhaps not of necessity an actual eunuch; DB, s.v.), Ge 39\ al., 3^*, Si 20* 30^" ;] an emasculated man, a eunuch : Mt 19^2 one such holding, as was common, high office, as of chamberlain, at court, Ac 8^''' ^*' ^^' 3^' 39 metaph., of one naturally incapacitated for or voluntarily abstaining from wedlock, Mt 19^^ f EuoSi'a (Rec. -wSta), -as, r], Euodia (not as AV, Euodias), a Christian woman Phi 4^.+

Wi

j

;

:

eo-oSoo),

-w

«

68os), [in
'Pq^^'a.,

LXX
to
;

chiefly for

n^S

hi.

;]

to help
; 2,

on
1'",

fonesway (Soph.,

al.).

have a prosperous journey
iii

metaph.

(Hdt., al.), to prosper, he prospered, he successful: 1 Co 162 (on the tense, v. M, Pr., 54 ICG, in l.).t

Jo

Ro
9*),

*+ cu-irdp-cSpos, -ov {<C^v, TrapcSpos, sitting near; cf. stantly attendant or waiting on : t. Kvpim, i Co 7^* (Rec. ** eO-irci0i7s, c's c^, Trit6ofiat), [in IV Mac 12"

Wi

con-

«
:

e{i7rpoo--).+

LXX

:

AR *

;]

ready

to obey,

compliant

Ja

3^'^.t

*cu-iT-€pi-o-TaTos,

He

12^ (on form t cu-iroieoj. Si,

and sense

-ov (<C«^» TripdaTrjjjLi), of sins, readily besetting: of the word, v. Westc, in l.).t
iroieoi,

=

tv

to

do good (whence
v. Nestle, in

ev-rroua, q.V.)

:

evTToi^aai,

Mk
2.

14"

B

(also Is 4123

B,

al.;

Exp.

T., xxiii, 7).t

a

*tco-Troiia (Rec. -da), -as, r]', 1. beneficence, benefit (FIJ, Ant., ii, 11, 2, al.).t
cu-irope'w,
hi.), ib. 28 (v.l.),
eu-TT-opia,

doing good:

He

13^".

Zmn

-w (<| cwTropos, %uell provided for), [in Wi IQi"*;] to prosper, be well off:
rj

LXX: Le

252*5' *9

-as,

(< €VTropo<:),
2.
rj

[in

LXX
:

for b^n, IV

Ac 1129.t Ki 25^" A (freq.
,

in Aq.) *

;]

1. facility.

plenty, wealth

Ac

192^.t

cu-TrpeTreia,

-as,

{<^€VTrp€7rrj<;,

comely), [in

LXX for TTTI

etc.;]

goodly appearance, comeliness : Ja l^^.t *t 6u-7rp6a-8eKTos, -ov (<^ tv, 7rpoo-8exo/i.at), more usual than ScKTOs,
q.V.,

accejHable:

Ro

15i6'3i,

n Co

62 312,

i

Pe 2\f
:

*t cu-irpoa-eSpos, -ov, Rec. for evirdpeSpo^, q.v. I Co T'^.t **t €u-Trpoao>iTe(i>, -w (<[ tvTrpdo-wTros, /air 0/ face), [in Al.
(141)^,
IT.; v.l.

for -tt,oi*;] to look well,

make a

fair show

:

Ps 140 metaph. (as in
:

V. Deiss.,

96), Ga 6i2.t t Eup-aKuXwi' (Rec. evpoK\v8(Dv, q.V.), -wvos (<^ Ewpos, the

LAE,

East

tcind,
(i.e.

and Ija^i. Aquilo ; Vg., Euroaguilo), the Euraquilo, a N.E. wind between Eurus and Aquilo) Ac 27^*.
:

eupiCTKw, [in

LXX

chiefly for

NSa

,

also for

31273 hi., etc.

;]

to find,

with or without previous search: absol., opp. to ^jjtc'w, Mt 7"'^, Lk IP' 10 c. ace, Mt 2^, Mk l^^, Ac I322, n Ti l^^, al. pass., o{>x €i., of disappearance, He 11^, Re 162", al. yrj k. ra Iv airfi ipya evpeO-jaerai (for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, v. Mayor, ICC, in 1.),
; ;
;

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
11

189

Pe

3^**,

WH,

E, mg.
;

Metaph.,

to find,

find out by inquiry, learn,
;

Lk 19*8, Ac 421 atrtW, Jo 18^8, Ac 13-^^ al.; pass., Mt V^ Lk I718, Eo 710, I Co 4^ Ga 2^^, i Pe V, Ee 5*, al. of attaining to the knowledge of God, d. ^edv, Ac 17^' pass., Eo lO'^o (LXX). Mid., to find
discover:
;

for oneself, gain, procure, obtain : c. ace. rei, Aurpwcrtv, He 9^^ act. in same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mt 10^'-' ll^^, Lk l^*^, Ac 7*«, II Ti 118, al. (cf. dv-€vpt(TKw). t £upo-KXuSa>f (G, evpvKX-), -wvos, 6 (<^ Evpos (v.l. <;^ evpv^, broad), k\v8wv), Euroclydon (prob. a sailor's corruption of Ev/aaKv'Awv, q.v.) Ac 171s Eec.t
j

copu-xwpos, -ov, {<^€vpv<i, broad

+

x'^P°^)' \y^

LX.X
;]

for

am

ni.,

and
:

cognate forms (Is 30^3,

al.),

exc.

11

Ch

18^ (pil

spacious, broad

Mt
Pr

7i3.t
€0-ae'Peia, -a?,

^

«

eio-c/Si?'?,

q.v.), [in

LXX
i

:

Pr
123,

1^,

Is 33^ (nST),
10^2, Si 493,

1311 (aliter in Heb.), Is II2
freq. in iv
2.

(njT

T\i<T),

Es

^i

and very
others).
II

Mac

;]

piety towards
TO T^s

piety, reverence (towards parents God, godliness : Ac 3^2, i Ti 22 4^« 8 6^'
1.

and
*> ^^,
;

StSaaKoXia, I Ti 63 pi. (v. Bl., § 32, 17 aX-^Oeta rj Kar ev., Tit 1^ iJ.6p<j>(^(ris £vo-ey3ct'as, II Ti 3^ 6; Mayor on Ja 2^), 11 Pe S^^ (on the use of ei. and cognates in Past. Epp., V. CGT, on i Ti 22; cf. also Cremer, 524).
13.
«. 7 ;"

Pe

€v. fJLvarrjpiov, I
;

Ti B^^

;

r)

Kar

cv.

;

**€0-aep£'u, -w «cio-£^7?s, q.v.), [in
9"

LXX: Da LXX Su",
:

iv

Mac

nE

,

11^'

8.

23

132 *

;]

to reverence, shotv
cis,

where more

freq. seq.

ttcoi,

Trpos)

oTkov, i

piety towards ; c. ace. (elseTi 5* Oeov, Ac 17^3
;

(Cremer, 525).t
c6(r€pris, -€s

«

^v,

ae(3op.m), [in

LXX

:

Pr

12^2, Is 24i« 26^ (p^iy),
;]

Mi

72

(Tpn), Is 328

(a-^-i:),

and

freq. in Si

and iv Mac

pious, godly,

: Ac 102' \ 11 Pe 2\f Syn.: 6€o<Ttf3^v, dprja-Ko^ Cremer, 524 f., 858).

devout

(v. Tr.,

Syn., §xlviii;

DB,

ii,

221

f.;

**€uo-€pd)s, adv., II Ti 312, Tit 2i2.t
cuoTTjixos,

[in

LXX:
+

iv

Mac V^*;]
a
sign), [in

piously, religiously:

-ov

{<^ev

(TTJua,

LXX
(cf.

for
I.e.).

n53,
2.

Ps

80 (81)3 (.^5^ Da to the understanding, distinct
**
eua-irXaYX>'0S>

LXX
"Ov

2i»)*;]
:

1.
i

conspicuous
14^.t
q.v.),

Ps,

clear

Co

Pr Ma^ {Camb. Mamial LXX, iii, 825) ;] 1. in Hippocr., as medical term (LS, s.v.). 2. Metaph. (cf. €uo-7rAayx»''a, Eurip., Bhes., 192), in NT, tenderhearted, compassionate : Eph 432, j pg 38 f
(cv,

a-n-Xdyxyov,

[in

*

euorxr]fio»'us,

adv.

14*0; TTcpiTraTcIv,

Eo

13^3,

« Th
i

€V(rxvH-<^v),

decorously,

becomingly

:

1

Co

4l2.t

** cu<TXT]fio(ru»'T] (<; comeliness : i Co 1223.
€U(Txr\fi(av,

6uo-x>?/Awv), [in

LXX:
LXX:
ev.
to.

IV

Mac

62*;] seemliness,
1.

-ov

(ev,

(rxvM-o),
al.)

[in
:

Pr 112^*;]
to.

elegant,

graceful, comely (Eur., Plat.,

rjixw (opp. to

aa-x-

W')i

190
I

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
12-^
;

Co

in

moral sense, seemly, becoming,
I.e.
;

Gk. (v. Swete, Mk., honourable estate)
:

MM,

Exp.,
[in

xiv),

2. Also in late wealthy, influential (EV, of
i

Co

7^^.

Mk

15", Ac 13^0 IT^^.t
T«Va>),

€i,T6yiJs,

adv.

«€?,

LXX

for nilp'ltrs, JosG^'^)*.]

vigorously, vehemently : Lk 23^**, Ac IS^^.t * €UTpaire\ia, -as, 17 (<[ ev, Tpirru)), 1. versatility, wit, facetiousness 2. = /3w/AoAoyta, coarse jesting, ribaldry (Hippocr., Plat., al.). (Abbott, Essays, 93) Eph 5*.t Syn. : fjLUipoXoyia, V. Tr., Syn., § xxxiv. Ac 20^.t EuTuxos, -ov, 6 (cw, Tvxv), Eutychus, a young man
:

** ei<^r]iiia,
€u<|>r])ios,

-a<;,

y

«

:

£i5<^»7/xos),

[in

Sm.
:

:

Ps 41
(63)"

(42)5

46 (47)2 99

(100)2 125 (126)2*;] good rejjort, praise
-ov (ev,
^pijfjirj),

opp. to

Sva(j>r]uia, 11

Co 6^t

primarily, titter;] ing words or sotcnds of good omen, hence, 1. avoiding ill-omened 2. fair -sounding, auspicious words, religiously silent. (R, mg., 4^.t gracious) Phi *eu-(})ope<o, -w, to be fruitful : Lk 12i«.t
[in
:
:

Sm.

Ps 62

chiefly for natz? qal, pi. ;] to cheer, gladden : eoijjpatcw, [in Pass., to be hajypy, rejoice, ace. pers., opp. to kvwdv, 11 Co 22. make merry: Lk 15^2, Ac 22«(Lxx)^ Rq Ib^H^^^), Ga 427 (Lxx)^ Rq ll^o
,

LXX

c.

12^2
J

geq.

tV,

Ac
420
;

7*^;
cf.

eVt,

c.

dat..

Re

182"; of
;

feast (ill 1219 1523,

Ki
24, 29

Kennedy, Sources, 155
the river Euphrates
rj :

merry-making at a Field, Notes, 69 f.), Lk
9^* 16^2_f

(LXX) (Xa/XTTpws) 16i9.t

Eu<t>pdTT)s, -ov, 6,
cu<t»po(70kT],
-Tjs,

Re

{<^ev4>p<jiv,
:

nnpi??

;]

rejoicing, gladness
-w,

Ac

cheerful), [in (L^X) 14^7.t 22^

LXX

chiefly

for

**

€ixapi<rri<^,
III

[in

LXX:

Jth 825
;

^j

132, 11

Mac V^

10^

A

12^^ R,

writers
:

and

Ro 121, 9) 8" 1423, Lk 2217,19, Jo 611.23, 2627, 17i«, Ac 2735 2815, j^ 146 164^ i Co Lk
;

7^"*;] to be thankful, give thanks (chiefly in late Inscr. ; cf. Milligan, Th., 5 Ellic. on Col 1^2 Lf^^ Notes, of giving thanks before meat, Mt 15^6 I Co 1417, I Th 5^8
i

Mac

Mk

Co

112";

c.

dat. pers.,

t.

Oew,

seq. 8ia Eph 520
rei, I

'I.
;

XpLo-Tov,

Co

11*,

I

Th

I2, 11 Th 13 5tl, Ro 1^, 11 Th 2^3 seq. Trept, i^rc, c. dat. 1^; iirip, i Co 103o, Eph l^* 520 5rt, Lk 18^, Jo ll*i, i Co 213, Re 1117 pass. (Deiss., BS, 122 f.), 11 Co l^^.t
; ;
;

Ro i Th
;

18 725,

U^», Phi 1^, Col 13. 12, Phm * R, WH, mg.. Col 3^^; iv ovo/xan Xp.,

Syn.:

v.s. atve'w;

1628, Si Es 8^3, £ Vp^^-^os), [in **c<3xapi(rria, -as, ^ 227*;] 1. thankfulness, gratitude (Polyb. Es, Si, 11 Mac, 3711, II

Mac
Ac M,

«

and

cf.

Cremer, 903

f.

LXX:

Wi

;

11.

c.)

:

243.

2.
f.)

Inscr.
I

;

Th., 41

giving of thanks, thanksgiving (so in tt. and i Co 141", 11 Co 4^5, Eph 5*, Phi 4«, Col 27 42,
:

Th
;

39, I
pi., II

Ti 43.4,

Re

49 712;

c. dat. pers., 11

Co 9^

(cf. t. ^coC,

Wi,

I.e.)

Co

912, I

Ti 2^

(Cremer, 904).t
xap'^Co/Acit)'
[^"^

€ux«ipio-Tos,
1.

-ov

{<i(.v,

LXX
(Pr,

for ]n,
I.e.).

Pr 11^**;]
2. grateful,

=

€v;^apts,
:

thankful

winning, Col S^^.f

gracious,

agreeable

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
eoxn, -^s, v (•< evxofxai), [in

191

LXX

chiefly for l^j

;]

1.

a prayer

Ja

518.

2.

a vow
:

:

Ac

IS^s 2123.t
chiefly for "113 also for injr hi., etc. ;] <o 13^; c. dat. pars., t. dew, Ac 26^9; seq. irpo? t.
,

Sriv^.

V.8. ScT^o-is.

euxofxai,

[in

LXX
Co

pray

:

c.

ace.

rei, 11
;

^eoV, II
qixofjLTjv

Co

137 c. ace. et inf., Ac 272^, ftvai. (on impf. here, v. 7CC, in

iii
1.,

Jo

2;

seq.

i-n-ep,

Ja 5i«;
9^

Lft.,

FhilemP), Eo

(Cremer, 718).
eJ-xptjoTos, -ov {el,

xpaof «0» [in

LXX

:

Pr
;

31^3 (^^n),
seq.
eis,

Wi

13^3 *

;]

II

useful, serviceable : c. dat. pers., 11 Ti ^^,t Ti 4^^ opp. to axp^ya-Tos,
;

2'^^

id.

c. dat.

rei,

Phm

*t
2i9.t

cu»|/ux^oj, -o)

(<<

evif/vxps,

courageous), to be of good courage

:

Phi

cuwSi'a,

-a9,

17

(<^

evu)8ri<;,

fragrant ; <C o^w),

[in

LXX

for

nwi
freq.

cvwStas) ; Si 20^ 24^^, al. ;] fragrance : 2^* ; ocTfir] evwStas (a metaphor of sacrifice, XpicTTov cv., II Co 52, Phi 418.+ in Pent, and Ez.),
821,
3,1.

Ge

(oo-/x^

metaph.,

most

Eph

EiwSia, -as,

rj.

Phi

42,

Eec. (for EuoSia, q.v.).t

eoufujxos, -ov (cv, 6vo/xa), [in

LXX
Ki

chiefly for bKDij^;] 1. of

good
;

name

or omen.

2.

Euphemistic
:

ciwvvVwi',

on

<;ie left

Mt
Ac

for apia-Tepo?, left : Ac 21^, Re IO2 2021-23 2533.41 2738, lO^o 152'.t

i(

Mk

^4)(iXXo,jiai, [in

LXX

for

n^y

,

i

10^ 11" 16i3 *

;]

to

leap

upon

seq.

cTTt, c.

ace. pers.

IQi^.t
:

*i<^-dTTat adv., 1. once for all (Eupol.) 2. at once : i Co 15<'.t
c4)eiSoi', V.8. eTreiSov.

Eo

61",

He

727 912 IQio.

'E<^e<Tlyos,
'E(|>^(7ios,

-rj,

-a,

"E(|>€o-os,

-ov,

Ephesian Ee 2i, Eec. (ev "E^eVw, WH, EV).t -ov, Ephesian : Ac 182' 1928, 34, 35 2i29;f rj, Ephesus, a city in Asia Minor Ac 18i^' 2i» 2*. 27
-ov,
:
:

191,17,26 (on the gen., v. M, Pr., 73) 20i«'i7, I Ti 13, II Ti 118 412, Ee in 2i.t

i

Co

1532 16^,

Eph

li,

*
triver

c«^-cupcTii]s,
:

-OV,

6

{<d

etpevpLCTKU),

to

find out), an inventor, con-

KaKoiv (cf. Kaxias evpcrr;?, II
-as,
17

Mac

731), JJq ^SO f

t

€<j>-T)/iepia,

{<Ci<f)r]fi€po<;),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

mpi?7p,
2.

ripbno;]

1.

a course of daily MGr.,

services

(Ne

1330, j q\^ 25^, al.).

a

class or course of priests detailed for service in the
al.)
:

temple
2.

(i

Ch

23',

Lk
*
:

l^-^ (cf.

t^T^/icptos, priest).f
rjfxepa),

i<^-r\fi€pos,

the

day

Ja

-ov 2i*.t

{iiri,

1.

lasting for

a day.

daily, for

C({>l8€,

V.S. CTTCtSoi'.

** i^-iKvio\i.ai, -ov/xaL, [in come to, to reach: seq. aypi, ii
€(}>-i<rrtip,i,

LXX:
Co

Si

432".

30e
,

(^^j^.
etc.

ABn)*;]
1.

to

10i3;

tis, ib. i*.t
,

[in

LXX

for

pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to

2X3 ni., ri'^lS' set upon or by,

]r3
set

;]

causal

in

up,

etc. (-^sch.,

Hdt.,

192

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
.

2. Intrans. in mid. and in pf and 2 aor. act. (a) to stand upon ; (b) to be set over ; (c) to stand by, be present, be at hand, come lO^o 20i, Ac 6^2 12" 22i3.2o 23^^ ii Ti 42; c. dat. on or u2)on: Lk 2^ 24*, Ac 4^ 23ii pers., Lk c. dat. loc, Ac 17'^; seq. eVi, c. ace, Ac 282 qI gyjig impending, c. dat. pers., i Th 5^ lO^'^ 11^^ of rain, Ac seq. cTTi (Wi 6«), Lk 2p4; of time, ii Ti 4« (cf. kclt-, (Tvv-e<l>i(TTr]fii).f

Arist., al).

;

2*"''^

;

;

.

i^vihios, V.S.
'E<|)paifA
{-ifjL,

aicjivi'Stos.

Tr,),

Ephraim, a town near Jerusalem
ff.;

:

Jo 11^*.+
i,

fi^x^aQd (Aram, nnsn?*, v. Abbott, Essays, 142

DCG,

522),

ephphatha, be opened:

Mk

7^*.t

^X^^s (Rec. x^«?)' ^-dv., [in
452,

LXX

for blQI?!, etc.;]

yesterday
f.).t
;]

:

Jo

Ac 1^, He
ex^pa, -as,
2312,

138 (on the form, v. Rutherford, NPhr., 370
7}

«

^x^po<;), [in

LXX for nn'^K
Ja
44.t

,

nsjOT

,

etc.

enmity

Lk

Eo

87,

Ga
1.

520,

Eph

2i5, is,

exOpos, -a,

-<^v

(<^

^x^o<s,

hatred), [in

LXX

chiefly for S^iK
aya-irrjTos,
;

,

also
112^.

foriy,
2.
(cl.),

etc.;]

hated, hateful (Horn.):

opp. to

Ro

Actively, hating, hostile : Ro 5^**, i Co 152^, n Th 3^^ c. gen. pers. Ja 4^; T. SiavoM, Col 1^^; i. avOpoiTro's, Mt 132^; as subst., 6 c., an enemy, i Co 152» the devil, Mt IS^^, Lk lO^^; c. gen. pers., Mt 22"*, 12^6, Lk 20«, Ac 2^5, i Co 152^, He l^^ 1013(lxx). Mt 5*3.44 iqz^
;

Mk

1325, Lk l"i.74 627.35 1927,43^ Ac 13i«, Phi 3i8.t

Ro

1220,

Ga

4i«,

Re

11^. 12. c. gen. rei,

**lxiSm,
€xu, [in

-77s,

•^,

ycwi^fjiwra ixiSvwv,

Mt

[in (Aq.), Is 59^*;] 3^ 123* 2333, Lk 37.t
(e'xofiei/os),

OT

a viper: Ac 283; metaph.,
,

LXX for b?^

te

CT

,

etc.,

59 words in

all;]

(on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, y. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), various senses and constructions. I. Trans.; 1, to have, hold, hold fast, etc. (a) to hold, as, in the hand Re 5^ 14®,
to have, as in cl., in
;
:

al.

;

iv T.

<f>op€w,

x«P') to bear,

Re
wear

1^^
:

A,

I,

6; Bl.,
e.

g 74, 2),

Mk

IO2, al. ; (b) of arms and clothing, ^e'pw, Mt %^ 22^2^ q\ qq ixe(\. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., 11^3, Jo 18i«. Re 91^, al.; (c) of a woman,

=

13^7^ Eo 91"; {d) to hold be ivith child: 16^ (cf. fast, keep: Lk 192"; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Jb 21«, Is 138; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo I421, j^q 128^ 103^ (lxx)^ ja 14^ i Jq I Ti 3«, II Ti 113, Re G^, al. {e) to involve : ; 41s Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5 ; 73, 5), to hold, consider : c. ace. (/) et predic. ptcp., Lk 14^8; c. ace, seq. ws, Mt 14*; cts (Hebraism),
eV yaa-Tpl
(kolttjv e.), to

Mk

Mk

He

;

=

Mt 21«; on
general,
of 812
c.

(Bl.,
:

§

70, 2),
I922,

wealth
;

lO^^, i Co II22, al. or poverty, absol., I^ftv (neg. ovk, ^rj), Mt 13^2 252^, 11 Co

ace. rei

Mt

Mk 1132. 2. to Mk IO22, Lk 121^,
;

have, possess;

(a) in

Jo
;

Ik t. I^civ, according to
:

association, etc.

Trartpa,

your means, 11 Co Sn (b) Jo 8*1 ywalKa (MM, xiv),

of relationship,
i

Co

72

;

<f)iXov,

Lk
(c)

11*; paaiXia, Jo 191*; Troifiiva, of parts or membeFs wra, Mt 91*
:

Mt
;

93«

;

c.

fitKrj,

Ro

dupl. ace, Mt 3^ al.; 12* OffuXiovs, He lli^;
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
(d) c.

193

acc, as periphrasis of verb:

fxvelav

ayaTTrjv,

Jo 13^^

;

yvwcrti', I
i,

Co
;

8^
{e)

;

TreiroLOrjcnv, II

etc.

(Thayer,

s.v.,

2,

f.,

g.)

7^7; vofiov,
if)

Jo 19^ iiTLTayriv, I of complaints and disputes; Kara,

of duty, Co 7^5; dywva,
c.
-n-po's,

(= fiefxvrja-OaL), i Th 3^; Co 3* OXixpiv, Jo 16^^, necessity, etc. avayK-qv, i Co
c.
;
:

Phi
;

l^o

;

,,pl^a, I

Ti 5^2;
ll^S;
(cl.)

gen. pers.,
24^^, al.

Mt

5^3,

Mk

id. seq. oti,

Ee

2*'

2*^;

c.

acc. seq.
:

Ac

14^ (sc. Trot^o-ai), Lk 12*, Mt 1825, to he able (Field, J^oies, 14) 41*, al; (/3) of necessity (BL, § 69, 4): Lk 12^0, Ac 23i7-i9 281^. Ac II. Intrans. (BL, § 53, 1), to he in a certain condition crot/xws e., c. 523 inf., Ac 2113, II Co 12^4; co-xaTw? (q.v.), ^^^^^^ to jg m^ Mt 424^ IB^^^J; KOfxif/oTcpov, Jo 4^2 al. ; KttAais, ^^^^ ^q 1536. impers., aWws
:

Mk

{g)

c. inf., (a)

Mk
j

.

Mk

eX€t, *^ *s

otherwise,

i

Ti 52^
242^.
to
:

;

ovtws,

Ac

7^, al.

;

now are (To 7^^), Ac on or cling to, he next
in
T.
1.)
;

III. Mid., -o/tat, to
c.

as things hold oneself fast, hold
Ixov,

to

vw

ptcp.,

6

ix'^fievo';,

ixo/xivri (17/ixcpa,

gen., t. i)(6fji€va <T(OTr]pia<;, He 6^ (Kendall, l^s near, next : of place, of time, expressed or understood), Lk 13^3, Ac 20^^ 212^

Mk

;

(ra(3/3dTw,

Ac

13**.

(Cf. av-, Trpocr-av-, dvT-,

(xtt-,

ev-, ctt-, Kar-, /x£t-, Trap-,

Trepi-, Trpo-, irpoa-,

avv-, vrrcp-, vtt-cxw.)

cus,

relative

particle
(cf.

(Lat.
§

donee,
flf.).

usque),
I.
:

expressing
;

the
till,

terminus ad
until
(b)
;

quem

Burton,
:

321
c.

(a) of

a fact in past time,

indie.

As conjunction 1. Mt 2^, al. (Wi 10^*,
without
S.v

al.)

em
f.
; ;

av, c. subjc. aor.

Mt

2i3 51^,

Mk

6i«, al.;

(M. Pr.,

168
al.

Lft.,
c.
I

Notes, 115),
indie,
413.

Mk
II.

1432 (Burton, § 325),

Lk

12^9,

n Th

<2J,

(c)

pres.
2.

2122,23^

Ti

(Burton, §328; BL, §65, 10): Mk 6*^, Jo C. indie, as long as, while (Burton, § 327): Jo

9* (Plat.,
1.

Phaedo, 89 c). time, until, unto Of
:

As an adverb
c. al.
;

99)
I

T. ^<xipa<;,

Mt
;

; (a) as prep. 2629, Lk 1^\ Eo ll^,

(chiefly in late writers). gen. (BL, § 40, 6 M, Pr.,
;

eSpas,

Mt
233)

27*^, al.
.

;

riXov^,

^^-^ ^^^ (pjeld, Notes, 49 f.), Lk 23^ t. eXdw, Ac 8*** ; before names and events, Mt 1^'^ 2^5, Lk 11^1, Ja 5'^, al. (6) seq. ov, 6tov, with the force of a conje. (Burton, § 330 M, Pr., 91) ; (a) I. oC (Hdt., ii, 143 ; Plut., al.) c. br., o^ 1333, al. indie, Mt 125 c. subjc. aor., Mt I422, al. €. oTov. c. subjc., Lk 138; c. indie, Mt 52^ {until), Jo 9^8; (c) c. (p) adv. {L 6ipi, Thuc, iii, 108) ^pn, Mt 11^2, Jo 2io, i Co 4^3, al. ttoVc 9^9, Jo IO2*, al. 2. Of place, as far as, (M, Pr., 107), Mt 17l^ even to, unto (Arist., al.); (a) as prep. c. gen. (v. supr.) Mt 1123, Lk 1015, al.; {h) c. adv. (BL, §40, 6): Sivio, Jo 2^; Icro,, 14^*; Kdruy, 1538; <!iS€, Lk 23^; (c) e. prep.: i$w, Ac 21^; ,rp6s, Lk Mt 2751, 2450 (Field, Notes, 83). Mt I821, 3. Of quantity, measure, etc.
18, II

Co

Co

113

T.

vw,

Mt
;

2421,

Mk

1319

(I

Mac

;

;

:

(WH

;

:

;

Mk

:

Mk
:

Mk

Mk

623,

Lk

2251, ai^

Z,

l,

JriTa,

TO,

zeta, the sixth letter.
F,

t^Bofios (the obsol.
ZapouXcSi',
o,

<r',

As a numeral, t,' = cttto, vau, " digamma," representing U), ^^ = 7000.
,

indecl. (Heb. l^b^X

v.

Ge
78.

302^),

Zehulun, Jacob's

tenth son

:

the tribe of Z.,

Mt

4i3. i5,

Ee

13

194

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
ZaKxalos, -ov, 6 (Heb. i3t
,

cf.

Ne

7^*, i

Es 2^

LXX

ZaKxov),

Zaccai, Zacchaeus, a publican
Zapd,
6,

indecl. (Heb.

Lk 19^' ^> ® (cf. ii Mac 10^^). m7 Ge 38^"), Zerah, an ancestor
:

,

of

Jesus

:

Mt

l^.t
(cf.

];a<})0av€i

Heb.
;

^:i15!3?),

zapUhanei

:

Mt
;

27^«

(WH,

mg., for

Eec. crejSaxOavci, q.v. "probably an attempt to reproduce the Heb. as disting from Aram, forms," WH, Notes, 21 cf. also Dalman, Words, 53 f.).t
Zaxapias,
-ov,
:

6

(Heb. HJIST
l^. 12, 13,

,

ITIST)

;

1.

Zacharias, father of
2.

John the Baptist

Lk

is, 21, 40, 5p,

67 32^

Zechariah, the son
cf. 11

of Jehoiada (in txt. Mt 23=^^ Lk ll^i.t
j^dw, -w, [in

wrongly called son of Barachiah ;

Ch

24^^^')

LXX
Co
121
;

chiefly for n^n (most freq. ptcp., ^wv,
cl.
i,

inf.,

t,7]v,

for Tl)

;]

1-

prop., to live, be alive (v. Syn., s.v. /3ios; in

usually of
7,

animal
2012,

life,

but sometimes of plants, as
I

Arist.,

Eth. N,

12)
2'5
;

:

Ac
t^
S 8e
-5N

Eo

71-3,

739,

Cw
vvv

Xpto-rd?,

Phi

airQ lwfi.ev, Ac Sia 7ravT09 toC C^v (M, Pr., 215, 249),
I920, al.
;

Ee

iv

1728;

if,ol

He

^oi iv a-apKL,

Ga

2^*'
;

^^ eV

ifioX

X^tards,

Ga

22*^
;

(6)

^wv, of
;

God

(""n

and cognate phrases, Jos 3^0, Mt 16i«, Jo 6", Eo 92e, i Th
^w eyw (^3N-^n
;
,

1^,

Ho 2^ (l^"), Is He 312, Ee
I
live,

37*, al.
72, al.
;
;

v.

DCG,

ii,

39*),

in juristic phrase,

Eo 14^ t,^v in aprw, Mt 4^ al. €'k, I Co 914 of coming to life, Mk 16[ii], Eo G^o 14^, 11 Co 13* opp. to veKp6<i, Ee 118 28 metaph., Lk 15^2 ^~^ ^^ viKpwv, Eo 6^^ of the spiritual life of Christians, Lk 10-8, Jq 5.35^ j^q ^17 qu ^[^ ^ alwva, Jo 6"' 58; cTvy XptarQ, I Th 510; opofxa £X€ts on ^^s, Ee 31. 2. As sometimes in cl., =/3ida), to live, pass one's life: Lk 2^^, Ac 26^, Eo 7^ Col 220; ,v 7ri'o-T«, Ga 22"; iv t. d/xap7i'a, Eo 62; eio-c/Sw?, 11 Ti 312; do-.oTws, Lk 1513 c. dat. (cl.), iavrCi (Field, Notes, 164), Eo 14^, 11 Co 515; T. ee^, Lk 2038, Ro 610' 11, Ga 21" t. Xpto-raJ, 11 Co 51^; t. StKoioo-vvT;, I Pe 22* TTvcv/iaTi, Ga 525 Kara crdpKa, Eo 812> l^. 3. Of
1421, ^1.), as
;

Nu

;

;

.

;

;

;

;

inanimate things, metaph.

v8u>p ^wv (i.e. springing water, as opp. to in a spiritual sense, Jo 410.11 7^8 (DCG, ii, 39 f.): ikirU still water), IO20 (cf. dva-, o-w-^d<u; Cremer, 270, 721). iCicra, I Pe 13; 680s ^wcra, Notes, 148).t l^ivvM^i., for <7y8-, I Th 519 T (v.
:

He

WH,

ZepeSalos, -ou, 6 (Heb. iTlS?

;

LXX:

Za^Seid,

II

Es

88 1020;

Za^aSatas,
510,

I

Es

9^^

;

John the Apostles: Mt
Jo
212.t

Za/3Satos, ib. 21), Zebedee, father of James and 421 I02 2020 26»7 27^\ 11^.20 317 iqss^ lJj

Mk

Le 621 'i*'; in Al. **fUcTT6s, -V, -oV (C€oj), [in Aq. 3i5'i''.t hot (Strab., al.) metaph., Ee ^euyos, -cos (-ous), to {<^ ^evyn;/jii, to yoke), [in
:

:

ib.

712*;] boiling
chiefly for

:

LXX
2.

ip^

,

Jg

193, al.

;]

1.

a yoke

of beasts

:

Lk

141^.

a pair of any-

thing,

Lk

224 (LXX),t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
*t
j^euKTTjpios,

195

t,€VKTr)piov,

TO

=

t,vy6v,

As subst,, (a) -a -ov (<| ^evyvvfXL), fit for joining. ^cvyXr], the CTOSSd yoke ; (6) ^eVKTqpia, -a?, rj

=

(found nowhere else).t Zeus, gen., Aids, dat., Ad, ace, Ata (Ai'av, D, al.), Zeus (Lat. Jupiter): Ac 14^2, i3_f for nn, nm, metaph., iv Mac IS^";] to boil, be U<a, [in hot; metaph., of anger, love, zeal: -ptc]^., fervent : t. Trvevfian, Ac

bar of a double rudder

:

Ac

27***

LXX

1825,

Eo

i2ii.t

*iT)X€u(i>, late

and rare form

of ^rjXow, q.v.

;

1.

to

envy, be jealous.
9^,

2. to be zealous

:

Ee

3^^.t

S^Xos, -ov,

6,
,

and

in late Gk,, also -cos,
1.

to'

(ii

Co

Phi

3"), [in

LXX
3<5;

for nxj/?

Nu
Jo
:

2511, al.;]

zeal

:

ii

Co

T^^ 9^; KaTcl ^^Aos,
ii

Phi
in

c.

gen.

obj.,

2^7 (lxx)^

Rq
i

Oeov, II
l).
2.

Co

112; TTvpds,

He

102"

(cf.

102; seq. vWp, Is 26^1, Wi
3^, ii

Co

7^;

c.

gen. subj.,

5^8,

and
520

cf.

Westc,
txt,

jealousy

Eo

13i3,

Ja

314,10; 7rXr;o-%at C^Xov

Co Co Ac 5^7 13« pi.,
;

122o,

Ga

(WH,

EV),

^^Xoi (v. Bl., § 32, 6),
1.

Ga

520,

WH,

mg.t
-w, [in

j^TjXo'w,

LXX chiefly for Hip
Wi
112);
c.

pi.

;]

jealousy, to be jealous : absol., Ac i Mayor, in 1.). 2. to seek or desire eagerly
7^ 17^,

burn with envy or Co 13*, Ja 42 (E, mg., cf.
to
:

c.

ace. rei,
II2,

i

Co

12^i

141.39

(cf.

Si 5018,

ace. pers.,
[in

11

Co

Ga

4i7;

pass.,

Ga

4i8.t
jTiXwTiis, -oC, o

«

^T/A-dco),

LXX for N3{?
i

(^tos C),

Ex

20^ 34i*,
ii

De
42
;

424 5» 615;

Slip.,

an emulator, zealous admirer (Plat., al.). 2. eagerly desirous, zealous; (a) absol., as in OT, U, c. {b) c. gen. obj. (zealous to acquire or to defend),
Tov
^. $iv€€s,

IV

Na Mac

12 (^eds); pi,

Es

8"2; ^. tS>v vo>(ov,
;]

Mac

1312

(cf.

Nu

25ii) *

1.

in

cl.

;

:

I

Co

1412, Tit 21*,

I

Pe

31^

;

t. vo/xoi; (11

Ga
Lk

11*; c. gen. pers., d^ov,
615,

Ac 22^
:

of the

Jewish party so called

Mac, I.e.), Ac 2120 ,rapaSdo-€a>v, In FIJ, NT, a Zealot, member as surname of the Apostle Simon,
;

3.

Ac

li3.t
-as,
17,

JtifjfAia,

[in

LXX for

WZV

ni.

and cognate forms ;] damage,

loss:

Ac

27iO'2i,

Phi

38; opp. to Kc'pSos, ib. ^.t

-w {<^^r)fxta), [in chiefly for V72V,] to damage. i^T|fii6tD, Pass., to suffer loss, forfeit, lose: absol., i Co 3i5; seq. eV, 11 Co 7*; S^e c. ace. rei (v. Bl., § 34, 6), t. i/^vx^/v, Mt 162^, Jaurdv, Lk 925

LXX

Mk

;

T. iraVTa,

Phi

3^.+

Zi]vas, -a, ace. -av (contr.
l^tjT^u, -w, [in

from
;

ZrjvdSwpos),
pi.,

Zenas

:

Tit

B^'^.f

LXX
7^'
«,
;

chiefly for Wp2.

also for

oni,

etc.

;]

1.

to

seek, seek
al.
;

for

:

Mt
Ac

id. seq. iv,

911

1", Lk 2«, Jo 62*, ace. pers., c. ace. rei, Mt 13*5, Lk I910 seq. eV, Lk 13«'
e.
;
'

Lk 11^ 10

Mk

ij/vxriv,

of plotting against one's life
to seek

(Ex
2.

41^, al.),

Mt

220,

Eo

ll^d-xx).

Metaph.,

by thinking, search

after,
to

Lk Mt

1228,

Jq

]^gi9

^

0^^^^

Ac

172'^.

inquire into : Mk lli^, seek or strive after, desire :
al.
;

12*6,

Mk

1212,

ySao-iXetav t. ^£oS,

Lk 99, Jo 518, Eo 10^, Mt 6^3 (Dalman, Words,

t.
f.)

edvarov,
;

Ee

9^

;

t.

121

Ta

ava,,

Col 31

196
flprjyrii',

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
I
I

Pe

S^^i-^^).
122,
II

3.

to require,
.

\

demand

:

c.

ace. rei,
;

Mk
Co
ni.),

8^^,

Lk
3637

11'^^

Co

Co

133

geq. ^apd,
[in

Mk
:

8i\

al.

Iva, i

42 (cf.

ava-, fK-,

fTTi-,

truv-^T/Ttw).
-Tos,

iTJTT)fia,

A*
*

;]

aw inquiry,
-ews,
:

TO (<; ^r/Tfoy), qtcestion :

Ac
1.

^. TtOtadaL (dfll 152 igis 232a 25^^ 263.t

LXX

Ez

l^TiTTjais,

r}

(< ^rjT€w).
152.
7^

a seeking, search.
;

2.

inquiry, debate I Ti 6^t

Ac

Ti 223, Yit 3»

seq.

irepC,

a questioni7ig, Jo 32^, Ac 252^
tares),
(cf.

*li'(,dyioy, -ov,

to (in

Talmud
wheat:

yyil),

zizanium (EV,

a kind
s.v.

of

darnel, resembling
Zfxu'pm,
-r?s, rj,

Mt

1325-27,29,30,36,38,40

DB,

" Tares ").t

Ee

111 28 T, for 2/x-, q.v. (cf. Bl., §

3,

9; Mayser,

204).t

ZopopcipeX

(FIJ,

Zopof3d/3r]Xo<:,
:

-ov),

6,

indecl.

(Heb.

bs^lj),

ZertiUabel

(i

Ch

^^\

al.)

Mt

I12. ^^,

Lk

327.t

(akin to yvo>os, q.v.), [in Sm. : Ex IO22, Jb 283, pg 10(11)2 90(91)6, ig 599*.] in Hom. the gloom of the under-world; hence, darkness, deep gloom (poet, and late prose writers) He 12^^, iiPe2*.i7, Ju^.is.t
**to<l>os, -ov, 6
:

luy6s (in
bif
,

cl.

more
l.
so,

freq. to ^vyov), -ov, 6 (<^ ^evyvvixi), [in

LXX for
Ee
6^
(of.

niSJiin, etc.;]
:

a yoke; metaph.,

of

bondage or submission to
2.

authority

Mt

1129.

Ac

15io,

Ga

5^, i

Ti 6\

a balance

:

Is 4012, al.).t
l^u'iiT],

-7;s,

^, [in

LXX
Le

for ]^!0n

,

Ex

12^5 133 23is 3425,

-ISBT,
T.

Ex 1215.19 apTou, Mt 1612.
Ga
59;
C. r.

137,

2ii,

De

16**;] leaven:

Mt

1333,

Dq 163 l^ 1321.
:

exc. in the Parable of the
56-8,

i;u^6a),

-S

Ho

Lk I321, i Co 5^, Ga 5^.+ ^wos, alive, + aypevw), [in LXX chiefly for iTH hi. I<ayp4b), -w to catch alive, take captive: metaph., Lk 51"; pass., 11 Ti 22" (on the meaning and construction, v. Ellic, CGT, in 1.).+
7**;] to leaven
:

« «

Metaph., of a moral influence or tendency, always, Leaven (Mt 1333, ljj 1321)^ fo^ evil i Co Mt 16"' n, Mk 81^, Lk 121 (Cremer, 723).+ ^aptaaCwv, Ex 123^.39, Le e^do) 23i7, t,vfxri), [in LXX for

^^

,

Mt

1333,

;]

^wT), -^9,

17

(Caw), [in

LXX

chiefly for W'^JJ

;]

life (in

Horn., Hdt.,

=

)8tos, q.v.

;

later, existence, vita

qud vivimus, as
1.
;

distinct

from

vita

quam vivimus ;
Co
15i»,

opp. to

Ba.varo'i);

of natural life:

Lk
;

^ibs, 1625, Ac

833, I

Trvc^a ^oi^?, Ee lin i^vxh i<^v? I Ti 48, He 73, Ja 41* (Ge 130), lie 163; of the life of one risen from the dead, Eo 510, He 716. 2. Of the life of the kingdom of God, the present life of grace and the Westc, JEpp. life of glory which is to follow (Dalman, Words, 156 ff. 651.53, Eo 710 86.10, Phi 2i«, Col 3*, Jo Jo., 214 ff.; Cremer, 272 ff.) 436 1250 173^ II Pe 13; alihyLos (reff. supr.; DCG, i, 538^ ii, 30 f.), Jo Jo 812 6 Adyos t. ^., I Jo 11 6 apros t. ^,, I Jo 12, al. T. <f)Q)<; rrjs 635. *8; giKtttWis 4<"^5, Eo 5I8; /xtTctvoia eis C-, Ac 111^; iv auToi ^. ^v, Jo
;
:

;

C

;

;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
;

197

Jo 1*; Cv iv. X. 'I., II Ti 11 ra Trpos ^ui-qv, II Pe l^, al. (TTCi^avos TVS C, Ja V^ Ee 210; x^pts ^^5 (gen. expl.), i Pe 3^; ^. Kal €lpr]vr], Eo 8«; ^ Ktti d<t>dap(rLa, II Ti l^o di/ao-rao-ts ^w^s, Jo 529 ^[^Xos ^w^s, Phi 43,
;

;

Ee
has

3^; ivkov ^oj^?,
life
:

t. irvevfia,

Ee 2''; v8wp ^w^s, Ee Eo 8^'^ prjfiaTa, Jo 6^3
; J

22^^; meton., of that
of

one

who

gives

life,

which Jo 11^^

14«, I

Jo

12

;

r)

ivToXrj,

Jo

1260.

Stn.
£(5nfj,

:

v.s. /3ios.
-lys,
17

{Cwwy/xi),
1^,

[in

LXX

for tSJXlK
;

,

nnijn

,

etc.

;]

a

belt,

girdle

:

Mt

3*,

Mk

Ac 2V^, Ee

l^^ 15^

as a receptacle for

money,

Mt

109,

Mk

68.t

chiefly for nan ;] ^0 gftrd ; c. ace. ^dvyufii and ^(ovvvw, [in Mid., to gird oneself : Ac 12^ (cf. dva-, 8ia-, Trept-, un-opers., Jo 2118.
^a)i'vv//,t).t

LXX

j^uoyoi'eu,

Jg

819,

I

Ki
1.

-w (<; ^wo's, a^ive, ycVco-^ai), [in 26 279. 11, III Ki 21 (20)31, jy xi 7* (rrn
cl.,

LXX Ex
:

11'^' 18' 22,

pi., hi.),
life.

Le

11*^

(njn)*;]

in

to engender,

produce

alive,

endue with
;

2.
:

In

LXX
1733,

and NT,

Ac

719,

I

Cremer, 274) to preserve alive (DCG, ii, 606^ Ti 613 (EV, quickeneth; E, mg., preserveth).f
(u)ov, V.

Lk
for

iwoK (Eec.

LS,

S.V.), -ou,

to (•<C<^os, alive), [in

LXX

iTH (chiefly) and cognate forms; freq. in Wi;]

a living creature,

an animal: Ee 4«-9 5«ff- 6i^- 7" 143 157 194. ^^^^ ^, ^-^^^ He 13"; 5\oya C', II Pe 212, Ju lo.t Sfn, 6-qpiov, in which the brutal, bestial element is emphasized, and which is never used of sacrificial animals. On the other hand, is the more comprehensive, as expressing the vital element common to the whole animal creation (v. Tr., Syn., Ixxxi; Cremer, 274). 21i*, iv Ki 5^ Ne 9«, ^0)0-1701^0), w, [in LXX for n^n pi., hi., Jg Jb 36«, Ps 7020, Ec 713(12)*;] 1. in cl. (= ^woyovtw), to produce alive. 2. In LXX and NT, to make alive, cause to live, quicken {DCG, ii,
:

t,.

606*; Cremer, 275)
Pass.,
I

:

Jo

521 6^3,

Eo

41^

SH,

i

Co

15*^, 11

Co

3«,

Ga

321.

Co

1522. 36,

I

Pe

Bis.t

H
H,
,;'

tj,
r?,

TJTa,

TO,

indecl., eta, the

seventh

letter.

As a numeral,

= 8000. disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11); VI, 6^^, Lk 22*, Mt 5i^ 1. disjunctive, or ; (a) between single words 619, Eo 121, al. ; (b) before a sentence expressing a variation, denial Jo or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form Mt 7*' 9, 121*, Lk 13*, Eo 329 63 921, i Co 69. i« 9^, 11 Co 11^ ; ^ v, either 16i3, i Co 14« (c) in a disjunctive question (as or, Mt 62*, Lk
=
8
; :

Mk
.

:

Mk
. .

.

.

.

;

Lat.
fi-^,

an
I

after

utrum)
p.-f,TL,

:

Mt

9^,

Mk

29,
.

Lk
. .

7i9, al.

;

Co

98;

II

Co 1"; ^

^

.

.

.

^,

after jroTcpov, Jo 71^ 1335. 2. Com-

Mk
i

parative, than : after comparatives, Mt al.; after hepov, Ac 17^1; OeXw (KiihnerS, iv, 303),
IQi^,

Lk

9i3,

Jo

3i9,

Eo

I311,

Co

14i9;

V" i

198

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Mt
1^^

before, seq. ace. et inf.,
cf.

Mk

Robertson, Gr.,
:

661),
;

Mt

li^O; after a positive adj. (Ge 49^^; 9«.45,47. 3. with other IS^. »,

Mk

particles
71",

dX\'

^, v.s.

Lk
r\

1111.12,
{ixriv),

Ro

dAAa ^ yap, 215 49, al; ^roi
7.
1.
Tyycju-wv),

v.s.
. . .

yap

;

17

Kai,

or even, or also,

Mt

i Ro

6i« (cf.

Wi
to

lli^).

V.S.

et, iii,

*

i^yeiiok'cuw
.

(<^

to

lead the Way.

2.

lead in war,
.).

command (cf Ramsay, IFas Christ horn at Bethlehem ? ; 2'-^ 31. c. gen. loc, Lk 3. to be governor of a province
^ye^io.ia,
-as,

DCG, ii, 463 f

^

«

:

r/yc/xciv),

[in

LXX

:

Ge

36^0 {^^bii),

Nu

1*»

2^^

(^3*;?),

Si 7* IQi, IV
-6vo%, 6

Mac

633 134*.] ^ule, sovereignty:
[in

Lk

31.+
1.

r\yf.\i.uiv,

{rj-yioixai),

LXX

for pjll^K

,

112^,

etc.;]

a

Mk

2. a commarider. 3. a governor of a province (proMt IQi^, consul, propraetor, legate, or procurator; but cf. avOvTraros) 139, Lk 2112, I Pe 21^^; of the Procurator of Judaea, Mt

leader, guide.

'.

272,11,14,15,21,27 281*,

Lk

2020,

Ac
,

232*.

26, 33
:

241.10 2630.

4.

For Heb.

iB^S (LXX,

xtA-tai)

misread "^B^X

leaders
[in

Mt

'°'''.t

riyeoikai.,

-ov/xai,

depon. mid.,
1.

LXX
He

(chiefly pres. ptcp.) for
(b)

T33, CTNl, icr,
rule, he leader: xiv), Mt 2« (i-^H

etc.;]

to lead; (a) to guide, go before;
7]yov/j.evos,

to

pres. ptcp.,

a ruler, leader (MM, Exp.,
13^.
i7. 24.

Lk

222«,

Ac

710 1412 1522,

2.
:

to suppose,

believe, consider, think (Hdt., Soph., al. ; cf. Lat. 10^9 II11.26, Ac 262, Phi 23.6 37^ I Ti 112 61,

duco)

c.

dupl. ace,

He
;

ace. seq. ws,
inf..

c. ace., 11

Th

31^

;

c.

ace. seq.

n Pe li3 adv., i Th 5i3
c. inf., 11

2i3 39;

1^

c.

SiKaiov, dvayKOLov, c. inf., II Co 9^, Phi 225 Phi 3^ (cf. 81-, iK-Si-, c^-, Trpo-rjyeofJiaL).^

Pe

orav, Ja 1^ li3 ; c. ace. et

Syn.

:

v.s. hoK€w.

Pr 32* (my), etc. ;] gladly, ^Sc'ws, adv. «ri8vs, sweet), [in 620 123", jj Qq lliS; superlat., rjhioTa, very gladly with pleasure :
:

LXX

Mk
;

(Bl., § 11, 3), II
t]8tj,

adv.,

Co 129-15.+ in NT, always
vvv
.

of time;

Lk

7^,

Jo

436, al.

,

.

^.,

now, already : now already, i Jo 43

Mt
rf.

3io,

Mk

437,

;

irore,

now

at

length,

e. fut.,

Ro
ri

li" (cf. aprt).

TjSiora, v.s. i^Sews.
flhovr], -^?,

«

rjSoixat, to

be glad), [in

LXX Nu
:

ll^ (nyjo),
;

Pr
81*,

171,

Wi
*
:

72 1620,

and
-ov

freq. in iv

Mac

;]

pleasure

:

11

Pe

2i»

pi.,

Lk

Tit 33,
viint
524
I

Ja4i.3.+
{<C'r]8vs,
oa-fxr]),

iqSu-oCTfios,

sweet-smelUng ; as subst., to
Si, prol.27

^.,

Mt

2323,

Lk

1142,t

**^eos, -eos

(-0V5), TO, [in

LXX:

20^6

<25),

ly

Mac

129 27.21
pi.,

132V*
.J

I

^ haunt, abode.

2.

=
pf.

l6o<;,

custom,

manner:

Co

I533.+
^Kcj, [in

LXX
;

chiefly for K12

83 (late pf., impf. = plpf.), to have come, he -present : Mt 24*0, V. Swete, in 1. App., 169), Lk 12*6 x52' Jo 8*2, He 10^' 9- 3^,

;]

with pres. meaning (hence

Mk

rjKa,
i

WH,

,

Jo

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
520,

199
ll^*

Re

225 33, 9 154

id, seq. ek,

Jo
:

aeq. irrS, c. gen. loc, Mt 8^\ 4*^; /xaKpoOtv, 8^; eVi, c. ace,
.

Lk
Re

1329
3*.

;

cV,

Eo

Mk

discipleship Jo 310, Re 188; ggq.
t^iXci (Rec.
eA(i)i).t

6^"^

;

of time

and events

^^^1,
-^Xi',

c ace. pers.,

Mt

absol., Mt 233«, Lk 19^3 (cf. dv-, Ka^-7?»ca)).t
:

Metaph., of 24^*, Jo 2^, u Pe
27*«
(cf.

L, ^A/; Heb.

^b^C),

Eli,

my God: Mt

'HXei (Eec. 'HXi;

RV,

'HXi),

6,

indecl., Heli,

Joseph's father:
cf.

Lk

323.t
'HXci'as

(Eec. 'HAtas;

LTr., 'HXtas; T, 'HXcias;
l^^,

WH,

App.,

155, Intr., § 408), -ov {-a,
:

Lk

WH),

6

(Heb. njbx, nrrbs), Elijah

11^* 16^* 173,4,10-12 27*^*9^ (ill Ki 17, al.) G^' 828 94,5,11-13 19, 30, 33, »4^ 1538' 36, Lk 1^7 425.26 98, Jo 121,25^ ja 517; ly 'H., in the

Mt

Mk

portion concerning E., Ro 11^.+ iqXiKia, -as, rj (<[^Xt^, of the Same age, mature), [in

LXX:
of

Ez

I318 (npip),

Jb

2918,

Wi

49, Si 26^7, freq. in ii-iv

Mac;] always

age or maturity; "a stage of growth whether measured by age or stature"; 1. (a) age: Mt 627, Lk 12^5 (R, mg.), He ll^i; (b) full age, maturity: Jo 921.23, Eph 4". 2. stature: Lk 193 (Mt B^^, Lk 1225, AV, R, txt. but the prevailing usage in and tt. favours the former meaning in these doubtful passages cf., Ellic, ICC, AR, on Eph, I.e.; Milligan, NTD, 74 f., and esp., MM, Exp., xv; e contra.
;

LXX
;

Field, Notes, 6).t

*^XiKos,
interrog.,

-77,

what

determined by WH, txt., RV).t
qXios, -ov,

prop., as big as, as old as. 2. As indirect sized, what, how great, how small (the sense to be the context) Col 2^, Ja 35, Ga 6^^ (WH, mg. 7n;X-,
-ov,
1.
:

;

6,

[in

LXX

chiefly for orpg;;] the

sun

:

with

art. (Bl.,

132 4« 132" 162, Lk 4*0, Ac 220(i-xx) 5*5 13*3 172 2429, 111, Re li« 612 812 92 IQi 12i 168 1917 2123 ; ^A^eiv 2613, Ja 7i« without art., Mt Tov ^., Ac 1311 ; ovSe /XT) Trea-r) tV avrous o rj., Re 15*i, Re 72 I612 225.t 13«, Lk 2125 23*5, Ac 2720, I'Co

§46,

5),

Mt

Mk

Eph

426,

;

^Xos, -ov,
i^ficis,
r\\i.ipa,

6,

[in

LXX:
[in

Is 41^

(npOO),

etc.;]

a nail: Jo

2025.t

V.S. cyw.
-as,
17,

chiefly (very freq.) for DV;] day; 1. as gen. ^^lepas, by day (WM, § 30, 11), Re 2125 distinct from night ^. k. ^^€>as vvKTos (v. K. ^.), Ac 92*, I Th 29, II Th 38, Re 48 (BL, § 36, 13) at mid-day, Ac 26i3; ace. durat., t. ^/xepas, Lk 213^; oXrjv ttjv
:

LXX

;

_;

fiea-rj^,
fj.,

Ro Lk 2"
1312, I

836
;

;

^v rifxepa,

Jo

fj.

ytWroi,
5*.
5> 8,

Lk
Pe

11®, 4*2 22^6
119. 2.

Ro
;

1313

.

^^ipa<; 6Sos,
912, al.
;

^XiVci,

Lk

Th

II

Of a

civil

a day's journey, metaph., Jo 9*, Ro day of 24 hours, incl. night

Mt
Wr^
al.
;

63*,

Mk
Es
Twv

621,

Lk
Co Ae

1314^

al;

rpCrr}
f/.l

^.,

Mt
Lk
day

I621;

^/x€pa

k.

^.

(cf.

D'I\
rj.

3*), II

4i«; 5\r]v r.

Ro

83« IO21; pi.,
131*' 1^
:

Jo
71

212,

Ac
7}.,

91^,

a^vfioiv,

123

;

t. a-a^fiarov,

;

KvpiaKT}
r.

Re

li**.

3.

In Messianic sense, of the

last

rj

rj.

{iKeLvrj,

Kvpiov,

200
etc.),

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Mt T\ Lk
623,

Pe S^", al; on that day, by meton., as compared with the avOfiuyTTivrj, of a human tribunal, I Co 4^ (EV, man's judgment). 1). M, Pr., 81), of time 4. As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl, § 46, 9 in general Jo 8^^ 1420^ „ Qq Q-i^ ^ph Qn, „ Pe 318 pi.^ Ac 157, gph

Ro

13i^

i

Co

l^,

i

Th

52, ii

Th 2\

11

divine judgment

;

:

516,

He

10^-

;

7r5a-as ras

rj.

(cf.

U^pTl bs
Qi^,

,

De

4*», al.
220,
i

;

MM,
;

Exp., xv),
rj.,

2820; iKevaovrai ^. Srav (Sre), Mt gen. pers. (Ge 26i, al.), Mt 2\ Lk 1^,

Mt

Mk

Lk
Pe

5^' 17^2; ai
320

C.

Ac 7*^

dpxv

r]fji€pwv,

He
(to

73.

%eT€pos,
246 26^
vfj..,
T)

-a,
II

-ov

(ly/Acts),

poss. pron. of first pers.,
;

our
3^*.t

:

Ac

2^^

Ro
fi-r]v,

15*,

Rec,

WH,
rj.

Ti 415, I Jo 13 22 mg., R, txt.) ol
;

TO

^.,

Lk

16^2,

WH,
:

txt.,

R, mg.

-f).,

our (people). Tit
[in

V.S.

*n f^^iiQaur^s,
half-dead
:

-£s

{<wh

half

+

Oi^rjaKoj),

LXX
cl.,

IV

Mac
BL,

4ii*;]

Lk

103o.t gen., -ovs (late, as in
tt.,

TJ)xiCTus, -€ia, -V,

for

-eos;

§ 8,

4;

Mayser, 294),

n. pi., rj/iiaLa

(Rec, cl,

-cia), [in

LXX

for

^sq, n^sqo;]

half; 1. as adj., agreeing in gender and number with the substantive 2. As neut. subst., to y/XLO-v, following, Ttt ri/JLiO-ia T. v-n-ap)^6vTWV, Lk 19^. gen., ^. Kaipov, Re 12^*; Iw? rjfxLorov^ the half; rj. (anarth.), a half: c. 623 after a cardinal number, r)fi€pa<; Tpeis k. rjixurv, T. /SacriXetas /aou, lit Re 119'

Mk

.

*t

i^|jiiwpo»'

(Rec.

-lov),

-ov,

TO

(i7/ti,

half

+

wpa), /iaZ/ a7t

hour: Re

^k-iKa, rel.

adv. of time, at which time,
rj.

when;

seq. av, c. subjc,

whensoever: iiCoS^^'^^.t
Tjircp, V.S.

*Tjmos, -a, Trpos, 11 Ti 22*.

-ov,

mild, gentle:
6,

i

Th

T

(WH,

R, mg.,

vi^ttio?);

seq.

"Hp (L, "Hp),
328.t **tTip£fios, -OV,
I

indecl.

(Heb. TV), Er, an ancestor of Jesus
3^^

:

Lk

[in

LXX: Es

A*;]

quiet, tranquil

(Luc,

al.)

Ti 22.t

Syn.

:

^avxi-os, q.v.

'Hpa)8T)s

(Rec.

-w8r]s), -ov, 6,

Herod;

1.

Herod
14^)
:

the Great:

Mt

2,

Ac
815,

2335.

'

2.

Herod Antipas
9^

(6 Terpadpxv^,

Mt
3.

Mt

14i.

3.

\

Mk

6

Lk

15 31, 19 83 97,

1331 23,

Ac

427 131.

Herod Agrippa I: Ac

121.

6, 11, 19, 21

(of. 'Aypt'TTTras (II)).t

'HpwSiavoi (Eec 'Hpw-), -wv, ot, Herodians, partisans of Herod Mt 22i«, (cf. Tovs Ttt 'UpwSov ^povovvra^, FIJ, Ant., xiv, 15, 10) 3« 12i3.t
:

Mk

'HpwSids (Rec 'Hpw-), -aSos, 17, Herodias, granddaughter of the Great Mt 143.6, Mk 6i7'i9'22, Lk 3i9.t 'HpwSiuK (Eec 'Hpo)-), -wvos, 6, Herodion : Ro 16ii.t
:

Herod

'Ho-aias (Rec. 'Ho-aias), -ov, o

(Heb. liTjnjr), Isaiah, the prophet

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Mt

201

33 41* 81- 1217 131*' 35 157, 7«, Lk 3* 41^, Jo 123 1238, 39, 4i^ Ac S^s 927. 29 1016. 20 1512 2825, Ro iytyCvui<TK€v T. Trpocf>y]Tr]v 'H., Ac 830 jV t.
• .

Mk

•H.,

Mk

P.t
o,

'Haau,

indecl.

(Heb.

it^rjr,

Ge

2525),

Esau: Eo

9^3 (Lxx)^

He

1120 i2i«.t
TJco-dofiai, V.8. rjTTau).
ri(T(T<av

neut., TO

17.,
:

(Rec. i]TT-, the Attic literary form), ^a-a-ov, inferior, less adverbially, Zess ; 11 Co 12^^ ; €ts to ^., /or </ie worse (opp.
I

to KpuTTov)

Co
;

ll^^.t

T^auxtiioj, [in

LXX
(b)

chiefly for IDpB? ;] to he still
live quietly
:

;

(a) to rest

from
:

labour
143,

:

Lk

23*^

to

i

Th

4}^

;

(c) to

be silent

Lk

Ac 1118 211* (cf, jb 327, Ne 58).t SYN. : (Tiydw (q.V.), cruaTrdw.
f\<Tuxta, -as,
17

(-<

Tjau'xios, q.v.), [in

LXX
:

for pXTVl

,

l^ffif

,

etc.

;]

1.

quietness

:

ii

Th

312.

2.

stillness, silence

Ac
:

222,

i

xi

2ii« i2.t

iqaoxios, -a, -ov

(= the more

freq. ^crvxo^; cf.
i

Wi

I81*, Si 25^0),

[in

LXX

:

Is 662 (nn-n35) *;] quiet, tranquil
:

Ti

22, i

Pe

3*.t
rj.,

Syn.
within
T]Toi,

^pc)u,os,

of tranquillity arising
i

from without;

from

(v. Ellic.

on

Ti,

I.e.

;

but also
:

v.

CGT,

ib.).t

disjunct, part., whether
{rjrrcr-, II

Ro

Gi'^.t

i^TTdw, -w

Co
:

pass.,

1.

to

be inferior
c.

absol, iiPe220;
tr^TTtifia,

seq. dat., ib.i^.t
TO,

1213, v.s. ^(r<TU)v), [in 12i3. 11 Co
vircf),

LXX
2.

for

nnn

,

etc.

;]

to

be overcome

-Tos,

[in
I.e.),

LXX
i

for

DO,
(cf.

Is 31^ '8)*;]

defect,
f.,

loss,
f.

defeat : Eo II12 (cf. Is, Lft., Notes, 212).t
tJttwk, v.s ^cra-oiv.

Co

6^

Field, Notes, 160

171

f|x^w, -w

(<C ^X^'), [in

LXX

for

HDn

,

etc.

;]

to

sound

:

1

Co

13i

(cf. i$-, KaT-r/xcw)-'!'

Tjxos, -ov, 6 (also in late

?ian

,

etc.

;]

1.

a

noise,
:

and MGr., -cos, to, Lk 212^), [in LXX for sound : Ac 22 rj. ^aXao-o-T/s, Lk 212^ o-aATrtyyos,
;

;

He

121^.

2.

a report

seq. nepl,

Lk

437.t

e,

and

^,
0^

Otjra,

to,

indecl.,

theta, the eighth

letter.

As a

numeral,

^=

9,

=
6

9000.

eoSSoios,

-ov,

(Aram.

ij{"l|1

,

""in),

Thaddaus

:

Mt
:

103,

Mk

31^

(WH,
1123,

mg., AeygySaros, q.v.).t
edXaaoro, -7s,
r],

[in

LXX
II12,

chiefly for
1«,

d;; ;]

the sea
;

Mt

23i5,

Mk
6.

Lk

2125,

Eo

927,

He
;

Ja

Ju
17

i3,

Ee
k.

71, al.
(

t6 Trc'Aayos t^s

(v. Tr.,

ut infr.),

Mt

IS**

6 ovpavo? k.

y^

^

.,

of the

whole world,

202

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
42*,
al.

Ac

(Hg

2^)

;

6.

iaXiv-q,

Re

4« IS^
d.,

;

10«.32

17U.

of the
(as

Eed
Heb.
;

Sea, Ipvdpa
DJ), 6. r.

Ac

73«, i

of the Mediterranean, Ao 1129; of Co lO^'^

He

an inland lake
T.

VaXiXata^,
6^
;

Mt

4^8 1529,

Mk

1" 7";
rj

TiySepiaSos,

Jo 21^

T.

r.

T. T.,

Jo

of the

same, simply

6.,

Mt

416,

Mk

213, al.

SrN. : TTcXayos, "the vast expanse of open water"; 6., "the sea as contrasted with the land " (Tr., Syn., xiii). for pD etc. ;] to heat, warm ; metaph., (a) to 6aXir(i>, [in

LXX

,

inflame (Trag.)

;

{b) to foster, cherish
7]

:

Eph
,

52^, i

edfiap (Tr., ®aixdp),
OajiPe'dj,
-u)

(Heb.
[in

IJpin

Ge

38«),

Th 2\f Tamar Mt
:

l^.t
1.

(^aya/?os),

LXX
for

for

nra

ni.,

pi.,

etc.;]
:

to

be
12^

amazed.

2.

In late Gk.,
c.

to astonish, terrify (11

Ki

22*)

pass.,

Mk

1032; seq. iwC,

dat

rei,

Mk

102*.t

edfipos, -ovs, TO, [in

LXX

in©

,

etc.

;]

amazement

:

Lk

4^^ 5^,

Ac

S^o.t

*0am(Tifios, -ov (•<
eavaTT]-<j>(5pos,

^oti'ttTos),

Jb

3323, IV

Mac

-ov ^avaros, c^epo)), [in 818.26 1526*;] deadly, death-bringing

«

deadly

:

Mk

IGi^^lt

LXX: Nu
:

1822
38.t
,

(j^:;;;;^)^

Ja

Qdvaros, -ov, 6 (Bv^crKw), [in

LXX chiefly for
al; opp. to
3i»,

ri'D

,

TID

sometimes

forn^l;] death;
violent:
II
e.,

1.

of the
227,

death of the body, whether natural oc
723,
^o,,?,

Jo 11", Phi

He
S^o,

Ro

838,

p^i

lao. of

the death of Christ,

Ro

Phi

He
Mt

2^;
2638,

pvi<j6ai (o-oi^av) eV 6.,

Co

110,

He
Lk

57

;

TTcpiAuTTOs €0)5 ^avarou,

Mk

143*

Phi
14«*

28,

Re
22',

210;

ivXr^y^

Oai'drov,

a deadly wound.
Oavdrov,

ddvarov,

He
1526,

11*;

y€vea-6ai

Mk
fied,

;

Oavdro) reXfVTav

(Ex
21*;

211^, rup-^
pi., of 7i«,

Mk 91; ma), Mk 71"
perils, 11
520,
i

^i^p, {S^xpi) 133; l^elv ev'o^os Oavdrov,
;

Re

;

death personi1123. 2. 31* 5i«, al.

Ro

69, I

Co
:

Re

spiritual death

Jo
114

52" 8*1,

Ro
;

deadly Ja li*,
f.).

Co

Of
;

Jo

of

eternal death,

Ro

132 75^ al.
ff.
;

6 6. 6 SevVcpos,
i,

Re

2ii 218 (cf.

Cremer,
,

283
to

ff.

;

DB,

iii,

DCG,

791

6ai'aTou, -w, [in

LXX

chiefly for

TOD

hi., ho.,

also for 2in

etc.
11

;]

put to death: c. ace, Mt IO21 26*9 Metaph. 69, I Pe 318; pass., Ro 83". to), Ro 7^t
edTTTw, 1412,
[in

271,
:

Mk
;

I312 14".

Lk

21i6,

Co

Ro 8i3
;]

pass., c. dat, (in relation

LXX
Ac

chiefly for
pass.,

inp

to

bury
229. i

:

c.

ace,
15*.t
:

Mt

82I' 22

Lk

9*9. 60^

5«'9'i<»;
6,

Lk

I622,

Ac

Co

0apd (Rec. ®dpa),
eoppc'w,

indecl. (Heb. mCl),

Terah (Ge 11)

Pr I21, -w (later form of Bapa-ew), [in 13ii 17"*;] to be cheer or courage, to IV Mac Da of good be confident: 11 Co 5''»8, He 13"; t. TrcTrot^r^o-et, 11 Co 102; seq. cis, ev, ib. 7i«.t II Co 101 SVN. : ToXpdui. " 6. has reference more to the character, t. to manifestation " (Thayer, s.v. roA/iaw). its
:

LXX

Lk 33^t Ba 421. 27,

LXX

6i<'(i7),

;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Bapaiu,
-u)

203
;]

(v.s. 6appew), [in
:

LXX
28^^.

chiefly for K");

,

c.

neg.

to be

of good courage

imperat.,

ddptret,

-elre,

Mt

92. 22 1427^ -^^ gso io*9,

Jo

1633,

Ac

23ii.t

6(ip<ros, -ovs, TO,

courage

:

Ac

0au/ia, -T09, t6, [in

LXX:
2.

Jb IT^
:

IS^o 20* 216 (.,j^

^tp

^

.-]

^^

a wonder
absol.,

:

n Co

11^*.

wonder
,

Ee

17^.t

Oaujidju, [in

Mt
1.,

ICG,

in

for HJffZ etc. ;] ^0 marvel, wonder, 8i«.27 933 1531 2120 2222 271*, 520 155, Lk «3 825 24*1, Jo 520 Ac but v. infr.), ib.

LXX

^u
;

Mk

wonder at pi (E, txt.;

V\

T

4^3 13*1,

Ee
528,

17'^'^; c. ace. pers.,

Lk

7^;

c.

ace. rei,

Lk

24^2

(WH,
;

E, mg. om.), Jo
,

Ac

731

;

Baip.a fiiya,
^^
;

Ee

17^

irpoVwTTov

(LXX

for D139 Nt?p
seq.
rei,
ev, c.

De

10^^

al.),

Ju
312;

seq. 8ia, c. ace,
v.

Mk
seq.

6^ Jo V^
iiri,

Lk

121 (?

E, mg., but
7re/)t,

supr.)
3^3.

;

c. dat.
5ri,

Lk

dat. obj., 233 422 943^

2026,

Ac
;

Lk
i

218; 6iTi<Tw,

Ee

133;

Lk
S^i)

1138,
:

Jo

3^ 427,

Ga

€t,

Mk

15**,

Jo

Pass. (Si 383,

wi

seq. h, c. dat.

pers., II

Th
;]

l^o (cf. ^K-^av/^a^wj.t
-a,

Oaufido-ios,

-ov (<^^av/ia), [in
;

LXX
:

chiefly for
21i*.t
for K^gl

K^D

ni. (n. pi.

=

nisbp:)

wonderful
-'?,

n. pi.,

wonders

Mt

OaufAaoTcJs,

-ov (<^ ^au/xa^cj), [in al

LXX
)^

and cogn. forms
I511,
:

(Ps 117 (118)22.23 118 (119)129, Is 251,
al.),

j^^, ^i

(gx

Ps 64

(65)5,

Tl» (Ps
1211
('*>•),

81' 9

92

(93)*), etc.

;]

wonderful, marvellous

Mt

21*2 (lxx)^

Mk
II

Jo

930, I
ri

Pe

29,

Ee
:

15i.3.t

*

9€<1, -as,

(fem. of

6e6<:,

q.v.),
11

a goddess

:

upon, contemplate, view (in early writers with a sense of wondering), in NT apparently always in literal, physical sense of " careful and deliberate vision which interprets ... its object": c. ace. rei, Mt 11^, Lk 72* 23^5, Jo li*.32
to behold, look

Mac

Qidofiai, -wfiat, [in 5*'^*;] 2* 336, III

LXX

Ch

22^ (nsi),

Ac 1927.t To 22 136. 1*, Jth

15^,

Mac

43s 11*5,

Ac

229,

I

Jo

11

;

c.

ace. pers.,
138,

Mt

22ii,

Ac

2127,

Eo

I52*,

412; c. ptep., pass., Mt 61 235,

Mk

Lk 52^, Jo Mkl6fiiU
16^*1,

Ac 1";

seq. 5ri,

Jo

65, i

i Jo Jo 41*;

SyN.
(eccl.
;

:

v.s. Oeiopeo}.

*t6caTpiiw {<^diaTpov), to make a spectacle of, expose to contempt pass., He 1033.t iK6-, Polyb.) *6e'aTpo»', -ou, TO (<^ ^cao/u-ai), 1. a theatre (used also as a place of assembly) Ac 1929> 3i. 2. Collective for 01 Biarai, the spectators. 3. = ^ca, Biapa, a spectacle, show : metaph., i Co 4^.1
: :

Oelo^ -ov, TO, [in

LXX

:

Ge

I92*,

De

2923(22),
;]

Jb

18i5,
:

Ps 10

Is 3033 349^

Ez

3822 (nnsia)

,

m Mae 25 *
:

(11)7,

brimstone

Lk

1729 d-^),

Ee

917. 18

1419 1920 2019, 218.+

66105, -c^, -cZov

«

^£os), [in

LXX Ex 313 3531^ jj, 273 334,

Pr 2"

(^^,

"iJ^^N'

Q"''!^*?)'

Si 635,

nMaCg, iiiMaCi, ivMacjg*;]

divine:

204

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Pe
1^; ^vo-ts (for parallel in
cl.
;

Svvafxt^, II

tt.,

v.

MM,

Exp., xv), ib>; to
IT^^.t
;]

6.^

the Deity (so in

of
r)

God, in Philo and FIJ), Ac
6eLo<:),

**t

0€i<5tt]s, -rjTu^,
:

{<^

[in
v.

LXX Wi
:

18^ *

divine natiire,
Oei.

divinity

Ro
:

l^*'

(for ex.

from

tt.,

MM,

Exp., xv). t

Sfndiffering

OeoTTrj':,

deity, godhead, divine personality.

=

divine

nature and properties, a

summary term

for the attributes of deity,

from

^cot?/? as

quality or attribute from essence.
:

*t0€iw8T]s, -«s {<C6iiov), of brimstone, sulphiireous 1 6Ar]fAa,
fi'S'^
,

Re

9^'^.+
,

-Tos,

TO

(< OeXui),
I

[in

LXX
that

chiefly for j^gn
is
vt^illed
:

also for

etc.

;]

will, (a) objectively

=

v^hich

Mt

IS^*

12*^ Jo 630, I Co 7", Ac 221^ Ro 2i« 122, gph
of precepts,
seq. Tva,
(b)
II

Lk

Mk

3^-,

6'^ ii Ti 2^^, He lO^", Re 4^ 0. t. OeoZ. 1^, Col 1« 4^2, i Pe 4-'; t. Kvptov, Eph 51^; pi. WH, mg., Ac IS^^C^xx); ^o-rtv to 6., c. gen. pers.

Th

;

Jo
;

639. "o^ i

Qq

1612

c. inf., i

Pe
:

2^^
;

c.

ace. et inf.,

i

Th

4^

subjectively

=

Pe
43-1

121

TTotelv,

to ^e'Aeiv (cf. ^e'Xr/o-ts) Lk 2325, Jq 113^ i Pe 317 721 12^0 21^\ 3^^ (pi., Mt mg., v. supr.)

Mk

WH,
21^
;

Jo

638 7I' 931,
22^2^

Eph
211*
.

6«,

He

lO^.

^>

36 1321^

j

Jq

y[ye<x6ai,

Mt

6i»

26*2,
Beov,

Lk
Ro

Ac

^ ^ISoKta {(3ovX^) tov

6.,

Eph
i

l^-

^

;

cV

li«; Bta e. e^ov,

Ro

1532,

n

Ti 11; Kar^ TO (Cremer, 728).t

6. r. Otov,

Co V, Ga 1*. i Pe
I

II

Co

1^ 8^,

Eph
S^*;

l^,

tQ 6. rov Col l^,

4i9,

Jo

pL,

Eph
,

23

tee'Xriais, -cojs,

^ (OeXw), [in
11*5 (^ny)

LXX:
,

II

1823 (^gn)

,

Da

LXX
Attic;

To 1218,

Ch W^, Pr 835 (^ix-j) Ez Wi 1625, „ Mac 12i«, iii Mac
and
is

22«*;] in colloq. and MGr. = to deXeiv, will : He2*.t QiXta (the strengthened form iOeXw is found in Horn.,

the
for

more

freq.

in
;

v.

Rutherford,
pi.,

NPhr.,

415

f.),

[in

LXX

HUN

,

^'Sn
freq.

c. neg.,

]XD

etc.

;]

to will,

be willing, wish, desire

(more

than
:

fiovXofxai, q.v., in

for various views as to its relation to

vernac. and late Gk., also in but /3., v. Thayer, 286
;

MGr.
v. also

BL,

Ac

Ga

absol., Ro 9^\ i § 24, s.v.) 1821; c. ace. rei, Mt 202i, 51^; c. inf., Mt 5*o, 10*3^

Co
Jo

4^9 1218,

Ja

4^5

Mk

1436,

Jq

157^

Rq

; t. Oeov ^cAovtos, 715- le, 421 736, i

Co

Mk

621.67,
I

R0721,

Mk
al.
;

72*,

Lk

162,

Jo

2122,23,
2'8,

Ro

iQi9^

Co
i

145,

Ga
16^
;

ace. et inf., 6i3; oi OiXoi, Mt 183o,
c.

Ga

4^;

id. c. inf.,

Mt

Mk

626,

Jo 5«,

Co

seq. Iva,

625,

Jo 1724. opp.

to

Ttoiioy, Trpda-a-fo, cVcpyeo),
;

Ro

715.19,

Mt 712, Mk n Co 81"' n, Phi

Deiss., LAE, I7924), i Co 14i9 ; eiXtov iv TaTrttvoseq. ^ {ICG, in 1. <^poarw{j {of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col 2i8; in c. ace. rei, Mt 9i3 quotations, for Heb. c. ace. pers., Mt 27'*3
213
;

OT
ff.).

yBU

,

;

12^

He

105.8;

c. inf., i

Pe

310

;

for -iax
[in

,

c. inf.,

Ac 728

(v.
,

Cremer, 726
,

0€jiAios, -ov

«

Tterifii),

LXX

for ]ia"lN

Tjia

etc.

;]

of or
llio.

for a foundation; as subst., 6
tion
:

6. (sc. Xt^os),

a foundation stone, foundapi., ol
6. (el).

Lk

6*8,49 1429 (but v. Deiss.,

BS, 123);

He

Re

211*' 19; ^eut., t6 6. (Arist., Phys., vi, 6, 10,

LXX and later writers).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Ac
1626
.

205
Ti
2^^,

metaph.,

Ko

I520,

i

Co

S^o-i^,

Eph

22*,

i

Ti

6^9, 11

He
to

6^t
defieXiou,
c.

chiefly for TD^ ;] to lay the foundation of, -a>, [in ace, t. yrjv, He 1^** (i-xx); pass., Mt 7^^, Lk 6*^; metaph., pass., Eph 3i«, Col l^^.t I Pe 510 (R, mg., settle) *t eco-StSaKTos, -ov, taught of God (of. SiSaKTol O^ov, Jo 6*5) i Th 40.+ *6co-\6yos, -ov, 6, 1. one who treats 0^ the Divine nature (applied in cl. to the old poets and philosophers). 2. In eccl., a theologian, divine : Re, tit., Rec.t ** 6eofiax^w, -w II Mac 7^^ * ;] to fight against ^«o/Aaxos), [in 239 (Rec.).t God : Ac *t0€ojjidxos, -ov, [in Sm. Jb 26^, Pr 9^8 21i«*;] fighting against

LXX
;

found:

:

«

LXX

:

:

God: Ac539.t
*t 6e6irK€uoTos, -ov (•< 6e6<;, Trve'w), inspired by God : 11 Ti 3^"^ ee6s, -o9, o, rj (Ac 1937 only v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc, Oti
;

(Mt 27*«;

cf.

De

32*, al.), [in
,

LXX

chiefly for D^ri^N, also for

b^ and

other cognate forms, mn^ etc. ;] a god or deity, God. 1. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity : Ac 28", i Co 8*, 11 Th 2*, al. pi., Ac. 14" 1926, Ga 48, al. 2. Of the one true God; (a) anarthrous Mt 62*, Lk 2038, al. esp. c. prep. (Kiihner 3, iii, 605), aTro 6., Jo 32 cV, Ac 5^\
;
:

;

;

II

I also when in gen. dependent ^eov, Ro 82^, II Co on an anarth. noun (BL, § 46, 6), Mt 27*3, Lk 32, Ro 1^^ i Th 2^^; as pred., Lk 20^8, Jo 1^, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, AcS^^, Ga26, al. (M, Th., 14); (b) more
;

Co 5\ Phi Pe 2* Kara

39;

VTTO,

Ro

131

;

Trapa ^eoC,
7^' ^^
;

Jo 1"

;

-n-apa OeQ, II

Th

16,

freq., c. art.

:

Mt
6.,

123,

Mk

2', al.

mult.
TT.

;

c.

prep.,

Sltto t. 0.,

Lk

126; iK,

Jo

8*2, al.; Trapa to5 0.,

Jo 8*";

tQ

e.,

Ro

^^^•,iv,

Col 33;

IttX tQ> $.,

1*7; tVl rhv pers., Mt 2232,
al.
;

Lk

Ac

1519;

ei? T. e.,

Ac

241^; ,rpos
al.
;

T. e.,

Jo

12; c. gen.
18,

Mk

1226-27^

13, Phi 42", al. 6 6. Kal irarrip k. t. \., Ro 15", c. gen. rei, Ro 155,13,33^ II Co 13, I Th 523; ^i ^. ^,ov, Mt 1623, 1217, I Co 211; ^^ 217 51 ; t. ^ei, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 33), Ac irpos Tov 6., Ro 1517,
;

Lk 203^, Jo 20^^ Eph

6 6. /xov,

Ro

Phi

13,

Mk

He

720, II

Co

10*; Hebraistically, of judges (Ps 81 (82)6), Jq iqs* (lxx),
-7

35^

eeoa^Pcia, -as,

«
:

deotre^i^s), [in

LXX
76.22

:

Ge 20"
1528
jj

(Q"'^b^?

H^T),

Jb

2828 (-.jiKid.), Si I2*,
:

Ba

5*, iv

Mac

j<

1715*.] f^ar of

God, godliness

1

eeoaeprfs, -e9
al.
;]

«

Ti 2i9.t
^eos, cri/Sofiai), [in

LXX

for D^nhj?

NT Ex
,

1821,

God-fearing, godly
SyI^^.
:

Jo

93i.t

cicre/ST^s (q-V.), Bprj<TKo<;.

* SeooTOYVis,
to
ib.

God
*t

:

Ro

-es (<^ ^eos, o-Tvyew), 1. passive, as freq. in cl., hateful 13o (R, txt., cf. Lft., Notes, 256). 2. Active, hating God

(R, mg.,

cf.

ICC,
17,

in

l.).t

de6TT]s, -7;tos,

deity,

Godhead

:

Col 29t
:

Syn-

•'

OtLOTT]^, q.v.

ec6<^iXos, -ov (^€05, <^tA.os), Tfieophilus

Lk

13,

Ac

l^.t

206

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
ecpaircia, -as,
i]

{depaTrtvui), [in

LXX for 0^2?
9^^

,

Ge

45i«

(cf.

Es

5'),

etc.

(Field, Notes, 60), Re 222. 3^ Collective, household attendants, servants : Lk 12*^ (LXX, 11, c.).t Sepaireuw, [in for nOT etc. ;] 1. to do service, serve : c. ace. pers., pass., Ac 17^^. 2. As medical term, to treat (MM, Exp., xv),
;]

1.

service.

2.

heali7ig

:

Lk
,

LXX

cure, heal
al.
;

aeq.

Mt 12^0, Mk 6^, Lk a7r6, Lk 51^ 6^» V^ S^- «
: :

6", al.
;

;

c.

ace. pers.,

e. vocrov {fxaXaKtav),
;

Mt 42*, Mk Mt 423, al.

l"*,

Syn.
servant

idofjiai (v.

Field, Notes, 60
6,

MM,

Exp.,

I.e.).

OepdiTUk',
:

-ovTos,

[in

LXX

chiefly

for

Tjy;] an attendant,

He
:

3^ (i^xx) f
V.S. Sia/covos.

Sl'J^.

eepi'^w

«
Jo

Ee Re
(a)

122^ Ja 5*; 14^* c. ace,
;

eipos), [in 252^-26, fig.,

LXX

Mt

t. a-apKiKd, 1

Mt 6", Lk Lk I921.22, Jo „ Co 9«, Ga e^'S Co 9^^ <f)Oopdv, ^wrjv aiwvLov, Ga 6^ t. y^v,
chiefly for

ixp ;]

to

reap

:

436-38,

;

;

14i«.+
ecpio-ixos, -ov,

6 (-<
;

9fpit,ui),

[in
:

LXX
Mt
:

chiefly for
1330.39,

TXi?
429

;]

harvest
the crop
ib.s'*;]

the act

:

43^

(6)

the time

fig.,

Mk

(c)

tig.,

Mt

937. 38,

Lk

102,

Re U^^.i

a

**eepi<rr^s, -oC, 6 «^6pt'^oj), [in reaper: Mt 133o.39.t
Qepiiaivu {<C0epp.6<;), [in 145*. oneself:

LXX Da LXX
chiefly for

Bel 32, th

LXX
6",
:

mid., to

warm

Mk

Jq
6^',

I8I8.25,

e^Pfi^,

-»?s,

^,

[in

LXX

Jb

Dan;] to warm, heat; Ja 2^^.f Ps 18 (19)6, Be 4^1 (non and
chiefly for ]^j5;]

derivatives), Si 3828*;] heat:
Oe'pos, -ous,

Ac

283.t

TO [dipoi, to heat), [in

LXX
:

summer:
11

Mt
l^t

2432,

Mk

1328,

Lk

213o.t

eeao-aXovtKcu's, -cws, o,

a Thessalonian

Ac

20* 272,

i

Th 1^

Th

Thessalonica, a city of Macedonia Ac -77s, 17, Phi 4l^ iiTi4i".+ ecoSas (perh. contr. from ©edSwpos, but v. MM, Exp., xv), -a, 6, Theudas Ac 5^^.f Qeupiw, -a» (<[ ^cwpo's, a spectator, <^OedofxaL), [in LXX chiefly for nxi mn ;] (pres. and impf. only, exc. Jo 73 (fut.), Mt 28\ Lk 23*8, Jq 85\ Re 11^2 (aor.) BL, § 24) 1. (el.), to look at, gaze, behold absol., Mt 275^ Mk 15*^ Lk 2335; geq. ttws, Mk 12*1; ttoS, Mk 15*7; ^ ^cc. pers., Jo 6*0' 62 12*5 igio-io, Ac 3i« 2038 252*, Re II11.12. [^^ ^ pt^p Mk 515, Lk 1018, Jo 6i« 1012 2012.1*, i Jo 3^^ c. ace. rei, Mt 28i, Lk 1429 216 23*8, Jo 223 62 73, Ac 4^3 8i3 id. c. ptcp., Jo 206, Ac 7^6 10^ 2. In popular lang. (Kennedy, Sources, 155; Bl., seq. oTi, Ac 192*.
eeaaaXoKiKT],
:

171,11,13^

:

,

;

;

:

,

;

§ 24, s.v. opav), in pres.
oTi,
c.

and impf.

=

opdio, to see, perceive,
;

discern

:

Mk

16*,

Jo

419 1219,

Ac

1926 2710

TroVai,

Ac

2120

;

7rr?Ai/cos,

He

seq. 7*

1419,

538; id. e. ptcp., Ac 17^6 286; e. ace. pers., ace. rei, Ac 9' 1722; TTviZpxi, Lk 2437; ^^ ^.^ Jq 1417. geq. Stl,

Mk

Mk
Jo
t.

311,

Jo

98; c.

ptcp.,

Lk
(cf.

2439.

3.

Hebraistically, to experience, partake of :
;

Odvarov,

Jo 8"

Ps 88

(89)*9)

r. 80'^av,

Jo I72*

(cf. dva-, 7rapa-^€<op€a>).t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
eewpia, -a?, ^ (v.s. ^ewpc'o)),
15^^*, III

207
5^*

[in

LXX Da LXX
:

5^,

ii

Mac

Lk

Mac 524*;] 1. 23*^ (both senses in
e-fiK-q,

a viewing.
cl.).t

2.

=

Oewprj/ia,

a

spectacle, sight:
Qi*

-7/5,

^

«Tt^77/it),

[in

LXX: Ex
:

252«<27)

(jtjj),

Is

(n5^),
Jo
ISii.t

lb. 32^ *;]

a

receptacle, chest, case

of the sheath of a sword,

Qr\\dlia

«
.

OrjX-^,

a

breast), [in

LXX
Jb

chiefly for
2123.
2.

pr

hi.

;]

1. of

the
to

mother, to suckle : Mt 241^, Mk suck : Mt 21^6 ^ao-rov's, Lk ll^^
0TjXus,
-€ia,
-V,

13^"^,

Lk

Of the young,
:

(cf.

3^2,

Ca 8\
;]

al.).t

[in
:

LXX
Eo

chiefly for
6.,

HSpJ

female

as

subst,,
328.t

^

0.,

a female, a
Br\pa,
-a9,

woman
17,

12«.27; ^^

Mt
,

19*,

Mk
.

10«,

Ga

[in

LXX

for

T5f

,

pj^^p

TWl

and cogn. forms ;]
3.

a hunting, chase (Hdt., Xen., al,). 2. prey, game (cl.). Ps 34 (358) ^ J-,^r^ a net : Eo 11^ (but v. Thayer, s.vj.t
1.
,

As

in

Oripeuw

(< ^?7pa),
i

[in

LXX

for

TIJT

,

etc.

;]

to

hunt,

ensnare,

catch : metaph., Lk ll^^.t *t 0T]piop,axc(>>, -w (<[ Orjpiov,
(Diod.,
al.)
:

fjLd)^o/xai),

to fight

with wild beasts
ii^iZd

Co

1532.t
Oi^p), [in
^^

OrjpioK, -ov,

TO (dimin. of

LXX
1^2,

chiefly for iTO;] a
I220,

ftms^, 6eas<;

Mk V\
[in
c.

Antichrist,
riches,

Ee

11« 28*. 11^ 13-20.t

Ac

Tit

He
to

Ja

3^,

Ee

&^; of

©Tjoraupi^w,

LXX

for ]D2?

,

etc.

;]

lay up,
12^*;
c.

store

up

:

of

Ja 5^;

id.

dat, pers.,

Lk 122\
II

11

Co

ace. rei,

i

Co

162; Orjo-avpovi iavriij, Mt 6^*' 20; paS8., Eo 25 (cf. Pr 118, Pss. Sol 99).t
6T]<Taup<5s, -ov,

Pe

3^; metaph., opy^v cauTW,

o (<^

TLOrjfxi),

[in

LXX
2^^
;

chiefly for

lylN ;]
.

1.

a place

(b) a treasury (i Mac 3^^ and of safe keeping ; (a) a casket : Mt freq. in cl.) (c) a storehouse (Ne 13^2, De 28^2, al.) Mt 13^2 metaph., of the soul, Mt 1235; t. Ka^Sms, Lk G**. 2. a treasure: Mt e^^-^ii 13", Lk 1233.34^ He 1126; e. iv oipayQ (v. Dalman, Words, 206 ff.), Mt I921,
;
:

Mk
221,

1021,

Lk

1822

;

of the

knowledge
,

of

God through

Christ,

11

Co

4^

T. (ropia<i K. yvoicrews,

Col
2.

23.

He

Qiyydvta, [in 1220 (LXX).
:

LXX
to

for V32
1128.t

Ex 19^2 * ;] 1. to touch, handle : Col injure (like Heb. yjj, and as in Eur., Iph.

Aul, 1351) Syn. :

c.

gen..

He

v.s. aTTTci).

eXipu, [in chiefly (6 dXi^wv) for lis ;] to press c. ace. pers., 3^ Metaph. 680s TeOXififievq, a narrow (compressed) way, Mt 71*. (as freq. in LXX), to oppress, afflict, distress : c. ace. pers., 11 Th 1^ pass. (Vg., tribulor, tribulationem patior), 11 Co 1' 4^ 7*, i Th 3*, 11 Th 1^, I Ti 510, He 1137 (cf. Sltto-, <rvv-e\iftw).f
:

LXX

Mk

;

eXii|ns

(LTr.,

eXIi/ris), -€0)5,

^

(< 0\C(3io),

[in

LXX

for IT^y

,

etc.

;]

208

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
In

pressure (Arist.).

LXX
Mk

and

NT

metaph., tribulation,

distress: Mt 24^21,29^ ld^^'^\ Jo IS^i, 14.8 417 6* 7^ 82.13, Phi 41^ II Th 18, Ja 127,

Ac 7" Re 19

ll^^,

Eo

affliction, 12^2, Co

n

29' 22 714;

c.

ivdyKT}

(q.v.), I Th 3'^; arevoxt^pLa (which from the order of the words would appear to be the stronger term), Ro 2^ S^S; Stwyyuos, Mt I321, Mk 2io 417, II Th 1* e. cV, Jo 1633, I Co 728, Re ^px^aOai in{, Ac 7^^ eV
;

;

;

Okiyl^et, I

Th
:

;

pi.,

Ac
e.

710 1422 2023,
II

T. Xpia-Toi,

Col

12*

;

T^s KapSca^,

Ro 53, Eph 3i3, i Th 33, He Co 2* 6. iyetpeiv. Phi l^^.t
:

10^3;

Srx.
§lv;
Lft.,

dvdyKr), Siwy/xos,
4:5).

(rT€vo\ii>pia

(v.

supr.,

and

cf.

Tr.,

Syn,

Notes,
[in

0^'1^(rKa),

LXX
Mk
-o'v

chiefly for

mO;]

be dead:

Mt

22o,

15*^
i

Lk

7^2

to die; pf. (M, Pr., 114), to 8«, Jo 11^* 1933, Ac 14^9 25^^;

metaph., of spiritual death,
e^TcJs, -V,
(•«n),

«

Ti 5^

(cf. dTro-, a-vv-aTro-6vrj(TK<D).f

eyyaKw), [in
91* 1517,

LXX

:

Pr

3^3 202* (qix),

Jb

3023

Is 5112 (nna),
:

death, mortal
pass.,
317

*t6opupd^u

n Mac 9^2, m Mac 329*;] subject to Ro 612 gn, i Co 15^3, 54 „ Co 4^ 5^t {<C66pvfto<:), = Tvpfid^w (q.v.), to disturb, trouble:

Wi

Lk

lO^i.t

-Sy «^o>/?o?), [in LXX: Na 23(4) (bjn ho.), Da LXX Jg 326, Wi 1319, Si 40"*;] 1. to make a noise or uproar: mid., of loud and ostentatious lamentation, Mt 923, -^^ 539, ^c 201". 2. Trans., to trouble, throw into confusion : t. itoX-lv, Ac 17^. OopuPos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for ]ian etc. ;] a noise, uproar, tumult,

Oopupe'w,
ni.),

(nya

,

as of an excited

mob: Mt

26^ 272*,

Mk

14^,

Ac
_

20^ 213* 3418;
etc.
to

of

mourners,

=

o;^Xos Oopvftovfjuvo^,

Mk

5^^.i
;]

0pauw, [in
pieces, shatter;

LXX

for I^SI
to

(De
;

2833, jg 434 536)

break in

metaph.,

break down:
1.

Lk

4i8(Lxx\f

*

0p^fi/Aa,

-Tos,

TO (rpe^o))
:

a nurseling, esp. of animals (Eur.,
chiefly for bb^ hi., also for ^'p pil.,
lli^,

Plat., al.j.

2. cattle

QpY]V€ia,

-w

«

Jo

4i2.t

Oprjvos), [in

LXX
:

etc.;] 1. intrans., to
to bewail:
c.
:

lament, wail

Mt

Lk

V^, Jo

162'^.

2.

Trans.,

ace. pers.,

Lk

2327.t

Syn.
Eec.t

KXatia, KOTrrofiaL, XviriofiaL, Trcv^eo) (v. Tr.,

Syn., § Ixv).
:

Oprjfos, -ov, o, [in

LXX

chiefly for

nrp ;]

a lamentation

Mt

21^,

**tepTj(TK€ia (-Kta, T), -as, ^/a^cr/cos), [in ^ Si 22^ A, IV Mac 58. i3 * ;] religion in its external aspect
xv),

«

LXX: Wi
2i8.t

1418.27,

(MM,

Exp.,

worship
Sriv,
:

:

Ac

265,

j^

126, 27

^, ^-^^ dyye'Awv,

Col

v.s. 6pri<TKo%.

*0pT)aKos (-Kos,

WH),

-ov, o, religious,

careful of the
128.

outward forms

of divine service (see previous word)i:

Ja

Syn,

:

€i(rtl3r]<:,

6€ocre(3r]<:,

*t 0piafiP€U(i) (< Roman triumphus), over ; so perh. Col

OpCafxPos,
1. to 2i^,

1.

8u(n8aifxu)v (v. Tr., Syn., § xlviii). a festal hymn to Bacchus. 2.

The
ace.

triumph (and
v.
infr.).

rarely,
to lead

c.

ace,

to

triumph
:

but

2.

in triumph

c.

MANUAL GBBEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
pers., II Co 2^* ; hence, generally, to 2^5 (but V. supr. ; cf. Exp., xv;

209

make a
and

spectacle or

show of: Col

MM,

esp. Field, Notes, 181).t
;]

0pi|, TpLx6<;,

rj,

[in

LXX chiefly for iy^
Jo 112
123^

hair ; (a) of the head
2734,
I

Mt
(6)

3* 536 1030, of

Lk
:

738.44 127 2118^
1«,

Ac

Pe

33,

Ee

1^4;

animals
Opoe'w,

Mk

Ee

Qs.t

-w {<C6p6o<;, a noise, tumult), [in Ca 54 (nDn)*^ 2. to utter aloud. to cry aloud, make an outcry. 3. In 13^, (and LXX), pass., to he troubled, as by an alarm Mt 24", Lk 2437 (WH, mg.), II Th 22 (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 126).t *0p6fiPos, -ov, 6 (<^Tpe<^a), in primary sense to thicken), a lump, a clot of blood {DCG, ii, 685b) at^aros, Lk 22*4 (WH, E. mg. omit
in
cl., 1.

LXX:
:

NT

Mk

:

the passage, v.

WH,

App., 64

ff.).t
,

6p<5fos, -ov, o [in

LXX chiefly for NQS Ex 11*, al.;] in Hom., a seat,
; ;

chair.

Later, a throne, chair of state, seat of authority of kings metaph., of God, Mt 534, Ac 7^H^^^), Ee 14, al.; by meton., for kingly power, sovereignty, Lk 132. 52^ Ac 23^ for an angelic hierarchy. Col 116; of Christ, Mt W-^ Ee 3^\ al.; of Satan, Ee 2^3; t. erjptov, ib. 1610 of the Apostles, Mt 1928, ljj 223o, cf. Ee 204 of Trpeo-ySvVcpot,
;

;

Ee

44 lli« (on

e. -n}? x«P'-ro5.
-tav, to. (-a?, 17,
:

He
Ee

4i«,

v.

Westc,

in

1.

;

Deiss.,

BS, 135).

©udreipa,

a city of Lydia
158), [in

Ac

16^4,
r)

Ee 1"

l^^ cf. ; 2i8.24.t

L

WH,
cf.

App., 156), Thyatira,
Pr., 71
11
;

QvydTr]p, -Tp6<;,

(for

use of vocat.,

M,

WH,

App,

LXX for DS
Mt

(Ge

54, al.), exc.

Jg

21^4 B,

Ch

21^7 (niJTN);]

a
4fl

daughter:
1253,

Ac He NT, as in OT, not in cl. (a) as form of friendly address (cf. Eu 22.22, ^1.) Mt 922, Mk 534, Lk848; a 6I8 (cf. Is sc. Kvptov, 11 Co (b) metaph. 43") (c) of posterity 6. 'Aap<Lv,
;
: :

9^8 1035.37 14c 1522,28^ (LXX) 721 219, 217 II24. In

Mk

53* 6^2 72«.29^

Lk

236 842.

;

:

Lk

1*
:

;

'Afipadfi, ib. I316

(cf.

Is I62, iv

tion

e.

2i^v, 'UpovaaX^fi,

Mt

21MLXX),

Mac 1528, ^Ij (d) of habitaLk 2328, Jq 1215 (cf. ig i»^ Za
;

9», al.).t

*

OuyciTpioi', -ov,

TO (dimin. of dvyaTrjp),

a

little
:

daughter, a term of
523 725^t
522
(i9>

endearment used
0o'eXXa,
-r)s,

in late

Gk.

(cf.

Bl., § 27, 4)

Mk

^ {<6vo^), [in
cl.),

LXX. De 4"

(b^-T?),

Ex

1022*;] (poet, in

a hurricane, cyclone, whirlwind:

He

12i8.t

SYN.
aromatic

:

XatXai/r (q.v.).

**t6oij'os (usually ^ulVos, as
tree,

Eec), -rj, -ov {<^6via, Ova, an African with ornamentally veined wood of varying colour,

=

Lat. citrinus), [in

Sm.

:

iii

Ki 10" (Qiao^N)*;] thyine:

^'Xov,

Ee

1812 (Diosc.).t
6u|iia|Aa, -To<i,

TO (-< Ovfudw), [in
rj

LXX chiefly for TTpp
9.,

;]

fragrant

stuff for burning, incense:

wpa tov

Lk

li*; dva-iaxrT-qpiov rov 6.
11

(Ex

3027, al.), ib.ii; pi.,
0u|xiaTVipio^,
-ov,

Ee

58 83.4 I8i3.t
[in

TO {<i6vfj.idoi),

LXX:

Ch

26i9,

Ez 8"

14

210

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
Mac 7"*;]
:

(n-)t9(7P), IV

1.

as in

cl.

(Hdt.,

iv,
cf.

162; Thuc,

vi,

46)
2.

and
in

LXX,
I.e.

a censer

He
and
(<^

9* (but v. infr.,
cf.

and

Westc,

in

1.).

As
:

Philo., rer. div., § 46, FIJ, Ant., iv, 2, 4,

al.,

the altar of incense

He,
;]

(but V. supr.
Qufxidta, -Q)

MM,

6vo)), [in

LXX

Exp., xv).t (with -a^to) chiefly for

HiSip pi., hi.

to

burn incense

:

Lk

l^.t

*t 0ufiop,axew, -w {6vfx6<;, /i,a;^o/xai), to fight desperately, have a hot quarrel : c. dat. pars., Ac 12^''.t
0ufi.6s,

-ov,
etc.,
Q_^

6

(<^^ua)),

[in

LXX
;]

most

freq.

for f)^, also
:

for

nan
112'

,

\\in

,

30 words in

all

passion, hot anger, wrath
TTiKpia k. $.,
^X^i-v,

He

;

^py^ ^^i
Bv/xov,

Eo
4^^,

28, of.

Col 38;
Q^

Bph

431; 7rX7;o-%ai,
T.

Tr\7]prj<;

Lk

Ac

19^8.

Ee

12^2; otvos

^u/AOV t.
^cov, ib.

,ropv£tas (cf.

Je 28

(51)7),

Re

14^ 18^

(cf.

17^); oTvo?

t. 6. t.

141";
pi.,

id., T. o/>y;}s T. ^coS, ib.

16^9

19^^
:

6 0. t. ^eoO, ib.
tpi<:,

14^9 IS^'^ 16^;
ii

impulses or outbursts of anger 122«, Ga 520 (Cremer, 287, 733).t

^^Xos, OvfLol, IpiOCai,

Co

SYN.

:

opyrj, irapopyicrp.o^.

Oufiow, -w (^v/xds), [in

LXX

(chiefly in pass.) for
;

mn,

5]N

mn,

p]3X hith., etc.

;]

(no act. in Attic.)
21".

pass, (and mid.), to he wroth or

very angry

:

Mt

Oiipa, -as,

rj,

[in

LXX
IQi''^;

chiefly for npgl

,

also for

bl

,

D^l
25io,

,

etc.

;]

a door: KXeUtv (uttok-) t^ 0., Mt 6", Lk 13^5; pass., Mt Lk 11^, Jo 2019' 26, Ac 2130; ii,0LyeLv, Ac 519; pass., Ac 1626. 27. ^povW, Ac
121^;
SlSl

t^s

0.,

Jo

Trp^s

t^

^.,

Mk

1^3

H* (WH

om.

r^v),

32; TO. TT/aos Tr;v ^., the space by the door, 22; tt/sos rrj $., Jo 1816; im rr,6 kc 5^ Trpo t^s ^., Ac 126; ^,rl T^r e., Ac 523;'^ ^. T. 15*6 163^ Metaph., of Christ, r, 6. r. irpopaToiv, fjivr)p.€Lov, Mt 2760,
, ;

Ac

Mk

Mk

Jo
0.

10^'

9

;

TTto-Tccos,

ave(jjy /xifrj

of the Kingdom of Heaven, Lk 132* ; of opportunities, Ac 1427; 6. fieydXr], I Co 169; ^ ^, Xoyov, Col 43; d. (rjveioy-), II Co 212, Re 3^ 41 ; of Christ, i<TTr]KO)<; €7rt t^v d. koI
;

Ee 320 of his second coming, cVt 6vpaL<i ehai, 1329; ^p^ Ovpwv k(TTT]Kivai, Ja 59.+
Kpoviiiv,

Mt

2433,

^i^

eupeos, -ov, 6

(< dvpa),

[in

LXX

for ]3p

,

n|S

;]

1. in

Hom., a

door-stone. 2. In late Gk. (Polyb., Plut.), the scutum, a large oblong shield: 0. t. Trto-Tccos, Eph 6I6 (cf. Wi 52**, where oo-iott;? is likened to the do-TTts, the clypeus or small round shield of the light-armed
soldier),
flopis, -tSos,
17

(dim. of dvpa), [in

LXX chiefly for T^bry

;]

a window

Ac
711
h,

209, II

Co

1133.+
6,
17

Oupupos, -ov,
(lyiiar),

(<^ ^vpa,

-f ovpo^,

Ez

4411 (ni|75),
;

n Ki

46, i

a guardian)^ [in LXX iv Ki Esy*;] a door-keeper, porter
:

Mk

133^ Jo 103
6uaia, -as,
17

^,

Jo

1816. i7.+

(^vto), [in

LXX

chiefly for Hllja

,

n3J

;]

1.

actively,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
an
a
e.

211

sacrifice:
ivdyeiv,

offering, sacrifice (Hdt., al.). 9^3 12^(1'^),

2.

Mt

Mk 9" (WH,
He He
2^

Objectively, that which is offered, mg.), Eph 5^, He 10*' 26;
923 iqi. s (q. xal Trpoo-c^o/oa?) Trpoa^ipiiv, Ac 7^2^ Jjg 51 38
22^1;

pi. (as

usually in
e.)

cl.),

Mk

1233, lj^ 131^

Ac 7";

dva<j>ipetv,

72^

(SSpa Tc Kal
avToC, 13^6

10ii»i2 114. §o-^„^^
Tcts ^.
I

Lk

pass.,
lO^s.

He
;

9^; 8ia t^s d.
41^,

He
;
.

92«; i<T6Uiv
^.
. .

(Le

7i5^-). i
;

Co

Metaph., Phi
^.

He

irvfvixariKaL,
T. -n-t'o-Tctos,

Pe

^. ^wo-a,

Eo

12^

aivecrews,

He

1315;

^.

Phi

2l'.t

+ OucriaoT'qpioj', -ou, to (<^ Ovaid^ai, to sacrifice), [in

LXX
an

(where
altar

the word

first

appears) very

freq.,

nearly always for nilTQ;]

(a) generally,

Ja

22^; pi.,

Eo

113 (lxx); metaph.,

He

131" (v.

Westc,

esp. his add. note on the history of the word, 455 ff.); (b) of the altar of burnt-offering in the Temple, Mt 523. 24 2318-20, 35^ l^ in
1.,

and

11", I Co 913 10^8, He 713, Ee 11^; (c) of the altar of incense in the sanctuary (Ex 30^ al.), Lk 1^^ symbolically in Heaven, Ee 6* 83> ^ 913 1418 167 (Cremer, 292).t
;

0UU, [in
1.

LXX
:

chiefly for n:i7

,

also for tanOT
to sacrifice
;

,

etc.

;]

as in

cl.

to offer first fruits to

a god.
q

2.

by slaying a victim,

d^t. pers., ib.^^ id. c. ace. rei, i Co 102*^. 3. to slay, kill: Jo lO^^, Ac 10^3 117; ^ ace. rei, Lk 1523.27,30. pagg., 14^2 Mt 22* TO TTcio-xa (Ex I221), pass., Lk 22^, i Co 5^.1
offer sacrifice

Ac

14^3

;

;

Mk

;

ew/ias,

-a,

6

(Heb. Dixri
S^\
[in

.

Cl

twin

;

of.

SlSv/jlos),

Thomas the
Ac VKf
Is 59^^

Apostle

:

Mt

103,
-a/co9,

Mk
6,

Lk
r.

6^\ Jo ll^o 14* 202*-28 212,
chiefly for ]rity
SiKaioo-uVi;s,

dupa^,

LXX
6.

and cogn. forms ;] a
6^*
(cf.

breastplate:

Ee

99-

^^

Eph

Wi

518<19'); e. TriVreo)?, I

Th

58.t

I,

I,

lura, TO, indecl., iota, the

ninth

letter.

As a numeral,
:

i

=

10,

I,

=

10,000.
Mdcipos, -ov, 6

(Heb. Iin;

,

Nu

32*i),

Jairus
1.

Mk 522, Lk

8".t
I2

'laKwP,
811,

6,

indecl. (Heb. apr:),
78, al.;

Jacob;
(cf.

The patriarch: Mt
:

Jo

45.6,

Ac

his descendants,

father-in-law of Mary Mt l^^- ^^ (on the form as distinct from that of the next word, v. Deiss., BS, 316i). 'idKu^os, -ov, 6 (Heb., V. previous word), James; 1. Son of

Eo

as in 1126 d-^^).

Heb.
2.

Nu

23^, Is 418, Si 23^2, al), of

The

Alphaus Mt James the little, son of Mary (v.s. Mapta, 3 KAwttSs), Mt 27^6, Mk 15*0 I61 (cf. Jo 19 "S). 3. The Lord's brother (v.s. (lSe\«^o's) Mt 13^5, Mk 63, Ac 12i7, al, 29'i2, I Co 157 (probably), Ga li9 Ja li, Jui. 4. The father of the 6i«, Ac li3. apostle, 'lovSas 'laKco/Sou Lk
Zebedee
103,
:

Mt

421,
;

Mk

l^^. 20,

Ac 1"

122, al.

2.

Son

of

:

Mk

21*, al.

commonly identified with
;
:

'I.

6

//.iKpos,

lofia, -Tos,

TO

«

:

iao/Atti), [in

LXX

for

S^'p

(ii

Ch

36i«,

Ec

10*,

212
Je 40

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
(33)^), etc.;]
al.;
1.

most
2.

freq. in

cl.,

(Thuc,
pi.,

Wi

11* lO*).

=

lacrts (q.v.),

a means of healing, remedy a healing (Plat.; Je, I.e.)
ii

iCol29.28,30,t
•la^ppTJs, 6,
*\avyai,

Jambres
6,

(cf.

Ex

7^^' ^")
:

:

Ti

SM
6V
9^*

(Rec. -vd),

Jaunai
for

Lk
:

3''^*.t

'laci'Tis, 6,

Jannes
:

(cf. 'Iayu,/?/j%)

ii

Ti 3*.t
20^7, al.), exc. Is 302«
9''<

idofiai, -Q>^ai, [in

LXX

NDI (Ge
6^^

(tzrnn)

;]

to

heal

c.

ace. pers.,

8*^ 171^, Jo 5^^; id. seq. d7r6, 1038 288; pass., Mt S^. " 1528, 5''^ Lk 617; tig., of spiritual healing, Mt 13^5, Jo 12", Ac 28^7 (lxx).

Lk 5^7 Lk 7^

n.

*2

144 22", Jo

4*',

Ac

Mk

pass.,

He

121^,
:

Ja 5^\

i

Pe

22*.t

SVN.
'l(£p€T

6epaTrevw, q.V.
,

(Eec. -peS, L, 'UpeO), 6 (Heb. TT.
:

LXX 'lapcS, FIJ, 'lapcSos),
Npno;] a healing,

Jared (Ge

S^^)

Lk

S^^f

lao-is,

-cw?,
;

^ (<;iao/Aat), [in
pi,^

LXX

chiefly for

cure

:

Ac 422. so SYN. V.S.
:

Lk
[in

1332.t

6epaTr€ia,
V,

2

;

tafia, 2.

Xatrris, -iSos,

LXX

(1313),

Ez 28"

(ngiy;, V.
of that

Ex 2818 BDB, Lerc.,
:

36i8 (SQU) (D^D!),

Is 541'

s.v.)*;] jasper, apparently
s.v.)

not the

modern stone

name, but a translucent stone {DB,

Re

43 21ii'i8,i9.t
'idawK, -ovo<;, 6,

Jason

:

Ac

17^""'®;

iaTp6s, -ov, 6 {<C Idofiai), [in

LXX

perhaps the same, Ro 162i.t for K5i ;] a physician : Mt 912,

WH, R, mg.), Col 41'' (on the status Exp., xv.).t v. iSc (Attic iSc'; the "later" accentuation is also found in Hom.; 2. As interjection, Veitch, 215), 1. prop., 2 aor. imperat. of opaw, q.v. apart from the construction of the sentence, and used where one or many are addressed, see ! behold ! lo ! : Mt 2520.22,26^ Mk 22* 33* II21

Mk

217 526,

Lk

423 531, 843 (om.

of physicians,

MM,

131, 21 154, 35 156^

Jo p9,

36, 48

326 514 726 113, 36 1219 162^ 1821 19*'

1*' 26, 27^

Ga

52.t
i8ea, -a?,
1810s,
-a.,
r],

V.S. elSea,

-ov (in Attic

usually

-os, -ov),

[in

LXX
own;

chiefly for pers.
(a) of that
;

suff.,
is

also for

urh

,

etc.;

{to.

t) ilT'S;] 1. one's

which

private and personal (in cl. opp. to koiv6<;, 877/100-109 cf. infr. 3) in (6) of property, friends, home, country, etc. (in cl. opp. to dXAorptos late writers often, like iavTov, with weakened sense, v. M, Pr., 87 ff.
;

Deiss.,

6", Jo 1*2 5*3, Ac 2^ 2028, i Co II21, Ga 6^, Kara ras I. eVt^v/x/as, Trpdo-a-eiv ra I, I Th 411 II Ti 19, He 727, Ju^ al. II Ti 43; ol ?8tot, Jo 111 (M, Pr., 90 f.; FieU, Notes, 84) I31, Ac 423, I Ti 58; Ti rSia, one's home (Field, Notes, I.e.), Lk^l828, Jo 1^ 1632 1927. 2. peculiar, distinct, appropriate, proper : to l. crwfia, i Co 1538

BS, 123

f.)

:

Lk

;

;

iv T.

I.

Tay/AttTi, I

Co

1523;

^j^ ^

tottov t.

i.,

Ac

12^;

=

avrov

(v.

Deiss.,

ut. supr.),

Mt 22^ Jo

1*2 (cf.

Wi

lOi).

3.

Adverbially

(v. supr.,

1 (a)

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
and
cf.

213

WM,

7B%);

(a) iSia, severally, separately
:

:

i

Co

12^1; (6) kut
T^^,

fStW, apart, privately, in private

Mt

14".

23 gO^^,

Mk 43*

Lk

1023,

Ac

2319, al.

Pr 6^ (no Heb.)*;] 1. a pril8ialTT,s, -ov, 5 «?8tos), [in vate person, as opp. to the State or an official (/JacriXcls k. iStwrai, Pr, I.e. and cf. MM, Exp., xv). 2. one without professional knowledge, un:

LXX
Co

skilled,

uneducated, unlearned

:

i

14^''

23. 24

(^^ j^g^^ without gifts)

;

dypdfXfiaTOL k. l,
180U, [in

Ac

4^3. q ^^t.

(=

cl. c.

gen.

rei),

Adyw,

11

Co

ll'^.t

LXX
NT

chiefly for ngn,] prop, imperat. 2 aor. mid. of

opdw, used as a demonstrative particle, with frequency much greater in and than in cl. (v. M, Pr., 11), lo, behold, see : Mt lO^e 118 133, 332, Lk 2^8, I Co 15", Ja 5^, 3n^\ Ee V, al.; after gen. absol., Mt 120 21' 13 1246, al. kuI JSov', Mt 2^ (and freq.), Lk I20 1025,

LXX

Mk
;

;

Ac

12'', al.

in elliptical sentences, taking the place of copula or pre-

dicate (like

mn

in Heb.),
r)

Mt

3l^

Lk
[in

5^2 223i. ^\

Ac
Ki
3i«

827. 36, al.

'iSoojiaia, -as,

(Heb. D^^?),
:

LXX:
:

11

8^*, al.;

elsewhere,

as

Ge

2530, 'E8w/x
i8p(is

;]

Idumaa
-(3tos,
:

Mk
[in

S^f

(Tr.

-ws),

o,

LXX

Ge
^,

{nvj), 11

Mac

22«,

IV

Mac

78*;] sweat

Lk

22**

(WH,

omit).+
indecl. (Heb.
:

'Uld^eX (L, 'I€^;

Tr. -/SeX; Eec. -^rjk)
(iii

b^rX;

LXX as txt.
Ee
220 (v.

;

FIJ, 'U^a/Stkr]), Jezebel
l.).t

Ki

IG^i, al.)

symbolically,

Swete, in

'Upa IIoXi?), -cws, 17, HierapoUs Lycus valley in the Province of Asia Col 4}^.f
'lepdiroXis
:

(WH,

:

a city in the

Upaxeia

(WH,
exc.

-ta), -as,

-q

(<

Uparevo)),

[In

LXX for

]n3

pi.,
:

njri?
1»,

(Ex 29^

al.),

Ho

3* (liDJjl)*;] priesthood, office of priest

Lk

He75.t
+ UpciTEUfia,
-Tos,

TO

19" (D"'3n3

I

5yiov,

I

nS^pO) Pe 2^ /Sao-.
(cl.

2322, II

ySao-tXciov i., Ex (<^ leparevw), [in 2^'^ * Mac ;] a priesthood, body of priests
:

LXX

I, ib. ^

(LXX, Ex,
[in

l.c.).t

tepuTcuu

=

Updofiai),

LXX

chiefly for

ps

pi.;]
;

<o 6e
v.

priest, officiate as a priest : Lk 1^ (the word is freq. in Inscr. S.V.; Deiss., BS, 215; LAE, 70; Cremer, 734).t 'lepcixw (T, 'Up-; Eec. 'lepix*^; cf. Bl., §3, 4, 4;

a LS,

WH,

App.,
lO^o

155),

ri,

indecl. (Heb.

inn^

,

IHT), Jericho

:

Mt

2029,

Mk
6

10«,

Lk

1835 191^

He

1130.+
(T,

'kpc^ias
nrrpT.),

Eec. 'Up-;
:

v.

WH,

§408),

-ov,

(Heb. njpT.,

Jeremiah the prophet
-€U)s,

Upcu's,

o

«

Mt

2^7 le^* 27^ (a ref. to

Za
;

lli3).t
I.

iepo's),

[in

LXX
^

for jns

;]

a ^ries^

t. Aio's,

Ac

1413

;

of

Jewish

priests,

Mt

8* 12*'

Mk

1** 22«,

Lk

1^ 5^*,

Jo

l^o,

214

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
al.
;

He 8\

of Christ,
;

He

d^^) lO^i

;

of Christians,

Re
f.
;

5^<>

20«

(Cremer, 293

on the

ace. pi., lepeZs, v.

Thack., Or., 147
:

Bl., § 8, 2),

'kpiXw, V.S.
€iBui\o6-)A

'lepiL^^il). i

* lepoGoTos, -oy (-< Upos, Ovw), offered in sacrifice
iepoy, -ov, TO, V.S. tepos.

Co

10^^ (Rec.

IV Mac 925 1120*;] UpoTTpeTTTis, -€9 Icpos, TTpcVfi), [in suited to a sacred character, reverend (RV, reverent) Tit 2^ (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcii).t tepos, -a, oV, [in Ez 28i8 (t2yi,7a) ; to I, i Ch 29* (ni3), Ez
! :

**

«

LXX

LXX

:

45^^ (niiy)

;

very freq. in

i

Es, i-iv Mac;]

1.

in Horn., marvellous,

mighty, divine. 2. (Also in Horn, and later cl.) consecrated to the deity, sacred : pi., t. ypd/x/xaTa, ii Ti 3^^. 3. As subst., (a) (so in Horn.), TO. I,, sacrifices, sacred rites, sacred things: i Co 9^^; (b) later, to L, a consecrated or sacred place, a temple : t. 'ApTc/itSo?, Ac 19^'^ cf the temple at Jerusalem, i.e. the entire precincts or some part thereof (as distinct from 6 vads, q.v., the Sanctuary proper) I Co 9^^, and freq. in Gosp. and esp. in Ac, Mt 12^, Mk 13^, Ac 4^ al. (on the use of I. in Imperial Inscr., v. Deiss., LAE, 380 f.). 'l€poo-<5\u|Jia (WH, 'le/D-, V. Intr., § 408), -wv, rd (on TrSo-a 'I., Mt 23, V. WM, 79^; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, s.v.), and 'UpovaaXrjfi (WH, 'Up-), fj., indecl., as always in exc. some parts of Apocr. CHeb.
;
:

LXX

Q^bchT
27^''),

,

obsnT)- the former always
freq. in
(exc.

in FIJ,

Mk, Jo

*^-

and Mt
Jo
rj

(exc.

and most

Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by
:

St.
its

Ga 1^'' ^^ 2^), Jerusalem inhabitants, Mt 2^ 3^ 23", Lk 133*.
Paul
contrasted with
312 212.10.
17

Mt 2\ Mk

3^,
77

l^^,
'I.,

al.

Symbolically,

dvu>

Ga
Si

42^,

vvv

'I.,

ib.

'''*;

'I.

eVovpavios,

He
-ov,

12^2;
[in

Kaivrj 'I.,

Re

'l£pocroXup.€iTT]s 422.39 5027(29)^ II

(WH,
(V*

lep-

;

Rec.
185 *;]

-/xiTr]<;),

6,

LXX:
to

Mac

-/x-^tt;?)

an inhabitant of Jerusalem:
rob

Mk

15,

Jo

725.t

** Upo-CTuXc'w, -w (<^ lepdo-rXo?, q.v.), [in LXX: 11 Mac 92*;] a temple (commit sacrilege, R, mg.) Ro 222.t ** Upoo-uXos, -ov {<^Lep6v, (rvXaoi), [in LXX: II Mac 4*2 (cf.
:

-XrjfjLa,

136)*;] robbiiig temjdes : Ac 19".t **t lepoupyeu, -d {<^Upovpy6s, a sacrificing priest), [in LXX: iv Mac 7^ R (cf. -yta, lb. 3^'^ nR)*;] to perform sacred rites; c. ace, to minister in priestly service (minister in sacrifice, R, mg.), to euayib.39;
-Ata,

yikiov,

Ro

15l6.t

'icpouaaXi^p,, V.S. 'lepoo-dAv/xa.

Upwadt/t],

-7?s,

^

«upds),

[in

LXX:
,

i

Ch

2922 (pa),

i

Es
:

5^8, Si

452*,

I

Mac
Ac

25* 3*9 79>2i, ly

Mac

535 76*.]

priesthood:

'leacrai (FIJ, -o-o-aros), 6

(Heb. iCP

Ru

4}\

al.),

He 7ii'i=''24_t Jesse Mt 15. «,

Lk

332,

1322 (Lxx)^

Bo

1512 (Lxx).t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
'l6<t>0d€

215

(FIJ,

-ed';, -oD),

6

(Heb. nnp^), Jephthah
>

:

He
:

1132.t

'kxo»'ias, -ov, 6
*Itjo-ous,

(Heb.

I^Djirp

Jehoiakin), Jechoniah

Mt

1^^' ^^.t

-ov,

dat.,

voc.

-ov,

ace,
ib.

-ovv
3^3,
'I.,

(Heb. yilZTin^
al.
;

yiif?iiT,

nizr.),

1.

Jesus:
;

Mk Mk
Lk
^"7
,

V,
12*, 328.

al.

Xp.
2.

Mt 1^\ al.; 5 'I., Eo 22«, al.
;

'I.,

*!.

Xpio-roV,
al.
;

ib.

1\

Kvpto^

Ac 283\
3.

'It^o-ov,

voc,

al.

4.

Joshua: Ac 7*^, He 4^ Jesus, surnamed Justus : Col
-1],

Jesws, son of Eliezer:
5. v.s. Bapaftfta<;.

4^^.

iKakos,
etc.
;]

-6v

{<ClKisi,

iKcivoj,

to

reach, attain),
:

[in

LXX
Mt
;

for

1.
I

of persons, sufficient, competent, fit

c. inf.,

3^^,

Mk

V, Lk

3i«,

Co

159, II
2.

Co

35, II

Ti 22

;

seq.
7^^

Trpo's, 11

Co

2i«

seq. Tva,

Mt
1421

8^,

Lk
I

7^.

Of things, in number, quantity or
:

size, sufficient,

enough, much,
1919,

many
;

absol., iKavo'i,

Lk

Co
203'
I.

1130;

v^xos

I,

Mk

10*^,

(WH, E, omit) 8^2^ Ac 12^2 Lk 712, Ac 1124-26 1926;
Ac
20^; \6yoi,

K\avefx6s,
<^ws,
I.